From e678d3b58e25f99b6c7aa3e828add9502768371c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Sun, 6 Nov 2011 23:24:43 +0000 Subject: caption (6nov11) git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@24525 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/CHANGELOG | 141 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/README | 10 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/bicaption.pdf | Bin 109807 -> 110721 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.pdf | Bin 327315 -> 320968 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex | 4828 --------------- .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.pdf | Bin 316231 -> 309646 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex | 4465 -------------- .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.pdf | Bin 847605 -> 720326 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex | 6248 ------------------- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf | Bin 219091 -> 215463 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf | Bin 131864 -> 131864 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption3.pdf | Bin 203140 -> 193844 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/cat.eps | 305 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/elephant.eps | 639 -- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/ltcaption.pdf | Bin 108844 -> 108848 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/newfloat.pdf | Bin 0 -> 145666 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/subcaption.pdf | Bin 141325 -> 141352 bytes .../texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx | 59 +- .../source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex | 4618 +++++++++++++++ .../source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex | 4273 +++++++++++++ .../source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex | 6249 ++++++++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx | 276 +- Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins | 12 +- .../texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx | 9 +- .../texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx | 608 +- Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/cat.eps | 305 + .../texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/elephant.eps | 639 ++ .../texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx | 10 +- .../texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/newfloat.dtx | 1548 +++++ .../texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx | 23 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/bicaption.sty | 28 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty | 140 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption2.sty | 8 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty | 469 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/ltcaption.sty | 8 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/newfloat.sty | 654 ++ Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/subcaption.sty | 14 +- 37 files changed, 18695 insertions(+), 17891 deletions(-) create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/CHANGELOG delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/cat.eps delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/elephant.eps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/newfloat.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/cat.eps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/elephant.eps create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/newfloat.dtx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/newfloat.sty (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist') diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/CHANGELOG b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/CHANGELOG new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc23417117e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/CHANGELOG @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +caption package +=============== + +v1.0 (1994/10/27) +- 1st published version + +v1.1 (1994/11/03) +- New option `centerlast' + +v1.2 (1994/11/28) +- Support of the `float' package added + +v1.3 (1995/01/09) +- Support of \captionlabelfont in subcaptions added + +v1.4 (1995/01/30) +- New option `nooneline' + +v2.0 (caption2, 1995/10/09) +- New experimental version with many new commands and features +- Support of the `longtable' package added + +v2.1 (caption2, 2002/02/26) +- Adapted to version 2.1 of the subfigure package +- New options for interaction with other packages (float,...) +- New command \normalcaptionparams +- New commands \captionof and \captionof* +- New ifs \ifcaptionlabel and \ifignoreLTcapwidth +- \realcaptionwidth renamed to \captionlinewidth + +v2.2 (caption2, 2007/04/06) +- Internal change: Uses the caption3 kernel now + +v3.0 (2003/12/20) +- Completely rewritten in cooperation with Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran + +v3.1 (2007/09/01) +- Improved compatibility to supported document classes and packages, but decreased compatibility to non-supported document classes and packages +- Support of the AMS & SMF document classes added +- Support of the `beamer' document class added +- Support of the `KOMA-Script' document classes added +- Support of the `floatflt' package added +- Support of the `fltpage' package added +- Support of the `picinpar' package added +- Support of the `picins' package added +- Support of the `threeparttable' package added +- Support of the `wrapfig' package added +- Support of the `xtab' package added +- Check against incompatible `ftcap' package added +- Check against incompatible `nonfloat' package added +- Check against incompatible `topcapt' package added +- Does not process global options anymore to avoid conflicts with document class options +- New option compatibility= +- New options font+=, labelfont+= & textfont+= +- New options hypcap= & hypcapspace= +- New options list= and listformat= +- New option options= +- New options figurewithin= and tablewithin= +- Starred variant of option margin*= added +- Starred variant of option style*= added +- Starred variant of option type*= added +- Font options `normal', `normalcolor', `color', `normalfont' & `stretch' added +- Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto' +- New command \DeclareFloatingEnvironment resp. \DeclareCaptionType +- New command \DeclareCaptionListFormat +- New command \captionlistentry +- Starred variant of \clearcaptionsetup added +- Optional argument added to \clearcaptionsetup +- Starred variant of \ContinuedFloat added +- \captionsetup{...} inside longtables added +- \captionsetup[singleline]{...} added +- A \label before \caption will result in warning "\label before \caption ignored" +- The counters lofdepth & lotdepth are supported now +- Label formats have three arguments now +- Optional argument added to \DeclareCaptionFormat; "format=plain" removed from single-line options of default format +- Caption label format `brace' added + +v3.2 (2011/07/30) +- Support of `beamer' document class improved +- Support of `magyar' babel option added +- Support of `sansmath' package added +- Support of `titletoc' package added to \DeclareCaptionType & \DeclareCaptionSubType +- Support of `tocbasic' package added to \DeclareCaptionType +- New options calcmargin=, calcmargin*=, calcwidth=, and calcwidth*= +- New option listtype= added +- New option parboxrestore=partial/full +- New options within= & without +- Option slc= as abbreviation of singlelinecheck= added +- Pre-defined text format `empty' added +- New command \captionbox +- New command \phantomcaption +- New command \setcaptiontype as replacement for \captionsetup{type=...} +- New command \setcaptionsubtype as replacement for \captionsetup{subtype} +- "Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has stopped early" is not a warning anymore but an information instead + + +bicaption package +================= + +v0.9 (2010/09/19) +- 1st published version (see also http://www.mrunix.de/forums/showthread.php?t=68312) + +v1.0 (2011/09/03) +- Support for list entries added + + +ltcaption package +================= + +v1.0 (2007/04/15) +- 1st version + +v1.1 (2007/09/01) +- Adapted to the NTG document classes (Support of \CaptionLabelFont & \CaptionTextFont added) +- Adapted to the `floatrow' package by Olga Lapko +- New macro \LTcaptype +- New environment longtable* + +v1.2 (2008/03/28) +- New skip \LTcapskip + +v1.3 (2011/09/12) +- New macro \CaptionLabelSeparator + + +subcaption package +================== + +v1.0 (2008/03/16) +- 1st published version + +v1.1 (2011/08/17) +- New caption option subrefformat= +- New command \phantomsubcaption + + +newfloat package +================ + +v1.0 (2011/10/30) +- 1st published version diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/README index e6a76f58d5a..bd96db4d81b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/README @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ other-than-center aligned longtables. (solving LaTeX PR `tools/3387') A bonus feature is the addition of the environment longtable* which does not increment the table counter. -This package will be loaded by the `caption' package v3.1 automatically, +This package will be loaded automatically by the `caption' package, but can be used without the caption package, too. User Manual: ltcaption.pdf (English) @@ -55,6 +55,14 @@ package). User Manual: subcaption.pdf (English) +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +The `newfloat' package v1.0 offers the command \DeclareFloatingEnvironment +for defining new floating environments which behave like the existing +floating environments "figure" and "table". + +User Manual: newfloat.pdf (English) + ========================================================================== (The pictures cat.eps & elephant.eps were taken with permission from the LaTeX Companion examples.) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/bicaption.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/bicaption.pdf index e3a2f223f52..5b3b1b21b26 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/bicaption.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/bicaption.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.pdf index 31c436a5039..a2029123b05 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 127a939752b..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4828 +0,0 @@ -% -% This is file `caption-deu.tex'. -% -% Copyright (C) 1994-2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) -% -% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2003/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. -% -% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. -% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{caption-deu.tex}[2011/10/05 v3.2 Das caption-Paket] -\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up. -%\errorcontextlines=3 - -\RequirePackage{fix-cm} -\documentclass[german]{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{fixltx2e} -\setlength\parindent{0pt} -\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} -\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em -\makeatletter\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother - -\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]} -\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]} -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf - \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} - \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} - \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} - \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper - \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\} - \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage} - \fi -\fi - -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{babel} -\selectlanguage{german} -\input dehyphtex.tex -\usepackage{selinput}\SelectInputMappings{adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}} - -\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc} -\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace} -\IfFileExists{test/tlc2/cat.eps}{\graphicspath{{test/tlc2/}}}{}% - -\usepackage{hypdoc} -\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi -\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} -\hypersetup{breaklinks=true} - -\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01] - -\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring - {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% - {e-TeX}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring - {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% - {AMS}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring - {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% - {KOMA-Script}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} - -\usepackage{marvosym} -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}} -\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}} -\makeatother - -\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}} -\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}} - -% \ContinuedFloat -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)} -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}} -% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})} -% \DeclareCaptionStyle -\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]% - {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}} -% Example 1 -\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3} -\newlength\myindention -\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3} -\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}} -% Example 2 -\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1} -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)} -\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill} -% Example 3 -\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par} -\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[2.5cm][l]{#1}}#3\par} -% Example 4 -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable} - -\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} -\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} -\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} -\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf - -\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} -\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} -\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$} -\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}} - -\newenvironment{Annotation}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% - \smallskip - \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} -\newenvironment{Annotation*}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% - \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} - -\newenvironment{Example}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% - \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}% - {\smallskip\endminipage\par} - -\makeatletter -\newcommand\example{\@ifstar - {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}% - {\@example{}}} -\def\@example#1{% - \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}} -\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{% - \begingroup - \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}% - \captionof{#2}[]{#4}% - \endgroup} -\makeatother - -\newenvironment{Expert}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% - \smallskip - \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} -\newenvironment{Expert*}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% - \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} - -\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi - \smallskip - \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par} -\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi - \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par} - -\newenvironment{Options}[1]% - {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}% - \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}% - \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}% - \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}% - \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}% - {\endlist} - -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}} -\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}} -\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}} -\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}} -\makeatother - -\begin{document} -\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname -\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname - -\def\thispackage{das \package{caption}"=Paket} -\def\Thispackage{Das \package{caption}"=Paket} - -\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Hinweis} -\newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{Neues Feature}} -\newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{Neue Beschreibung}} -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{Siehe}}{\SEE[\small]{Siehe}}} -\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{siehe}}{\SEE[\small]{siehe}}} -\makeatother - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\GetFileInfo{caption-deu.tex} -\let\docdate\filedate -\GetFileInfo{caption.sty} - -\title{Anpassen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen - mit Hilfe des caption-Paketes\texorpdfstring{\thanks{% - Dieses Paket hat die Versionsnummer \fileversion, - zuletzt ge"andert am \filedate.}}{}} -\author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ - \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}} -\date{\docdate} -\maketitle - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\begin{abstract} -\Thispackage\ bietet einem Mittel und Wege, das Erscheinungsbild der Bild- -und Tabellenbeschriftungen den eigenen Wünschen bzw.\ Vorgaben anzupassen. -Hierbei wurde Wert auf die reibungslose Zusammenarbeit mit zahlreichen -Dokumentenklassen und Paketen gelegt. -\iffalse -\par\smallskip -\textit{Bitte beachten Sie:} Viele Dokumentenklassen bieten bereits -Optionen und Befehle, um das Erscheinungsbild der Abbildungs- und -Tabellenbeschriftungen individuell anzupassen. -Wenn diese Möglichkeiten für Sie ausreichend sind, gibt es in der Regel -keinen Grund, \thispackage\ zu benutzen. Und falls Sie lediglich an dem -Befehl |\caption|\-|of| interessiert sind, ist in der Regel das Laden des -kleinen aber feinen \package{capt-of}"=Paketes hierzu völlig ausreichend. -\fi -\end{abstract} - -\newcommand\exampletext{% - Die auf die Rotationsfrequenz des Innenzylinders normierten Eigenfrequenzen - der gefundenen Grundmoden der Taylor"=Str"omung f"ur \mbox{$\eta = 0.5$}. %\\ - (Die azimutale Wellenzahl ist mit $m$ bezeichnet.)} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\section*{Einleitung} - -Mit |\caption| gesetzte Bildunterschriften und Tabellenüberschriften werden -von den Standard"=Dokumentenklassen eher stiefmütterlich behandelt. -In der Regel schlicht als ganz normaler Absatz gesetzt, ergibt sich keine -signifikante optische Abgrenzung vom eigentlichen Text, wie z.B. hier: - -\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} - -Es sollte aber eine Möglichkeit geben, diesem Umstand abzuhelfen. Es wäre -zum Beispiel nett, wenn man den Text der Unterschrift etwas kleiner gestalten, -extra Ränder festlegen oder den Zeichensatz des Bezeichners dem der -Kapitelüberschriften anpassen könnte. So in etwa: - -\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} - -Mit Hilfe dieses Paketes können Sie dies leicht bewerkstelligen; es sind viele -vorgegebene Parameter einstellbar, Sie können aber auch eigene -Gestaltungsmerkmale einfließen lassen. - -\bigskip - -\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth} -\small -Bitte beachten Sie, daß \thispackage\ nur das Aussehen der Beschriftungen -kontrolliert. Es kontrolliert \emph{nicht} den Ort der Beschriftung; -dieser kann aber mit anderen Paketen wie etwa dem -\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} variiert werden. -\end{minipage} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\tableofcontents - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Verwendung des Paketes} -\label{usage} - -\DescribeMacro{\usepackage} -Durch -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage|\oarg{Optionen}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| -\end{quote} -in dem Vorspann des Dokumentes wird das \thispackage\ Paket eingebunden, die -Optionen legen hierbei das Aussehen der Ãœber- und Unterschriften fest. So -würde z.B. -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\ - | labelsep=endash]{caption}|% - %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| -\end{quote} -zu dem obrigen Ergebnis mit Rand, kleinerem Zeichensatz und fetter Bezeichnung -führen. - -\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} -Eine Änderung der Parameter ist auch zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt jederzeit -mit dem Befehl -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -möglich. So sind z.B. die Befehlssequenzen -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}| -\end{quote} -und -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{caption}|\\ - |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}| -\end{quote} -in ihrer Wirkung identisch. - -Es ist zu beachten, daß sich die Verwendung von |\caption|\-|setup| -innerhalb von Umgebungen nur auf die Umgebung selber auswirkt, nicht aber auf -den Rest des Dokumentes. -Möchte man also z.B. die automatische Zentrierung der Abbildungsunterschrift -nur in einem konkreten Falle ausschalten, so kann dies mit -\begin{quote} - |\begin{figure}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ - |\end{figure}| -\end{quote} -geschehen, ohne daß die restlichen Abbildungsunterschriften hiervon -beeinträchtigt werden. - -\begin{Annotation} -Der optionale Parameter \meta{Typ} von |\caption|\-|setup| wird in -\Ref{captionsetup} behandelt. -\end{Annotation} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Optionen} -\label{options} - -\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight} -\def\UserDefined{\ldots} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Formatierung} -\label{formats} - -\DescribeMacro{format=} -Eine Abbildungs- oder Tabellenbeschriftung besteht im wesentlichen aus drei -Teilen: Dem Bezeichner (etwa "`Abbildung 3"'), dem Trenner -(etwa "`:\textvisiblespace"') und dem eigentlichen Text. - -Mit der Option -\begin{quote} - |format=|\meta{Name} -\end{quote} -wird festgelegt, wie diese drei Teile zusammengesetzt werden. - -Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:%~\footnote{Es gibt -%hier wie auch bei vielen anderen Optionen die Möglichkeit, auch eigene -%Formate, Zeichensätze etc.\ zu definieren. Wie dies geht wird in Abschnitt -%\Ref{declare} dargelegt.} - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} - Die Beschriftung wird als gewöhnlicher Absatz gesetzt. - - \item[hang] - Der Text wird so gesetzt, daß er an dem Bezeichner "`hängt"', d.h.~der - Platz unter dem Bezeichner und dem Trenner bleibt leer. - - \item[\UserDefined] - Eigene Formate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format| definiert werden. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -\begin{Example} - Ein Beispiel: Die Angabe der Option - \begin{quote} - |format=hang| - \end{quote} - führt zu Abbildungsunterschriften der Art - \example{format=hang}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{indention=} -Bei beiden Formaten (\texttt{plain} und \texttt{hang}) kann der Einzug der -Beschriftung ab der zweiten Textzeile angepasst werden, dies geschieht mit -\begin{quote} - |indention=|\meta{Einzug}\quad, -\end{quote} -wobei anstelle von \meta{Einzug} jedes beliebige feste Maß angegeben werden -kann. - -Zwei Beispiele: - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,indention=.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{labelformat=} -Mit der Option -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |labelformat=|\meta{Name} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -%\NEWdescription{v3.0e} -wird die Zusammensetzung des Bezeichners festgelegt. -Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[default] - Der Bezeichner wird wie von der verwendeten Dokumentenklasse vorgegeben gesetzt, - üblicherweise ist dies der Name und die Nummer, getrennt durch ein Leerzeichen - (wie \texttt{simple}). - (Dies ist das Standardverhalten.) - - \item[empty] - Der Bezeichner ist leer. -\iffalse - (Diese Option macht in der Regel nur in Verbindung mit - anderen Optionen -- wie etwa \texttt{labelsep=none} -- Sinn.) -\fi - - \item[simple] - Der Bezeichner ist aus dem Namen und der Nummer zusammengesetzt. - - \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f} - Der Bezeichner wird mit einer einzelnen (rechten) Klammer abgeschlossen. - - \item[parens] - Die Nummer des Bezeichners wird in runde Klammern gesetzt. - - \item[\UserDefined] - Eigene Formate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| - definiert werden. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -\begin{Example} - Ein Beispiel: Die Optionen - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad| - \end{quote} - führen zu Abbildungsunterschriften der Art - \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\medskip - -\begin{Note*} -Manche Umgebungen, wie z.B.~die vom \package{algorithm2e}"=Paket angebotende -|al|\-|go|\-|rithm|"=Umgebung, reagieren allergisch auf eine Änderung des -Bezeichnerformats. -\end{Note*} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{labelsep=} -Mit der Option -\begin{quote} - |labelsep=|\meta{Name} -\end{quote} -wird die Zusammensetzung des Trenners festgelegt.\footnote{% - Wenn der Bezeichner oder der Text der Beschriftung leer ist, - wird kein Trenner verwendet.} -Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[none] - Der Trenner ist leer. -\iffalse - (Diese Option macht in der Regel nur in Verbindung - mit anderen Optionen -- wie etwa \texttt{labelformat=empty} -- Sinn.) -\fi - - \item[colon] - Der Trenner besteht aus einem Doppelpunkt und einem Leerzeichen. - - \item[period] - Der Trenner besteht aus einem Punkt und einem Leerzeichen. - - \item[space] - Der Trenner besteht lediglich aus einem einzelnen Leerzeichen. - - \item[quad] - Der Trenner besteht aus einem |\quad|. - - \item[newline] - Als Trenner wird ein Zeilenumbruch (|\\|) verwendet. - Bitte beachten Sie, daß dieser Trenner nicht mit allen Formaten - (z.B.~|format=|\x|hang|) zusammenarbeitet; ggf. erhalten Sie - deswegen eine Fehlermeldung. - - \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h} - Als Trenner wird ein Gedankenstrich (\verb*| -- |) verwendet. - - \item[\UserDefined] - Eigene Trenner können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| - definiert werden. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -Drei Beispiele: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=period| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=endash| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l} -Mit der Option -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |textformat=|\meta{Name} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -wird das Format des eigentlichen Textes festgelegt. -Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[empty] - Es wird kein Text ausgegeben. - - \item[simple] - Der Text wird nicht verändert. - - \item[period] - Dem Text wird ein Punkt angehängt. - - \item[\UserDefined] - Eigene Textformate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format| - definiert werden. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\PageBreak -\subsection{Textausrichtung} -\label{justification} - -\DescribeMacro{justification=} -Mit der Option -\begin{quote} - |justification=|\meta{Name} -\end{quote} -wird die Ausrichtung des Textes festgelegt. -Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[justified] - Der Text wird als Blocksatz gesetzt. - - \item[centering] - Der Text wird zentriert gesetzt. - -% \item[Centering] -% Der Text wird zentriert gesetzt. Hierfür wird jedoch im Gegensatz -% zu \texttt{centering} der Befehl |\Centering| des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes -% verwendet, der \LaTeX\ das Trennen der Worte erlaubt. - - \item[centerlast] - Lediglich die letzte Zeile des Absatzes wird zentriert gesetzt. - - \item[centerfirst] - Lediglich die erste Zeile des Textes wird zentriert gesetzt. - - \item[raggedright] - Der Text wird linksbündig gesetzt. - -\iffalse - \item[RaggedRight] - Der Text wird linksbündig mit Hilfe des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes gesetzt. -\else - \item[RaggedRight] - Der Text wird ebenfalls linksbündig gesetzt. - Hierfür wird jedoch im Gegensatz zur Option |raggedright| der Befehl - |\RaggedRight| des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes verwendet, - der \LaTeX\ das Trennen der Worte erlaubt.\footnote{% - Ob das \package{ragged2e}"=Paket benötigt wird oder nicht, - wird zur Laufzeit ermittelt, d.h.~ggf.~ist ein weiterer \LaTeX"=Lauf - erforderlich, wenn diese Option erstmalig eingesetzt wird.} -\fi - - \item[raggedleft] - Der Text wird rechtsbündig gesetzt. - -% \item[RaggedLeft] -% Der Text wird rechtsbündig mit Hilfe des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes gesetzt. - -%\showhyphens{justification} - \item[\UserDefined] - Eigene Ausrichtungen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| - definiert werden. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -Drei Beispiele: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,justification=centerlast| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,justification=raggedright| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\smallskip - -\PageBreak -\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=} -In den Standard"=Dokumentenklassen von \LaTeX\ (\class{article}, -\class{report} und \class{book}) sind die Ab\-bildungs- und -Tabellenbeschriftungen so realisiert, daß sie automatisch zentriert werden, -wenn sie lediglich aus einer einzigen Textzeile bestehen: - -\example*{}{Eine kurze Beschriftung.} - -\INFO -Diesen Mechanismus übernimmt \thispackage\ und ignoriert damit -in der Regel bei solch kurzen Beschriftungen die mit den Optionen -|justification=| und |indention=| eingestellte Textausrichtung. -Dieses Verhalten kann jedoch mit der Option -\begin{quote} - |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool} -\end{quote} -reguliert werden. -Setzt man für \meta{bool} entweder |false|, |no|, |off| oder |0| ein, -so wird der automatische Zentrierungsmechnismus außer Kraft gesetzt. -Die obrige, kurze Abbildungsunterschrift würde z.B.~nach Angabe der Option -\begin{quote} - |singlelinecheck=false| -\end{quote} -so aussehen: - -\begingroup - \captionsetup{type=figure} - \ContinuedFloat - \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{Eine kurze Beschriftung.} -\endgroup - -Setzt man für \meta{bool} hingegen |true|, |yes|, |on| oder |1| ein, so -wird die automatische Zentrierung wieder eingeschaltet. (Standardmäßig -ist sie eingeschaltet.) - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Zeichensätze} -\label{fonts} - -\DescribeMacro{font=} -\DescribeMacro{labelfont=} -\DescribeMacro{textfont=} -\Thispackage\ kennt drei Zeichensätze: Denjenigen für die gesammte -Beschriftung (|font|), denjenigen, der lediglich auf den Bezeichner und den -Trenner angewandt wird (|label|\-|font|), sowie denjenigen, der lediglich auf -den Text wirkt (|text|\-|font|). -So lassen sich die unterschiedlichen Teile der Beschriftung individuell mit -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} - |font=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & ,\\ - |labelfont=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & und\\ - |textfont=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & \\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -anpassen. -\pagebreak[3] - -Als \meta{Zeichensatzoptionen} sind Kombinationen aus folgenden (durch Komma -getrennte) Optionen möglich: - -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Sehr kleine Schrift} - \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize Fußnotengröße} - \item[small] {\small Kleine Schrift} - \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normalgroße Schrift} - \item[large] {\large Große Schrift} - \item[Large] {\Large Größere Schrift} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normale Schriftart \& -serie \& -familie} - - \item[up] {\upshape Upright Schriftart} - \item[it] {\itshape Italic Schriftart} - \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted Schriftart} - \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps Schriftart} - - \item[md] {\mdseries Medium Schriftserie} - \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold Schriftserie} - - \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman Schriftfamilie} - \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif Schriftfamilie} - \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter Schriftfamilie} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[singlespacing] Einfacher Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}} - \item[onehalfspacing] Eineinhalbfacher Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}} - \item[doublespacing] Doppelter Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}} - \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor| - \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour} - {\small(Sofern das \package{color}- oder das \package{xcolor}"=Paket - geladen ist; für ein Beispiel siehe \Ref{declare})} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[normal] Die Kombination aus den Optionen |normal|\-|color|, - |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size| und |single|\-|spacing| - - \item[\UserDefined] - Eigene Zeichensatzoptionen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font| - definiert werden. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -Wird lediglich eine einzelne Zeichensatzoption ausgewählt, können die -geschweiften Klammern entfallen, d.h.~die Optionen -%\begin{quote} - |font={small}| -%\end{quote} -und -%\begin{quote} - |font=small| -%\end{quote} -sind identisch. - -Drei Beispiele: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |font=it,labelfont=bf| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |labelfont=bf,textfont=it| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |font={small,stretch=0.80}| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{font+=} -\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=} -\DescribeMacro{textfont+=} -\NEWfeature{v3.1f} -Es ist auch möglich, Zeichensatzoptionen zu den bisher ausgewählten -hinzuzufügen, so ist zum Beispiel -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup{font+=it}| -\end{quote} -mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}| -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -identisch. -\pagebreak[3] - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Ränder und Absätze} -\label{margins} - -\DescribeMacro{margin=} -\DescribeMacro{width=} -Für die Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen kann \emph{entweder} ein extra -Rand \emph{oder} eine feste Breite festgelegt werden:~\footnote{Nur feste Maße -sind hier gestattet. Suchen Sie nach einem Weg, die Breite automatisch auf die -Breite der Abbildung oder Tabelle zu begrenzen, schauen Sie sich bitte das -\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} oder -\package{threeparttable}"=Paket\cite{threeparttable} an.} -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} - |margin=| & \meta{Rand} & \emph{-- oder --}\\ - |margin=| & |{|\meta{Linker Rand}|,|\meta{Rechter Rand}|}| & \emph{-- oder --}\\ - |width=| & \meta{Breite} & \\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Wird nur ein Wert für den Rand angegeben, so wird er für beide Ränder -(links und rechts) verwendet, so ist z.B.~|margin=|\x|10pt| identisch mit -|margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|. -In zweiseitigen Dokumenten wird der linke und rechte Rand auf geraden Seiten -vertauscht. -\DescribeMacro{oneside} -\DescribeMacro{twoside} -Dies kann jedoch mit der zusätzlichen Option |oneside| abgeschaltet werden, -z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par -Wird hingegen eine \meta{Breite} angegeben, wird die Beschriftung zentriert, -d.h.~der linke und rechte Rand sind in diesem Falle immer gleich groß. - -Drei Beispiele illustrieren dies: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |margin=10pt| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |margin={1cm,0cm}| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |width=.75\textwidth| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Note} -Wird die Beschriftung neben der Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle angebracht (z.B.~mit -Hilfe der |SC|\-|figure|"=Umgebung des \package{sidecap}"=Paketes\cite{sidecap}), -oder wird die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle innerhalb eines Absatzes gesetzt (z.B.~mit -Hilfe der |wrap|\-|figure|"=Umgebung des \package{wrapfig}"=Paketes\cite{wrapfig}), -dann wird der Rand am Anfang der Umgebung automatisch auf |0pt| zurückgesetzt. -Soll hier ebenfalls ein extra Rand gesetzt werden, so kann dieser Rand entweder -innerhalb der Umgebung neu gesetzt werden, oder aber global für bestimmte -Umgebungen, z.B.~mit |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|. -\end{Note} - -\begin{Expert} -\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Neben der Option |margin=| gibt es auch die Option |margin*=|, die nur dann -einen Rand neu setzt, wenn keine Breite mit |width=| gesetzt wurde. -\end{Expert} - -\begin{Expert} -\DescribeMacro{minmargin=} -\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Weiterhin kann auch ein minimaler bzw.~maximaler Rand gesetzt werden. -Dies kann z.B.~sinnvoll sein, um in schmaleren Umgebungen wie |minipage|s -den Rand prozentual zu begrenzen. -So begrenzen z.B.~die \SmF"=Dokumentenklassen den Rand auf -|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (Siehe \Ref{SMF}) -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{parskip=} -Diese Option wirkt auf Abbildungs- oder Tabellenbeschriftungen, die -aus mehr als einem Absatz bestehen; sie legt den Abstand zwischen den -Absätzen fest: -\begin{quote} - |parskip=|\meta{Abstand zwischen Absätzen} -\end{quote} -Ein Beispiel hierzu: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{% - Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die - Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par - Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text, - so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.} -\end{Example} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{hangindent=} -Die Option -\begin{quote} - |hangindent=|\meta{Einzug} -\end{quote} -legt einen Einzug für alle Zeilen außer der jeweils ersten des Absatzes fest. -Besteht die Beschriftung lediglich aus einem einzelnen Absatz, so ist die -Wirkung mit der Option |indention=|\meta{Einzug} identisch, bei mehreren -Absätzen zeigt sich jedoch der Unterschied: - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,indention=-.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{% - Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die - Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par - Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text, - so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{% - Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die - Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par - Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text, - so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Note} -Enthält die Beschriftung mehr als einen Absatz, muß über das optionale -Argument von |\caption| bzw.~|\caption|\-|of| eine alternative Beschriftung -für das Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis angegeben werden; -ansonsten kommt es zu einer Fehlermeldung. -\end{Note} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Stile} -\label{style} - -\DescribeMacro{style=} -Eine geeignete Kombination aus den bisher vorgestellten Optionen wird -\textit{Stil} genannt; dies ist in etwa mit dem Seitenstil vergleichbar, -den man mit |\page|\-|style| einstellen kann. - -Einen vordefinierten Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungsstil kann man mit der -Option -\begin{quote} - |style=|\meta{Stil} -\end{quote} -auswählen. \Thispackage\ vordefiniert zwei Stile: |base| und |default|. - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Der Stil |base| setzt alle bisher vorgestellten Optionen auf die Belegung -zurück, die das Aussehen der Beschriftungen der Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen -|article|, |report| und |book| repräsentiert. D.h.~die Angabe der Option -\begin{quote} - |style=base| -\end{quote} -entspricht den Optionen -\begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\ - |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\ - |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ - |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|\quad. -\end{quote} -\begin{Annotation*} -Aber |justification=centering,indention=0pt| wird automatisch -gewählt werden, wenn die Beschriftung in eine einzelne Zeile passt. -\end{Annotation*} - -Der Stil |default| hingegen folgt den Standardwerten der verwendeten -Dokumentenklasse. Dieser Stil wird vorausgewählt und entspricht den -Optionen -\begin{quote} - |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\ - |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\ - |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ - |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|\quad. -\end{quote} -\begin{Annotation*} -Auch hier wird |justification=centering,indention=0pt| automatisch -gewählt werden, wenn die Beschriftung in eine einzelne Zeile passt. -\end{Annotation*} - -Wenn also eine der drei Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen verwendet wird, -repräsentieren die Stile |base| und |default| (fast) die gleichen Einstellungen. - -\begin{Note} -Eigene Stile können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style| definiert werden. -\SeeUserDefined -\end{Note} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Abstände} -\label{skips} - -\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d} -Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Beschriftung und der Abbildung -bzw.~Tabelle wird über die Option -\begin{quote} - |skip=|\meta{Abstand} -\end{quote} -gesteuert. -Die Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen \class{article}, \class{report} -und \class{book} belegen diesen Abstand auf |skip=|\x|10pt| vor, -andere Dokumentenklassen ggf.~auf einen anderen Wert. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{position=} -Die von \LaTeX\ vorgegebene Implementierung von |\caption| birgt eine -Design\-schwäche: -Der |\caption| Befehl weiß dort nicht, ob er über oder unter der Abbildung -bzw.~Tabelle steht, folglich weiß er auch nicht, wo er den Abstand zur -Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle setzen soll. -Während die Standard"=Implementierung den Abstand immer über die -Beschriftung setzt (und inkonsequenterweise in |long|\-|table|"=Umgebungen -unter die Beschriftung), handhabt es dieses Paket etwas flexibler: -Nach Angabe der Option -\begin{quote} - |position=top|\quad oder\quad |position=above| -\end{quote} -wird angenommen, daß die Beschrifung am \emph{Anfang} der Umgebung -steht, der mit |skip=|\x\meta{Abstand} gesetzte Abstand also unter die -Beschriftung gesetzt wird. -(Bitte beachten Sie, daß |position=|\x|top| keineswegs bedeutet, daß -die Beschriftung an den Anfang der Gleitumgebung gesetzt wird. -Stattdessen wird die Beschriftung gewöhnlich dort gesetzt, wo der -|\caption|"=Befehl platziert wird.) -Hingegen nach -\begin{quote} - |position=bottom|\quad oder\quad |position=below| -\end{quote} -wird angenommen, daß die Beschriftung am \emph{Ende} der Umgebung -steht, der Abstand also über die Beschriftung gesetzt wird. -Und letztendlich nach -\begin{quote} - |position=auto|\quad {\small(welches die Vorbelegung ist)} -\end{quote} -versucht \thispackage\ sein bestes, um die tatsächliche Position der -Beschrifung selbst zu bestimmen. Bitte beachten Sie, daß dies zwar in -der Regel gelingt, unter seltenen Umständen aber falsche Resultate -liefern könnte. - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} -\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} -Die Option |position| ist insbesondere in Verbindung mit dem optionalen -Argument von |\caption|\-|setup| nützlich. -\See{auch \Ref{captionsetup}}\par -So führt zum Beispiel -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}| -\end{quote} -dazu, daß alle Tabellenbeschriftungen als \emph{Ãœberschriften} angesehen -werden (zumindest was den Abstand zur Tabelle angeht). -Weil dies eine übliche Einstellung ist, bietet einem \thispackage\ auch -die Optionen |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{Position} und -|table|\-|position=|\x\meta{Position} als abkürzende Schreibweise. -So ist z.B. -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}| -\end{quote} -identisch mit -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\ - |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|\quad. -\end{quote} - -\medskip - -\INFO -Bitte beachten Sie, daß die Optionen |skip=|, |position=|, -|figure|\-|position=| und |table|\-|position=| nicht immer einen Effekt haben. -Da die Gleitumgebungen üblicherweise von den Dokumentenklassen bereitgestellt -werden, kann es durchaus sein, daß diese ihre eigenen Abstandsregeln -mitbringen. -So befolgen z.B.~die \KOMAScript"=Dokumentenklassen die |skip=| Einstellung; -Abbildungsbeschriftungen werden aber immer als Unterschriften behandelt, -während die Tabellenbeschriftungen von dem Gebrauch der globalen -Optionen |table|\-|captions|\-|above| bzw.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below| -abhängen. -\See{\Ref{KOMA}} - -Weiterhin kontrollieren manche Pakete, wie etwa das \package{float}-, das -\package{floatrow}- und das \package{supertabular}"=Paket, die Position -ihrer Abstände selber. - -\bigskip - -\begin{Expert*} -Intern wird der Abstand zwischen Beschriftung und Inhalt durch die Länge -|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| repräsentiert (welche die Implementation von -\LaTeX\ immer über die Beschriftung setzt). -Weiterhin gibt es eine zweite Länge, |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip|, die -üblicherweise auf |0pt| vorbelegt ist und den Abstand auf der anderen -Seite der Beschriftung regelt. -Technisch gesprochen vertauscht also \thispackage\ die Bedeutungen dieser -beiden Längen wenn |position=|\x|top| gesetzt ist. -Bitte beachten Sie, daß diverse andere Pakete (wie etwa das \package{ftcap}-, -das \package{nonfloat}- und das \package{topcap}"=Paket) den gleichen -Kniff anwenden, so daß die Benutzung solcher Pakete zusammen mit der -\package{caption}"=Option |position=| nicht unterstützt wird. -\end{Expert*} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Listen} -\label{lists} - -\DescribeMacro{list=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Der Befehl |\caption| erzeugt normalerweise auch einen Eintrag in das -Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis. Dies kann durch Angabe eines leeren -optionalen Argumentes unterdrückt werden {\small(siehe \Ref{caption})}, -aber auch durch Angabe der Option -\begin{quote} - |list=no|\quad(oder |list=false| oder |list=off|)\quad.~\footnote{% - Bitte beachten Sie, daß das \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} diese - Option nicht unterstützt, stattdessen sind dort ggf.~die Zähler - \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} anzupassen.} -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Mit der Option -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |listformat=|\meta{Listformat} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -kann beeinflußt werden, wie die Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellennummer im -Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis erscheint. -Es gibt fünf vordefinierte Listenformate: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[empty] - Es wird keine Nummer angegeben. - - \item[simple] - Die Nummer wird (mit Zähler"=Prefix) angegeben. - - \item[parens] - Die Nummer wird (mit Prefix) in Klammern angegeben. - - \item[subsimple] - Wie |simple|, aber ohne Prefix. (Standard) - - \item[subparens] - Wie |parens|, aber ohne Prefix. - - \item[\UserDefined] - Eigene Listenformate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format| - definiert werden. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -Das Präfix ($=$|\p@figure| bzw.~|\p@table|), welches in Verzeichnissen (wie -dem Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis) und bei Referenzen der Nummer -($=$|\the|\-|figure| bzw.~|\the|\-|table|) vorangestellt wird, -ist normalerweise leer, so daß die Listenformate |simple| und |subsimple| -indentische Ergebnisse abliefern; ebenso |parens| und |subparens|. -Aber dies kann z.B. bei Unterabbildungen anders sein.\footnote{% - Unterabbildungen können z.B.~mit dem \package{subcaption}- oder - \package{subfig}"=Paket gestaltet werden.} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Namen \& Nummerierung} -\label{names}\label{numbering} - -\DescribeMacro{figurename=} -\DescribeMacro{tablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l} -Der Name der Abbildungen und Tabellen kann mit den Optionen -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}l@{\quad}l@{}} - |figurename=| & \meta{Name} & und\\ - |tablename=| & \meta{Name} & \\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -geändert werden, zum Beispiel: -\begin{quote} - |figurename=Abb.| -\end{quote} -Das Sprachpaket \package{babel} setzt die Namen üblicherweise auf -"`Abbildung"' und "`Tabelle"'. - -\smallskip\INFO -Wenn Sie das \package{babel}"=Sprachpaket verwenden, laden Sie bitte -\thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{babel}"=Paket. - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f} -Im Gegensatz zu |figure|\-|name| und |table|\-|name| ändert -\begin{quote} - |name=|\meta{name} -\end{quote} -den Namen der \emph{aktuellen} Umgebung. -Hiermit könnte man z.B.~den Bezeichner "`Abbildung"' in allen -|wrap|\-|figure|"=Umgebungen nach "`Abb."' ändern (während woanders -nach-wie-vor "`Abbildung"' stehen würde): -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Abb.}| -\end{quote} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{listfigurename=} -\DescribeMacro{listtablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.1g} -Analog zu den Optionen |figure|\-|name| und |table|\-|name| kann auch der -Titel der Listen geändert werden. So ändert z.B. -\begin{quote} - |listfigurename=Bilderverzeichnis| -\end{quote} -den Standardtitel "`Abbildungsverzeichnis"' zu "`Bilderverzeichnis"'. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{figurewithin=} -\DescribeMacro{tablewithin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f} -Wird eine Dokumentenklasse verwendet, die den Gliederungsbefehl |\chapter| -bereitstellt (wie z.B.~\class{report} oder \class{book}), -so wird üblicherweise der Abbildungs- und Tabellenzähler in Abhängigkeit des -Kapitels geführt. -Ansonsten wird der Zähler gewöhnlich fortlaufend erhöht. - -Dies kann über die Optionen -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{rl} - |figurewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{oder} \texttt{section} \emph{oder} \texttt{none}\quad und\\ - |tablewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{oder} \texttt{section} \emph{oder} \texttt{none}\\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -geändert werden. Wird "`|none|"' als Wert angegeben, erfolgt die Zählung stur -fortlaufend, ansonsten wird sie in Abhängigkeit von der angegebenen -Gliederungsebene (also "`|chapter|"' oder "`|section|"') geführt; -so würde z.B.~|figure|\-|within=|\x|section| zur Folge haben, -daß der Abbildungszähler in Abhängigkeit von der |\section| Gliederung geführt -wird. - -\iffalse -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{within=}\NEWfeature{v3.1i} -####\\\\\\\\\xxxxxxx...... zu |figure|\-|within| und |table|\-|within| ändert -\begin{quote} - |within=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{oder} \texttt{section} \emph{oder} \texttt{none} -\end{quote} -den Namen der \emph{aktuellen} Umgebung. -\fi - -\bigskip - -\begin{Expert*} -Der Name und die Nummerierung werden intern durch die Kommandos -|\|\meta{type}|name| \& |\the|\meta{type} gesteuert, z.B.~bei Abbildungen -durch |\figure|\-|name| \& |\the|\-|figure|. -Während die obenstehenden Optionen in der Regel ausreichend sind, -kann es manchmal vonnöten sein, diese zwei Makros direkt umzudefinieren. -So liefert zum Beispiel -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{figurewithin=section}|\\ - |\renewcommand\thefigure{\arabic{section}\alph{figure}}| -\end{quote} -ein Nummernschema \meta{section}\meta{figure} mit einem numerischen -Abschnittszähler und einem alphanumerischen Abbildungszähler, -wie z.B.~"`|Figure 2b|"'. -\end{Expert*} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Typen} -\label{types} - -\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d} -Der |\caption| Befehl kann verschiedene Gleitumgebungstypen beschriften, -Abbildungen (|figure|) ebenso wie Tabellen (|table|). -Außerhalb dieser Umgebungen führt die Verwendung von |\caption| jedoch zu -einer Fehlermeldung, weil nicht klar ist, zu welchem Typ die Beschriftung -gehören soll. -In diesen Situationen kann man den Typ manuell mit -\begin{quote} - |type=|\meta{Typ} -\end{quote} -festlegen, so daß |\caption| (und andere Befehle wie |\Continued|\-|Float| -oder |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes, -oder |\sub|\-|float| des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}) -das gewünschte Ergebnis liefern können; -z.B.~innerhalb einer nicht-gleitenden Umgebung wie |minipage|: -\begin{quote} - |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\ - | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ - | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ - |\end{minipage}| -\end{quote} - -\begin{Expert} -Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante dieser Option, |type*=|\meta{Typ}, -die sich unterschiedlich verhält, wenn das -\package{hyperref}"=Paket\cite{hyperref} geladen ist: -Während |type=| einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzt (sofern |hypcap=|\x|true| -gesetzt ist), tut dies |type*=| nicht. -(Siehe auch \Ref{hyperref}\,) -\end{Expert} -\begin{Expert} -\emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Bitte definieren Sie das interne Makro |\@captype| -nicht, wie in manchen Dokumentationen vorgeschlagen wird, selber um, -sondern verwenden Sie stattdessen immer |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}|. -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -Eigene Typen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| (angeboten von diesem -Paket), |\new|\-|float| (angeboten vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float}) -oder |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| (angeboten vom -\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow}) definiert werden. - -\medskip - -\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} -Bitte verwenden Sie die Option |type=| nur \emph{innerhalb} von Boxen oder -Umgebungen (wie |\par|\-|box| oder |mini|\-|page|), am besten solcher, wo -kein Seitenumbruch innerhalb möglich ist, damit die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle -und die Beschriftung nicht durch einen solchen getrennt werden kann. -Weiterhin können einige unschöne Nebeneffekte auftreten, wenn |type=| -außerhalb einer Box oder Umgebung verwendet wird; daher wird in solchen -Fällen eine Warnung ausgegeben.\footnote{% -Sie erhalten diese Warnung nur dann, wenn Sie \eTeX\ verwenden.} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Befehle} - -\subsection{Setzen von Beschriftungen} -\label{caption} -\label{captionlistentry} - -\DescribeMacro{\caption} -Der Befehl -\begin{quote} - |\caption|\oarg{Kurzform f"ur das Verzeichnis}\marg{Beschriftung} -\end{quote} -erzeugt eine Ãœber- bzw.~Unterschrift innerhalb einer gleitenden Umgebung -wie |figure| oder |table|. Dies ist an sich nichts neues, -hinzugekommen ist allerdings, daß kein Eintrag ins Abbildungs- oder -Tabellenverzeichnis vorgenommen wird, -wenn eine leere Kurzform angegeben wird, wie etwa hier: -\begin{quote} - |\caption[]{Dies ist eine Abbildung, die nicht ins|\\ - | Abbildungsverzeichnis aufgenommen wird}| -\end{quote} - -\begin{Expert} -Beachten Sie, daß die \meta{Beschriftung} ein \emph{wanderndes} Argument -ist, solange keine \meta{Kurzform} angegeben ist. Ist hingegen eine -\meta{Kurzform} angegeben, ist stattdessen diese wandernd. -"`\emph{Wanderndes} Argument"' bedeutet, daß dieses Argument auch in die -Datei geschrieben wird, die beim nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf das Abbildungs- -bzw. Tabellenverzeichnis bereitstellt. -\emph{Wandernde} Argumente dürfen keine \emph{zerbrechliche} Befehle enthalten, -alles muß hier \emph{robust} sein, ansonsten kann das Argument \emph{zerbrechen} -und beim nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf seltsame Fehlermeldungen hervorrufen. -Einige \emph{zerbrechliche} Befehle können mit |\protect| vor dem -\emph{Zerbrechen} geschützt werden; eigene Definitionen können mit -|\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| anstelle von |\new|\-|command| definiert werden, -um sie \emph{robust} zu machen. - -Ein Beispiel: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| wird Fehlermeldungen -zur Folge haben, da |\phantom| \emph{zerbrechlich} ist. -Daher muß in so einem Fall entweder die \meta{Kurzform} bemüht werden -(z.B.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|) -oder aber ein |\protect| ergänzt werden, um |\phantom| vor dem \emph{zerbrechen} zu schützen: -|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|. - -Manchmal ist dies allerdings nicht ausreichend. Der Grund ist darin zu finden, -daß der Ein-Zeilen-Test die \meta{Beschriftung} in eine horizontale Box setzt, -um die Breite zu bestimmen. -Manche Umgebungen mögen dies nicht besonders und quittieren es mit einer -Fehlermeldung. -Ein Beispiel: -|\caption{Ein| |Schema.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}| -|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}| -|\right.| |\]}|. -Der Gebrauch des optionalen Argumentes \meta{Kurzform} mittels -|\caption[Ein| |Schema]{|\ldots|}| ist hier nicht ausreichend, es kommt immer -noch zu eine Fehlermeldung. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'') -Hier schafft es daher Abhilfe, den Ein-Zeilen-Test mittels -|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| direkt vor dem -Betroffenen |\caption| Befehl auszuschalten. - -Mehr Informationen über \emph{wanderende} Argumente und \emph{zerbrechliche} -\& \emph{robuste} Befehle finden sich in der gängigen \LaTeX"=Literatur, aber -auch hier: -\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/german/} -und (in englischer Sprache) hier: -\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html} -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\caption*} -Das \package{longtable}"=Paket definiert zusätzlich zum Befehl |\caption| auch -die Stern-Variante |\caption*|, die eine Beschriftung ohne Bezeichner und ohne -Eintrag ins Tabellenverzeichnis erzeugt. So erzeugt z.B. der Code -\begin{quote} - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption*{Eine Tabelle}\\|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{longtable}| -\end{quote} -diese Tabelle:\par -\DeleteShortVerb{\|} -\vskip\intextsep -\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=t} - \caption*{Eine Tabelle} - \centering - \begin{tabular}{r|rr} - & x & y \\\hline - a & 1 & 2 \\ - b & 3 & 4 \\ - \end{tabular} -\end{minipage} -\vskip\intextsep -\MakeShortVerb{\|} -\Thispackage\ bietet diesen Mechanismus auch für Abbildungs- und -Tabellenbeschriftungen in Gleitumgebungen wie z.B. |table| an: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{table}|\\ - | \caption*{Eine Tabelle}|\\ -% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\ -% | |\ldots\\ -% | \end{tabular}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\captionof} -\DescribeMacro{\captionof*} -Der Befehl |\caption| funktioniert in der Regel nur innerhalb von gleitenden -Umgebungen, manchmal möchte man ihn jedoch auch außerhalb anwenden, -etwa um eine Abbildung in eine nicht-gleitende Umgebung wie |mini|\-|page| zu -setzen.\par -Hierfür stellt \thispackage\ den Befehl -\begin{quote} - |\captionof|\marg{Umgebungstyp}\oarg{Kurzform}\marg{Langform} -\end{quote} -zur Verfügung. Die Angabe des Umgebungstypen ist hierbei notwendig, damit der -gewünschte Bezeichner (wie z.B. "`Abbildung"' oder "`Tabelle"') gewählt wird -und der Eintrag in das richtige Verzeichnis vorgenommen wird. Ein Beispiel: -\begin{quote} -% |\captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}|\\ - |\captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}| -\end{quote} -führt zu folgendem Ergebnis: -\begin{Example} -% \begingroup -% \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} -% \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} -% \begingroup - \captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle} -% \endgroup -\end{Example} - -Analog zu |\caption*| gibt es auch den Befehl |\captionof*| für Beschriftungen -ohne Bezeichner und ohne Verzeichniseintrag. - -\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} -Da |\caption|\-|of| intern die Option |type| verwendet, gelten hier die -gleichen Einschränkungen wie für die Option |type|, d.h.~sowohl -|\caption|\-|of| als auch |\caption|\-|of*| sollten nur \emph{innerhalb} von -Boxen oder Umgebungen verwendet werden. -\See{\Ref{types}} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Unter gewissen Umständen kann es nützlich sein, lediglich einen Eintrag -ins Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis vorzunehmen. -Dies kann mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionlistentry|\oarg{Umgebungstyp}\marg{Verzeichniseintrag} -\end{quote} -bewerkstelligt werden. - -Ein Beispiel: Es ist recht einfach, eine |long|\-|table| anzulegen, die die -Beschriftungen \emph{über} dem Tabelleninhalt hat, und wo der Listeneintrag -auf die erste Seite der Tabelle verweist: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\ - |\endfirsthead|\\ - | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ - |\endhead|\\ - | |\ldots -\end{quote} -Aber da das \package{longtable}"=Paket keinen |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| Befehl -anbietet, kann dies nicht so einfach auf Beschritungen \emph{unter} dem -Tabelleninhalt übertragen werden. -Stattdessen kann man aber |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| zum Einsatz bringen: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ - |\endfoot|\\ - | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\ - | |\ldots -\end{quote} - -\begin{Annotation*} -Ein weiteres Anwendungsbeispiel findet sich in \Ref{examples}. -\end{Annotation*} - -\begin{Expert} -Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, die -den Umgebungszähler nicht erhöht. -(Innerhalb von |long|\-|table| Umgebungen erhöht allerdings -|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| niemals den Tabellenzähler. Siehe auch -\Ref{longtable}.) -\end{Expert} - -\begin{Expert} -Bitte beachten Sie, daß \meta{Verzeichniseintrag} ein \emph{wanderndes} -Argument ist, hier also alles \emph{robust} sein muß. -(Siehe auch Erklärung zu |\caption|) -\end{Expert} - -\subsection{Anwenden von Optionen} -\label{captionsetup} - -\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} -Den Befehl |\caption|\-|setup| haben wir ja schon im \Ref{usage} kennengelernt, -uns dort allerdings die Bedeutung des optionalen Parameters -\meta{Typ} aufgespart. -Wir erinnern uns, die Syntax des Befehls lautet -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}\quad. -\end{quote} -Wird hier ein \meta{Typ} angegeben, so werden die Optionen nicht -unmittelbar umgesetzt, sondern werden lediglich vermerkt und kommen erst dann -zum Einsatz, wenn eine Ãœber- bzw.\ Unterschrift innerhalb der passenden -(gleitenden) Umgebung gesetzt wird. So wirkt sich z.B. die Angabe -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -lediglich auf die Unterschriften aus, die innerhalb der Umgebung |figure| -gesetzt werden. - -Ein Beispiel: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}| -\end{quote} -liefert Abbildungs- und Tabellenunterschriften der Art: -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{font=small} - \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} - \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} - \begingroup - \captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle} - \endgroup -\end{Example} -Wie man sieht, führt das |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| dazu, -daß lediglich die Abbildungsunterschriften mit fettem Bezeichner und kursivem -Text gesetzt werden; alle anderen Unter- bzw.\ Ãœberschriften werden jedoch -hiervon nicht beeinflusst. - -Als Umgebungstypen mit Unter- bzw.\ Ãœberschriften gibt es in der Regel nur -zwei: |figure| und |table|. Wie wir jedoch später sehen werden, kommen durch die -Verwendung spezieller \LaTeX-Pakete (wie etwa das \package{floatrow}, -\package{longtable} oder \package{sidecap}"=Paket) ggf.~weitere Typen hinzu, -deren Beschriftungen ebenfalls derart individuell angepasst werden können. -\See{\Ref{declare} und \Ref{packages}} - -\begin{Expert} -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante von |\caption|\-|setup|: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup*|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -Während die Variante ohne Stern ggf.~zu Warnungen führt -- zum Beispiel wenn -die \meta{Optionen} im Verlauf des Dokumentes nicht zum Einsatz kommen -(wie z.B. |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| ohne folgende |table|) -- -ist dies bei der Stern"=Variante nicht der Fall. -\iffalse -Dies kann sich z.B. bei der Entwicklung von generischen Designvorlagen als -hilfreich erweisen. -\fi -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup} -Um vermerkte, typbezogene Parameter aus dem Gedächnis von \LaTeX\ zu löschen, -gibt es den Befehl -\begin{quote} - |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{Option}\marg{Typ}\quad. -\end{quote} - -|\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| würde z.B. die in dem obrigen Beispiel deklarierte -Sonderbehandlung der Abbildungsunterschriften wieder aufheben: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\ - \ldots -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{font=small} - \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} - \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} - \clearcaptionsetup{figure} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} - \endgroup -\end{Example} - -\pagebreak[3] -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Wird das optionale Argument \meta{Option} verwendet, werden nur die -Einstellungen entfernt, die diese \meta{Option} betreffen.\footnote{% -Es kann hier nur \emph{eine} Option angegeben werden; sollen mehrere -Einstellungen entfernt werden, muß hierzu -\cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup} -mehrmals angewandt werden.} -Während in dem obrigen Beispiel nicht nur die Optionen -|labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it| -für Abbildungen aufgehoben werden (sondern alle Einstellungen, die -die Abbildungsbeschriftungen betreffen), würde der folgende Code -nur die Einstellung |labelfont=bf| entfernen und alle anderen -Einstellungen für Abbildungen intakt lassen: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\ - \ldots -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{font=small} - \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} - \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} - \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} - \endgroup -\end{Example} -\begin{Expert} -Analog zu |\caption|\-|setup*| gibt es hier ebenfalls eine Stern"=Variante -|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*|, die eventuell auftretende Warnungen unterdrückt, -etwa wenn die angegebene \meta{Option} gar nicht für den angegebenen \meta{Typ} -eingestellt war. -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup} -Für Debug"=Zwecke wird der Befehl -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{Typ} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -bereitgestellt. Er erzeugt einen Eintrag in der Log"=Datei und zeigt dort -die für den angegebenen \meta{Typ} eingestellten Optionen an. -So gibt einem zum Beispiel -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ - |\showcaptionsetup{figure}| -\end{quote} -die Info: -\begin{quote}\small - |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\ - |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.| -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Fortlaufende Gleitumgebungen} -\label{ContinuedFloat} - -\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat} -Manchmal möchte man Abbildungen oder Tabellen aufteilen, jedoch ohne den einzelnen -Teilen eine eigene Abbildungs- oder Tabellennummer zu geben. Hierfür stellt -\thispackage\ den Befehl -\begin{quote} - |\ContinuedFloat| -\end{quote} -zur Verfügung, der gleich als erstes innerhalb der nächsten (Gleit-)Umgebung(en) -angewandt werden sollte. -Er verhindert, daß die Zählung fortgeführt wird; eine Abbildung oder Tabelle, -die ein |\Continued|\-|Float| enthält, bekommt also die gleiche Nummer -wie die vorherige Abbildung oder Tabelle. Ein Beispiel: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{table}|\\ - | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{Eine Tabelle (Fortsetzung)}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -ergibt als Ergebnis: -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \caption{Eine Tabelle} - \centerline{\ldots} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{Eine Tabelle (Fortsetzung)} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Zusätzlich führt der |\Continued|\-|Float| Befehl auch Einstellungen aus, die -mit dem Typ "`|Continued|\-|Float|"' verknüpft sind. Dies kann zum Beispiel -verwendet werden, um automatisch für fortgesetzte Abbildungen oder Tabellen -auf ein anderes Bezeichner- oder Textformat umzuschalten, wie etwa hier: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}|\\ - |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued1} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} -\smallskip -\See{\Ref{declare} für die Erläuterung des Befehls - \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.} - -\medskip - -Weiterhin existiert auch ein \LaTeX"=Zähler namens |Continued|\-|Float|, -der auch für eigene Zwecke eingesetzt werden kann. -Für gewöhnliche (gleitende) Umgebungen ist er auf Null gesetzt, auf Eins -in der ersten fortgeführten Umgebung, Zwei in der nächsten und so weiter. -Jedes |\Continued|\-|Float| erhöht also diesen Zähler um Eins, während -eine Gleitumgebung ohne |\Continued|\-|Float| den Zähler auf Null zurücksetzt. -Ein Beispiel: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ - |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued2} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} -\medskip -Eine Referenz auf diese Tabelle würde "`\autoref{continued2}"' ergeben, -da lediglich das Format der Tabellenbeschriftung geändert wurde. -Sollen Referenzen ebenfalls diesen Zähler enthalten, so kann stattdessen der -Befehl |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| passend umdefiniert werden. -Dieser Befehl wird automatisch bei der Anwendung von |\Continued|\-|Float| -dem Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenzähler angehängt und hat normalerweise einen -leeren Inhalt. -\begin{quote} - |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued3} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} -\medskip -Eine Referenz auf diese Tabelle würde nun "`\autoref{continued3}"' ergeben. - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*} -Angenommen man möchte gerne die erste Abbildung oder Tabelle einer -fortlaufenden Serie mit einer Beschriftung der Art "`Abbildung 7a"' und -nicht mit "`Abbildung 7"' beschriften. (Und die zweite entsprechend mit -"`Abbildung 7b"' statt "`Abbildung 7a"'.) -Dies ist auch möglich, indem man die Stern"=Variante |\Continued|\-|Float*| -anwendet. -Diese führt genau wie |\ContinuedFloat| auch die mit "`|Continued|\-|Float|"' -verknüpften Optionen aus und erhöht den \LaTeX"=Zähler |Continued|\-|Float|, -markiert aber die erste Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle einer fortlaufenden Serie: -\begin{quote} - |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{Erste Abbildung einer Serie}|\\ - |\end{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{Zweite Abbildung einer Serie}|\\ - |\end{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{Dritte Abbildung einer Serie}|\\ - |\end{figure}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt} - \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}} - \begingroup - \ContinuedFloat* - \centerline{\ldots} - \caption{Erste Abbildung einer Serie} - \endgroup - \begingroup - \ContinuedFloat - \centerline{\ldots} - \caption{Zweite Abbildung einer Serie} - \endgroup - \begingroup - \ContinuedFloat - \centerline{\ldots} - \caption{Dritte Abbildung einer Serie} - \endgroup -\end{Example} -\smallskip -\Note{Leider ist \cs{ContinuedFloat*} nicht verfügbar, wenn das - \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} geladen ist.} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsubsection*{Eine Anmerkung zur longtable-Umgebung} -Möchten Sie hingegen bei fortgeführten |long|\-|table|"=Umgebungen einen -anderen Bezeichner (nach einem Seitenumbruch), so kann dies \emph{nicht} -mit |\Continued|\-|Float| bewerkstelligt werden, aber mit Hilfe der vom -\package{longtable}"=Paket\cite{longtable} bereitgestellten Befehle -|\end|\-|first|\-|head| und |\end|\-|head|; in etwa so: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption{Eine mehrseitige Tabelle}\\|\\ - |\endfirsthead|\\ - | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\ - | \caption[]{Eine mehrseitige Tabelle}\\|\\ - |\endhead|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{longtable}| -\end{quote} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Eigene Erweiterungen} -\label{declare} - -Wem die vorhandenen Formate, Trenner, Textausrichtungen, Zeichensätze und Stile -nicht ausreichen, der hat die Möglichkeit, sich eigene zu definieren. Hierzu -gibt es eine Reihe von Befehlen, die in der Prämbel des Dokumentes (das ist der -Teil zwischen |\document|\-|class| und |\begin{document}|) zum Einsatz kommen. - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format} -Eigene Formate können mit dem Befehl -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1, \#2 und \#3} -\end{quote} -definiert werden. -Für \#1 wird später der Bezeichner, für \#2 der Trenner -und für \#3 der Text eingesetzt. So ist z.B. das Standardformat |plain|, -welches die Beschriftung als gewöhnlichen Absatz formatiert, -in diesem Paket so vordefiniert: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Expert} -Es gibt auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, die den -Code nicht in \TeX s horizontalem Modus, sondern im vertikalen Modus setzt, -aber die |indention=| Option nicht unterstützt. -\end{Expert} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat} -Ähnlich können auch eigene Bezeichnerformate definiert werden: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1 und \#2} -\end{quote} -Bei den Bezeichnerformaten wird hierbei für \#1 der Name (also z.B. -"`Abbildung"'), für \#2 die Nummer (also z.B. "`12"') eingesetzt. -Ein Beispiel: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\ - |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}| -\end{quote} -\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst} -\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond} -Bei der Definition von eigenen Bezeichnerformaten gibt es eine Besonderheit zu -beachten: Wird das Bezeichnerformat auch in Verbindung mit dem -\package{subcaption} oder \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} verwendet, -so kann der Bezeichnername (also \#1) auch leer sein. -Um dies flexibel handhaben zu können, stellt \thispackage\ die Befehle -\begin{quote} - |\bothIfFirst|\marg{Erstes Argument}\marg{Zweites Argument}\quad und\\ - |\bothIfSecond|\marg{Erstes Argument}\marg{Zweites Argument} -\end{quote} -zur Verfügung. -|\bothIfFirst| testet, ob das erste Argument nicht leer ist, -|\bothIfSecond|, ob das zweite Argument nicht leer ist. -Nur wenn dies der Fall ist, werden beide Argumente ausgegeben, -ansonsten werden beide unterdrückt. - -\smallskip - -\pagebreak[3] -So ist z.B. das Standard"=Bezeichnerformat |simple| nicht, wie man -naiverweise annehmen könnte, als -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}| -\end{quote} -definiert, weil dies zu einem störendem führenden Leerzeichen führen würde, -sollte \#1 leer sein. Stattdessen kommt folgende Definition zum Einsatz, -die sowohl mit |\caption| als auch mit |\sub|\-|caption| bzw.~|\sub|\-|float| -harmoniert: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\ - | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,} -\end{quote} -d.h.~das Leerzeichen kommt nur dann zum Einsatz, wenn \#1 nicht leer ist. - -\smallskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l} -Ebenso können eigene Textformate definitiert werden: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1} -\end{quote} -An die Stelle von \#1 wird später der Beschriftungstext eingesetzt. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator} -Eigene Trenner werden mit -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{Name}\marg{Code} -\end{quote} -definiert. Auch hier wieder als einfaches Beispiel eine Definition innerhalb -des \package{caption}"=Paketes selber: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }| -\end{quote} -\begin{Expert} -Es gibt auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|, -die den Code ohne den mit |label|\-|font=| eingestellten Zeichensatz setzt. -Auf diese Art sind z.B. die Trenner |quad|, |new|\-|line| und |en|\-|dash| -vordefiniert. -\end{Expert} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification} -Eigene Textausrichtungen können mit -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{Name}\marg{Code} -\end{quote} -definiert werden. -Der \meta{Code} wird dann der Beschriftung vorangestellt, -so führt z.B. die Verwendung der bereits vordefinierten Ausrichtung -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}| -\end{quote} -dazu, daß alle Zeilen der Beschriftung linksbündig ausgegeben werden. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font} -Eigene Zeichensatzoptionen können mit -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{Name}\marg{Code} -\end{quote} -definiert werden. -So sind z.B. die Optionen |small| und |bf| folgendermaßen vordefiniert: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad und\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad. -\end{quote} -\iffalse -Die Zeilenabstände ließen sich z.B.~über das \package{setspace}"=Paket -regeln:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{setspace}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{% - \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} \cs{singlespacing} kann hier nicht benutzt werden, - da es ein \cs{vskip} Kommando enthält.}\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\ - |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}| -\end{quote} -\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} -\fi -Ein Beispiel, welches Farbe ins Spiel bringt: -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{color}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\ - |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}| -\end{quote} -\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} -Aber da \thispackage\ schon die pfiffige Definition -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}| -\end{quote} -beinhaltet, kann man das selbe Resultat auch einfach mit -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{color}|\\ - |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\ - | textfont={color=green}}| -\end{quote} -erreichen. - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style} -Eigene Stile werden folgendermaßen definiert: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{Name}\oarg{zusätzliche Optionen}\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -Stile sind einfach eine Ansammlung von geeigneten Einstellungen, die unter -einem eigenen Namen zusammengefasst werden und mit der Paketoption -|style=|\meta{Name} zum Leben erweckt werden können. - -Hierbei ist zu beachten, daß die so definierten Stile immer auf dem Stil |base| -basieren (siehe auch \Ref{style}), es brauchen also nur davon abweichende -Optionen angegeben werden. - -Sind \meta{zusätzliche Optionen} angegeben, so kommen diese automatisch -zusätzlich zum Einsatz, sofern die Beschreibung in eine einzelne Zeile passt -und diese Abfrage nicht mit |single|\-|line|\-|check=off| ausgeschaltet wurde. - -Als Beispiel muß mal wieder eine einfache Definition innerhalb dieses Paketes -herhalten: Der Stil |base| ist vordefiniert als -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\ - | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad. -\end{quote} - -Etwas spannenderes: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\ - | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\ - | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\ - |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}| -\end{quote} -liefert einem Beschriftungen wie diese hier: -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b} - \caption{Eine kurze Beschriftung.} - \caption{Eine sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr - sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr - sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr lange Beschriftung.} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Eigene Listenformate können mit -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1 und \#2} -\end{quote} -definiert werden. -Im Laufe des Dokumentes wird \#1 dann mit dem Bezeichner-Präfix -(z.B.~|\p@figure|), und \#2 mit der Referenznummer (z.B.~|\thefigure|) ersetzt. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionType}\NEWfeature{v3.1f} -Eigene Gleitumgebungen und Umgebungstypen werden mit -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{Optionen}\marg{Typ}\oarg{Name}\oarg{Listenname} -\end{quote} -definiert; wobei \meta{Optionen} ein oder mehrere Optionen hiervon sind: -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l@{\qquad}l} - |fileext=| & \meta{Dateiendung} - & {\small(z.B.~|fileext=lod|)}\\ -% |listname=|\meta{list name}\\ -% |name=|\meta{prosa name}\\ - |placement=| & \meta{Kombination aus \,\purett{htbp}} - & {\small(z.B.~|placement=tbp|)}\\ - |within=| & \meta{Bezugszähler} \emph{oder} \texttt{none}\quad. - & {\small(z.B.~|within=section|)} -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -Werden keine \meta{Optionen} angegeben, so wird "`lo\meta{type}"' als -\meta{Dateiendung} für die Generierung der Liste verwendet, "`|tbp|"' als -Standard"=Positionierung, und "`|chapter|"' bzw.~"'|none|"' als -\meta{Bezugszähler}. -(Wird hingegen "`|none|"' angegeben, wird die neue Umgebung einfach -durchgängig gezählt.) - -Wird kein \meta{Name} angegeben, dann wird der Bezeichner der neuen Umgebung -auf \meta{Typ} gesetzt, allerdings mit einem Großbuchstaben beginnend. -Wird kein \meta{Listenname} angegeben, wird der Listenname auf -"`List of \meta{Name}s"' vorbelegt. -(Diese Vorbelegungen sind also nur für englischsprachige Dokumente geeignet, -bei anderssprachigen Dokumenten sollte man also immer \meta{Name} und -\meta{Listenname} mit angeben.) - -Die dazugehörige Liste wird analog zu |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| und -|\list|\-|of|\-|tables| mit dem Befehl |\list|\-|of|\meta{Typ}|s| gesetzt. -Ist das \package{fltpage}"=Paket geladen, wird automatisch ebenfalls eine -Umgebung namens |FP|\meta{Typ} definiert; ebenso wird ggf.~|sideways|\meta{Typ} -(\package{rotating}"=Paket), |SC|\meta{Type} (\package{sidecap}"=Paket) -und |wrap|\meta{Typ} (\package{wrapfig}"=Paket) definiert. - -\smallskip - -\pagebreak[3] -So definiert zum Beispiel -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[Diagramm][Diagrammverzeichnis]| -\end{quote} -eine neue gleitende Umgebung namens |diagram|, die Liste wird intern in der -Datei mit der Endung |lodiagram| generiert, der Name (für den Bezeichner) -lautet "`Diagram"', der Listenname "`Diagrammverzeichnis"'. -Die Liste kann mit |\listofdiagrams| gesetzt werden. -Abhängig von den geladenen Paketen werden auch ggf.~die Umgebungen |FPdiagram|, -|sidewaysdiagram|, |SCdiagram| und |wrapdiagram| mitdefiniert. - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Weiterführende Beispiele} -\label{examples} - -\subsubsection*{Beispiel 1} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -Möchte man die Bezeichnung (inkl. Trenner wie Doppelpunkt) vom Text mit einem -Zeilenumbruch getrennt haben, so ließe sich das (auch) so bewerkstelligen: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}| -\end{quote} -Wählt man anschließend dieses Format mit |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| aus, -so erhält man Beschriftungen der Art: -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -Auch einen Einzug könnte man diesem Format mit auf den Weg geben: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}| -\end{quote} -führt zu Beschriftungen wie: -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -Aber Sie möchten den Einzug nur auf die erste Zeile des Texts anwenden? -Kein Problem, so würde z.B.~die Definition -\begin{quote} - |\newlength\myindention|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ - | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=myformat}| -\end{quote} -zu Beschriftungen dieser Art führen: -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -Zu der Länge |\myindention| hätten Sie gerne eine Option, so daß man diesen -Einzug auch z.B.~mit |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{myindention=|\ldots|}| setzen kann? -Auch dies läßt sich bewerkstelligen, z.B.~folgendermaßen: -\begin{quote} - |\newlength\myindention|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\ - | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ - | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}| -\end{quote} - -\subsubsection*{Beispiel 2} - -Die Beschriftungen sollen wie folgt aussehen: -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -\pagebreak[2] -Dies ließe sich beispielsweise wie folgt realisieren: -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\ - | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\ - | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}| -\end{quote} - -\subsubsection*{Beispiel 3} - -Der Bezeichner soll in den linken Rand verlagert werden, -so daß die komplette Absatzbreite der Beschriftung selber zugute kommt: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}| -\end{quote} -Das Ergebnis wären Beschriftungen wie diese: -\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} - -\medskip - -Soll der Einzug in den Rand eine feste Größe sein (z.B.~$2.5$\,cm), -so könnte hierfür eine Kombination aus |\llap| und |\makebox| angewandt werden, -zum Beispiel: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\ - | {\llap{\makebox[2.5cm][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}| -\end{quote} -\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} - -\subsubsection*{Beispiel 4} - -Dieses Beispiel setzt eine Abbildung neben eine Tabelle, aber verwendet eine -einzige, kombinierte Beschriftung für beide. Dies wird durch eine Kombination -aus |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| und |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| -realisiert: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\ - | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}|\\ - | \centering|\\ - | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\ - | \qquad|\\ - | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \end{tabular}|\\ - | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ - |\end{figure}| -\end{quote} -\DeleteShortVerb{\|}% -\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} - \captionsetup{type=figure} - \centering - \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}% - \qquad - \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr} - & x & y \\\hline - a & 1 & 2 \\ - b & 3 & 4 \\ - \end{tabular} - \captionlistentry[table]{Eine Abbildung und Tabelle mit gemeinsamer Beschriftung} - \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable} - \caption{Eine Abbildung und Tabelle mit gemeinsamer Beschriftung~\footnotemark} -\end{minipage} -\footnotetext{Das Katzenbild wurde den Beispielen zum \LaTeX"=Begleiter\cite{TLC2} - entnommen, die Erlaubnis hierzu wurde eingeholt.} -\MakeShortVerb{\|} - -(Beachten Sie, daß |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| den Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenzähler - erhöht.) - - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Dokumentenklassen \& Babel-Unterstützung} -\label{classes} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -Dieser Teil der Dokumentation wird Ihnen einen Ãœberblick über diejenigen -Dokumentenklassen geben, an welche \thispackage\ angepasst ist: -Welche Möglichkeiten zur Beschriftungsgestaltung sie bereits verfügen, -mit welchen Seiteneffekten Sie rechnen müssen, wenn Sie dieses Paket verwenden, -und mit welchen Standardwerten die Optionen belegt werden. - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Die Standardwerte namens "`default"' hängen von der verwendeten -Dokumentenklasse ab; sie repräsentieren quasi das Aussehen, wie es vom Autor -der Klasse vorgesehen war. -So kann z.B.~die Einstellung |format=|\x|default| je nach verwendeter Klasse -unterschiedliche Aussehen der Beschriftungen hervorbringen. - -\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em -\INFO -Sollten Sie Ihre Dokumentenklasse nicht in diesem Abschnitt finden, so haben Sie -trotzdem oftmals keinen Grund zur Sorge: Viele Dokumentenklassen (wie z.B.~die -\class{octavo} Klasse) sind von einer der Standardklassen \class{article}, -\class{report} oder \class{book} abgeleitet und verhalten sich bezüglich der -Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen gleich. -\Thispackage\ überprüft automatisch die Kompatibilität zur Dokumentenklasse und -gibt Ihnen die Warnung -\begin{quote}\footnotesize - |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ - |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\ - |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| -\end{quote} -aus, wenn es eine Unverträglichkeit entdeckt. -Wenn Sie keine solche Warnung erhalten, ist alles bestens, falls aber doch, -wird der Einsatz des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht empfohlen und -insbesondere nicht unterstützt. -\endgroup - -\begin{Expert} -Sollten Sie trotz der angemahnten Inkompatibilität \thispackage{} -nutzen wollen, sollten Sie gründlich auf Seiteneffekte achten; gewöhnlich -ändert sich alleine durch das Einbinden des \package{caption}"=Paketes -ohne Optionen bereits das von der Dokumentenklasse vorgegebene Aussehen der -Beschriftungen. -Wenn dies für Sie in Ordnung ist, sollten Sie als erstes die Option -|style=|\x|base| mittels |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| oder -|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| angeben, um \thispackage\ in einen -wohldefinierten Grundstatus zu versetzen. -Anschließend können Sie anfangen, mit zusätzlichen Optionen erste -Anpassungen vorzunehmen und dabei die Daumen gedrückt zu halten. -\end{Expert} - -\newcommand*\Option{Option} -\newcommand*\defaultvalue{Standard-Belegung (\texttt{default})} -\newcommand*\uses{\textit{verwendet}} -\newcommand*\settings{\textit{Einstellungen}} -\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{keiner}} - -\subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report und book} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & \nofont \\ -|labelfont=| & \nofont \\ -|textfont=| & \nofont \\ -\end{tabular} - -\begin{Annotation} -Dies gilt auch für von \class{article}, \class{report} und \class{book} -abgeleitete Dokumentenklassen. -\end{Annotation} - -\subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc und amsbook} -\label{AMS} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ -|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\ -|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\ -|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\ -\end{tabular} - -\begin{Annotation*} -|\@caption|\-|font| wird von den \AmS\ Dokumentenklassen auf |\normal|\-|font| -vorbelegt, und |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| auf |\sc|\-|shape|. -\end{Annotation*} - -Weiterhin wird der Rand für mehrzeilige Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungen -auf |\caption|\-|indent| gesetzt, bei einzeiligen Beschriftungen wird lediglich -die Hälfte davon verwendet. (|\caption|\-|indent| wird von den \AmS\ Klassen -auf |3pc| vorbelegt.) -Möchten Sie einen einheitlichen Rand, so fügen Sie bitte -|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}| -in Ihren Dokumentenvorspann ein, nachdem Sie \thispackage\ geladen haben. - -Zusätzlich werden automatisch die Optionen |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t| -gesetzt. Dies können Sie überschreiben, indem Sie beim Laden des -\package{caption}"=Paketes einfach andere Werte für -|figure|\-|position=| und |table|\-|position=| angeben. - -\subsection{beamer} -\label{beamer} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & \textit{nicht nummeriert} \\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |raggedright| \\ -|font=| & \class{beamer} "`|caption|"' \settings \\ -|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} "`|caption name|"' \settings \\ -|textfont=| & \nofont \\ -\end{tabular} - -\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte} -Die Zeichensatz- und Farbeinstellungen können mit -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{Optionen} und -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{Optionen} vorgenommen werden. -Dies wird auch mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket noch funktionieren, -zumindest solange Sie keinen anderen Zeichensatz mit -|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{Optionen}|}| oder -|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{Optionen}|}| einstellen.\par -Weiterhin bietet die \package{beamer}"=Klasse verschiedene "`Templates"' für -die Beschriftungen an, diese können mit -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{Template}|]| -ausgewählt werden. -Da \thispackage\ diesen Mechanismus ersetzt, haben -|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{Template Code} -und -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{Template}|]| -keine Funktion mehr, wenn \thispackage\ verwendet wird. -(Au"snahme: Die Auswahl des Templates |default|, |num|\-|bered| oder -|caption| |name| |own| |line| wird automatisch erkannt und auf dem \package{caption}"=Paket -entsprechende Optionen umgesetzt, sofern diese nicht explizit durch den Anwender -mit anderen Einstellungen "uberschrieben worden sind.) - -\subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt und scrbook} -\label{KOMA} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\ -|labelformat=| & \textit{wie \purett{simple}, aber mit ``autodot'' Feature}\\ -|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\ -|labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\ -|textfont=| & \nofont \\ -\end{tabular} - -\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle} -Die \KOMAScript"=Dokumentenklassen bietet sehr viele Möglichkeiten, das Design -der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen anzupassen. Für eine Ãœbersicht schauen -Sie bitte in die sehr gute \KOMAScript"=Dokumentation, Abschnitt "`Tabellen -und Abbildungen"'. - -\subsubsection*{Seiteneffekte} -Das optionale Argument von |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| wird nicht vom -\package{caption}"=Paket unterstützt und daher ignoriert. -Weiterhin überschreiben die \KOMAScript"=Optionen |table|\-|caption|\-|above| -\& |table|\-|caption|\-|below| sowie die dazugehörigen Befehle -|\caption|\-|above| \& |\caption|\-|below| die mit |position=| getätigten -Einstellungen. - -\subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport und boek} -\label{NTG} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & \nofont \\ -|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\ -|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\ -\end{tabular} - -\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte} -|\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| und |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| können entweder -direkt oder indirekt über |\Caption|\-|Fonts| definiert werden. -Beides funktioniert auch weiterhin, zumindest solange kein anderer -Zeichensatz mit den \package{caption}"=Paketoptionen -|label|\-|font=| und |text|\-|font=| festgelegt wird. - -\subsection{\SmF: smfart und smfbook} -\label{SMF} - -Da die \SmF\ Dokumentenklassen von den \AmS\ Klassen abgeleitet wurden, -gelten hier dieselben Standardbelegungen wie dort. - -Zusätzlich ist der Rand auf den zehnten Teil von |\line|\-|width| limiert. -Mögen Sie diese Limitierung nicht, kann sie mit der Option -|max|\-|margin=|\x|off| oder |max|\-|margin=|\x|false| ausgeschaltet werden. - -\subsection{thesis} -\label{thesis} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |hang| \\ -|labelformat=| & \textit{wie \purett{simple}, aber mit kurzem Namen}\\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & \nofont \\ -|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\ -|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\ -\end{tabular} - -\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte} -Der Zeichensatz des Bezeichners kann hier mit |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|, -derjenige des Textes mit |\caption|\-|body|\-|font| gesetzt werden. -Beides funktioniert auch weiterhin, zumindest solange kein anderer -Zeichensatz mit den \package{caption}"=Paketoptionen -|label|\-|font=| und |text|\-|font=| gesetzt wird. - -\subsection{Babel-Option frenchb} -\label{frenchb} - -Wird die Option \package{frenchb} des \package{babel}"=Paketes mit einer -der drei Standardklassen (oder einer davon abgeleiteten) verwendet, -dann wird |label|\-|sep=| auf |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| vorbelegt -und damit die Vorbelegung der Dokumentenklasse überschrieben. -In diesem Falle wird eine Umdefinition von |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| -auch weiterhin funktionieren, zumindest solange kein anderer Trenner mit -der Option |label|\-|sep=| gesetzt wird. - -\INFO* -Bitte laden Sie \thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{babel}"=Paket. - -\subsection{Pakete frenchle und frenchpro} -\label{frenchpro} - -Wird das \package{frenchle}- oder \package{frenchpro}"=Paket verwendet, -dann wird |label|\-|sep=| auf |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| plus -\cs{space} vorbelegt und damit die Vorbelegung der Dokumentenklasse -überschrieben. -Eine Umdefinition von |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| wird auch weiterhin -funktionieren, zumindest solange kein anderer Trenner mit der Option -|label|\-|sep=| gesetzt wird. - -Weiterhin wird |text|\-|font=| auf |text|\-|font=|\x|it| vorbelegt, -um das Standardverhalten des \package{frenchle}- bzw.~\package{frenchpro}"=Paketes -bzgl.~des Beschriftungstext"=Zeichensatzes zu emulieren. -Bitte beachten Sie, daß der Befehl |\caption|\-|font| auch intern vom -\package{caption}"=Paket verwendet wird, und zwar auf eine andere Art und Weise -als das \package{frenchle}- bzw.~\package{frenchpro}"=Paket ihn verwendet; -daher sollten Sie ihn nicht (mehr) verwenden. - -Der Befehl |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{oder} table} wird -weiterhin seinen Dienst tun, aber nur solange Sie kein anderes Bezeichnerformat -mit |label|\-|format=| auswählen. - -\INFO* -Bitte laden Sie \thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{frenchle} -oder \package{frenchpro}"=Paket. - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Unterstützung anderer Pakete} -\label{packages} -\label{compatibility} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -\Thispackage\ ist an folgende Pakete, die ebenfalls Abbildungs- oder -Tabellenbeschriftungen anbieten, angepasst: -\begin{quote} - \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, - \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, - \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins}, - \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap}, - \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable}, - \package{wrapfig} und \package{xtab} -\end{quote} - -Weiterhin arbeitet das \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow}, -das \package{subcaption}"=Paket (welches Bestandteil der -\package{caption}"=Paketfamilie ist), sowie das \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} -aktiv mit diesem Paket zusammen und verwenden dessen |\caption|\-|setup|"=Schnittstelle. - -\bigskip - -\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em -\INFO -Definiert ein anderes Paket (oder eine Dokumentenklasse), welches \thispackage{} -nicht kennt, ebenfalls den Befehl |\caption| um, so wird diese Umdefinition -bevorzugt, um maximale Kompatibilität zu gewährleisten und Konflikte -zu vermeiden. -Wird solch eine potentielle Inkompatiblität erkannt, wird diese Warnung -ausgegeben:~\footnote{% - Diese Warnung kann durch Angabe der Option \texttt{compatibility=true} - beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes abgeschaltet werden.} -\begin{quote}\footnotesize - |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ - |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ - |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\ - |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| -\end{quote} -\endgroup - -Als Folge stehen diese Ausstattungsmerkmale des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht -zur Verfügung: -\begin{itemize} - \item die Optionen |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=| und |listformat=| - \item |\caption*| (um eine Beschrifung ohne Bezeichner zu setzen) - \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (um den Eintrag ins Verzeichnis zu unterbinden) - \item |\caption{}| (um eine leere Beschriftung ohne Trenner zu setzen) - \item |\ContinuedFloat| - \item korrekt ausgerichtete Beschriftungen in Umgebungen wie \texttt{wide} und - \texttt{addmargin}, die die Seitenränder verändern - \item das sog.~\textsf{hypcap}"=Feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} - \item Setzen von Unter-Beschriftungen \See{\package{subcaption}"=Paketdokumentation} -\end{itemize} - -\DescribeMacro{compatibility=} -Dieser Kompatibilitäts"=Modus kann durch die Angabe der Option -\begin{quote} - |compatibility=false| -\end{quote} -beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes ausgeschaltet werden. -Aber bitte beachten Sie, daß die Anwendung dieser Option weder empfohlen noch -unterstützt wird, da hierdurch unerwünschte Nebeneffekte oder Fehler auftreten -können. (Aus diesem Grunde wird hier ebenfalls eine Warnung ausgegeben.) - -\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{% - \ifvmode\else\par\fi - \nopagebreak - \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par - \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak} - -\PageBreak -\subsection{algorithms} -\label{algorithms} -\packagedescription{% -Die \package{algorithms}"=Paketfamilie\cite{algorithms} bietet zwei Umgebungen -an: Die Umgebung \texttt{algorithmic} bietet eine Möglichkeit, Algorithmen -zu beschreiben, und die Umgebung \texttt{algorithm} bietet eine passende -Gleitumgebung an.} - -Da die \texttt{algorithm}"=Umgebung intern mittels |\new|\-|float| realisiert -ist, welches vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bereitgestellt wird, -schauen Sie bitte in \Ref{float} nach. - -\iffalse -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{algorithm2e} -\label{algorithm2e} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for -writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.} - -Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard -interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the -\package{float} package) and typesetting its caption, -the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage. - -So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage, -you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding -floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package), -and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code. - -As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic}, -for example: -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\ - |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\ - |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\ - |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\ - |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment - |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\ - | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\ - | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\ - | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\ - \ldots -\end{quote} -Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new -floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package -(or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package), -and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic} -in its body, just like you would do when you use the -\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem. - -You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example: -\begin{quote} - \ldots\\ - |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\ - |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\ - |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\ - |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |% Example usage:|\\ - |\begin{algorithm}|\\ - |\caption{An algorithm}|\\ - |\begin{algorithmic}|\\ - | \SetVline|\\ - | \eIf{cond1}{|\\ - | a line\;|\\ - | }{|\\ - | another line\;|\\ - | }|\\ - |\end{algorithmic}| -\end{quote} -Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every -other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float}, -please see \Ref{float}. - -\begin{Annotation} -An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package. -\end{Annotation} -\fi - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{float} -\label{float} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bietet den Befehl \cs{restylefloat} an, -der bestehende Gleitumgebungen zu einem neuen Design verhilft, ferner -\cs{newfloat} um neue Gleitumgebungen zu definieren. -Weiterhin wird die Platzierungs-Option "`\texttt{H}"' angeboten, die bei -Gleitumgebungen das Gleiten unterbindet.} - -Bei Gleitumgebungen, die mit \cs{newfloat} oder \cs{restylefloat} definiert -wurden, hat die Option |po|\-|si|\-|tion=| keinen Effekt auf die Beschriftung, -da die Platzierung und die Abstände von dem gewählten Gleitumgebungs"=Stil -festgelegt werden. - -Ein Beschriftungs"=Stil und Beschriftungs"=Optionen mit demselben Namen -wie der Gleitumgebungs"=Stil werden zusätzlich zu den normalen Optionen -ausgewählt. -Mit diesem Mechanismus emuliert \thispackage\ das Aussehen der Beschriftungen -vom Stil "`|ruled|"': Es definiert den Beschriftungs"=Stil -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\ - | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -Um dies zu ändern, müssen Sie entweder einen eigenen Stil namens "`|ruled|"' -definieren, oder aber mit |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{Optionen} zusätzliche -Optionen angeben.%, -%z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|. - -Dieser Mechanismus wird ebenso benutzt, um den Abstand zwischen einer -Gleitumgebung vom Stil "`|boxed|"' und seiner Beschriftung individuell -festzulegen: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}| -\end{quote} -Um dies zu ändern, geben Sie einfach mit -|\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{Wert}|}| -einen anderen Wert an. -Oder wenn Sie stattdessen die globale Einstellung der Option |skip=| verwenden -wollen, können Sie die individuelle Abstandseinstellung mit -|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}| entfernen. - -\begin{Note} -Es kann immer nur \emph{eine} Beschriftung innerhalb der Gleitumgebungen -gesetzt werden, die mit |\new|\-|float| oder |\re|\-|style|\-|float| -definiert werden; außerdem verhalten sich diese Gleitumgebungen auch in -anderen Belangen nicht exakt wie die Umgebungen |figure| und |table|. -Als Konsequenz arbeiten viele Pakete nicht sehr gut mit diesen zusammen. -Weiterhin hat das \package{float}"=Paket einige Fallstricke und Schwächen, -weswegen ich als Alternative den Befehl |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| -anbiete, um neue Gleitumgebungen zu definieren, die sich wie |figure| -und |table| verhalten sollen. -Und für die Definition von mächtigeren Gleitumgebungen bzw.~der -stilistischen Umgestaltung von vorhandenen Gleitumgebungen empfehle ich als -Alternative den Befehl |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| des -moderneren \package{floatrow}"=Paketes\cite{floatrow}. -\end{Note} - -\iffalse -Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using -the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are -wrong. -And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself -in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working -correctly afterwards. -\fi - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{floatflt} -\label{floatflt} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{floatflt}"=Paket\cite{floatflt} bietet Umgebungen zum Setzen von -Abbildungen und Tabellen an, die nicht die Gesamtbreite der Seite einnehmen, -sondern stattdessen vom Text umflossen werden.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Spezielle Optionen für die Umgebungen |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| und -|float|\-|ing|\-|table| können mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ - |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -festgelegt werden. -Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| -bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. - -\begin{Note} -Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen -bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit -|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| -bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{fltpage} -\label{fltpage} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{fltpage}"=Paket\cite{fltpage} bietet die Ausgliederung der -Beschriftung für Abbildungen und Tabellen, die die gesamte Seitenhöhe -einnehmen, an. Hierbei wird die Beschriftung ans Ende der vorherigen -oder nächsten Seite verschoben.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Zwei Optionen regeln die Verweise auf die Umgebungen |FPfigure| und |FPtable|: -\begin{description} -\item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} oder \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Auf "`|caption|"' gesetzt, wird der Verzeichniseintrag auf die Beschriftung -der Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle verweisen, auf "`|figure|"' gesetzt auf den Inhalt -der Abbildung. -(Die Vorbelegung ist |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.) -\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} oder \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Auf "`|caption|"' gesetzt, werden die mit \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref} -oder \cs{nameref} plazierten Referenzen auf die Beschriftung der Abbildung -bzw.~Tabelle verweisen, auf "`|figure|"' gesetzt auf den Inhalt der Abbildung. -(Die Vorbelegung ist |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.) -\end{description} - -Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |FPfigure| und |FPtable| können mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ - |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -getätigt werden. -Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| -bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. - -Weiterhin definiert |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{Name} auch automatisch -eine Umgebung namens "`|FP|\meta{Name}"', die sich wie |FP|\-|figure| und -|FP|\-|table| verhält. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{hyperref} -\label{hyperref} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{hyperref}"=Paket\cite{hyperref} behandelt \LaTeX"=Querverweise -derart, daß sie zusätzlich Hyperlinks im Dokument erzeugen.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Zwei Optionen regeln das Setzen von Hyperlinks:~\footnote{Diese Optionen sind -nach dem \package{hypcap}"=Paket benannt, welches sie ersetzen.} -\begin{description} -\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} oder \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Auf |true| gesetzt, werden alle Hyperlink"=Anker -- wohin Einträge im -Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis, sowie |\ref| und |\auto|\-|ref| -verweisen -- an den Anfang der (gleitenden) Umgebungen wie Abbildung -oder Tabelle plaziert.\par -Auf |false| gesetzt zeigen hingegen alle Hyperlink"=Anker auf die -Beschriftung.\par -(Die Voreinstellung ist |hypcap=true|.) -\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{Abstand}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Da es nicht sehr ästhetisch wirkt, wenn der Hyperlink exakt auf den Beginn der -Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle springt, kann ein vertikaler Abstand zwischen dem -Hyperlink"=Anker und der (gleitenden) Umgebung gesetzt werden, z.B.~entfernt -|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| diesen Abstand.\par -(Die Voreinstellung ist |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.) -\end{description} - -Beide Optionen haben keine Auswirkung in den Umgebungen |lst|\-|listing| -(vom \package{listings}"=Paket bereitgestellt), |long|\-|table| (vom -\package{longtable}"=Paket bereitgestellt, |super|\-|tabular| (vom -\package{supertabular}"=Paket bereitgestellt), und |x|\-|tabular| (vom -\package{xtab}"=Paket bereitgestellt); -innerhalb dieser Umgebungen werden Hyperlink"=Anker immer so gesetzt, als sei -|hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| und |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| eingestellt. - -\pagebreak[3]Bitte beachten Sie:\nopagebreak -\begin{description} -\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{Typ}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} - vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{Typ}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}% -\\[\smallskipamount] -Ohne geladenes \package{hyperref}"=Paket bekommen Sie hier identische Resultate. -Aber mit \package{hyperref} geladen und mit der Einstellung |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| -versehen wird der Hyperlink"=Anker unterschiedlich gesetzt. -So plaziert zum Beispiel -\begin{quote} -|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ -| |\ldots\\ -| \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}|\\ -|\end{minipage}| -\end{quote} -den Anker bei der Beschriftung. -(Und wenn |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| gesetzt ist, wird deswegen eine Warnung ausgegeben.) -\begin{quote} -|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ -| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ -| |\ldots\\ -| \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\ -|\end{minipage}| -\end{quote} -hingegen plaziert den Anker an den Anfang der |mini|\-|page|, -da die Anweisung |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| nicht nur den Typ der -Beschriftung auf "`figure"' festlegt, sondern auch einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzt. - -\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} - vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Wiederum bekommen Sie ohne geladenes \package{hyperref}"=Paket identische Resultate. -Aber mit \package{hyperref} geladen liegen die Unterschiede in den Feinheiten: -So wird z.B.~das optionale Argument von |\caption| auch in die |aux|-Datei -geschrieben und vom |\name|\-|ref| Befehl verwendet. -Wenn Sie also |\caption| mit leerem Argument angeben, wird ein auf diese -Abbildung oder Tabelle angewandtes |\name|\-|ref| nicht das erwünschte, -sondern stattdessen ein leeres Resultat zur Folge haben. -Daher ist es besser, |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| zu verwenden, -wenn Sie keinen Eintrag in dem Abbildungs- oder Tabellenverzeichnis wünschen. -\end{description} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{hypcap} -\label{hypcap} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{hyp\-cap}"=Paket\cite{hypcap} bietet eine Lösung zu dem Problem -an, daß Hyperlinks auf Gleitumgebungen nicht auf die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle -verweisen, sondern stattdessen auf die Beschriftung. -Die Version $3.1$ des \package{caption}"=Paketes löst dieses Problem bereits -auf seine eigene Art und Weise, so daß das \package{hypcap}"=Paket in der -Regel nicht mehr zusätzlich benötigt wird.} - -Wird das \package{hypcap}"=Paket zusätzlich zum \package{hyperref}"=Paket -geladen, so übernimmt es die Kontrolle über die Platzierung der -Hyperlink"=Anker, und die Optionen |hyp|\-|cap=| und |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=| -verlieren ihre Wirkung. - -Außerdem ist zu beachten, daß dann |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{Typ}|}| -keinen Hyperlink"=Anker mehr setzt; dies muß dann ggf.~mit dem Befehl -|\cap|\-|start|, welcher vom \package{hypcap}"=Paket angeboten wird, -geschehen. - -Weiterhin hat das Laden des \package{hypcap}"=Paketes den Nebeneffekt, daß -die Hyperlink"=Anker innerhalb der Umgebungen -|floating|\-|figure| (vom \package{float\-flt}"=Paket bereitgestellt), -|FP|\-|figure| \& |FPtable| (vom \package{flt\-page}"=Paket bereitgestellt), -|fig|\-|window| (vom \package{pic\-in\-par}"=Paket bereitgestellt), -|par|\-|pic| (vom \package{pic\-ins}"=Paket bereitgestellt), -|SC|\-|figure| (vom \package{side\-cap}"=Paket bereitgestellt), -|three|\-|part|\-|table| (vom \package{three\-part\-table}"=Paket -bereitgestellt) und |wrap|\-|figure| (vom \package{wrap\-fig}"=Paket -bereitgestellt) nicht mehr optimal platziert werden. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{listings} -\label{listings} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{listings}"=Paket\cite{listings} bietet Möglichkeiten, -Programmcode zu setzen.} - -Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |lst|\-|listing| können mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -getätigt werden. - -Bitte beachten Sie, daß das \package{listings}"=Paket seine eigenen -Optionen für die Kontrolle der Position und Abstände der Beschriftungen -mitbringt: -|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=| und |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|. -\See{Dokumentation des \package{listings}"=Paketes.} -Diese Optionen überschreiben diejenigen des \package{caption}"=Paketes, -können aber wiederum mit |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}| -überschrieben werden, z.B.~mit -\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{longtable} -\label{longtable} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{longtable}"=Paket\cite{longtable} bietet eine Umgebung an, -die sich ähnlich wie die Umgebung \texttt{tabular} verhält, aber Seitenumbrüche -innerhalb der Tabelle erlaubt.} - -Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |long|\-|table| können mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -getätigt werden. -Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |table| -berücksichtigt. - -Die Optionen |margin=| und |width=| überschreiben gewöhnlich die Länge -|\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|, so daß ein einheitliches Aussehen der -Tabellenüberschriften gewährleistet wird. -Wird aber |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| auf einen anderen Wert als den Standardwert -|4in| gesetzt, wird \thispackage\ dies berücksichtigen. -(Aber |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| wird wiederum von -|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{Breite}|}| überschrieben, -auch wenn |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| auf einen anderen Wert als |4in| gesetzt ist.) - -\begin{Note} -Die Befehle |\caption|\-|of| und |\Continued|\-|Float| funktionieren -\emph{nicht} innerhalb der Umgebung |long|\-|table|. -Weiterhin erhöhen weder |\caption| noch |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| den -Tabellenzähler, er wird stattdessen von der Umgebung |long|\-|table| selbst -erhöht. -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Benötigen Sie eine Umgebung |long|\-|table|, die den Tabellenzähler -nicht erhöht, so verwenden Sie bitte die Umgebung |long|\-|table*| -(die das \package{ltcaption}"=Paket bereitstellt und als Bestandteil der -\package{caption}"=Paketfamilie automatisch geladen wird). -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{picinpar} -\label{picinpar} -\packagedescription{% -Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}"=Paket stellt auch das -\package{picinpar}"=Paket Umgebungen zum Setzen von Abbildungen und Tabellen -zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom Text -umflossen werden. -Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen -schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |fig|\-|window| und |tab|\-|window| -können mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ - |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -getätigt werden. -Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| -bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. - -\begin{Note} -Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen -bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit -|\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| -bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[tab|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{picins} -\label{picins} -\packagedescription{% -Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}- und \package{picinpar}"=Paket stellt auch -das \package{picins}"=Paket Umgebungen zum Setzen von Abbildungen und -Tabellen zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom -Text umflossen werden. -Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen -schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |par|\-|pic| können mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -getätigt werden. -Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| -bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. - -Weiterhin erzeugt |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| keinen Verzeichniseintrag, -und |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| ergibt eine Beschriftung ohne Bezeichner und -Nummerierung. - -\begin{Note} -Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen -bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit -|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. -\end{Note} - -Wird ein |\pic|\-|caption| gewünscht, das keine Abbildungs-, sondern eine -Tabellenbeschrifung erzeugt, so definieren Sie bitte \emph{nicht} -|\@cap|\-|type| um, wie es von der Dokumentation zum \package{picins}"=Paket -vorgeschlagen wird. Stattdessen benutzen Sie bitte den Befehl -|\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{Typ}, der Ihnen vom \package{caption}"=Paket -zu diesem Zweck bereitgestellt wird. Zum Beispiel: -\begin{quote} - |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\ - |\piccaption{Eine Beispieltabelle}|\\ - |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}| -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{rotating} -\label{rotating} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{rotating}"=Paket\cite{rotating} bietet die Gleitumgebungen -\texttt{side\-ways\-figure} und \texttt{side\-ways\-table}, -die sich wie \texttt{figure} und \texttt{table} verhalten, den Inhalt aber -um 90 bzw. 270 Grad drehen. -Weiterhin wird ein Befehl \cs{rot\-caption} bereitgestellt, der lediglich -die Beschriftung dreht.} - -\iffalse % No, we don't do that -If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| \& -|side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\ - |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|figure| or |table|. -\fi - -Der Befehl |\rot|\-|caption| wird vom \package{caption}"=Paket derart -erweitert, daß |\rot|\-|caption*| und |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| analog zu -|\caption*| und |\caption|\-|of| verwendet werden können. - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Weiterhin definiert |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{Name} automatisch -zusätzlich eine Gleitumgebung, die sich wie |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| und -|side|\-|ways|\-|table| verhält. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{setspace} -\label{setspace} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{setspace}"=Paket\cite{setspace} bietet Optionen und Befehle, -um den Zeilenabstand festzulegen, so führt -z.B.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space} -zu einem Dokument, welches einanhalbzeilig gesetzt wird.} - -Wird das \package{setspace}"=Paket zusammen mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket -verwendet, sind alle Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen auf "`einzeilig"' -voreingestellt. Dies kann durch |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing| (welches -auf "`einanhalbzeilig"' umstellt), |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing| (welches -auf "`zweizeilig"' umstellt) oder |font={stretch=|\x\meta{Wert}|}| geändert -werden. -\See{auch \Ref{fonts}} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{sidecap} -\label{sidecap} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket\cite{sidecap} bietet die Gleitumgebungen -\texttt{SC\-figure} und \texttt{SC\-table}, die anders als \texttt{figure} -und \texttt{table} die Beschriftung \emph{neben} den Inhalt setzen.} - -Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |SC|\-|figure| und |SC|\-|table| -können mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ - |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -getätigt werden. -Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| -bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. - -\pagebreak[3] -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Weiterhin definiert |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{Name} automatisch -zusätzlich eine Gleitumgebung, die sich wie |SC|\-|figure| und |SC|\-|table| -verhält. - -\begin{Note} -Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket bietet eigene Optionen für die Ausrichtung der -Beschriftung. Werden diese verwendet, so überschreiben sie die Einstellungen, -die mit der Option |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| getätigt worden sind. -\end{Note} - -\begin{Note} -Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen -bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit -|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| -bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. -\end{Note} - -\medskip - -\begin{Annotation*} -Anstelle des \package{sidecap}"=Paketes können Sie für Beschrifungen neben der -Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle auch das leistungsfähigere und vielseitigere -\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} benutzen. -\end{Annotation*} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsubsection*{Undokumentierte Eigenschaften} -Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket \version{1.6} hat einige undokumentierte -Paketoptionen und Befehle, die eine weitere Anpassung der Beschrifungen erlauben: - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{margincaption} -Die Paketoption -\begin{quote} - |margincaption|\qquad{\small(z.B.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)} -\end{quote} -führt dazu, daß alle Beschriftungen in den Umgebungen |SC|\-|figure| und -|SC|\-|table| in den Rand gesetzt werden. - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos} -Der Befehl -\begin{quote} - |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{Typ}\marg{Position} -\end{quote} -legt die vertikale Ausrichtung der Beschriftung fest. \meta{Position} kann -entweder `|t|' (für eine Ausrichtung am oberen Rand), `|b|' (für eine -Ausrichtung am unteren Rand), oder `|c|' (für eine zentrierte Ausrichtung) -sein. -Die Vorbelegung für die Umgebung |table| ist `|t|', für |figure| und alle -anderen, die mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| definiert werden, `|b|'. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{subfigure} -\label{subfigure} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{subfigure}"=Paket\cite{subfigure} bietet Unterstützung für -Unter"=Abbildungen und -Tabellen. -Es ist veraltet und wurde vom Autor durch das modernere -\package{subfig}"=Paket ersetzt.} - -Da das \package{subfigure}"=Paket veraltet ist, wird es vom -\package{caption}"=Paket nur derart unterstützt, daß alte Dokumente (welche -mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket \version{1.x} gesetzt wurden) noch -übersetzbar sind und das erwartete Ergebnis liefern. - -Bitte verwenden Sie daher stattdessen das \package{subfig}- oder das -\package{subcaption}"=Paket, welches -\thispackage\ \version{3.x} aktiv unterstützt. - -\See{auch Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{supertabular und xtab} -\label{supertabular} -\packagedescription{% -Die Pakete \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} und \package{xtab}\cite{xtab} -bieten eine Umgebung, die ähnlich wie die Umgebung \texttt{long\-table} des -\package{longtable}"=Paketes\cite{longtable} einen Seitenumbruch inmitten der -Tabelle erlaubt. -Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen -schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.} - -Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |super|\-|tabular| bzw.~|x|\-|tabular| -können mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{bzw.}\\ - |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -getätigt werden. -Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |table| -berücksichtigt. - -\begin{Note} -Der Befehl |\Continued|\-|Float| funktioniert \emph{nicht} innerhalb der -Umgebungen |super|\-|tabular| und |x|\-|tabular|. -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{threeparttable} -\label{threeparttable} -\packagedescription{% -Das \package{threeparttable}"=Paket\cite{threeparttable} bietet ein Schema -für Tabellen, welches strukturierte Anmerkungen nach dem Tabelleninhalt -erlaubt. -Dieses Schema bietet eine Lösungsmöglichkeit für das alte Problem "`Fußnoten -in Tabellen"'.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |three|\-|part|\-|table| und -|measured|\-|figure| können mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ - |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -getätigt werden. -Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| -bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. - -\begin{Note} -Da die Breite der Beschriftung hier die gleiche Breite wie die Abbildung -bzw.~Tabelle hat, werden die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| hier nicht -angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit -|\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| oder -|\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. -\end{Note} - -\medskip - -\begin{Annotation*} -Das \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} bietet eine vergleichbare -Funktionalität an. -\end{Annotation*} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{wrapfig} -\label{wrapfig} -\packagedescription{% -Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}-, \package{picinpar}- und -\package{picins}"=Paket stellt auch das \package{wrapfig}"=Paket Umgebungen -zum Setzen von Abbildungen und Tabellen zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte -Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom Text umflossen werden. -Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen -schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |wrap|\-|figure| und -|wrap|\-|table| können mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ - |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{Optionen} -\end{quote} -getätigt werden. -Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| -bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. - -Weiterhin definiert |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{Name} automatisch -zusätzlich eine Gleitumgebung, die sich wie |wrap|\-|figure| und -|wrap|\-|table| verhält. - -\begin{Note} -Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen -bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit -|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| -bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. -\end{Note} - -\begin{Note} -Soll das \package{wrapfig}"=Paket in Zusammenarbeit mit dem -\package{float}"=Paket verwendet werden, ist es wichtig, daß Sie das -\package{wrapfig}"=Paket \emph{nach} dem \package{float}"=Paket laden. -Weiterhin müssen die Befehle |\new|\-|float| und |\restyle|\-|float| -\emph{nach} dem Laden beider Pakete angewandt werden. -\end{Note} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Weiterführende Dokumente} - -Folgende, im Internet verfügbare Dokumente möchte ich an dieser Stelle -jedem ans Herz legen: - -\begin{itemize} -\item - Die \TeX\ FAQ -- "`Frequently Asked Questions"' über \TeX\ und \LaTeX: - \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote} - -\iffalse % Völlig veraltet, daher leider keine Empfehlung mehr wert -\item - Die DANTE-FAQ -- Oft gestellte Fragen \& deren Antworten: - \begin{quote}\url{http://www.dante.de/faq/de-tex-faq/}\end{quote} -\fi - -\item - \emph{"`Hilfe für LaTeX-Einsteiger"'} von Christian Faulhammer: - \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/}\end{quote} - -\item - \emph{"`Bilder einfügen in \LaTeX: Ein How-To"'} von Dominik Bischoff - beinhaltet die häufigsten Fragen und Antworten, die im Zusammenhang - mit \LaTeX\ und Abbildungen auftreten: - \begin{quote} - \url{http://dante.ctan.org/info/l2picfaq/german/l2picfaq.pdf} - \end{quote} - -\item - \emph{"`Gleitobjekte -- die richtige Schmierung"'} von Axel Reichert - erl"autert den Umgang mit gleitenden Umgebungen und ist hier im Netz - zu finden: - \begin{quote} - \url{ftp://dante.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/german/gleitobjekte/} - \end{quote} - -\item - \textsf{epslatex} von Keith Reckdahl enth"alt viele n"utzliche Tips im - Zusammenhang mit der Einbindung von Graphiken in \LaTeXe. - Das Dokument ist in Englisch und unter - \begin{quote}\url{ftp://dante.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/epslatex/}\end{quote} - zu finden. -\end{itemize} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\pagebreak[3] -\section{Danksagungen} - -Von ganzem Herzen danke ich Katja Melzner, -Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko, -David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm, -Heiko Oberdiek und Herbert Voß. - -Weiterhin möchte ich mich herzlich bei -Harald Harders, -Peter Löffler, -Peng Yu, -Alexander Zimmermann, -Matthias Pospiech, -Jürgen Wieferink, -Christoph Bartoschek, -Uwe Stöhr, -Ralf Stubner, -Geoff Vallis, -Florian Keiler, -Jürgen Göbel, -Uwe Siart, -Sang-Heon Shim, -Henrik Lundell, -David Byers, -William Asquith, -Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann, -Frank Martini, -Danie Els, -Philipp Woock, -Fadi Semmo und -Matthias Stevens -für ihre Hilfe beim stetigen Verbessern dieses Paketes bedanken. - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage\appendix -\section{Alphabetische Referenz} - -%\newenvironment{Warnings}% -% {\begin{trivlist}% -% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}% -% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}% -% }% -% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}} -\makeatletter -\newenvironment{Warnings}{% - \newif\ifMessage - \def\Message{% - \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi - \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}% - \setlength\parindent{0pt}% - \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}% - \setlength\leftskip{0pt}% - \color{blue}% - \Messagetrue}% - \def\Description{% - \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}% - \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{oder}}% - \def\@Or[##1]{% - \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}% -}{% - \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi -} -\makeatother - -\subsection{Optionen} -\newcommand\preambleoption{~% - \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% - \footnotemark[2]% - \endgroup} -\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{% - \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% - \footnotetext[2]{Diese Optionen stehen nur in dem Dokumentenvorspann - (Präambel) zur Verfügung.}% - \endgroup} - -\begin{longtable*}{lll} -Option & Kurzbeschreibung & Abschnitt \\ -\hline -\endhead -|aboveskip| & setzt den Abstand über der Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\ -|belowskip| & setzt den Abstand unter der Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\ -|compatibility|\preambleoption & erzwingt (Nicht-)Kompatibilität & \ref{compatibility} \\ -%|config| & & \ref{x} \\ -|figurename|\preambleoption & setzt den Abbildungsnamen & \ref{names} \\ -|figureposition|\preambleoption & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\ -|figurewithin|\preambleoption & wählt die Zählerebene der Abbildungen & \ref{numbering} \\ -|font|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz & \ref{fonts} \\ -|format| & wählt das Format & \ref{formats} \\ -|FPlist| & Wohin soll der Listeneintrag einer FPfigure zeigen? & \ref{fltpage} \\ -|FPref| & Wohin soll ein |\ref| einer FPfigure zeigen? & \ref{fltpage} \\ -|hangindent| & setzt den "`hängenden"' Einzug & \ref{margins} \\ -|hypcap| & wählt das "`hypcap"' Feature aus & \ref{hyperref} \\ -|hypcapspace| & setzt den Abstand über einem Hyperlink & \ref{hyperref} \\ -|indention| & setzt den Einzug & \ref{margins} \\ -|justification| & wählt die Ausrichtung & \ref{justification} \\ -|labelfont|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz des Bezeichners & \ref{fonts} \\ -|labelformat| & wählt das Format des Bezeichners & \ref{formats} \\ -|labelsep| & wählt den Trenner zw. Bezeichner$+$Text & \ref{formats} \\ -|labelseparator| & -- identisch mit |labelsep| -- & \ref{formats} \\ -|list| & schaltet die Listeneinträge an bzw. aus & \ref{lists} \\ -|listfigurename| & setzt den Namen des Abbildungsverzeichnisses & \ref{names} \\ -|listformat| & wählt das Listenformat & \ref{lists} \\ -|listtablename| & setzt den Namen des Tabellenverzeichnisses & \ref{names} \\ -|margin| & setzt den Rand bzw. die Ränder & \ref{margins} \\ -|margin*| & setzt den Rand, sofern keine Breite gesetzt ist & \ref{margins} \\ -|maxmargin| & setzt den max. zu verwendenen Rand & \ref{margins} \\ -|minmargin| & setzt den min. zu verwendenen Rand & \ref{margins} \\ -|name| & setzt den Namen der aktuellen Umgebung & \ref{names} \\ -|oneside| & wählt den einseitigen Modus & \ref{margins} \\ -|options| & führt die angegebene Optionsliste aus & \\ -|parindent| & setzt den Absatzeinzug & \ref{margins} \\ -|parskip| & setzt den Absatzabstand & \ref{margins} \\ -|position| & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\ -|singlelinecheck| & schaltet die "`Ein-Zeilen-Prüfung"' ein bzw. aus & \ref{justification} \\ -%|size| & wählt die Größe des Zeichensatzes & \ref{x} \\ -|skip| & setzt den Abstand zwischen Inhalt \& Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\ -|strut| & schaltet die Verwendung von |\strut| ein bzw. aus & \ref{formats} \\ -|style| & wählt einen Stil aus & \ref{style} \\ -%|style*| & wählt einen Stil aus & \ref{style} \\ -|subtype| & setzt den Typ der Unterbeschriftungen & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\ -|tablename|\preambleoption & setzt den Tabellennamen & \ref{names} \\ -|tableposition|\preambleoption & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\ -|tablewithin|\preambleoption & wählt die Zählerebene der Tabellen & \ref{numbering} \\ -|textfont|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz des Textes & \ref{fonts} \\ -|textformat| & wählt das Format des Textes & \ref{formats} \\ -|twoside| & wählt den zweiseitigen Modus & \ref{margins} \\ -|type| & setzt den Typ \& setzt ggf.~einen Hyperlink-Anker & \ref{types} \\ -|type*| & setzt (nur) den Typ & \ref{types} \\ -|width| & setzt eine feste Breite & \ref{margins} \\ -\end{longtable*} -\preambleoptiontext -\footnotetext{Die Option \texttt{subtype} ist in der Dokumentation - des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes beschrieben.} - -\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break -\begin{Note*} - Veraltete Optionen sind hier nicht gelistet; diese sind in - \Ref{caption1} und - \Ref{caption2} zu finden. -\end{Note*}} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Befehle} - -\begin{longtable*}{lll} -Befehl & & Abschnitt \\ -\hline -\endhead -|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ -%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ -%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ -|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ -|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\ -|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\ -|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\ -|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\ -|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionType| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -\end{longtable*} -\footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} ist in der Dokumentation - des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes beschrieben.} - -\clearpage -\subsection{Warnungen} - -\begin{Warnings} - -\Message - |\caption outside box or environment.| -\Or - |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.| -\Or - |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\ - | or environment.| -\Description - |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of| sowie |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| - sind nur für die Anwendung \emph{innerhalb} einer Box, Gruppe oder Umgebung - konzipiert. Außerhalb können unerwünschte Seiteneffekte auftreten. - \par\See{\Ref{types} und \Ref{caption}} - -\Message - |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ - |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ - |unknown to the caption package.| -\Description - Wenn \thispackage\ eine vorhandene (und unbekannte) Erweiterung des Befehls - |\caption| erkannt hat, definiert es |\caption| nicht erneut um, da dies - unweigerlich den Verlust der ursprünglichen Erweiterung zur Folge hätte. - Daher funktionieren manche Features, wie |\caption*|, - |\Continued|\-|Float|, das optionale Argument von |\caption|\-|setup|, - sowie die Optionen |list=| und |hypcap=| nicht mehr; sie werden - entweder ignoriert oder arbeiten nicht erwartungsgemäß.\par - Wenn Sie an der ursprünglichen Erweiterung nicht interessiert sind - und stattdessen den vollen Umfang des \package{caption}"=Paketes - verwenden wollen, können Sie es mit der nicht supporteten(!) - Option |compatibility=|\x|false| probieren und die Daumen drücken. - (Aber Sie werden die nächste Warnung stattdessen bekommen.) - \par\See{\Ref{classes} und \Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\ - |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\ - |was given.| -\Description - Da Sie so mutig waren, die Option |compatibility=|\x|false| zu probieren, - wird \thispackage\ sein bestes geben, um diesen Wunsch zu erfüllen. - Aber je nach verwendeter Dokumentenklasse bzw.~Pakete sollten Sie sich - auf Fehlfunktionen oder Fehlermeldungen einstellen. - Also bitte die Daumen gedrückt halten! - \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\ - |stopped early.| -\Description - Wenn das \package{hyperref}"=Paket vorzeitig seinen Dienst einstellt - (den Grund hierfür teilt es Ihnen mit), ist auch die - \package{hyperref}"=Unterstützung des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht - verfügbar. Als Folge werden Sie einige Warnungen des - \package{hyperref}"=Paketes bekommen, ferner werden Hyperlinks - auf Abbildungen und Tabellen nicht funktionsfähig sein. - \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\Message - |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.| -\Description - \Thispackage\ bemüht sich, so gut es kann, die \KOMAScript"=Befehle - bzgl.~Tabellen und Abbildungen zu emulieren. Aber das optionale Argument - von |\setcapwidth| funktioniert (noch) nicht; wenn Sie es dennoch angeben, - wird daher diese Warnung ausgegeben. - \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}} - -\Message - |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.| -\Description - Diese Warnung sollten Sie niemals sehen; entweder verwenden Sie ein Paket, - welches |figure| und/oder |table| in einer dem \package{caption}"=Paket - unbekannten Art \& Weise verändert, oder aber es ist ein Fehler im - \package{caption}"=Paket. - Bitte senden Sie mir einen Fehlerbericht diesbezüglich per E-Mail. Danke! - -\Message - |\label without proper \caption| -\Description - Anders als bei den meisten nicht gleitenden Umgebungen wird bei den - gleitenden Umgebungen die interne Referenz erst bei Anwendung des Befehls - |\caption| erzeugt. Ein |\label| Befehl, der auf diese Abbildung - bzw.~Tabelle verweisen soll, muß daher entweder direkt \emph{nach} oder innerhalb - des Argumentes von |\caption| platziert werden. - -\Message - |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.| -\Description - Wenn Sie versuchen, eine bestimmte Option aus einer Optionsliste zu - entfernen, zum Beispiel mit |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|, - und die angegebene Option kann nicht in der Liste gefunden werden, so - erhalten Sie die obenstehende Warnung. - Liegt dies nicht an einem Schreibfehler Ihrerseits und möchten Sie ferner - diese Warnung unterdrücken, so können Sie hierzu - |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| anstelle von |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup| - verwenden. - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\Message - |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.| -\Description - Wenn Sie versuchen, eine bestimmte Option aus einer Optionsliste zu - entfernen, zum Beispiel mit |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|, - und die angegebene Optionsliste ist (noch) nicht definiert, so - erhalten Sie die obenstehende Warnung. - Liegt dies nicht an einem Schreibfehler Ihrerseits und möchten Sie ferner - diese Warnung unterdrücken, so können Sie hierzu |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| - anstelle von |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup| verwenden. - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\iffalse -\Message - |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\ - |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\ - |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\ - |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.| -\Description - \TODO -\fi - -\Message - |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\ - |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.| -\Description - Die Option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| ist nur dann voll funktionsfähig, - wenn Sie das \package{ragged2e}"=Paket auf Ihrem \TeX"=System installiert haben. - Ist dies nicht der Fall, erhalten Sie diese Warnung und |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| - wird im späteren Verlauf des Dokumentes wie |justification=|\x|raggedright| - behandelt werden. - \par\See{\Ref{justification}} - -\Message - |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.| -\Description - Die Option |ignoreLTcapwidth| des \package{caption2}"=Paketes wird nicht von - diesem Paket emuliert. In der Regel können Sie aber diese Option einfach - ersatzlos entfernen. - \par\See{\Ref{caption2} und \Ref{longtable}} - -\Message - |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\ - |captions right.| -\Description - Das \package{ragged2e} wird nur dann vom \package{caption}"=Paket geladen, - wenn es tatsächlich benötigt wird. - Um dies zu gewährleisten, sind zwei \LaTeX"=Läufe notwendig, daher können Sie - beim ersten Durchlauf diese Warnung bekommen. - Mit dem nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf sollte also diese Warnung verschwunden sein. - \par\See{\Ref{justification}} - -\Message - |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.| -\Description - Ist ein zweiseitiges Dokumentenlayout gewählt, benötigt \thispackage\ zwei - \LaTeX"=Läufe, um die Ränder korrekt zuordnen zu können; - daher können Sie beim ersten Durchlauf diese Warnung bekommen. - Mit dem nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf sollte also diese Warnung verschwunden sein. - \par\See{\Ref{margins}} - -\Message - |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.| -\Description - Diese Warnung informiert Sie über vermische \package{caption}"=Optionen. - Wenn Sie z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| oder - |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| in einer |figure| Umgebung verwenden, - werden beide Optionssätze, sowohl derjenige für |figure| - (mit |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| angegeben) als auch - derjenige für |table| (mit |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}| angegeben), - angewandt. - {\small(Diese Warnung kann bei Bedarf durch Verwendung der Stern-Form - |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}| unterdrückt werden.)\par} - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\Message - |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\ - |particular \caption.| -\Description - \Thispackage\ hat keinen geeigneten Hyperlink"=Anker für diese Beschriftung - gefunden, daher hat es entschlossen, die Einstellung |hypcap=|\x|true| (die per - Standard gesetzt ist) zu ignorieren. - Als Folge werden Hyperlinks zu dieser Abbildung oder Tabelle (etwa über das - Abbildungsverzeichnis, oder selber mit |\ref| oder |\auto|\-|ref| angelegt) - nicht auf den Beginn der Abbildung oder Tabelle verweisen, sondern stattdessen - auf deren Beschriftung.\par - Dies kann zum Beispiel passieren, wenn eine Beschriftung mit |\caption|\-|of| - innerhalb einer nicht-gleitenden Umgebung gesetzt wird, aber auch, wenn ein - Sie ein Paket in Ihrem Dokument verwenden, welches die Umgebungen |figure| - oder |table| umdefiniert hat, dieses Paket aber dem \package{caption}"=Paket - unbekannt ist.\par - Ist dies für Sie ok, aber die Warnung stört Sie, können Sie sie - |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| direkt vor dem betroffenen |\caption| - oder |\caption|\-|of| Befehl platzieren. - Ist dies hingegen nicht für Sie ok, können Sie selber an geeigneter Stelle mit - |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzen. - \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\Message - |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ - |usage of the caption package is not recommended.| -\Description - Entweder ist die verwendete Dokumentenklasse dem \package{caption}"=Paket - unbekannt, oder aber Sie haben ein Paket in Ihrem Dokument eingebunden, - welches ebenfalls das interne Makro |\@make|\-|caption| (welches intern für - das Setzen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen zuständig ist) - umdefiniert. - Wie-auch-immer, \thispackage\ wird entweder das Design der Beschriftungen - in einer ungewollten Art \& Weise verändern, oder aber es wird zu keinem - geordneten Verhalten und/oder Fehlermeldungen kommen. Deswegen wird in - diesem Falle die Verwendung des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht empfohlen. - \par\See{\Ref{classes} und \Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].| -\Description - Es wurden Optionen mit |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{Typ}|]| definiert, die im - weiteren Verlauf des Dokumentes aber nicht zur Anwendung gekommen sind. - Dies kann zum einen an einem Schreibfehler im Argument \meta{Typ} liegen, - aber auch daran, daß ein dem \package{caption}"=Paket unbekanntes Paket - die Umgebungen |figure| und/oder |table| umdefiniert hat, oder auch einfach - daran, daß Sie die angegebene Umgebung gar nicht im späteren Verlauf Ihres - Dokumentes verwenden. - (Möchten Sie diese Warnung unterdrücken, so verwenden Sie - |\caption|\-|setup*| anstelle von |\caption|\-|setup|.) - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\Message - |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\ - |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\ - |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\ - |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.| -\Description - Das angegebene Paket mischt sich ebenfalls in die Verwendung der Abstände - über- und unterhalb der Beschriftungen ein. Viele Köche verderben den Brei, - also ist es ratsam, sich für eines der Pakete -- das angegebene oder - \thispackage\ -- zu entscheiden, um falsche Abstände zu vermeiden. - \par\See{\Ref{skips}} - -\end{Warnings} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Fehlermeldungen} - -\begin{Warnings} - -\Message - - |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.| -\Or - |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.| -\Description - Beim Setzen von Beschriftungen, die etwas spezielles wie z.B.~eine Tabelle - enthalten, ist zu beachten, daß immer ein alternativer Listeneintrag als - optionales Argument bei |\caption| bzw. |\caption|\-|of| mit angegeben - werden muß, auch wenn Ihr Dokument gar kein Abbildungs- oder - Tabellenverzeichnis beeinhaltet. - \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists} und \Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\Message - |\caption outside float.| -\Description - |\caption| ist (in der Regel) nur für die Anwendung in gleitenden - Umgebungen wie |figure| oder |table|, oder für die Anwendung innerhalb - |long|\-|table| oder |wrap|\-|figure| konzipiert, ansonsten bekommen Sie - obenstehende Fehlermeldung. - Um eine Beschriftung innerhalb einer anderen Umgebung zu setzen, verwenden - Sie bitte entweder die Kombination |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| - $+$ |\caption|, oder aber |\caption|\-|of|. - \par\See{\Ref{caption}} - -\Message - |\ContinuedFloat outside float.| -\Description - |\Continued|\-|Float| ist nur für die Anwendung innerhalb einer gleitenden - Umgebung wie |figure| oder |table| konzipiert. %oder auch |long|\-|table| - Für die Anwendung in einer Box, Gruppe oder nicht-gleitenden Umgebung - bietet sich die Kombination - |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float| an.\par - |\Continued|\-|Float| innerhalb einer |long|\-|table| ist nicht möglich, - aber vielleicht ist die |longtable*| Umgebung, die eine longtable - ohne Erhöhung des Tabellenzählers setzt, für Sie hilfreich. - \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} und \Ref{longtable}} - -\Message - |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.| -\Description - Fortlaufende Abbildungen oder Tabellen dürfen nicht von anderen - gleitenden Umgebungen (oder einer |long|\-|table|) unterbrochen werden, - so ist z.B.~ eine Tabelle zwischen einer Abbildung und einer - (mit |\Continued|\-|Float|) fortgesetzten Abbildung nicht möglich. - \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}} - -\Message - |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\ - |with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'|\\ - |package *(right) after* the `float' package.| -\Description - Achten Sie bei der gleichzeitigen Verwendung der Pakete \package{wrapfig} - und \package{float} unbedingt auf die richtige Ladereihenfolge und - Anwendung; das \package{wrapfig}"=Paket sollte unmittelbar nach - dem \package{float}"=Paket geladen werden. - \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}} - -\Message - |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\ - |with the `float' package you should use at least|\\ - |`wrapfig' version 3.6.| -\Description - Für die gleichzeitige Verwendung der Pakete \package{wrapfig} und - \package{float} wird die Version $3.6$ des \package{wrapfig}"=Paketes - benötigt. - \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}} - -\Message - |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\ - |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\ - |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.| -\Description - Das aktuelle \package{caption}"=Paket kann nicht mit einem solch - veralteten Paket zusammen betrieben werden. - Bitte aktualisieren Sie das betroffene Paket, zumindest auf die - angegebene Version. - -\Message - |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.| -\Description - Diesen Fehler sollten Sie niemals sehen. Wenn doch, senden Sie mir bitte - einen Fehlerbericht per E-Mail. - -\Message - |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.| -\Description - Der in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|, - |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, oder |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| - angegebene \meta{type} ist unbekannt. - \meta{type} sollte entweder `\texttt{figure}' oder `\texttt{table}', oder - aber eine mit mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|, |\new|\-|float| - (vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bereitgestellt) - oder |\Declare|\-|NewFloat|\-|Type| - (vom \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} bereitgestellt) - definierte Gleitumgebung sein. - -\Message - |Not allowed in longtable* environment.| -\Description - Der Befehl |\caption| ist innerhalb einer |long|\-|table*| Umgebung - nicht erlaubt. Verwenden Sie entweder |\caption*| für eine Beschriftung - ohne Bezeichner oder benutzen Sie die reguläre |long|\-|table| Umgebung. - -\Message - |Not available in compatibility mode.| -\Description - Das angeforderte Feature steht im sog.~Kompatibilitätsmodus nicht zur - Verfügung, d.h.~\thispackage\ hat eine inkompatible Dokumentenklasse oder - ein inkompatibles Paket entdeckt, welches ebenfalls |\caption| erweitert - und damit die Anwendung dieses Features bzw.~Befehls verhindert. - \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.| -\Description - Innerhalb der Umgebungen, die das \package{fltpage} oder \package{sidecap} - Paket zur Verfügung stellt, kann nur eine einzige Bildbeschriftung gesetzt - werden. - -\Message - |Option clash for package caption.| -\Or[aber manchmal auch] - |Missing \begin{document}.| -\Description - Ein anderes \LaTeX-Paket hat \thispackage\ bereits geladen, Sie können es - daher nicht noch einmal mit anderen Optionen laden. - Als Verdächtiger kommt z.B.~das \package{ctable} oder das - \package{subfig}"=Paket in Frage; sollte dies zutreffen, - laden Sie bitte \thispackage\ \emph{vor} dem betreffenen Paket. - Im Falle des \package{subfig}"=Paketes können Sie auch alternativ beim - Laden des \package{subfig}"=Paketes die Option |caption=|\x|false| angeben. - \par\See{Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}} - -\Message - |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.| -\Or - |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.| -\Description - Beim Setzen von Beschriftungen, die mehr als aus einem Absatz bestehen, - ist zu beachten, daß immer ein alternativer Listeneintrag als optionales - Argument bei |\caption| bzw. |\caption|\-|of| mit angegeben werden muß, - auch wenn Ihr Dokument gar kein Abbildungs- oder Tabellenverzeichnis - beeinhaltet. - \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists} und \Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\iffalse % was removed in v3.1b -\Message - |Something is going wrong here...|\\ - |For a removal of this problem please consult the|\\ - |caption package documentation, especially the sections|\\ - |about the `float' and the `wrapfig' package.| -\Description - Achten Sie bei der gleichzeitigen Verwendung der Pakete \package{wrapfig} - und \package{float} unbedingt auf die richtige Ladereihenfolge und - Anwendung; das \package{wrapfig}"=Paket sollte unmittelbar nach - dem \package{float}"=Paket geladen werden. - Aber vielleicht hat auch ein anderes Paket das - \package{float}"=Paket in einer für \thispackage\ inkompatiblen - Art \& Weise erweitert!? - \par\See{\Ref{float} und \Ref{wrapfig}} -\fi - -\Message - |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\ - |in the last figure or table.| -\Description - Sie scheinen den Befehl |\sub|\-|caption| (oder einen anderen, - der eine Unter"=Beschriftung setzt) ohne eine zugehörige, - mit |\caption| gesetzte, Beschriftung anzuwenden. - Dies wird nicht unterstützt. - -\Message - |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ - |with `format=hang'.| -\Or - |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ - |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).| -\Description - Ein Bezeichnungstrenner, der ein |\\| Kommando enthält (wie etwa - |labelsep=|\x|newline|), kann nicht mit einem Format kombiniert werden, - welches "`hängende"' Beschriftungen liefert (wie etwa |format=|\x|hang|). - Bitte wählen Sie entweder einen anderen Trenner (wie - z.B.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|), oder aber ein anderes Beschriftungsformat - (wie z.B.~|format=|\x|plain|) aus. - \par\See{\Ref{formats} bzw.~\Ref{KOMA}} - -\Message - |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\ - |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\ - |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.| -\Description - Sie haben die Option |caption=|\x|false| angegeben. Diese war früher mal eine - Krücke, um nicht das komplette \package{caption}"=Paket zu laden, sondern - nur den für das \package{subfig}"=Paket zwingend benötigten Teil. - Dieser Mechanismus ist veraltet und wird nicht mehr angeboten; stattdessen - sollten Sie diese Option dem \package{subfig}"=Paket übergeben und - \thispackage\ nicht mehr explizit laden. - \par\See{Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}} - -\Message - |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.| -\Description - Es wurde versucht, eine boolische Option (wie z.B.~|singlelinecheck=| oder - |hypcap=|) auf einen unbekannten Wert zu setzen. Nur die Werte |false|, |no|, - |off|, |0| bzw.~|true|, |yes|, |on| und |1| sind hier möglich. - -\Message - |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungsformat auszuwählen, welches nicht - definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - Es wurde versucht, ein Bezeichnungsformat auszuwählen, welches nicht - definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungstrenner auszuwählen, welcher nicht - definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - Es wurde versucht, ein Listenformat auszuwählen, welches nicht - definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? - \par\See{\Ref{lists}} - -\Message - |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - Es wurde versucht, den Positionshinweis auf einen unbekannten Wert zu - setzen. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? - \par\See{\Ref{skips}} - -\Message - |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungsstil auszuwählen, welcher nicht - definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? - \par\See{\Ref{style}} - -\Message - |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - Es wurde versucht, ein Textformat auszuwählen, welches nicht - definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\ - |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.| -\Description -% (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt) - Das angegebene Paket mischt sich ebenfalls in die Verwendung der - Abstände über- und unterhalb der Beschriftungen ein. - Sie müssen sich daher für \emph{einen} der Mechanismen entscheiden: - Entweder Sie verwenden das angegebene Paket für die Anpassung - der Abstände, oder aber die |position|"=Option des - \package{caption}"=Paketes, beides geht nicht. - \par\See{\Ref{skips}} - -\Message - |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\ - |the (current) caption package.| -\Description - Die Pakete \package{caption} und \package{caption2} können nicht - innerhalb eines Dokumentes gleichzeitig verwendet werden. - Verwenden Sie bitte nur das aktuelle \package{caption}"=Paket. - \par\See{\Ref{caption2}} - -\end{Warnings} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Versionshistorie} -\label{history} - -Die Version $1.0$ dieses Paketes wurde im Jahr 1994 veröffentlicht und bot -eine Handvoll Optionen, um das Design der Abbildungs- -bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungen anzupassen. -Ferner unterstützte diese Version bereits das \package{rotating} und -\package{subfigure}"=Paket. -Version $1.1$ führte die |center|\-|last| Option ein; -in Version $1.2$ kam die Unterstützung des \package{float}"=Paketes hinzu. -Die Version $1.3$ verfeinerte die Koorperation mit dem -\package{subfigure}"=Paket; die Version $1.4$ bot die Option |nooneline| -als Neuheit an. - -Die Version $2.0$ des sog.~\package{caption2}"=Paketes war ein -experimenteller Seitenzweig der regulären Version des -\package{caption}"=Paketes. Er wurde im Jahre 1995 als Beta"=Testversion -öffentlich gemacht, um die Nachfrage nach neuen Features und der -Anpassung an das \package{longtable}"=Paket kurzfristig zu befriedigen. -(Eine Version $2.1$ wurde 2002 als Fehlerbereinigung nachgereicht.) - -Im Jahr 2003 hatte ich dann endlich wieder etwas Zeit gefunden, und so -wurde im Dezember die neue reguläre Version $3.0$ in Zusammenarbeit mit -Frank Mittelbach und Steven Cochran aus der Taufe gehoben, die endlich -den arg vernachlässigten Seitenzweig namens \package{caption2} -überflüssig machte. -Weite Teile des Paketes wurden hierfür neu geschrieben, und auch das -Benutzerinterface wurde gründlich renoviert. -Außerdem kam die Unterstützung der Pakete \package{hyperref}, -\package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, \package{sidecap} und -\package{supertabular} hinzu. - -Während all die vorangegangenen Versionen dafür ausgelegt waren, mit -den \LaTeX"=Standarddokumentenklassen \class{article}, \class{report} und -\class{book} benutzt zu werden, unterstützt die im Jahre 2007 -veröffentlichte Version $3.1$ auch die \AmS, die \KOMAScript, \NTG{} und -\SmF{} Dokumentenklassen, ferner auch die \class{beamer}"=Klasse. -Weiterhin kamen die Unterstützung der französischen Babel"=Option -\package{frenchb} und des französischen Sprachpaketes \package{frenchle} -bzw.~\package{frenchpro} hinzu; -außerdem wurde die Anzahl der unterstützten Pakete um die Pakete -\package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar}, -\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable} -und \package{wrapfig} erhöht. -Neue Optionen und Befehle wurden ebenfalls eingeführt, unter anderem -|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|, -|list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|, -|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format| und -|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|. -Einen weiteren Gewinn stellt der neu integrierte Kompatibilitätscheck -\see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, das neue "`hypcap"' Feature -\see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, und die Unterstützung von Teil"=Beschriftungen -\see*{\package{subcaption}"=Paketdokumentation} dar. - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Kompatibilität zu älteren Versionen} - -\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}} -\label{caption1} - -Diese Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes ist weitgehend kompatibel zu den -älteren Versionen $1.0$ bis $1.4$ des Paketes; alte, vorhandene Dokumente -sollten sich also in der Regel ohne Probleme weiterhin übersetzen lassen. -Jedoch ist zu beachten, daß eine Mischung aus alten Befehlen und neueren -Optionen bzw.~Befehlen zu unerwünschten Nebeneffekten führen kann. - -Hier eine kurze Ãœbersicht über die alten, überholten Optionen und ihre -aktuellen Entsprechungen: - -\begin{center}\small -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ -\hline -%\endhead -|normal| & |format=plain|\\ -|hang| & |format=hang|\\ -|isu| & |format=hang|\\ -|center| & |justification=centering|\\ -|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\ -%|anne| & |justification=centerlast|\\ -|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\ -|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\ -|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\ -|small| & |font=small|\\ -|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\ -|large| & |font=large|\\ -|Large| & |font=Large|\\ -|up| & |labelfont=up|\\ -|it| & |labelfont=it|\\ -|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\ -|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\ -|md| & |labelfont=md|\\ -|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\ -|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\ -|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\ -|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\ -\end{tabular} -\end{center} - -Neben den Optionen zum Einstellen des Zeichensatzes gab es auch die Befehle -|\caption|\-|size| bzw.~|\caption|\-|font| und |\caption|\-|label|\-|font|, -die direkt mit |\re|\-|new|\-|command| umdefiniert werden konnten. -Dieser Mechanismus wurde durch die Anweisungen -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad und\\ - |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}| -\end{quote} -ersetzt. \SeeUserDefined - -Das Setzen eines Randes geschah in \version{1.x} mit -\begin{quote} - |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad. -\end{quote} -Dies wurde durch -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| -\end{quote} -ersetzt. -\See{\Ref{margins}} - -Zum Beispiel wäre -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\ - |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\ - |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}| -\end{quote} -in aktueller Notation -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ - | margin=10pt]{caption}| -\end{quote} -bzw. -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{caption}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ - | margin=10pt}|\quad. -\end{quote} - -Die etwas exotische Option |ruled|, die eine partielle Anwendung der -eingestellten Parameter bei Umgebungen des Typs |ruled| aktivierte, -wird ebenfalls emuliert, hat aber keine direkte Entsprechung in -dieser Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes. -Möchte man das Aussehen der Abbildungen des Stils |ruled|, -der durch das \package{float}"=Paket zur Verfügung gestellt wird, -verändern, so ist dies nun durch -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}| -\end{quote} -bzw. -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}| -\end{quote} -möglich. -\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup} und \Ref{float}] - -\subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}} -\label{caption2} - -Das Paket \package{caption} und seine experimentelle, nun veraltete -Variante \package{caption2} sind vom internen Konzept -her zu unterschiedlich, um hier eine vollständige Kompatibilität -gewährleisten zu können. -Daher liegt diesem Paket weiterhin die Datei |caption2.sty| bei, so daß -ältere Dokumente, die das \package{caption2}"=Paket verwenden, weiterhin -übersetzt werden können. - -Neue Dokumente sollten jedoch auf dem aktuellen \package{caption}"=Paket -aufgesetzt werden. In den meisten Fällen ist es hierfür ausreichend, -einfach die Anweisung -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[...]{caption2}| -\end{quote} -durch -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[...]{caption}| -\end{quote} -zu ersetzen. Einige Optionen und Befehle werden jedoch nicht emuliert, -so daß Sie anschließend Fehlermeldungen erhalten können. -Die folgenden Absätze werden Ihnen jedoch bei der Umsetzung dieser -Optionen und Befehle helfen. Sollten darüberhinaus noch Fragen offen sein -oder Probleme auftreten, dann zögern Sie bitte nicht, mich diesbezüglich -per E-Mail zu kontaktieren. - -Zusätzlich zu den bereits im letzten Abschnitt vorgestellten Optionen -werden ebenfalls emuliert: - -\begin{center}\small -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ -\hline -%\endhead -|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\ -|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\ -|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\ -\end{tabular} -\end{center} - -Das Setzen eines Randes geschah in \version{2.x} mit -\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% - |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| bzw. - |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad. -}\end{quote} -Dies wurde durch -\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% - |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| bzw. - |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}| -}\end{quote} -ersetzt. \See{\Ref{margins}} - -Das Setzen des Einzuges wurde in \version{2.x} mit -\begin{quote} - |\captionstyle{indent}|\\ - |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}| -\end{quote} -\pagebreak[3] -erledigt, dies geschieht nun stattdessen mit -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad. -\end{quote} - -Die Sonderbehandlung von einzeiligen Beschriftungen ließ sich in -\version{2.x} mit |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| aus- -bzw.~|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| wieder einschalten. -Dies wurde durch -|\caption|\-|setup{|\x|single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| -bzw. -|\caption|\-|setup{|\x|single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}| -ersetzt. \See{\Ref{justification}} - -Die Befehle -\begin{quote} - |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\ - |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle| und |\renewcaptionstyle| -\end{quote} -haben keine direkte Entsprechnung und werden daher durch diese -Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes auch nicht emuliert. -Sie führen also bei der Verwendung zu Fehlermeldungen und müssen daher -zwingend umgesetzt werden. Die Umsetzung ist von Fall zu Fall verschieden, -lesen Sie sich daher bitte diese Anleitung gründlich durch und suchen Sie -sich die Optionen bzw.~Befehle als Ersatz heraus, die Ihren Bedürfnissen -entsprechen. - -\iffalse -Als kleine Hilfestellung hier die Beispiele aus der alten Anleitung zum -\package{caption2}"=Paket und deren Umsetzung: - -\newenvironment{OldNew}% - {\begin{minipage}\linewidth - \def\Old{Alt:\begin{quote}}% - \def\New{\end{quote}Neu:\begin{quote}}% - \def\Or{\end{quote}\centerline{-- oder --}\begin{quote}}% - }% - {\end{quote}\end{minipage}} - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\captionstyle{center}| -\New - |\captionsetup{justification=centering}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\captionstyle{indent}|\\ - |\setlength{\captionindent}{1cm}| -\New - |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=1cm}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small}|\\ - |\renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\itshape}| -\New - |\captionsetup{font=small,labelfont=it}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\itshape}|\\ - |\renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\upshape}| -\New - |\captionsetup{font=small,textfont=it}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\setcaptionwidth{.5\textwidth}| -\New - |\captionsetup{width=.5\textwidth}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\setcaptionmargin{.25\textwidth}| -\New - |\captionsetup{margin=.25\textwidth}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\newcaptionstyle{absatz}{\captionlabel: \exampletext\par}|\\ - |\captionstyle{absatz}| -\New - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{absatz}{#1: #3\par}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=absatz,singlelinecheck=off}| -\Or - |\captionsetup{format=plain,singlelinecheck=off}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\newcaptionstyle{fancy}{\textsf{\captionlabel}\\\exampletext\par}|\\ - |\captionstyle{fancy}| -\New - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{\textsf{#1}\\#3\par}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=fancy,singlelinecheck=off}| -\Or - |\captionsetup{format=plain,labelfont=sf,labelsep=newline}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\newcaptionstyle{fancy2}{\exampletext\hfill\textit{(\captionlabel)}}|\\ - |\captionstyle{fancy2}| -\New - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy2}{#3\hfill\textit{(#1)}}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=fancy2,singlelinecheck=off}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\newcaptionstyle{mystyle}{%|\\ - | \normalcaptionparams|\\ - | \renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\bfseries}%|\\ - | \renewcommand\captionlabeldelim{.}%|\\ - | \onelinecaptionsfalse|\\ - | \usecaptionstyle{centerlast}}|\\ - |\captionstyle{mystyle}| -\New - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=period,justification=centerlast}|\\ - |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\newcaptionstyle{hangandleft}{%|\\ - | \let\oldcaptiontext\exampletext|\\ - | \def\exampletext{\raggedright\oldcaptiontext}%|\\ - | \usecaptionstyle{hang}}|\\ - |\captionstyle{hangandleft}| -\New - |\captionsetup{format=hang,justification=raggedright}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\newcaptionstyle{fancy}{%|\\ - | \usecaptionmargin\captionfont|\\ - | \onelinecaption|\\ - | {{\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\captionlabeldelim}%|\\ - | \captionlabelsep\exampletext}%|\\ - | {{\centering\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\par}%|\\ - | \centerlast\exampletext\par}}|\\ - |\captionstyle{fancy}| -\New - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{\centering#1\par\centerlast#3\par}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{fancy}|\\ - | [format=plain,justification=centering]|\\ - | {format=fancy}|\\ - |\captionsetup{style=fancy}| -\Or - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{#1\par#3\par}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{fancy}|\\ - | [format=plain,justification=centering]|\\ - | {format=fancy,justification=centerlast}|\\ - |\captionsetup{style=fancy}| -\end{OldNew} - -\hrule - -\begin{OldNew} -\Old - |\renewcaptionstyle{longtable}{\usecaptionstyle{normal}}| -\New - |\captionsetup[longtable]{format=plain}| -\end{OldNew} -\fi - -Ebenfalls keine Entsprechung hat die Option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| -der \version{2.x}. -Deren Verwendung kann in der Regel einfach entfallen, da \thispackage\ den -Wert von |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| sowieso nicht beachtet, solange er nicht -explizit auf einen anderen Wert als den Standardwert ($=$|4in|) gesetzt wird. -\See{\Ref{longtable}} - -\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}} -\label{caption3} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} hatte keine weiteren Dokumentenklassen -unterstützt als die drei Standard"=Klassen, die \LaTeX\ selber mitbringt: -\class{article}, \class{report} und \class{book}. -Daher waren die Vorbelegungen der Einstellungsmöglichkeiten fest durch -dieses Paket vorgegeben, sie repräsentierten das Aussehen bei Verwendung -einer dieser Klassen. -Nun aber unterstützt \thispackage\ mehr Dokumentenklassen aktiv, folglich -kann die Vorbelegung nun von der verwendeten Dokumentenklasse abhängen. - -Ein Beispiel: Während in \version{3.0} die Vorbelegung der Ausrichtung -immer |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=|\x|jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| war, -ist sie nun immer noch |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| wenn eine der drei Standardklassen -verwendet wird, aber |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=|\x|ragged|\-|right|, -wenn die \package{beamer}"=Klasse verwendet wird. - -Möchten Sie weiterhin die "`alten"' Vorbelegungen, so können Sie die Option -|style=base| beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes angeben oder später -mit |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| den alten Grundzustand wieder -herstellen. - -\medskip - -Weiterhin prüft das \package{caption}"=Paket nun automatisch auf -Inkompatibilitäten und gibt ggf.~eine Warnung aus. -Sollte eine ernsthafte Inkompatibilität festgestellt werden, werden außerdem -einige Features des \package{caption}"=Paketes abgeschaltet. -Lediglich diese Prüfung ist neu, wenn Sie also neuerdings eine -Kompatibilitätswarnung erhalten, so waren auch bereits vorangegangene Versionen -des \package{caption}"=Paketes inkompatibel, dies hatte sich aber früher "`nur"' -durch Seiteneffekte bzw.~nicht korrekt funktionierende Optionen oder Befehle -geäußert. -Die Kompatibilitätswarnungen sagen auch nicht aus, daß etwas schief gegangen ist, -sondern lediglich, daß etwas schief gehen könnte. Sie sollten aber auf jeden Fall, -wenn Sie \thispackage\ trotz einer solchen Warnung einsetzen, die Abbildungs- -und Tabellenbeschriftungen bzgl.~ihres Aussehens genau im Auge behalten. - -\bigskip - -\begin{Note*} -\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} hatte als Interimslösung die Option -|caption=|\x|false| bereitgestellt, um nicht das ganze \package{caption}"=Paket -zu laden, sondern nur denjenigen Teil, der für den Betrieb des -\package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig} notwendig war. -Dieser Mechanismus ist veraltet und wird nicht mehr angeboten; bitte -übergeben Sie stattdessen bei Bedarf diese Option an das \package{subfig}"=Paket -und laden Sie nicht mehr \thispackage. -%\par\See{\package{subfig}"=Paketdokumentation} -\end{Note*} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\iffalse -\TODO: subcaption-Anleitung -\fi - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\begin{thebibliography}{99} - - \bibitem{TLC2} - Frank Mittelbach und Michel Goossens:\\ - \newblock {\em Der {\LaTeX} Begleiter (2.\,Auflage)},\\ - \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. - - \bibitem{beamer} - Till Tantau:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}% - {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\ - March 11, 2007 - - \bibitem{KOMAScript} - Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf}% - {\emph{KOMA-Script -- ein wandelbares \LaTeXe-Paket}},\\ - 2007-03-02 - - \bibitem{NTG} - Victor Eijkhout:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf}% - {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ - 3 September 1989 - - \bibitem{algorithms} - Rog\'erio Brito:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/algorithms.pdf}% - {\emph{Algorithms}},\\ - June 2, 2006 - -\iffalse - \bibitem{algorithm2e} - Christophe Fiorio:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/algorithm2e.pdf}% - {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\ - March 11, 2007 -\fi - - \bibitem{float} - Anselm Lingnau:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf}% - {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ - 2001/11/08 - - \bibitem{floatflt} - Mats Dahlgren:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}% - {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ - 1998/06/05 - - \bibitem{floatrow} - Olga Lapko:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf}% - {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ - 2007/12/24 - - \bibitem{fltpage} - Sebastian Gross:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/fltpage.pdf}% - {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ - 1998/11/13 - - \bibitem{hyperref} - Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf}% - {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ - November 12, 2007 - - \bibitem{hypcap} - Heiko Oberdiek:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf}% - {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ - 2007/04/09 - - \bibitem{listings} - Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf}% - {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ - 2007/02/22 - - \bibitem{longtable} - David Carlisle:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.pdf}% - {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ - 2004/02/01 - - \bibitem{picinpar} - Friedhelm Sowa:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% - {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ - July 13, 1993 - - \bibitem{picins} - Joachim Bleser und Edmund Lang:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/mpic.dvi}% - {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ - September~1992 - - \bibitem{rotating} - Sebastian Rahtz und Leonor Barroca:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% - {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ - 1997/09/26 - - \bibitem{setspace} - Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% - {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\ - 1 December 2000 - - \bibitem{sidecap} - Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/sidecap.pdf}% - {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ - 2003/06/06 - - \bibitem{subfigure} - Steven D. Cochran:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf}% - {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ - 2002/07/02 - - \bibitem{subfig} - Steven D. Cochran:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}% - {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ - 2005/07/05 - - \bibitem{supertabular} - Johannes Braams und Theo Jurriens:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/supertabular.pdf}% - {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ - 2002/07/19 - - \bibitem{threeparttable} - Donald Arseneau:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/threeparttable.sty}% - {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ - 2003/06/13 - - \bibitem{wrapfig} - Donald Arseneau:\\ - \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}% -% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty}% - {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ - 2003/01/31 - - \bibitem{xtab} - Peter Wilson:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}% - {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ - 2004/05/24 - -\end{thebibliography} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.pdf index 9edb9ee5e65..312a0a2cbf0 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex deleted file mode 100644 index a0c66283d03..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4465 +0,0 @@ -% -% This is file `caption-eng.tex'. -% -% Copyright (C) 1994-2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) -% -% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2003/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. -% -% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. -% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{caption-eng.tex}[2011/10/05 v3.2 The caption package] -\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up. -%\errorcontextlines=3 - -\documentclass[USenglish]{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{fixltx2e} -\setlength\parindent{0pt} -\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} -\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em -\makeatletter\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother - -\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]} -\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]} -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf - \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} - \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} - \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} - \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper - \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\} - \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage} - \fi -\fi - -\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc} -\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace} -\IfFileExists{test/tlc2/cat.eps}{\graphicspath{{test/tlc2/}}}{}% - -\usepackage{hypdoc} -\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi -\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} -\hypersetup{breaklinks=true} - -\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01] - -\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring - {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% - {e-TeX}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring - {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% - {AMS}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring - {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% - {KOMA-Script}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} - -\usepackage{marvosym} -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}} -\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}} -\makeatother - -\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}} -\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}} - -% \ContinuedFloat -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{Continued #1~#2} -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}} -% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})} -% \DeclareCaptionStyle -\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]% - {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}} -% Example 1 -\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3} -\newlength\myindention -\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3} -\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}} -% Example 2 -\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1} -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)} -\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill} -% Example 3 -\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par} -\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par} -% Example 4 -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable} - -\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} -\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} -\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} -\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf - -\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} -\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} -\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$} -\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}} - -\newenvironment{Annotation}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% - \smallskip - \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} -\newenvironment{Annotation*}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% - \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} - -\newenvironment{Example}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% - \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}% - {\smallskip\endminipage\par} - -\makeatletter -\newcommand\example{\@ifstar - {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}% - {\@example{}}} -\def\@example#1{% - \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}} -\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{% - \begingroup - \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}% - \captionof{#2}[]{#4}% - \endgroup} -\makeatother - -\newenvironment{Expert}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% - \smallskip - \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} -\newenvironment{Expert*}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% - \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} - -\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi - \smallskip - \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par} -\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi - \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par} - -\newenvironment{Options}[1]% - {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}% - \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}% - \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}% - \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}% - \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}% - {\endlist} - -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}} -\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}} -\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}} -\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}} -\makeatother - -\begin{document} -\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname -\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname - -\def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package} -\def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package} - -\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Note} -\newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}} -\newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}} -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{See}}{\SEE[\small]{See}}} -\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{see}}{\SEE[\small]{see}}} -\makeatother - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\GetFileInfo{caption-eng.tex} -\let\docdate\filedate -\GetFileInfo{caption.sty} - -\title{Customizing captions of floating environments - using the caption package\texorpdfstring{\thanks{% - This package has version number \fileversion, - last revised \filedate.}}{}} -\author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ - \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}} -\date{\docdate} -\maketitle - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\begin{abstract} -\Thispackage\ offers customization of captions -in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with -many other packages. -\par\smallskip -\textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and -commands for customizing captions. -If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for -you to use the \package{caption} package at all. -And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of -the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient. -\end{abstract} - -\newcommand\exampletext{% - White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant - with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and - perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one - of the many championship courses.} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\section*{Introduction} - -Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the -attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no -remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here: - -\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} - -There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice -to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal -text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font -family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one: - -\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} - -You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use -caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too. - -\bigskip - -\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth} -\small -Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the -captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions. -(But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow} - package\cite{floatrow}.) -\end{minipage} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\tableofcontents - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Using this package} -\label{usage} - -\DescribeMacro{\usepackage} -Insert -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| -\end{quote} -into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document -between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|. -The options control how your captions will look like; e.g., -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\ - | labelsep=endash]{caption}|% - %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| -\end{quote} -would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction. - -\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} -For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -So -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}| -\end{quote} -and -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{caption}|\\ - |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}| -\end{quote} -are equal in their results. - -It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current -environment only. So if you want to change settings for the -current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command -inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command. -For example -\begin{quote} - |\begin{figure}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ - |\end{figure}| -\end{quote} -switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|, -so all the other captions remain untouched. - -\begin{Annotation} -For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}. -\end{Annotation} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Options} -\label{options} - -\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight} -\def\UserDefined{\ldots} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Formatting} -\label{formats} - -\DescribeMacro{format=} -A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label, -which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is -associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short -description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text -from the label. - -The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented; -it is specified with the option -\begin{quote} - |format=|\meta{format name}\quad, -\end{quote} -having the name of the caption format as its argument. - -There are two standard caption formats: -%\footnote{You have the option to -%define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}: -%\textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.} - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} - Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph. - - \item[hang] - Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text. - - \item[\UserDefined] - Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -\begin{Example} - An example: Specifying the option - \begin{quote} - |format=hang| - \end{quote} - yields captions like this: - \example{format=hang}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{indention=} -For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra -indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the -option -\begin{quote} - |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad. -\end{quote} - -Two examples: - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,indention=.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{labelformat=} -With the option -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |labelformat=|\meta{label format name} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -%\NEWdescription{v3.0e} -you specify how the caption label will be typeset. -There are five standard caption label formats: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[default] - The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class, - usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}). - (This is the default behaviour.) - - \item[empty] - The caption label will be empty. -\iffalse - (This option makes sense when used together with other options like - \texttt{labelsep=none}.) -\fi - - \item[simple] - The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number. - - \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f} - The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace. - - \item[parens] - The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses. - - \item[\UserDefined] - Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -\begin{Example} - An example: Using the options - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad| - \end{quote} - gives captions like this one: - \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\medskip - -\begin{Note*} -Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the -\package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the -caption label format. -\end{Note*} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{labelsep=} -With the option -\begin{quote} - |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name} -\end{quote} -you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{% - If the caption label or the caption text is empty, - no separator will be used.} -You can choose one of the following: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[none] - There is no caption separator. -\iffalse - (This option makes sense when used together with other options like - \texttt{labelformat=empty}.) -\fi - - \item[colon] - The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space. - - \item[period] - The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space. - - \item[space] - The caption label and text will be separated by a single space. - - \item[quad] - The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|. - - \item[newline] - The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|). - Please note that this separator does not work with all caption - formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message - trying such combination of options. - - \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h} - The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash, - surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |). - -%\showhyphens{separator} - \item[\UserDefined] - Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -Three examples: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=period| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=endash| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l} -With the option -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |textformat=|\meta{text format name} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -you specify how the caption text will be typeset. -There are two standard caption text formats: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[empty] - The caption text will be suppressed. - - \item[simple] - The caption text will be typeset as it is. - - \item[period] - The caption text will be followed by a period. - - \item[\UserDefined] - Own text formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\PageBreak -\subsection{Justification} -\label{justification} - -\DescribeMacro{justification=} -As addition to the caption format you could also specify a -\emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option -\begin{quote} - |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad. -\end{quote} - -You can choose one of the following: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[justified] - Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph. - - \item[centering] - Each line of the caption will be centered. - -% \item[Centering] - - \item[centerlast] - The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered. - - \item[centerfirst] - Only the first line of the caption will be centered. - - \item[raggedright] - Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin. - -\iffalse - \item[RaggedRight] - Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using - the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package. -\else - \item[RaggedRight] - Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too. - But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e} - package will be used to achieve this. - The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking - algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{% - The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at - run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this - option is used for the first time.} -\fi - - \item[raggedleft] - Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin. - -% \item[RaggedLeft] -% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using -% the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package. - -%\showhyphens{justification} - \item[\UserDefined] - Own justifications can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -Three examples: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,justification=centerlast| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,justification=raggedright| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\smallskip - -\PageBreak -\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=} -The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and -\class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line: - -\example*{}{A short caption.} - -\INFO -\Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the -justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \& -|indention=| in such case. -But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off -with the option -\begin{quote} - |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad. -\end{quote} -Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the -extra centering off: -\begin{quote} - |singlelinecheck=false| -\end{quote} -Doing so the above short caption would look like - -\begingroup - \captionsetup{type=figure} - \ContinuedFloat - \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.} -\endgroup - -You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1| -for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.) - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Fonts} -\label{fonts} - -\DescribeMacro{font=} -\DescribeMacro{labelfont=} -\DescribeMacro{textfont=} -There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption: -One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption -label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the -caption text (|text|\-|font|). -You set them up using the options -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} - |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\ - |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , and\\ - |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options. - -And these are the available font options: - -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Very small size} - \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize The size usually used for footnotes} - \item[small] {\small Small size} - \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normal size} - \item[large] {\large Large size} - \item[Large] {\Large Even larger size} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family} - - \item[up] {\upshape Upright shape} - \item[it] {\itshape Italic shape} - \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted shape} - \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps shape} - - \item[md] {\mdseries Medium series} - \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold series} - - \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman family} - \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif family} - \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter family} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} - \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} - \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} - \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor| - \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour} - {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded, - see \Ref{declare} for an example)} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|, - |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing| - - \item[\UserDefined] - Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces; -e.g., the options -%\begin{quote} - |font={small}| -%\end{quote} -and -%\begin{quote} - |font=small| -%\end{quote} -will give the same result. - -Three examples: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |font=it,labelfont=bf| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |labelfont=bf,textfont=it| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |font={small,stretch=0.80}| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{font+=} -\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=} -\DescribeMacro{textfont+=} -\NEWfeature{v3.1f} -You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup{font+=it}| -\end{quote} -is identical to -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}| -\end{quote} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Margins and further paragraph options} -\label{margins} - -\DescribeMacro{margin=} -\DescribeMacro{width=} -For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or} -a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are -looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the -figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} -or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.} -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} - |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--or--}\\ - |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--or--}\\ - |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for -both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to -|margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|. -In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages. -\DescribeMacro{oneside} -\DescribeMacro{twoside} -To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally, -e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par -But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin, -will have the same amount. - -Three examples will illustrating this: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |margin=10pt| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |margin={1cm,0cm}| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |width=.75\textwidth| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Note} -When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure| -environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the -figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment -offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting -will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment. -But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can -do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by -specifying a margin for this particular environment, -e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|. -\end{Note} - -\begin{Expert} -\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only -changes the margin if no width was set. -\end{Expert} - -\begin{Expert} -\DescribeMacro{minmargin=} -\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for -limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s. -For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to -|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF}) -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{parskip=} -This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph. -It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them: -\begin{quote} - |parskip=|\meta{amount} -\end{quote} -One example: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{% - First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to - show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par - Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to - show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} -\end{Example} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{hangindent=} -The option -\begin{quote} - |hangindent=|\meta{amount} -\end{quote} -is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each -paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option -leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already -know about. -But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference: - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,indention=-.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{% - First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to - show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par - Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to - show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{% - First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to - show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par - Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to - show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Note} -If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have -to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the -optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will -get an error message. -\end{Note} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\PageBreak -\subsection{Styles} -\label{style} - -\DescribeMacro{style=} -A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}. -You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with -|\page|\-|style|; -the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout. - -You switch to an already defined caption style with the option -\begin{quote} - |style=|\meta{style name}\quad. -\end{quote} -\Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|. - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting -the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes -\class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}. -This means that specifying the option -\begin{quote} - |style=base| -\end{quote} -has the same effect as specifying all these options: -\begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\ - |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\ - |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ - |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true| -\end{quote} -\begin{Annotation*} -But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if -the caption fits into a single line. -\end{Annotation*} - -In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting -the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use. -This style is selected by default and represents these options: -\begin{quote} - |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\ - |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\ - |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ - |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true| -\end{quote} -\begin{Annotation*} -But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if -the caption fits into a single line. -\end{Annotation*} - -So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, -\class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|, -point to (nearly) the same settings. - -\begin{Note} -Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak -\SeeUserDefined -\end{Note} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Skips} -\label{skips} - -\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d} -The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is -controlled by the option -\begin{quote} - |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad. -\end{quote} -The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and -\class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may -use a different amount. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{position=} -The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw: -The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or -table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space -separating the caption from the content of the figure or table. -While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption -in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in -|long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more -flexible: -By giving the option -\begin{quote} - |position=top|\quad or\quad |position=above| -\end{quote} -it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the -environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount} -is placed below the caption. -(Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the -caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table. -Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption| -command.) -But with -\begin{quote} - |position=bottom|\quad or\quad |position=below| -\end{quote} -it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the -environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption. -And finally with -\begin{quote} - |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)} -\end{quote} -\thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of -the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in -most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances. - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} -\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} -The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the -optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command. -\See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par -For example -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}| -\end{quote} -causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above} -the table (regarding spacing around it). -Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers -the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and -|table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g. -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}| -\end{quote} -is equivalent to -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\ - |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}| -\end{quote} - -\medskip - -\INFO -Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|, -and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect. -Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments -|figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could -decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom'' -caption. -For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=| -setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions, -and |table| captions are dependent on the global option -|table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|. -\See{\Ref{KOMA}} - -Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and -below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the -\package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package. - -\bigskip - -\begin{Expert*} -Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by -|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in -\LaTeX{}s implementation). -But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to -|0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation, -but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package. -So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips -when |position=|\x|top| is set. -Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick -(like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap} -package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not -supported if one of these packages will be used, too. -\end{Expert*} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Lists} -\label{lists} - -\DescribeMacro{list=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures -resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an -empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or -programmatically by saying -\begin{quote} - |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{% - Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting - this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for - this purpose instead.} -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -With the option -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |listformat=|\meta{list format name} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within -the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables. -There are five standard caption list formats: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[empty] - No number will be typeset. - - \item[simple] - The number will be typeset with label prefix. - - \item[parens] - The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix. - - \item[subsimple] - Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default) - - \item[subparens] - Same as |parens|, but without label prefix. - - \item[\UserDefined] - Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -The prefix ($=$|\p@figure| resp.~|\p@table|), which runs ahead of the -number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of -Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty, -so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results; -same with |parens| and |subparens|. -But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of -Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a -different purpose.\footnote{% - Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption} - or \package{subfig} package.} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Names \& Numbering} -\label{names}\label{numbering} - -\DescribeMacro{figurename=} -\DescribeMacro{tablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l} -You can change the name of the figures and tables with the options -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}l@{\quad}l@{}} - |figurename=| & \meta{name} & and\\ - |tablename=| & \meta{name} & .\\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -The document class usually sets them to ``Figure'' and ``Table'', but for -example with -\begin{quote} - |figurename=Fig.| -\end{quote} -you can change the figure name to ``Fig''. - -\smallskip\INFO -If you use the \package{babel} package, please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} -the \package{babel} package. - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f} -In contrast to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| the option -\begin{quote} - |name=|\meta{name} -\end{quote} -changes the name of the \emph{current} environment. -This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of -|\caption|\-|setup|, e.g. -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}| -\end{quote} -changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other -figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name). - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{listfigurename=} -\DescribeMacro{listtablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.1g} -Analogous to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| you can change -the title of the lists here. So for example -\begin{quote} - |listfigurename=List of images| -\end{quote} -changes the title ``List of Figures'' to ``List of images''. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{figurewithin=} -\DescribeMacro{tablewithin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f} -If a document class providing |\chapter| is used (e.g.~\class{report} or -\class{book}), usually the |figure| and |table| caption counters -are dependent on the |chapter| counter. Otherwise usually the |figure| and -|table| counters are continuous throughout the document. - -This can be changed with the options -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{rl} - |figurewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{or} \texttt{section} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad and\\ - |tablewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{or} \texttt{section} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad .\\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -If ``|none|'' is given as value, the numbering of figures resp. tables will -be continuous throughout the document. -Otherwise the numbering will be dependent on the given counter, -e.g.~|figure|\-|within=|\x|section| gives figures a section-dependent -numbering scheme. - -\bigskip - -\begin{Expert*} -The name and numbering is internally done by the commands -|\|\meta{type}|name| \& |\the|\meta{type}, e.g.~|\figure|\-|name| \& -|\the|\-|figure| for figures. -While usually using the above options are sufficient, sometimes a direct -re-definition of these two macros is necessary. For example: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{figurewithin=section}|\\ - |\renewcommand\thefigure{\arabic{section}\alph{figure}}| -\end{quote} -gives you a section-dependent numbering scheme \meta{section}\meta{figure} -with a numerical section counter and a alphanumerical figure counter, -e.g.~``|Figure 2b|''. -\end{Expert*} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Types} -\label{types} - -\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d} -The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types, -e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside -these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what -kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set -the caption type manually with -\begin{quote} - |type=|\meta{float type} -\end{quote} -prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like -|\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the -\package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the -\package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}), -for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|: -\begin{quote} - |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\ - | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ - | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ - |\end{minipage}| -\end{quote} - -\begin{Expert} -There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type}, -which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the -\package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an -hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not. -(See also \Ref{hyperref}\,) -\end{Expert} -\begin{Expert} -\emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype| -for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use -|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead. -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -Own float types can be defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| offered by -this package, |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} -package\cite{float}, or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the -\package{floatrow} package\cite{float}. - -\medskip - -\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} -Please note that you should use the option |type=| only -\emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|), -at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption. -Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings -regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment, -therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{% -You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Commands} - -\subsection{Typesetting captions} -\label{caption} -\label{captionlistentry} - -\DescribeMacro{\caption} -The command -\begin{quote} - |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading} -\end{quote} -typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|. -Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension: -If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of -figures or tables will be made. For example: -\begin{quote} - |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}| -\end{quote} - -\begin{Expert} -Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument, -if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given, -this argument is moving instead. -``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the -list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp. -``List of Tables'', too. -\emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands, -everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get -\emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run. -Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|, -own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of -|\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}. - -An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since -|\phantom| is \emph{fragile}. -So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry} -(e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|) -or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}: -|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|. - -But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called -single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine -the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too. -An example: -|\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}| -|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}| -|\right.| |\]}|. -Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still -leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'') -So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| -just in front of the |\caption| command additionally. - -For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \& -\emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit -\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}. -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\caption*} -The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which -typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables. -An example: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption*{A table}\\|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{longtable}| -\end{quote} -looks like -\DeleteShortVerb{\|} -\vskip\intextsep -\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=t} - \caption*{A table} - \centering - \begin{tabular}{r|rr} - & x & y \\\hline - a & 1 & 2 \\ - b & 3 & 4 \\ - \end{tabular} -\end{minipage} -\vskip\intextsep -\MakeShortVerb{\|} -\Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within -every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{table}|\\ - | \caption*{A table}|\\ -% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\ -% | |\ldots\\ -% | \end{tabular}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\captionof} -\DescribeMacro{\captionof*} -Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment, -putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance. -For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command -\begin{quote} - |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad. -\end{quote} -Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because -the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label -(e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry. -An example: -\begin{quote} -% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\ - |\captionof{table}{A table}| -\end{quote} -typesets captions like this: -\begin{Example} -% \begingroup -% \captionof{figure}{A figure} -% \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} -% \begingroup - \captionof{table}{A table} -% \endgroup -\end{Example} - -The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*| -command: -It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures -or tables. - -\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} -Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same -restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both -|\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or -environments, too. -\See{\Ref{types}} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure -(or table) entry on its own. -This could be achieved with -\begin{quote} - |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad. -\end{quote} - -One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the -contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\ - |\endfirsthead|\\ - | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ - |\endhead|\\ - | |\ldots -\end{quote} -But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an -|\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below} -the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of -the table. -Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ - |\endfoot|\\ - | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\ - | |\ldots -\end{quote} - -\begin{Annotation*} -Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}. -\end{Annotation*} - -\begin{Expert} -There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not -increment the \meta{float type} counter. -(Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| -never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.) -\end{Expert} - -\begin{Expert} -Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything -it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|) -\end{Expert} - -\subsection{Setting options} -\label{captionsetup} - -\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} -We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}), -but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument -\meta{float type}. - -Remember, the syntax of this command is -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't -change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use, -when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type -\meta{float type} gets typeset. -For example -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options} -\end{quote} -forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}. - -Here comes an example to illustrate this: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}| -\end{quote} -gives captions like this: -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{font=small} - \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{A figure} - \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} - \begingroup - \captionof{table}{A table} - \endgroup -\end{Example} -As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes -the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones. - -As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only: -|figure| or |table|. -But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow}, -\package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also -this package offer additional environments with captions and these two -commands can also be used with them. -\See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}} - -\begin{Expert} -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options} -\end{quote} -While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the -\meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document -(e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the -starred variant will not. -\iffalse -This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent -of a specific document. -\fi -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup} -If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within -a particular environment you can use the command -\begin{quote} - |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad. -\end{quote} - -For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling -for figures in the example above: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{A figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{A figure}|\\ - \ldots -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{font=small} - \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{A figure} - \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} - \clearcaptionsetup{figure} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{A figure} - \endgroup -\end{Example} - -\pagebreak[3] -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding -this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify -\emph{one} option here, not a list of options. -If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one -\cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.} -While the example above not only clears the options -|labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it| -for figures (but all options for figures instead), -this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other -settings for figures intact: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{A figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{A figure}|\\ - \ldots -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{font=small} - \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{A figure} - \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} - \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{A figure} - \endgroup -\end{Example} -\begin{Expert} -Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form -|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given -\meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}. -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup} -For debugging purposes the command -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options -for the specified \meta{float type}. For example -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ - |\showcaptionsetup{figure}| -\end{quote} -gives the info: -\begin{quote}\small - |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\ - |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.| -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Continued floats} -\label{ContinuedFloat} - -\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat} -Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them -their own reference number. This is what the command -\begin{quote} - |\ContinuedFloat| -\end{quote} -is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment. -It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by -|\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside -gets the same reference number as the figure or table before. -An example: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{table}|\\ - | \caption{A table}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -gives the following result: -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \caption{A table} - \centerline{\ldots} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{A table (cont.)} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with -the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch -to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\ - |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{A table}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{A table}\label{continued1} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} -\smallskip -\See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of - \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.} - -\medskip - -There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be -used for own purposes. -For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first -continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on. -So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating -environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero. -An example: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ - |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{A table}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{A table}\label{continued2} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} -\medskip -A reference to this table would still result in the output -``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed. -If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references, -too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead, -which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in -continued floats and is preset to be empty. -\begin{quote} - |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{A table}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{A table}\label{continued3} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} -\medskip -A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''. - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*} -Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a -kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with -``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a''). -This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*| -which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the -type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter -|Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series -instead: -\begin{quote} - |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\ - |\end{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\ - |\end{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\ - |\end{figure}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt} - \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}} - \begingroup - \ContinuedFloat* - \centerline{\ldots} - \caption{First figure of a series} - \endgroup - \begingroup - \ContinuedFloat - \centerline{\ldots} - \caption{Second figure of a series} - \endgroup - \begingroup - \ContinuedFloat - \centerline{\ldots} - \caption{Third figure of a series} - \endgroup -\end{Example} -\smallskip -\Note{Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the - \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsubsection*{A note about longtables} -If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered -by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break, -this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|, -but instead you could write something like: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\ - |\endfirsthead|\\ - | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\ - | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\ - |\endhead|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{longtable}| -\end{quote} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Own enhancements} -\label{declare} - -A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats -etc. -This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to -be associated with a name and kept in one place. -(These commands need to appear in the document preamble, -this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.) - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format} -You can define your own caption formats using the command -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the -separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is -pre-defined by \thispackage\ as -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad. -\end{quote} -\begin{Expert} -There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, -which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of -horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. -\end{Expert} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat} -Likewise you can define your own caption label formats: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2} -\end{quote} -At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2 -gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12''). -An example: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\ - |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}| -\end{quote} -\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst} -\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond} -If you define your own caption label formats and use the -\package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package, -you should take care of empty caption label names. -For this purpose the commands -\begin{quote} - |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad and\\ - |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg} -\end{quote} -are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is -not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes, -both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them. - -\smallskip - -\pagebreak[3] -For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,} -\end{quote} -because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple| -is defined as -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\ - | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,} -\end{quote} -causing the space to appear only if the label name is present. - -\smallskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l} -Likewise you can define your own caption text formats: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1} -\end{quote} -At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator} -You can define your own caption label separators with -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }| -\end{quote} -\begin{Expert} -There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|, -which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting. -So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash| -are defined in this way. -\end{Expert} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification} -You can define your own caption justifications with -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption. -E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,} -\end{quote} -typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font} -You can define your own caption fonts with -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad. -\end{quote} -For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad and\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad. -\end{quote} -\iffalse -The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package, -for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{setspace}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{% - \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since - it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\ - |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}| -\end{quote} -\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} -\fi -An example which brings color into life: -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{color}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\ - |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}| -\end{quote} -\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} -But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}| -\end{quote} -you can get the same result simply with -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{color}|\\ - |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\ - | textfont={color=green}}|\quad. -\end{quote} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style} -You can define your own caption styles with -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved -under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the -option |style=|\meta{style name}. - -All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style} -for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different -to them. - -If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when -the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with -the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|. - -Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The -caption style |base| is pre-defined as -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\ - | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad. -\end{quote} - -Something more exciting: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\ - | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\ - | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\ - |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}| -\end{quote} -gives you caption like these ones: -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b} - \caption{A short caption.} - \caption{A long long long long long long long long long - long long long long long long long long long - long long long long long long long long long caption.} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1} -You can define your own caption list formats with -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2}\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p@figure|), -and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|). - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionType}\NEWfeature{v3.1f} -You can define your own floating environments and caption types with -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{type}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name} -\end{quote} -where \meta{options} are one or more of -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l@{\qquad}l} - |fileext=| & \meta{file extension} - & {\small(e.g.~|fileext=lod|)}\\ -% |listname=|\meta{list name}\\ -% |name=|\meta{prosa name}\\ - |placement=| & \meta{combination of \,\purett{htbp}} - & {\small(e.g.~|placement=tbp|)}\\ - |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad. - & {\small(e.g.~|within=section|)} -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -If no \meta{options} are given, ``lo\meta{type}'' will be used as \meta{file -extension} for the list, ``|tbp|'' as \meta{placement} specifier, -and ``|chapter|'' resp. ``|none|'' as \meta{``within'' counter}, -i.e., the counter which resets the numbering. -(If ``|none|'' was specified as value, the numbering of the new -type will be continuous throughout the document.) - -If no \meta{name} is given, the name of the newly created type will be set -to \meta{type}, but with an uppercase first letter. -If no \meta{list name} is given, the list name will be set to ``List of -\meta{name}s''. - -The list will be typeset using the command |\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|s|, -analogous to |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| and |\list|\-|of|\-|tables|. -If the \package{fltpage} package is loaded, an environment called -|FP|\meta{type} will be defined, same for |sideways|\meta{type} -(\package{rotating} package), |SC|\meta{type} (\package{sidecap} package), -and |wrap|\meta{type} (\package{wrapfig} package). - -\smallskip - -\pagebreak[3] -So for example -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}| -\end{quote} -will define a new caption type and floating environment called |diagram|, -the list will be stored in a file with the extension |lodiagram|, the name -(used for the caption) will be ``Diagram'' and the list name -``List of Diagrams''. -The list could be typeset with |\listofdiagrams|. -Dependent on which packages are loaded, the environments |FPdiagram|, -|sidewaysdiagram|, |SCdiagram|, and |wrapdiagram| will be defined additionally. - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\subsection{Further examples} -\label{examples} - -\subsubsection*{Example 1} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text -you could define it this way: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}| -\end{quote} -If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| -you get captions like this: -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -You could even use an indention with this caption format: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}| -\end{quote} -This would look like this: -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of -the caption text? No problem, e.g. -\begin{quote} - |\newlength\myindention|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ - | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=myformat}| -\end{quote} -would give you captions like -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use -it for example with -|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|? -This could be done, too: -\begin{quote} - |\newlength\myindention|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\ - | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ - | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}| -\end{quote} -would give the same result as the example above. - -\subsubsection*{Example 2} - -You want captions to look like this: -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -\pagebreak[2] -You could do it this way: -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\ - | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\ - | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}| -\end{quote} - -\subsubsection*{Example 3} - -The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}| -\end{quote} -As a result you would get captions like this: -\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} - -\medskip - -If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination -of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\ - | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}| -\end{quote} -\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} - -\subsubsection*{Example 4} - -This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both. -This will be achieved by a combination of -|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\ - | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}|\\ - | \centering|\\ - | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\ - | \qquad|\\ - | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \end{tabular}|\\ - | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ - |\end{figure}| -\end{quote} -\DeleteShortVerb{\|}% -\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} - \captionsetup{type=figure} - \centering - \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}% - \qquad - \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr} - & x & y \\\hline - a & 1 & 2 \\ - b & 3 & 4 \\ - \end{tabular} - \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption} - \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable} - \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark} -\end{minipage} -\footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the - \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.} -\MakeShortVerb{\|} - -(Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure - resp.~table counter.) - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Document classes \& Babel support} -\label{classes} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -This section will give you an overview of the document classes the -\package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions, -what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with -them, and what are the `default' settings for them. - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent -how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example -setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used -with different document classes. - -\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em -\INFO -If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually -don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class) -are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article}, -\class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions. -\Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document -class used and will give you the clear warning -\begin{quote}\footnotesize - |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ - |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\ - |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| -\end{quote} -if such an incompatibility was detected. -If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the -usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported. -\endgroup - -\begin{Expert} -If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{} -anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the -look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{} -without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author -of the document class. -If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base| -via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or -|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined -state. -Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and -keep your fingers crossed. -\end{Expert} - -\newcommand*\Option{Option} -\newcommand*\defaultvalue{\texttt{default} value} -\newcommand*\uses{\textit{uses}} -\newcommand*\settings{\textit{settings}} -\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{none}} - -\subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & \nofont \\ -|labelfont=| & \nofont \\ -|textfont=| & \nofont \\ -\end{tabular} - -\begin{Annotation} -This also applies to document classes derived from them. -\end{Annotation} - -\subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook} -\label{AMS} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ -|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\ -|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\ -|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\ -\end{tabular} - -\begin{Annotation*} -|\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and -|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes. -\end{Annotation*} - -Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for -more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes), -the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead. -If you want to use a common margin for both, insert -|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}| -into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage. - -Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t| -will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for -|figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while -loading \thispackage. - -\subsection{beamer} -\label{beamer} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & \textit{not numbered} \\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |raggedright| \\ -|font=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption|'' \settings \\ -|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption name|'' \settings \\ -|textfont=| & \nofont \\ -\end{tabular} - -\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} -You can setup font and color settings with -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}. -This will still work, unless you set a different font with -|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or -|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par -Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates -which can be chosen with -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|. -Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism, -|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code} -and -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]| -will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used. -(Exception: Selecting the template |default|, |num|\-|bered|, or -|caption| |name| |own| |line| will be recognized by \thispackage and be mapped -to corresponding options.) - -\subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook} -\label{KOMA} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\ -|labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\ -|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\ -|labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\ -|textfont=| & \nofont \\ -\end{tabular} - -\subsubsection*{Build-in features} -The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and -feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a -look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'. - -\subsubsection*{Side effects} -The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and -will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package. -Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \& -|table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \& -|\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by -the \package{caption} package. - -\subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek} -\label{NTG} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & \nofont \\ -|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\ -|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\ -\end{tabular} - -\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} -|\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either -directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|. -Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options -|label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage. - -\subsection{\SmF: smfart and smfbook} -\label{SMF} - -Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes -the same default values are valid here. - -Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|. -If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option -|max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false| -(which both means the same). - -\subsection{thesis} -\label{thesis} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |hang| \\ -|labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & \nofont \\ -|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\ -|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\ -\end{tabular} - -\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} -The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|, -the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|. -Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options -|label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage. - -\subsection{frenchb babel option} -\label{frenchb} - -If you use the \package{frenchb} option of the \package{babel} package -with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them) -the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| -(offered by \package{frenchb}), overriding the default value set by the -document class. -So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you -don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. - -\INFO* -Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{babel} package. - -\subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages} -\label{frenchpro} - -If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package, -the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| -(offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default -value set by the document class. -So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you -don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. - -Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|, -since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the -\package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package. -%If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or -%\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost. -Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the -\package{caption} package internally for a different purpose, -so you should not change it (anymore). - -The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will -still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=| -than the default one. - -\INFO* -Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{frenchle} -or \package{frenchpro} package. - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Package support} -\label{packages} -\label{compatibility} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -\Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with -captions, too: -\begin{quote} - \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, - \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, - \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins}, - \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap}, - \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable}, - \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab} -\end{quote} - -Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the -\package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package -bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{} -and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface. - -\bigskip - -\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em -\INFO -If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines -the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred -over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and -avoiding conflicts. -If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this -warning message:~\footnote{% - You can suppress this warning by specifying the option - \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.} -\begin{quote}\footnotesize - |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ - |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ - |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\ - |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| -\end{quote} -\endgroup - -As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available: -\begin{itemize} - \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=| - \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label) - \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables) - \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator) - \item |\ContinuedFloat| - \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and - \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins - \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} - \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation} -\end{itemize} - -\DescribeMacro{compatibility=} -You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option -\begin{quote} - |compatibility=false| -\end{quote} -when loading \thispackage. -But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported -since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards. -(For that reason you will get a warning about this.) - -\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{% - \ifvmode\else\par\fi - \nopagebreak - \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par - \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak} - -\PageBreak -\subsection{algorithms} -\label{algorithms} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two -environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility -for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides -a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.} - -Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float| -provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}. - -\iffalse -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{algorithm2e} -\label{algorithm2e} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for -writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.} - -Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard -interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the -\package{float} package) and typesetting its caption, -the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage. - -So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage, -you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding -floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package), -and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code. - -As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic}, -for example: -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\ - |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\ - |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\ - |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\ - |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment - |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\ - | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\ - | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\ - | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\ - \ldots -\end{quote} -Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new -floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package -(or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package), -and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic} -in its body, just like you would do when you use the -\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem. - -You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example: -\begin{quote} - \ldots\\ - |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\ - |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\ - |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\ - |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |% Example usage:|\\ - |\begin{algorithm}|\\ - |\caption{An algorithm}|\\ - |\begin{algorithmic}|\\ - | \SetVline|\\ - | \eIf{cond1}{|\\ - | a line\;|\\ - | }{|\\ - | another line\;|\\ - | }|\\ - |\end{algorithmic}| -\end{quote} -Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every -other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float}, -please see \Ref{float}. - -\begin{Annotation} -An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package. -\end{Annotation} -\fi - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{float} -\label{float} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands -\cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel -and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments. -It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places -the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.} - -For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the -|po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its -placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead. - -A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be -executed additionally to the regular ones. -Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the -|ruled| captions: It defines the caption style -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\ - | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -So to change this you need either define your own caption style called -|ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional -options.%, -%e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|. - -Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption -is specified, overriding its global value: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}| -\end{quote} -For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}| -with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting -instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with -|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|. - -\begin{Note} -Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with -|\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments -are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|. -As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these. -Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations, -so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving -like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| -instead. -And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I -recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the -\package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}. -\end{Note} - -\iffalse -Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using -the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are -wrong. -And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself -in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working -correctly afterwards. -\fi - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{floatflt} -\label{floatflt} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables -which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and -|float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ - |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|figure| resp.~|table|. - -\begin{Note} -The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables, -unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| -resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{fltpage} -\label{fltpage} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the -caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page -for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom -of the previous or next page.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|: -\begin{description} -\item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] -If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to -|figure|, it will link to the figure contents. -(The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.) -\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] -If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref} -will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents. -(The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.) -\end{description} - -If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable| -environments you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ - |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|figure| or |table|. - -Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define -an environment called |FP|\meta{name} which behaves like |FP|\-|figure| and -|FP|\-|table|. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{hyperref} -\label{hyperref} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross -referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink -anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package -which they supersede.} -\begin{description} -\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount] -If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the -List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at -the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par -If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par -(The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.) -\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of -the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between -the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself, -e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par -(The default setting is |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.) -\end{description} - -Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the -\package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the -\package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the -\package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the -\package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink -anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and -|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set. - -\pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak -\begin{description} -\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} - vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}% -\\[\smallskipamount] -Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results. -But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested, -the hyperlink anchor will be placed different. -For example: -\begin{quote} -|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ -| |\ldots\\ -| \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\ -|\end{minipage}| -\end{quote} -will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption. -(And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.) -But -\begin{quote} -|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ -| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ -| |\ldots\\ -| \caption{A figure}|\\ -|\end{minipage}| -\end{quote} -will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|, -since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type -to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too. - -\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} - vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results. -But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances. -So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to -the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command. -So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument, -|\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result. -So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't -want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables. -\end{description} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{hypcap} -\label{hypcap} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem -that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption -rather than the beginning of the float. -Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself, -the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.} -%, at least when you use \thispackage.} - -If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the -\package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink -anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=| -and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|. - -So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors -|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore, -instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap} -package) for this. - -Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good -placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and -|table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also -offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for -|floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package), -|FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package), -|fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package), -|par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package), -|SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package), -|three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package), -and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).%---% -%so by loading the \package{hypcap} package additionally you will -%loose that. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{listings} -\label{listings} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.} - -If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment -you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} - -Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options -for controlling the position and the skips of the caption: -|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|. -\See{\package{listings} documentation for details.} -These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but -can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|, -e.g.%~ -\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{longtable} -\label{longtable} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment -which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table -itself can span multiple pages.} - -If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment -you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|table|. - -The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|, -so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and -|long|\-|table|s. -But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default -$=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that. -(But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by -|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|, -even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.) - -\begin{Note} -|\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s. -Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment -the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment -instead. -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter -please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the -\package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be -loaded automatically). -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{picinpar} -\label{picinpar} -\packagedescription{% -Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar} -package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full -width of a page and are float around by text. -For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages -please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and -|tab|\-|window| environments you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ - |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|figure| or |table|. - -\begin{Note} -The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, -unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or -|\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{picins} -\label{picins} -\packagedescription{% -Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the -\package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not -span the full width of a page and are float around by text. -For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages -please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|figure| or |table|. - -Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures, -and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption. - -\begin{Note} -The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables. -\iffalse -if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used. -The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if -|pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used. -\fi -But you can override this by setting it explicit with -|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please -do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins} -documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command -which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.: -\begin{quote} - |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\ - |\piccaption{An example table}|\\ - |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}| -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{rotating} -\label{rotating} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating -environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which -are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree. -Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.} - -\iffalse % No, we don't do that -If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and -|side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\ - |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|figure| or |table|. -\fi - -The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so -|\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to -|\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|. - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define -an environment called |side|\-|ways|\meta{name} which behaves like -|side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and |side|\-|ways|\-|table|. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{setspace} -\label{setspace} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands -to change the spacing, -e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space} -causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.} - -If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage, -the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed -by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|, -|font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|. -\See{also \Ref{fonts}} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{sidecap} -\label{sidecap} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments -\texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures -and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.} - -If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable| -environments you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ - |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|figure| or |table|. - -\pagebreak[3] -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define -an environment called |SC|\meta{name} which behaves like |SC|\-|figure| and -|SC|\-|table|. - -\begin{Note} -The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification. -If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option -|jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents. -\end{Note} - -\begin{Note} -The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, -unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| -or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -\medskip - -\begin{Annotation*} -Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more -powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting -captions beside the contents. -\end{Annotation*} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsubsection*{Undocumented features} -The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package -options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions: - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{margincaption} -The package option -\begin{quote} - |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)} -\end{quote} -causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin. - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos} -The command -\begin{quote} - |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos} -\end{quote} -sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|' -(for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment). -The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones -defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| it's `|b|'. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{subfigure} -\label{subfigure} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or -`sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment. -This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.} - -Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in -a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during -development) should still compile as expected. - -Please use the \package{subfig} or \package{subcaption} package instead which both supports \thispackage\ -\version{3.x}. - -\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{supertabular and xtab} -\label{supertabular} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab} -packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite -similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the -\package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}. -For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful -packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} - -If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular| -resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{resp.}\\ - |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|table|. - -\begin{Note} -|\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s. -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{threeparttable} -\label{threeparttable} -\packagedescription{% -The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme -for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and -the caption. -This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in -tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and -|measured|\-|figure| environments you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ - |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|table| or |figure|. - -\begin{Note} -Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here, -the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, -at least unless you set it explicit with -|\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or -|\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -\medskip - -\begin{Annotation*} -Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can -also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose. -\end{Annotation*} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{wrapfig} -\label{wrapfig} -\packagedescription{% -Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the -\package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers -figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float -around by text. -For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages -please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and -|wrap|\-|table| environments you can use -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ - |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -|figure| or |table|. - -Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define -an environment called |wrap|\meta{name} which behaves like |wrap|\-|figure| -and |wrap|\-|table|. - -\begin{Note} -The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and -tables, unless you set it explicit with -|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| -or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -\begin{Note} -If the \package{wrapfig} package should be used in coorperation with the -\package{float} package, it needs to be loaded \emph{after} the -\package{float} package. Furthermore |\new|\-|float| and |\restyle|\-|float| -commands \emph{should} be placed after \emph{both} packages have been loaded. -\end{Note} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Further reading} - -I recommend the following documents for further reading: - -\begin{itemize} -\item - The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX: - \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote} - -\item - A French FAQ can be found at - \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote} - -\item - ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz: - \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote} - -\item - \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around - including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents. - You will find this document in the directory - \begin{quote}\url{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/epslatex/}\end{quote} -\end{itemize} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\pagebreak[3] -\section{Thanks} - -I would like to thank Katja Melzner, -Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko, -David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm, -Heiko Oberdiek, and Herbert Vo\ss. -Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support! - -Also I would like to thank -Harald Harders, -Peter L\"offler, -Peng Yu, -Alexander Zimmermann, -Matthias Pospiech, -J\"urgen Wieferink, -Christoph Bartoschek, -Uwe St\"ohr, -Ralf Stubner, -Geoff Vallis, -Florian Keiler, -J\"urgen G\"obel, -Uwe Siart, -Sang-Heon Shim, -Henrik Lundell, -David Byers, -William Asquith, -Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann, -Frank Martini, -Danie Els, -Philipp Woock, -Fadi Semmo, and -Matthias Stevens -who all helped to make this package a better one. - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage\appendix -\section{Alphabetical Reference} - -%\newenvironment{Warnings}% -% {\begin{trivlist}% -% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}% -% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}% -% }% -% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}} -\makeatletter -\newenvironment{Warnings}{% - \newif\ifMessage - \def\Message{% - \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi - \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}% - \setlength\parindent{0pt}% - \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}% - \setlength\leftskip{0pt}% - \color{blue}% - \Messagetrue}% - \def\Description{% - \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}% - \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{or}}% - \def\@Or[##1]{% - \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}% -}{% - \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi -} -\makeatother - -\subsection{Options} -%\enlargethispage{10ex} -\newcommand\preambleoption{~% - \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% - \footnotemark[2]% - \endgroup} -\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{% - \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% - \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}% - \endgroup} - -\begin{longtable*}{lll} -Option & Short description & Section \\ -\hline -\endhead -|aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\ -|belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\ -|compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{compatibility} \\ -%|config| & & \ref{x} \\ -|figurename|\preambleoption & sets the figure name & \ref{names} \\ -|figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\ -|figurewithin|\preambleoption & sets the figure ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\ -|font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\ -|format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\ -|FPlist| & To where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\ -|FPref| & To where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\ -|hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\ -|hypcap| & selects `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\ -|hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink and contents & \ref{hyperref} \\ -|indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\ -|justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\ -|labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\ -|labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\ -|labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\ -|labelseparator| & --same as |labelsep|-- & \ref{formats} \\ -|list| & switches the entries in the List on or off & \ref{lists} \\ -|listfigurename| & sets the `List of Figure' name & \ref{names} \\ -|listformat| & sets the `List of Figure/Table' entry format & \ref{lists} \\ -|listtablename| & sets the `List of Tables' name & \ref{names} \\ -|margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\ -|margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\ -|maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\ -|minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\ -|name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\ -|oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\ -|options| & executes the given option list & \\ -|parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\ -|parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\ -|position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\ -|singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\ -%|size| & sets the size of font & \ref{x} \\ -|skip| & sets the skip between content and caption & \ref{skips} \\ -|strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\ -|style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\ -%|style*| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\ -|subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\ -|tablename|\preambleoption & sets the table name & \ref{names} \\ -|tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\ -|tablewithin|\preambleoption & sets the table ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\ -|textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\ -|textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\ -|twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\ -|type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\ -|type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\ -|width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\ -\end{longtable*} -\preambleoptiontext -\footnotetext{The option \texttt{subtype} is explained in the - \package{subcaption} package documentation.} - -\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break -\begin{Note*} - Obsolete options are not listed here. See - \Ref{caption1} and - \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options. -\end{Note*}} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Commands} - -\begin{longtable*}{lll} -Command & & Section \\ -\hline -\endhead -|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ -%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ -%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ -|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ -|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\ -|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\ -|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\ -|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\ -|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionType| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -\end{longtable*} -\footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the - \package{subcaption} package documentation.} - -\clearpage -\subsection{Warnings} - -\begin{Warnings} - -\Message - |\caption outside box or environment.| -\Or - |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.| -\Or - |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\ - | or environment.| -\Description - You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or - |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group, - or environment. - You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects. - \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}} - -\Message - |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ - |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ - |unknown to the caption package.| -\Description - If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or - package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine - |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement. - As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|, - using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|, - or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par - If you don't care about the original enhancements but would - like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead - you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false| - a try and keep your fingers crossed. - (But you will get the next warning instead.) - \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\ - |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\ - |was given.| -\Description - Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false| - \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes. - But depending on the document class or other packages you use that - can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your - fingers crossed! - \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\ - |stopped early.| -\Description - If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading - (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of - \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get - \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures - or tables. - \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\Message - |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.| -\Description - \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding - captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the - \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use - this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning. - \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}} - -\Message - |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.| -\Description - You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines - |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug - in \thispackage. - Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue. - -\Message - |\label without proper \caption| -\Description - Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its - non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated - at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead. - So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or - \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|). - -\Message - |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.| -\Description -%\showhyphens{position} - If you try to remove a specific option of an option list, - for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|, - and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will - get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like - to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of - |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|. - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\Message - |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.| -\Description -%\showhyphens{format} - If you try to remove a specific option of an option list, - for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|, - and this option list is not defined (yet), you will - get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like - to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of - |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|. - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\iffalse -\Message - |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\ - |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\ - |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\ - |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.| -\Description - \TODO -\fi - -\Message - |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\ - |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.| -\Description - The caption option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| is only full functional - if you have the \package{ragged2e} package installed in your \TeX\ system. - If not, you will get this warning, and |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| - will be treated as |justification=|\x|raggedright|. - \par\See{\Ref{justification}} - -\Message - |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.| -\Description - The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be - emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it - away. - \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}} - -\Message - |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\ - |captions right.| -\Description - The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it - is actually needed. - At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could - get this warning. - Just compile your document again and this warning should go away. - \par\See{\Ref{justification}} - -\Message - |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.| -\Description - If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the - page numbers to get the margins right. - At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get - this warning. - Just compile your document again and this warning should go away. - \par\See{\Ref{margins}} - -\Message - |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.| -\Description - This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if - you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or - |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment, - this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption, - the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|) - and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|) - as well.\par - {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form - |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par} - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\Message - |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\ - |particular \caption.| -\Description - \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular - caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by - default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures, - or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure - or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par - This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment, - but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and - which is unknown to \thispackage.\par - If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a - |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or - |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning. - If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with - |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself. - \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\Message - |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ - |usage of the caption package is not recommended.| -\Description - Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you - have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption| - (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well. - This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an - unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all. - \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].| -\Description - You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are - not used later on. - This can be because of a typo in \meta{type}, - or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and - which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage - of the environment \meta{type} after this line. - (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*| - instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.) - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\Message - |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\ - |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\ - |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\ - |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.| -\Description - The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well. - Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the - other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption. - \par\See{\Ref{skips}} - -\end{Warnings} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Errors} - -\begin{Warnings} - -\Message - |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.| -\Or - |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.| -\Description - If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption, - you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| - for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't - use such list. - \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\Message - |\caption outside float.| -\Description - You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or - a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|. - If this is what you want to, please use either - |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or - |\caption|\-|of|. - \par\See{\Ref{caption}} - -\Message - |\ContinuedFloat outside float.| -\Description - You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating - environment. % or |long|\-|table|. - If this is what you want to, please use the combination - |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par - Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not - working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which - typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter, - if sufficient for you. - \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} and \Ref{longtable}} - -\Message - |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.| -\Description - Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating - environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type, - e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure. - \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}} - -\Message - |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\ - |with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'|\\ - |package *(right) after* the `float' package.| -\Description - Please take care of the load order of packages - if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the - \package{float} package. - \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}} - -\Message - |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\ - |with the `float' package you should use at least|\\ - |`wrapfig' version 3.6.| -\Description - Please take care of the version of the \package{wrapfig} package - if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the - \package{float} package. - \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}} - -\Message - |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\ - |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\ - |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.| -\Description - \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it - to a more recent version, at least to the one requested. - -\Message - |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.| -\Description - You should never see this error. - Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue. - -\Message - |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.| -\Description - The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|, - |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is - not defined. - \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or - any other floating environment defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|, - |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, - or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} - package\cite{floatrow}. - -\Message - |Not allowed in longtable* environment.| -\Description - The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment. - Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular - |long|\-|table| environment instead. - -\Message - |Not available in compatibility mode.| -\Description - The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode. - `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an - incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also - extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact, - some features of \thispackage\ are not supported. - \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.| -\Description - Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap} - package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.) - -\Message - |Option clash for package caption.| -\Or[but sometimes also] - |Missing \begin{document}.| -\Description - \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package, - so you can't do that again specifying different options. - A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is - the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig} - package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the - \package{subfig} package. - \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation} - -\Message - |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.| -\Or - |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.| -\Description - If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an - optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of - Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list. - \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\iffalse % was removed in v3.1b -\Message - |Something is going wrong here...|\\ - |For a removal of this problem please consult the|\\ - |caption package documentation, especially the sections|\\ - |about the `float' and the `wrapfig' package.| -\Description - Please take care of the load order of packages - if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the - \package{float} package. But maybe a different package tried to extent - the \package{float} package in a manner which is incompatible to - \thispackage!? - \par\See{\Ref{float} and \Ref{wrapfig}} -\fi - -\Message - |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\ - |in the last figure or table.| -\Description - It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one - which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command. - This is not supported. - -\Message - |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ - |with `format=hang'.| -\Or - |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ - |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).| -\Description - A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like - |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format - (like |format=|\x|hang|). - Please select either another caption label separator - (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format - (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|). - \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}} - -\Message - |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\ - |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\ - |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.| -\Description - You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround - for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff - offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the - \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered - anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and - do not load \thispackage\ anymore. - \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation} - -\Message - |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.| -\Description - You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|) - with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|, - |on|, |1| is allowed here. - -\Message - |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - You tried to set a caption format which does not exists. - Maybe a typo!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists. - Maybe a typo!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists. - Maybe a typo!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists. - Maybe a typo!? - \par\See{\Ref{lists}} - -\Message - |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - You tried to set a caption position with an improper value. - Maybe a typo!? - \par\See{\Ref{skips}} - -\Message - |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - You tried to set a caption style which does not exists. - Maybe a typo!? - \par\See{\Ref{style}} - -\Message - |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\ - |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.| -\Description -% (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt) - The given package is dealing with caption skips as well. - Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option - of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way - would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore - not supported. - \par\See{\Ref{skips}} - -\Message - |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description - You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists. - Maybe a typo!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\ - |the (current) caption package.| -\Description - This error message says it all, you simply can't do that. - Please use only \thispackage. - \par\See{\Ref{caption2}} - -\end{Warnings} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Version history} -\label{history} - -The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options -to customize the look \& feel of the captions. -Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and -\package{subfigure} packages. -Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option; -version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package. -Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package, -while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|. - -The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of -the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version -without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new -features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable} -package. -Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package. -(A version $2.1$ was offered as bugfix-release in 2002.) - -In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$ -of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with -Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran. -It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected -\package{caption2} package. -Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of -the user interface. -Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, -\package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages -additionally. - -While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard -\LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}, -the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS, -\KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class -as well. -Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{frenchb} Babel option, -the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages, -and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar}, -\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}, -and \package{wrapfig} packages. -New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things -|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|, -|list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|, -|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|, and -|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|. -Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, -the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption -feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}. - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\section{Compatibility to older versions} - -\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}} -\label{caption1} - -This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options -and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package. -So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please -don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported -and can cause ugly side effects. - -Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how -they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage: - -\begin{center}\small -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ -\hline -%\endhead -|normal| & |format=plain|\\ -|hang| & |format=hang|\\ -|isu| & |format=hang|\\ -|center| & |justification=centering|\\ -|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\ -%|anne| & |justification=centerlast|\\ -|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\ -|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\ -|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\ -|small| & |font=small|\\ -|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\ -|large| & |font=large|\\ -|Large| & |font=Large|\\ -|up| & |labelfont=up|\\ -|it| & |labelfont=it|\\ -|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\ -|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\ -|md| & |labelfont=md|\\ -|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\ -|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\ -|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\ -|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\ -\end{tabular} -\end{center} - -Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also -the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and -|\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with -|\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to -change the font used for captions. -This mechanism was replaced by the commands -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad and\\ - |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad. -\end{quote} -\SeeUserDefined - -Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with -\begin{quote} - |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad. -\end{quote} -This was replaced by -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad. -\end{quote} -\See{\Ref{margins}} - -For example the old-style code -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\ - |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\ - |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}| -\end{quote} -will still work fine, but should be written today as -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ - | margin=10pt]{caption}| -\end{quote} -or -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{caption}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ - | margin=10pt}|\qquad. -\end{quote} - -The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of -the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the -\package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the -caption package, too. -But using this option is not recommended anymore since this -version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way -for changing the captions of these floating environments: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}| -\end{quote} -resp. -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad. -\end{quote} -\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, and \Ref{float}] - -\subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}} -\label{caption2} - -Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and -its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a -very different implementation design. -Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered. -For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in -this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2} -package will still compile fine. - -Newly created documents should use the actual version of -\thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[...]{caption2}| -\end{quote} -by -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad. -\end{quote} -But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get -error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing -these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2} -to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking -for help. - -In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section -these ones will be emulated, too: - -\begin{center}\small -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ -\hline -%\endhead -|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\ -|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\ -|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\ -\end{tabular} -\end{center} - -Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with -\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% - |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| resp. - |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad. -}\end{quote} -This was replaced by -\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% - |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| resp. - |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad. -}\end{quote} -\See{\Ref{margins}} - -Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with -\begin{quote} - |\captionstyle{indent}|\\ - |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad. -\end{quote} -\pagebreak[3] -This is now done with -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad. -\end{quote} - -The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands -|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and -|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on). -This was replaced by -|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| -resp. -|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|\quad. -\See{\Ref{justification}} - -The commands -\begin{quote} - |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\ - |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, and |\renewcaptionstyle| -\end{quote} -do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated -by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will -cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and -straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should -be able to find appropriate options and commands instead. - -\iffalse -... (some examples) -\fi - -The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a -replacement, too. -But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because -in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| -will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the -default one which is |4in|). -\See{\Ref{longtable}} - -\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}} -\label{caption3} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes -other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report}, -and \class{book}. -Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{} -supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the -document class used. - -For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption -|jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|, -it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document -classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used -with the \class{beamer} document class. - -%An easy way to select the `old' defaults---if desired---is using the option -An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option -|style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|). - -\medskip - -Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an -incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong -incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled. -Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get -such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible -as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having -side-effects or causing problems. -So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could -happen, but not that they actually will happen. -Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances, -you should use it with care. - -\bigskip - -\begin{Note*} -\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|, -which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package -(leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages -intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working. -This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option -to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore. -%\par\See{the \package{subfig} package documentation} -\end{Note*} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\begin{thebibliography}{99} - - \bibitem{TLC2} - Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\ - \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\ - \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. - - \bibitem{beamer} - Till Tantau:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}% - {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\ - March 11, 2007 - - \bibitem{KOMAScript} - Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf}% - {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\ - 2007-01-09 - - \bibitem{NTG} - Victor Eijkhout:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf}% - {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ - 3 September 1989 - - \bibitem{algorithms} - Rog\'erio Brito:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/algorithms.pdf}% - {\emph{Algorithms}},\\ - June 2, 2006 - -\iffalse - \bibitem{algorithm2e} - Christophe Fiorio:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/algorithm2e.pdf}% - {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\ - March 11, 2007 -\fi - - \bibitem{float} - Anselm Lingnau:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf}% - {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ - 2001/11/08 - - \bibitem{floatflt} - Mats Dahlgren:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}% - {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ - 1998/06/05 - - \bibitem{floatrow} - Olga Lapko:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf}% - {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ - 2007/12/24 - - \bibitem{fltpage} - Sebastian Gross:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/fltpage.pdf}% - {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ - 1998/11/13 - - \bibitem{hyperref} - Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf}% - {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ - November 12, 2007 - - \bibitem{hypcap} - Heiko Oberdiek:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf}% - {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ - 2007/04/09 - - \bibitem{listings} - Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf}% - {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ - 2007/02/22 - - \bibitem{longtable} - David Carlisle:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.pdf}% - {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ - 2004/02/01 - - \bibitem{picinpar} - Friedhelm Sowa:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% - {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ - July 13, 1993 - - \bibitem{picins} - Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/mpic.dvi}% - {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ - September~1992 - - \bibitem{rotating} - Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% - {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ - 1997/09/26 - - \bibitem{setspace} - Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% - {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\ - 1 December 2000 - - \bibitem{sidecap} - Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/sidecap.pdf}% - {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ - 2003/06/06 - - \bibitem{subfigure} - Steven D. Cochran:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf}% - {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ - 2002/07/02 - - \bibitem{subfig} - Steven D. Cochran:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}% - {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ - 2005/07/05 - - \bibitem{supertabular} - Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/supertabular.pdf}% - {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ - 2002/07/19 - - \bibitem{threeparttable} - Donald Arseneau:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/threeparttable.sty}% - {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ - 2003/06/13 - - \bibitem{wrapfig} - Donald Arseneau:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty}% - {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ - 2003/01/31 - - \bibitem{xtab} - Peter Wilson:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}% - {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ - 2004/05/24 - -\end{thebibliography} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.pdf index 8e9d2ad5ca0..7009ed7fe5a 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 2cd238509b2..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6248 +0,0 @@ -% -% This is file `caption-rus.tex'. -% Russian translation of `caption-eng.tex' -% -% Copyright (C) 1994-2007 Axel Sommerfeldt (caption@sommerfee.de) -% -% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2003/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. -% -% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, the derived files caption.sty, -% caption2.sty, caption3.sty, ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the -% user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. -% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{caption-rus.tex}[2008/04/06 v3.1h The caption package in Russian] -\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up. -%\errorcontextlines=3 - -\documentclass[USenglish,russian,a4paper]{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{fixltx2e} -\usepackage{mathtext} -\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc} -\usepackage[cp1251]{inputenc} -\usepackage{babel} -\usepackage{listpen,afterpage} - -\setlength\parindent{0pt} -\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} -\setlength\leftmargini{1.5em}% default = 2.5em -\makeatletter -\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor} -\@flushglue = 1em plus 1fil -\parfillskip = 1em plus 1fil -\makeatother - -\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]} -\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]} -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf - \usepackage{mathptmx} - \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} - \IfFileExists{literat.sty}{\usepackage{literat}}{} -% \IfFileExists{t2aftx.fd}{\def\sfdefault{ftx}}{} -% \IfFileExists{t2apxtt.fd}{\def\ttdefault{pxtt}}{} - \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper - \advance\textheight.5in - \advance\topmargin-.35in - \emergencystretch1em - \tolerance7000 - \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\} - \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage} - \fi -\fi - -\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc} -\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace} -\IfFileExists{test/tlc2/cat.eps}{\graphicspath{{test/tlc2/}}}{}% - -\usepackage{hypdoc} -\hypersetup{unicode} -\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi -\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} -\hypersetup{breaklinks=true} - -\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01] - -\def\itemautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}% -\def\figureautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyri\cyrs.}% -\def\tableautorefname {\cyr\cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl.}% -\def\partautorefname {\cyr\cyrch.}% -\def\appendixautorefname {\cyr\cyrp\cyrr\cyri\cyrl.}% -\def\chapterautorefname {\cyr\cyrg\cyrl.}% -\def\sectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}% -\def\subsectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}% -\def\subsubsectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}% -\def\paragraphautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}% -\def\subparagraphautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}% -\def\pageautorefname {\cyr\cyrs.}% - -\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring - {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% - {e-TeX}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring - {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% - {AMS}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring - {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% - {KOMA-Script}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} - -\usepackage{marvosym} -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}} -\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\hspace*{-1em}\LARGE\Info\hspace*{1em}}}} -\makeatother - -\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}} -\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}} - -% \ContinuedFloat -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1e}{Continued #1~#2} -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1r}{#1~#2 (\textit{ïðîäîëæåíèå})} -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}} -% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})} -% \DeclareCaptionStyle -\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]% - {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}} -% Example 1 -\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3} -\newlength\myindention -\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3} -\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}} -% Example 2 -\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1} -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)} -\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill} -% Example 3 -\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par} -\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par} -% Example 4 -\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable} - -\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} -\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} -\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} -\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf - -\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} -\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} -\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$} -\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}} - -\newenvironment{Annotation}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% - \smallskip - \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} -\newenvironment{Annotation*}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% - \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} - -\newenvironment{Example}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% - \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}% - {\smallskip\endminipage\par} - -\makeatletter -\newcommand\example{\@ifstar - {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}% - {\@example{}}} -\def\@example#1{% - \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}} -\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{% - \begingroup - \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}% - \captionof{#2}[]{#4}% - \endgroup} -\makeatother - -\newenvironment{Expert}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% - \smallskip - \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} -\newenvironment{Expert*}% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% - \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} - -\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi - \smallskip - \small\emph{#1}:~\ignorespaces}{\par} -\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% - {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi - \small\emph{#1}:~\ignorespaces}{\par} - -\newenvironment{Options}[1]% - {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}% - \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}% - \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}% - \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}% - \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}% - {\endlist} - -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}} -\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}} -\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}} -\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}} -\makeatother - -\begin{document} -\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname -\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname - -\def\thispackage{ïàêåò \package{caption}} -\def\Thispackage{Ïàêåò \package{caption}} - -\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Çàìå÷àíèå} -% \newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}} -% \newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}} -\newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{Íîâàÿ âîçìîæíîñòü}} -\newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{Íîâîå îïèñàíèå}} -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{Ñì.}}{\SEE[\small]{Ñì.}}} -\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{ñì.}}{\SEE[\small]{ñì.}}} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\GetFileInfo{caption-rus.tex} -\let\docdate\filedate -\GetFileInfo{caption.sty} - -% \title{Customizing captions of floating environments -% using the caption package\texorpdfstring{\thanks{% -% This package has version number \fileversion, -% last revised \filedate. -\title{Íàñòðîéêà ïîäïèñåé ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ (ôëîòîâ) ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòà - \package{caption}\thanks{Äàííûé ïàêåò âåðñèè - \fileversion, ïîñëåäíèé ðàç ìîäèôèöèðîâàí \filedate. -%^^A% Translattion of the version v3.1h, dated 2008/04/03. -%^^A% The questions and notes about translation please -%^^A% send to \texttt{Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru} (Olga Lapko). -%^^A% The version of translation could be obsolete. Please -%^^A% look English or German documentation for the new information -%^^A% (see margin labels).}} - Ïåðåâîä äîêóìåíòàöèè v3.1h, äàòèðîâàííîé 2008/04/03. - Âîïðîñû è~çàìå÷àíèÿ ïî ïåðåâîäó íàïðàâëÿéòå ïî àäðåñó \texttt{Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru}. - \emph{Âåðñèÿ ïåðåâîäà ìîæåò îòíîñèòüñÿ ê~îäíîé èç ïðåäûäóùèõ âåðñèé ïàêåòà è~ìîæåò - ñîäåðæàòü óñòàðåâøèå äàííûå. - Îáðàùàéòåñü ê~àíãëèéñêîé èëè íåìåöêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè çà áîëåå ñâåæåé èíôîðìàöèåé - (îáðàùàéòå âíèìàíèå íà ïîìåòêè íà ïîëÿõ). - }}{}} -% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ -\author{Àêñåëü Çîììåðôåëüäò (Axel Sommerfeldt)\\ - \href{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}{\texttt{caption@sommerfee.de}}} -\date{\docdate} -\maketitle - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\begin{abstract} -% \Thispackage\ offers customization of captions -% in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with -% many other packages. -% \par\smallskip - \Thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò íàñòðîéêè ïå÷àòè - ïîäïèñåé äëÿ ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ (ôëîòîâ) - |figure| è~|table| è~ñîâìåñòèì (êîîïåðèðóåòñÿ) - ñî~ìíîãèìè ïàêåòàìè. -% \textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and -% commands for customizing captions. -% If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for -% you to use the \package{caption} package at all. -% And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of -% the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient. -\par\smallskip -\textit{Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå}: ìíîæåñòâî êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ óæå èìåþò âñòðîåííûå îïöèè -è~êîìàíäû äëÿ íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñåé. -Åñëè ýòè íàñòðîéêè âàñ óäîâëåòâîðÿþò, òî âîâñå íåò íåîáõîäèìîñòè â~èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà -\package{caption}. -Åñëè âàì íóæíà òîëüêî êîìàíäà \cs{captionof} \cdash--- çàãðóçêà íåáîëüøîãî ïàêåòà -\package{capt-of} áóäåò äîñòàòî÷íà. -\end{abstract} - -\newcommand\exampletext{% -% White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant -% with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and -% perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one -% of the many championship courses.} - Òèáåòñêàÿ ìàíäàëà ïðåäñòàâëÿåò ñîáîé ñâîåîáðàçíóþ êàðòó îñîáîãî õðàìà - è~Øàìáàëû. Âèäíû âîðîòà ïî ÷åòûð¸ì ñòîðîíàì ñâåòà, ïîñòðîéêà èä¸ò - óñòóïàìè ââåðõ. (Ìîçàèêà ïîëà ðûöàðñêîãî õðàìà íà î.\,Ðîäîñ âîñïðîèçâîäèò - óçîð ìàíäàëû.)} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -% \section*{Introduction} -\section*{Ââåäåíèå} - -% Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the -% attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no -% remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here: -Âíóòðè ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à~ïîäïèñè íå ïîëó÷èëè çàñëóæåííîãî -âíèìàíèÿ. Îíè íàáèðàþòñÿ êàê îáû÷íûé àáçàö è~âíåøíå íå îòëè÷àþòñÿ îò îñíîâíîãî -òåêñòà, êàê çäåñü: - -\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} - -% There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice -% to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal -% text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font -% family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one: -Äîëæíà áûòü âîçìîæíîñòü èçìåíèòü ýòî; íàïðèìåð, òåêñò ëó÷øå çàäàòü -ìåíüøèì êåãëåì, äîáàâèòü âòÿæêó (ñ~îáåèõ ñòîðîí), -ó~íóìåðàöèîííûõ çàãîëîâêîâ ïîäïèñåé çàäàòü òàêèå æå -íà÷åðòàíèå èëè íàñûùåííîñòü, êàê ó~çàãîëîâêîâ ðàçäåëîâ. Íàïðèìåð, êàê ñëåäóþùóþ ïîäïèñü: - -\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} - -% You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use -% caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too. -Ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì ýòî ñäåëàòü ïðîñòî, ïîñêîëüêó â~í¸ì óæå åñòü ìíîæåñòâî ãîòîâûõ -îïöèé êëþ÷åé íàñòðîéêè, è~âû ñâîáîäíû è~âûáðàòü ñâî¸ ñî÷åòàíèå îïöèé äëÿ -îôîðìëåíèÿ, è~ñîçäàòü ñâîè îïöèè. - -\bigskip - -\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth} -\small -% Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the -% captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions. -% (But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow} -% package\cite{floatrow}.) -Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî \thispackage\ êîíòðîëèðóåò òîëüêî îôîðìëåíèå -ïîäïèñåé. Îí \emph{íå} êîíòðîëèðóåò ðàçìåùåíèå ïîäïèñåé. -(Íî ýòî âîçìîæíî, åñëè èñïîëüçîâàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíî äðóãèå ïàêåòû, -íàïðèìåð \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.) -\end{minipage} - -\begingroup\small -%^^A% \vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{Frequently Appeared Design\footnote -%^^A% {Added in translated text.}}\nopagebreak} -\vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{\TeX íè÷åñêîå ðåäàêòèðîâàíèå\footnote - {Äîáàâëåíî ïðè ïåðåâîäå.}}\nopagebreak} -\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedright\advance\rightskip1em - \makeatletter\let\item\@idxitem\ignorespaces\makeatother -%^^A% \item Last line of caption centered -\item Âûêëþ÷êà ïîñëåäíåé ñòðîêè ïî öåíòðó - \pageref{TeXr:centerlast} -%^^A% \item Hanged caption label -\item Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê íà âåñó - \pageref{TeXr:hang:label} -% -%^^A \indexspace -% -%^^A% \item Spaces above and below captions -\item Îòáèâêè ó~ïîäïèñåé íàä è~ïîä ôëîòàìè - \pageref{TeXr:captionskips:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captionskips:z} -%^^A% \item Settings, for caption label -\item Îôîðìëåíèå -%^^A% \subitem for caption label -\subitem íóìåðàöèîííûõ çàãîëîâêîâ - \pageref{TeXr:caplabel:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:caplabel:z} -%^^A% \subitem for one-line captions -\subitem îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé - \pageref{TeXr:singleline:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:singleline:z} -%^^A% \subitem for multi-paragraph captions -\subitem ïîäïèñåé èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ - \pageref{TeXr:multipar:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:multipar:z} -% -%^^A \indexspace -% -%^^A% \item Captions -\item Ïîäïèñè\nopagebreak -%^^A% \subitem for continued floats -\subitem ê~ôëîòàì ñ~ïðîäîëæåíèåì - \pageref{TeXr:continued:a}\nopagebreak %^^A--\pageref{TeXr:continued:z} -%^^A% \subitem above tables -\subitem íàä òàáëèöàìè - \pageref{TeXr:captop:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captop:z} -%^^A% \subitem skipped entry in list -\subitem áåç çàïèñè â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ, -%^^A% \subsubitem trick with empty option - \subsubitem òðþê ñ~äîïîëíèòåëüíûì àðãóìåíòîì êîìàíäû - |\caption| \pageref{TeXr:nolistentry:I} -%^^A% \subsubitem key |listof=| - \subsubitem êëþ÷ ïàêåòà |list=| - \pageref{TeXr:nolistentry:II} -%^^A% \subitem unlabeled -\subitem áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà - \pageref{TeXr:starcaption:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:starcaption:z} -%^^A% \subitem outside float -\subitem âíå îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà - \pageref{TeXr:captionof:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captiononof:z} -% -\end{multicols}% -\endgroup -\clearpage -% -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\tableofcontents - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -% \section{Using this package} -\section{Èñïîëüçîâàíèå ïàêåòà} -\label{usage} - -\DescribeMacro{\usepackage} -% Insert -Äîáàâüòå -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| -\end{quote} -% into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document -% between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|. -% The options control how your captions will look like; e.g., -â~ïðåàìáóëó âàøåãî äîêóìåíòà, ò.\,å. â~÷àñòü ôàéëà ìåæäó êîìàíäàìè -|\document|\-|class| è~|\begin{document}|. -Îïöèè çàäàþò íàñòðîéêè îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé â~êíèãå; íàïðèìåð, îïöèè -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\ - | labelsep=endash]{caption}|% - %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| -\end{quote} -% would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction. -çàäàäóò ïîäïèñè, ïîõîæèå íà âòîðîé ïðèìåð âî ââåäåíèè. - -\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} -% For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command -Äëÿ ïîñëåäóþùèõ èçìåíåíèé \thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäó -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -% So -Ñëåäîâàòåëüíî, îïðåäåëåíèÿ -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}| -\end{quote} -% and -è -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{caption}|\\ - |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}| -\end{quote} -% are equal in their results. -ýêâèâàëåíòíû. - -% It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current -% environment only. So if you want to change settings for the -% current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command -% inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command. -% For example -Íóæíî îáðàòèòü âíèìàíèå, ÷òî óñòàíîâêè |\captionsetup| ìîãóò äåéñòâîâàòü è~íà îäíî -îêðóæåíèå. Òàê ÷òî, åñëè âû õîòèòå èçìåíèòü óñòàíîâêè òîëüêî -îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|, ïîìåñòèòå êîìàíäó |\captionsetup| -âíóòðè |figure| èëè |table| ïðÿìî ïåðåä êîìàíäîé |\caption|. -Íàïðèìåð -\begin{quote} - |\begin{figure}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ - |\end{figure}| -\end{quote} -% switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|, -% so all the other captions remain untouched. -îòêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè (ñì.~îá ýòîì íèæå), íî òîëüêî äëÿ ýòîãî -îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|, äðóãèå ïîäïèñè íå èçìåíÿòñÿ. - -\smallskip - -\begin{Annotation} -% For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}. -Ïîäðîáíîå îïèñàíèå êîìàíäû |\captionsetup| ñì.~â~\Ref{captionsetup}. -\end{Annotation} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -% \section{Options} -\section{Îïöèè} -\label{options} - -\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight} -\def\UserDefined{\ldots} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -% \subsection{Formatting} -\subsection{Îôîðìëåíèå} -\label{formats} - -\DescribeMacro{format=} -% A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label, -% which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is -% associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short -% description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text -% from the label. -Ïîäïèñü ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû îáû÷íî èìååò òðè ÷àñòè\nopagebreak: íóìåðàöèîííûé -çàãîëîâîê, êîòîðûé îáúÿâëÿåò, ÷òî ýòîò îáúåêò íàçûâàåòñÿ `Ðèñ'óíîê èëè `Òàáëèöà' è~èìååò -ñâîé íîìåð; ñîáñòâåííî òåêñò, êîòîðûé îáû÷íî äà¸ò êðàòêîå îïèñàíèå -ñîäåðæàíèÿ; ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì. - -% The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented; -% it is specified with the option -\textit{Ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè} îïðåäåëÿåò, êàê äàííàÿ èíôîðìàöèÿ áóäåò ïðåäñòàâëåíà; -ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷îì -\begin{quote} - |format=|\meta{format name}\quad -\end{quote} -% having the name of the caption format as its argument. -ñ~îïöèåé, îïðåäåëÿþùåé îôîðìëåíèå (ôîðìàò) ïîäïèñè. - -% There are two standard caption formats: -Äàëåå äâà ñòàíäàðòíûõ îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè: -%\footnote{You have the option to -%define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}: -%\textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.} - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} -% Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph. - Ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñè êàê îáû÷íûé àáçàö. - - \item[hang] -% Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text. - Äåëàåò âòÿæêó òàê, ÷òî ïåðâàÿ ñòðîêà [íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê] âûñòóïàåò âëåâî.% - \label{TeXr:hang:label} - - \item[\UserDefined] -% Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak -% \SeeUserDefined - Ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå ìîæåò áûòü îïðåäåëåíî, ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû - |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|. \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -\begin{Example} -% An example: Specifying the option - Ïðèìåð: çàäàíèå îïöèè - \begin{quote} - |format=hang| - \end{quote} -% yields captions like this: - ñîçäà¸ò ïîäïèñè êàê ýòà: - \example{format=hang}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{indention=} -% For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra -% indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the -% option -Äëÿ îáîèõ îôîðìëåíèé (\texttt{plain} è~\texttt{hang}) ìîæíî óñòàíîâèòü -äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âòÿæêó âòîðûõ ñòðîê ïîäïèñè. Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñ~êëþ÷îì -\begin{quote} - |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad. -\end{quote} -%^^A% [Please note, that indention of the keys \verb|format=hang| and -%^^A% |indention=|\meta{amount} are summarized.---\emph{Trans.}] -[Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âòÿæêà èç êëþ÷åé \verb|format=hang| è~|indention=|\meta{amount} -ñóììèðóþòñÿ. \cdash--- \emph{Ïðèì.\,ïåðåâ.}] - -% Two examples: -Ïàðà ïðèìåðîâ: - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,indention=.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{labelformat=} -% With the option -Ñ~êëþ÷îì\label{TeXr:caplabel:a}% -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |labelformat=|\meta{label format name} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -%\NEWdescription{v3.0e} -% you specify how the caption label will be typeset. -% There are five standard caption label formats: -âû çàäà¸òå, êàê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ íóìåðàöèîííàÿ ÷àñòü. -Ñóùåñòâóþò ÷åòûðå ñòàíäàðòíûõ îôîðìëåíèÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[default] -% The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class, -% usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}). -% (This is the default behaviour.) - íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ òàê æå êàê â~ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññàõ, - ýòî îáû÷íî íàçâàíèå ôëîòà è~íîìåð (êàê \texttt{simple}). - (Çàäà¸òñÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.) - - \item[empty] -% The caption label will be empty. - Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê îòñóòñòâóåò. -\iffalse -% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like -% \texttt{labelsep=none}.) - (Ýòà îïöèÿ èìååò ñìûñë âìåñòå ñ~îïöèÿìè òèïà \texttt{labelsep=none}.) -\fi - - \item[simple] -% The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number. - Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ êàê íàçâàíèå ôëîòà è~åãî íîìåð. - - \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f} -% The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace. - Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê (íîìåð ïîäôëîòà) îòäåë¸í ñïðàâà êðóãëîé ñêîáêîé. - - \item[parens] -% The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses. - Íîìåð â~íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè çàãîëîâêà ïå÷àòàåòñÿ â~ñêîáêàõ. - - \item[\UserDefined] -% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|. -% \SeeUserDefined - Ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå ìîæåò áûòü îïðåäåëåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ - êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|. -\end{Options} - -\begin{Example} -% An example: Using the options - Ïðèìåð: ñ~îïöèÿìè êëþ÷åé - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad,|\\ - | figurename=\CYRR\cyri\cyrs\cyru\cyrn\cyro\cyrk| - \end{quote} -% gives captions like this one: - ñîçäà¸òñÿ òàêàÿ ïîäïèñü: - \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad, - figurename=\CYRR\cyri\cyrs\cyru\cyrn\cyro\cyrk}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} -[Íàçâàíèå â~íóìåðàöèîííîì çàãîëîâêå äëÿ äàííîãî ïðèìåðà èçìåíåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ -îïöèè |figurename|. \See{\Ref{names}}] - -\medskip - -\begin{Note*} -% Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the -% \package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the -% caption label format. -Ó~íåêîòîðûõ îêðóæåíèé, íàïðèìåð ó~îêðóæåíèÿ |algorithm|, ïðåäëàãàåìîãî -ïàêåòîì \package{algorithm2e}, èçìåíåíèå ôîðìàòà íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà -ìîæåò âûçâàòü àëëåðãèþ. -\end{Note*} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{labelsep=} -% With the option -Ñ~êëþ÷îì -\begin{quote} - |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name} -\end{quote} -% you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{% -% If the caption label or the caption text is empty, -% no separator will be used.} -% You can choose one of the following: -âû îïðåäåëÿåòå êàêîé ðàçäåëèòåëü [ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì] -áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ\footnote{% - Åñëè íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê èëè òåêñò ïîäïèñè ïóñòûå, - ðàçäåëèòåëü íå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ.}. -Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè: - -\begin{Options}{newline} - \item[none] -% There is no caption separator. - Îòñóòñòâóåò ðàçäåëèòåëü íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè. -\iffalse -% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like -% \texttt{labelformat=empty}.) - (Ïðèìåíåíèå ýòîé îïöèè - èìååò ñìûñë âìåñòå ñ~îïöèÿìè òèïà \texttt{labelformat=empty}.) -\fi - - \item[colon] -% The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space. - Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû äâîåòî÷èåì è~ïðîáåëîì. - - \item[period] -% The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space. - Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû òî÷êîé è~ïðîáåëîì. - - \item[space] -% The caption label and text will be separated by a single space. - Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû ïðîáåëîì. - - \item[quad] -% The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|. - Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû êåãåëüíîé (|\quad|). - - \item[newline] -% The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|). -% Please note that this separator does not work with all caption -% formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message -% trying such combination of options. - Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû íîâîé ñòðîêîé~(|\\|). - Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ýòîò ðàçäåëèòåëü íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~íåêîòîðûìè - ôîðìàòàìè (íàïðèìåð, |format=|\x|hang|), è~âû ïîëó÷èòå ñîîáùåíèå - îá îøèáêå ïðè ïîïûòêå èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòó êîìáèíàöèþ. - - \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h} -% The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash, -% surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |). - Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëÿåòñÿ êðàòêèì òèðå, - îêðóæ¸ííûì ïðîáåëàìè (\verb*| -- |). - - \item[\UserDefined] -% Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|. -% \SeeUserDefined - Ñîáñòâåííûå ðàçäåëèòåëè ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü, èñïîëüçóÿ êîìàíäó - |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -% Three examples: -Òðè ïðèìåðà: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=period| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=endash| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}% -% With the option -Ñ~îïöèåé -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |textformat=|\meta{text format name} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -% you specify how the caption text will be typeset. -% There are two standard caption text formats: -âû îïðåäåëÿåòå êàê òåêñò ïîäïèñè áóäåò íàïå÷àòàí. -Ñóùåñòâóåò äâà ñòàíäàðòíûõ ôîðìàòà ïîäïèñè: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[simple] -% The caption text will be typeset as it is. - Òåêñò ïîäïèñè áóäåò íàïå÷àòàí êàê åñòü. - - \item[period] -% The caption text will be followed by a period. - Â~êîíöå ïîäïèñè ñòàâèòñÿ òî÷êà. - - \item[\UserDefined] -% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|. -% \SeeUserDefined - Ñîáñòâåííûå ôîðìàòû òåêñòà ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\PageBreak -% \subsection{Justification} -\subsection{Âûêëþ÷êà} -\label{justification} - -\DescribeMacro{justification=} -% As addition to the caption format you could also specify a -% \emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option -Ïðè îôîðìëåíèè ïîäïèñè âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü -\emph{âûêëþ÷êó ïîäïèñè}; îíà çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷îì -\begin{quote} - |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad. -\end{quote} - -% You can choose one of the following: -Âû ìîæåòå âûáðàòü ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[justified] -% Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph. - Ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü â~âèäå îáû÷íîãî àáçàöà. (Ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.) - - \item[centering] -% Each line of the caption will be centered. - Âñå ñòðîêè âûêëþ÷åíû ïî öåíòðó. - -% \item[Centering] - - \item[centerlast] -% The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered. - Àáçàö íàáèðàåòñÿ íà ïîëíûé ôîðìàò, ïîñëåäíÿÿ ñòðîêà âûêëþ÷åíà ïî öåíòðó. - - \item[centerfirst] -% Only the first line of the caption will be centered. - Öåíòðèðóåòñÿ òîëüêî ïåðâàÿ ñòðîêà [îñòàëüíûå, â~òîì ÷èñëå è~êîíöåâàÿ, - âûêëþ÷àþòñÿ íà ïîëíûé ôîðìàò]. - - \item[raggedright] -% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin. - Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî. - -\iffalse - \item[RaggedRight] -% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using -% the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package. - Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû - |\RaggedRight| èç ïàêåòà \package{ragged2e}. -\else - \item[RaggedRight] -% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too. -% But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e} -% package will be used to achieve this. -% The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking -% algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{% -% The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at -% run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this -% option is used for the first time.} - Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè òàêæå âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî. - Íî â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà |\RaggedRight| ïàêåòà - \package{ragged2e}. Îñíîâíîå îòëè÷èå îò îïöèè |raggedright| - çàêëþ÷àåòñÿ â~èñïîëüçîâàíèè àëãîðèòìà Plain \TeX'à äëÿ ðàçðûâà - ñëîâ âíóòðè ïîäïèñè.\footnote{ - Íåîáõîäèìîñòü â~ýòîì ïàêåòå îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ «íà ëåòó», - ïîýòîìó ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ýòîé îïöèè äîêóìåíò íóæíî äâàæäû îáðàáîòàòü \LaTeX'îì.}. -\fi - - \item[raggedleft] -% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin. - Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âïðàâî. - -% \item[RaggedLeft] -% % Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using -% % the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package. -% Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âïðàâî ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû -% |\RaggedRight| èç ïàêåòà \package{ragged2e}. - -%\showhyphens{justification} - \item[\UserDefined] -% Own justifications can be defined using -% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|. -% \SeeUserDefined - Ñîáñòâåííûå îïðåäåëåíèÿ âûêëþ÷êè ìîæíî çàäàòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû - |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -% Three examples: -Òðè ïðèìåðà:\label{TeXr:centerlast}% -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,justification=centerlast| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,justification=raggedright| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\smallskip - -\PageBreak -\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}\label{TeXr:singleline:a}% -% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and -% \class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line: -Ñòàíäàðòíûå êëàññû \LaTeX'à (\class{article}, \class{report}, è~\class{book}) -àâòîìàòè÷åñêè öåíòðèðóþò ïîäïèñü åñëè îíà îäíîñòðî÷íàÿ: - -\example*{}{A short caption.} - -\INFO -% \Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the -% justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \& -% |indention=| in such case. -% But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off -% with the option -\Thispackage\ ñëåäóåò çà ýòèì àëãîðèòìîì è~ïîýòîìó -â~òàêèõ ñëó÷àÿõ èãíîðèðóåò âûêëþ÷êó, çàäàííóþ êëþ÷àìè |justification=| è~|indention=|. -Îïðåäåëèòü, ñëåäîâàòü ýòîìó àëãîðèòìó èëè íåò ìîæíî, -çàäàâ êëþ÷ -\begin{quote} - |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad. -\end{quote} -% Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the -% extra centering off: -Èñïîëüçóÿ |false|, |no|, |off| èëè |0| âìåñòî \meta{bool} âû îòêëþ÷èòå -öåíòðèðîâàíèå îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè: -\begin{quote} - |singlelinecheck=false| -\end{quote} -% Doing so the above short caption would look like -Ïîñëå ýòîãî îïðåäåëåíèÿ êîðîòêèå ïîäïèñè -[ïðè çàäàíèè âûêëþ÷êè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ, â~âèäå îáû÷íîãî àáçàöà] -áóäóò âûãëÿäåòü òàê - -\begingroup - \captionsetup{type=figure} - \ContinuedFloat - \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.} -\endgroup - -% You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1| -% for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.) -Èñïîëüçóÿ |true|, |yes|, |on| èëè |1| âìåñòî \meta{bool} âû âêëþ÷èòå ìåõàíèçì -öåíòðèðîâàíèÿ êîðîòêèõ ïîäïèñåé. (Çàäàíî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.)%^^A -\label{TeXr:singleline:z} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -% \subsection{Fonts} -\subsection{Øðèôòû} -\label{fonts} - -\DescribeMacro{font=} -\DescribeMacro{labelfont=} -\DescribeMacro{textfont=} -% There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption: -% One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption -% label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the -% caption text (|text|\-|font|). -% You set them up using the options -Çàäàíû òðè êëþ÷à êîòîðûå îïðåäåëÿþò øðèôò ðàçíûõ ýëåìåíòîâ ïîäïèñè: -Ïåðâûé çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ âñåé ïîäïèñè (|font|), âòîðîé çàäà¸ò øðèôò òîëüêî -äëÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~ðàçäåëèòåëÿ (|label|\-|font|), è~òðåòèé -\cdash--- øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà (|text|\-|font|). -Âû çàäà¸òå èõ, èñïîëüçóÿ êëþ÷è -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} - |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\ - |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , è\\ - |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & .\\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -% where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options. -ãäå àðãóìåíòîì \meta{font options} ÿâëÿþòñÿ ïåðå÷èñëåííûå ÷åðåç çàïÿòóþ îïöèè. - -% And these are the available font options: -Äàëåå óæå ñîçäàííûå îïöèè äàííûõ êëþ÷åé: - -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} - \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Î÷åíü ìàëåíüêèé} - \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize Îáû÷íî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ â~ñíîñêàõ} - \item[small] {\small Ìàëåíüêèé} - \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Íîðìàëüíûé} - \item[large] {\large Áîëüøîé} - \item[Large] {\Large Åù¸ áîëüøå} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} -% \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family} - \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Èñõîäíûå ñåìåéñòâî, íàñûùåííîñòü è~íà÷åðòàíèå} - - \item[up] {\upshape Ïðÿìîé} - \item[it] {\itshape Êóðñèâ} - \item[sl] {\slshape Íàêëîííûé} - \item[sc] {\scshape Êàïèòåëü} - - \item[md] {\mdseries Íîðìàëüíàÿ íàñûùåííîñòü (ñâåòëûé)} - \item[bf] {\bfseries Ïîëóæèðíûé} - - \item[rm] {\rmfamily Øðèôò ñ~çàñå÷êàìè} - \item[sf] {\sffamily Ðóáëåíûé} - \item[tt] {\fontfamily{cmtt}\selectfont Øðèôò ïèøóùåé ìàøèíêè (ðàâíîøèðèííûé)} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} -% \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} -% \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} -% \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} -% \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}} - \item[singlespacing] Îäèíàðíûé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}} - \item[onehalfspacing] Ïîëóòîðíûé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}} - \item[doublespacing] Äâîéíîé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}} - \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] ${} \equiv {}$|\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} -% \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor| -% \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour} -% {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded, -% see \Ref{declare} for an example)} - \item[normalcolor] ñîîòâåòñòâóåò êîìàíäå |\normalcolor| - \item[color=\meta{colour}] îïöèÿ êëþ÷à ýêâèâàëåíòíà àðãóìåíòó êîìàíäû |\color|\marg{colour} - {\small(Åñëè çàãðóæåí ïàêåò \package{color} èëè \package{xcolor}, - ñì., íàïðèìåð~\Ref{declare})} -\end{Options} -\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} -% \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|, -% |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing| - \item[normal] Êîìáèíàöèÿ îïöèé |normal|\-|color|, - |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size| è~|single|\-|spacing| - - \item[\UserDefined] -% Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|. -% \SeeUserDefined - Ñîáñòâåííûå îïöèè ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû - |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -% If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces; -% e.g., the options -Åñëè èñïîëüçóåòñÿ îäíà îïöèÿ êëþ÷à, ôèãóðíûå ñêîáêè ìîæíî îïóñòèòü; -íàïðèìåð, îïöèè -%\begin{quote} - |font={small}| -%\end{quote} -% and -è -%\begin{quote} - |font=small| -%\end{quote} -% will give the same result. -äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò. - -% Three examples: -Òðè ïðèìåðà -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |font=it,labelfont=bf| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |labelfont=bf,textfont=it| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |font={small,stretch=0.80}| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{font+=} -\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=} -\DescribeMacro{textfont+=} -\NEWfeature{v3.1f}% -% You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example -Âû òàêæå ìîæåòå äîáàâèòü îïöèè øðèôòà ê~òåêóùèì, òàê íàïðèìåð çàïèñü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup{font+=it}| -\end{quote} -% is identical to -áóäåò èäåíòè÷íà -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}| -\end{quote} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -% \subsection{Margins and further paragraph options} -\subsection{Ïîëÿ è~äðóãèå îïöèè ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ àáçàöà} -\label{margins} - -\DescribeMacro{margin=} -\DescribeMacro{width=} -% For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or} -% a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are -% looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the -% figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} -% or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.} -Äëÿ âñåõ ïîäïèñåé ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü \emph{ëèáî} äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âòÿæêó -\emph{ëèáî} ôèêñèðîâàííóþ øèðèíó. Ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷àìè\footnote{Çäåñü ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ - òîëüêî ôèêñèðîâàííûå øèðèíû; åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü øèðèíó ïîäïèñè ïî øèðèíå - ãðàôèêè èëè òàáëè÷íîãî ìàòåðèàëà, îáðàòèòåñü ê~ïàêåòàì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} - èëè \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable}.} -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} - |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--èëè--}\\ - |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--èëè--}\\ - |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for -% both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to -% |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|. -% In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages. -Åñëè âû îïðåäåëèòå òîëüêî îäíî çíà÷åíèå \meta{amount} äëÿ ïîëÿ, îíî áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàíî äëÿ îáîèõ ïîëåé, -ëåâîãî è~ïðàâîãî, íàïðèìåð,~|margin=|\x|10pt| ýêâèâàëåíòíî |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|. -Äëÿ äâóñòîðîííèõ äîêóìåíòîâ ëåâîå è~ïðàâîå ïîëÿ íà ÷¸òíûõ ïîëîñàõ çåðêàëüíî îòîáðàçÿòñÿ. -\DescribeMacro{oneside} -\DescribeMacro{twoside} -% To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally, -% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par -% But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin, -% will have the same amount. -Åñëè âàì ýòî íå íóæíî âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíî îïöèþ |oneside|, -íàïðèìåð,~|\caption|\-|setup|\x|{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par -Íî åñëè âû îïðåäåëÿåòå øèðèíó ïîäïèñè, òî îáà ïîëÿ áóäóò îäèíàêîâûìè. - -% Three examples will illustrating this: -Òðè ïðèìåðà äëÿ èëëþñòðàöèè: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |margin=10pt| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |margin={1cm,0cm}| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |width=.75\textwidth| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Note} -% When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure| -% environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the -% figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment -% offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting -% will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment. -% But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can -% do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by -% specifying a margin for this particular environment, -% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|. -Êîãäà ïîäïèñü ïîìåùåíà ðÿäîì ñ~ñîäåðæèìûì (íàïðèìåð âíóòðè -îêðóæåíèÿ |SCfigure|, ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) -èëè îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà îáòåêàåòñÿ òåêñòîì (ôëîò ïîìåù¸í â~îáîðêó, íàïðèìåð â~îêðóæåíèè |wrap|\-|figure| -ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì \package{wrapfig}\cite{wrapfig}), óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé -îáíóëÿþòñÿ â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ. Íî åñëè âàì äåéñòâèòåëüíî íóæíî çàäàòü -âòÿæêó äëÿ ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü íóæíûå ïîëÿ âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ, çàäàâ -óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé ñïåöèàëüíî äëÿ ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, íàïðèìåð, -|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]|\x|{margin=10pt}|. - \end{Note} - -\begin{Expert} -\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% -% There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only -% changes the margin if no width was set. -Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå «çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò êëþ÷à |margin=|, êëþ÷ |margin*=|, êîòîðûé -èçìåíÿåò ïîëÿ òîëüêî êîãäà íå çàäàíà øèðèíà. -\end{Expert} - -\begin{Expert} -\DescribeMacro{minmargin=} -\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% -% You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for -% limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s. -% For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to -% |maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF}) -Âû ìîæåòå òàêæå çàäàòü ìèíèìàëüíûé èëè ìàêñèìàëüíûé ðàçìåð ïîëåé. Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíî -äëÿ îãðàíè÷åíèÿ ðàçìåðà ïîëåé â~óìåíüøåííûõ ôîðìàòàõ, íàïðèìåð âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ~|minipage|. -Íàïðèìåð êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ \SmF\ îãðàíè÷èâàþò ïîëÿ -|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (Ñì.~\Ref{SMF}) -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{parskip=}\label{TeXr:multipar:a}% -% This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph. -% It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them: -Äàííûé êëþ÷ ïîíàäîáèòñÿ, åñëè ïîäïèñè ñîäåðæàò áîëåå îäíîãî àáçàöà. -Îí çàäà¸ò äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âåðòèêàëüíóþ îòáèâêó ìåæäó àáçàöàìè: -\begin{quote} - |parskip=|\meta{amount} -\end{quote} -% One example: -Ïðèìåð: -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{% -% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to -% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par -% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to -% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} - Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü - êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par - Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü - êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.} -\end{Example} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{hangindent=} -% The option -Êëþ÷ -\begin{quote} - |hangindent=|\meta{amount} -\end{quote} -% is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each -% paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option -% leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already -% know about. -% But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference: -çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó äëÿ âòîðûõ ñòðîê êàæäîãî àáçàöà ïîäïèñè. -Åñëè ïîäïèñü ñîñòîèò èç îäíîãî àáçàöà, ýòîò êëþ÷ äà¸ò òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò -÷òî è~èçâåñòíûé âàì êëþ÷ |indention=|\meta{amount}. -Íî â~ïîäïèñè èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ âû óâèäèòå ðàçíèöó: - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,indention=-.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{% -% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to -% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par -% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to -% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} - Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü - êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par - Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü - êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Example} - \begin{quote} - |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm| - \end{quote} - \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{% -% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to -% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par -% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to -% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} - Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü - êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par - Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü - êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Note} -% If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have -% to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the -% optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will -% get an error message. -Åñëè ïîäïèñü ñîäåðæèò áîëåå îäíîãî àáçàöà, âàì íóæíî -çàäàòü ñîêðàù¸ííûé âàðèàíò ïîäïèñè äëÿ ñïèñêîâ ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö, èñïîëüçóÿ -äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíä |\caption| èëè |\captionof|, èíà÷å âû ïîëó÷èòå -ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå. -\end{Note} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\PageBreak -% \subsection{Styles} -\subsection{Ñòèëè} -\label{style} - -\DescribeMacro{style=} -% A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}. -% You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with -% |\page|\-|style|; -% the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout. -Îïðåäåë¸ííàÿ êîìáèíàöèÿ íåñêîëüêèõ êëþ÷åé ñîçäà¸ò \emph{ñòèëü ïîäïèñè}. -Ýòî ìîæíî ñðàâíèòü ñî ñòèëÿìè êîëîíòèòóëà, çàäàâàåìîãî êîìàíäîé -|\pagestyle|: ñòèëü ïîäïèñè çàäà¸ò âñå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè. - -% You switch to an already defined caption style with the option -Ïðåäâàðèòåëüíî ñîçäàííûé ñòèëü ìîæíî âûçâàòü êëþ÷îì -\begin{quote} - |style=|\meta{style name}\quad. -\end{quote} -% \Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|. -\Thispackage\ îïðåäåëÿåò äâà ñòèëÿ: |base| è~|default|. - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting -% the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes -% \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}. -% This means that specifying the option -Ñòèëü |base| çàäà¸ò âñå èçâåñòíûå âàì êëþ÷è ñî çíà÷åíèÿìè, -ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèìè çàäàííûì â~áàçîâûõ êëàññàõ \LaTeX'à -\class{article}, \class{report} è~\class{book}. -Ýòî îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî çàäàíèå îïöèè -\begin{quote} - |style=base| -\end{quote} -% has the same effect as specifying all these options: -äàñò òîò æå ýôôåêò, ÷òî è çàäàíèå âñåõ ïåðå÷èñëåííûõ îïöèé: -\begin{quote} - |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\ - |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\ - |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ - |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true| -\end{quote} -\begin{Annotation*} -% But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if -% the caption fits into a single line. -À~äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè áóäóò çàäàíû íàñòðîéêè |justification=|\x|centering,|\x|indention=0pt|. -\end{Annotation*} - -% In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting -% the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use. -% This style is selected by default and represents these options: -Â~îòëè÷èå îò ïðåäûäóùåãî ñòèëü |default| çàäà¸ò çíà÷åíèÿ, îòâå÷àþùèå -âèäó ïîäïèñåé, ñîçäàâàåìûõ äàííûì êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà. -Ýòîò ñòèëü îïðåäåëÿåò ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè: -\begin{quote} - |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\ - |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\ - |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ - |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true| -\end{quote} -\begin{Annotation*} -% But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if -% the caption fits into a single line. -Íî ïðè ýòîì ñíîâà äåéñòâóþò íàñòðîéêè -|justification=|\x|centering,|\x|indention=0pt| äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé. -\end{Annotation*} - -% So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, -% \class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|, -% point to (nearly) the same settings. -Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îäèí èç êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à \class{article}, -\class{report} èëè \class{book}, îáå îïöèè, |base| è~|default|, çàäàäóò ôàêòè÷åñêè -îäèíàêîâûå íàñòðîéêè. - -\begin{Note} -% Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak -% \SeeUserDefined -Ñîáñòâåííûå ñòèëè ïîäïèñè ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ -êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak\SeeUserDefined -\end{Note} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -% \subsection{Skips} -\subsection{Îòáèâêè} -\label{skips} - -\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}% -% The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is -% controlled by the option -Âåðòèêàëüíàÿ îòáèâêà ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû -îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ êëþ÷îì -\begin{quote} - |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad. -\end{quote} -% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and -% \class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may -% use a different amount. -Ñòàíäàðòíûå êëàññû \LaTeX'à |article|, |report| è~|book| îïðåäåëÿþò êëþ÷ êàê -|skip=|\x|10pt|, -íî äðóãèå êëàññû ìîãóò çàäàòü äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{position=}\label{TeXr:captionskips:a}% -% The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw: -% The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or -% table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space -% separating the caption from the content of the figure or table. -% While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption -% in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in -% |long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more -% flexible: -% By giving the option -Êîìàíäà |\caption|, ïðåäëàãàåìàÿ \LaTeX'îì èìååò íåäîñòàòîê â~îôîðìëåíèè: -êîìàíäà íå çíàåò, ñòîèò ëè îíà â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû, èëè â~êîíöå. -Ïîýòîìó îíà íå çíàåò, êàê ðàññòàâèòü îòáèâêè, îòäåëÿþùèå ïîäïèñü îò ñîäåðæèìîãî -ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû. Ïîêà ÷òî ñòàíäàðòíûå îïðåäåëåíèÿ çàäàþò îòáèâêó âñåãäà ñâåðõó -ïîäïèñè (è~ñíèçó òàáëè÷íîãî çàãîëîâêà â~îêðóæåíèè |long|\-|table|, ÷òî ïðîòèâîðå÷èò ñòàíäàðòíîìó), -ðåøåíèå, ïðåäëàãàåìîå äàííûì ïàêåòîì áîëåå ãèáêîå. -Çàäàíèå îïöèè -\begin{quote} - |position=top|\quad èëè\quad |position=above| -\end{quote} -% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the -% environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount} -% is placed below the caption. -% (Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the -% caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table. -% Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption| -% command.) -% But with -áóäåò îçíà÷àòü, ÷òî ïîäïèñü ðàçìåùàåòñÿ \emph{ñâåðõó} ñîäåðæèìîãî -îêðóæåíèÿ, è~ñëåäîâàòåëüíî îòáèâêà |skip=|\meta{amount} áóäåò -çàäàíà ñíèçó ïîäïèñè. -(Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî |position=|\x|top| \emph{ÍÅ} îçíà÷àåò, -÷òî ïîäïèñü äåéñòâèòåëüíî íàïå÷àòàåòñÿ ñâåðõó ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû. -Ïîäïèñü áóäåò ïå÷àòàòüñÿ òàì, ãäå âû çàäàëè êîìàíäó |\caption|.) -Íî çàäàíèå -\begin{quote} - |position=bottom|\quad èëè\quad |position=below| -\end{quote} -% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the -% environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption. -% And finally with -îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî ïîäïèñü ñòîèò \emph{ñíèçó} ñîäåðæèìîãî -îêðóæåíèÿ è~ñëåäîâàòåëüíî îòáèâêà ñòàâèòñÿ ñâåðõó ïîäïèñè. -È~íàêîíåö, çàäàâ -\begin{quote} -% |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)} - |position=auto|\quad {\small(÷òî ÿâëÿåòñÿ çíà÷åíèåì ïî óìîë÷àíèþ)} -\end{quote} -% \thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of -% the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in -% most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances. -\thispackage\ ïîñòàðàåòñÿ ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî îïðåäåëèòü ðåàëüíîå ïîëîæåíèå -ïîäïèñè. Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî, õîòÿ ýòî è~äàñò âåðíûé ðåçóëüòàò â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ, -â~íåêîòîðûõ ðåäêèõ ñèòóàöèÿõ ýòî ìîæåò äàòü íåâåðíûé ðåçóëüòàò. - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} -\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} -% The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the -% optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command. -% \See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par -% For example -Îïöèÿ |position| îñîáåííî ïîëåçíà, êîãäà èñïîëüçóåòñÿ â~íàñòðîéêàõ -ñ~îïöèåé â~êîìàíäå |\captionsetup|. -\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}\par -Íàïðèìåð\label{TeXr:captop:a} -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}| -\end{quote} -% causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above} -% the table (regarding spacing around it). -% Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers -% the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and -% |table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g. -îïðåäåëÿåò, ÷òî âñå òàáëè÷íûå çàãîëîâêè ïîìåùåíû \emph{íàä} ñîäåðæèìûì -òàáëèöû (ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèìè îòáèâêàìè). -Ïîñêîëüêó ýòî äîñòàòî÷íî ÷àñòî èñïîëüçóåìûå íàñòðîéêè, \thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò -êëþ÷è-àááðåâèàòóðû |figure|\-|position=|\allowbreak\meta{pos} -è~|table|\-|position=|\allowbreak\meta{pos}, -íàïðèìåð -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}| -\end{quote} -% is equivalent to -ýêâèâàëåíòíî ñëåäóþùåìó -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\ - |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}| -\end{quote} - -\medskip - -\INFO -% Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|, -% and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect. -% Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments -% |figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could -% decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom'' -% caption. - Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî êëþ÷è |skip=|, |position=|, - |figure|\-|position=| è~|table|\-|position=| íå âñåãäà äàäóò ýôôåêò. - Ïîñêîëüêó îïðåäåëåíèå îêðóæåíèé |figure| è~|table| äàþò êëàññû äîêóìåíòà, - òî îíè è~îïðåäåëÿþò, áóäåò ëè ïîäïèñü ïîìåùåíà ñâåðõó èëè ñíèçó. -% For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=| -% setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions, -% and |table| captions are dependent on the global option -% |table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|. -% \See{\Ref{KOMA}} - Íàïðèìåð, êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ \KOMAScript\ ïîääåðæèâàþò íàñòðîéêó |skip=|, - íî îíà âñåãäà ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñè ê~ðèñóíêàì (|figure|) ñíèçó, - à~ðàçìåùåíèå òàáëè÷íûõ çàãîëîâêîâ (|table|) çàâèñèò îò ãëîáàëüíîé îïöèè - |table|\-|captions|\-|above| è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî, |table|\-|captions|\-|below|. - \See{\Ref{KOMA}} - -% Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and -% below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the -% \package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package. - Áîëåå òîãî íåêîòîðûå ïàêåòû ñàìè êîíòðîëèðóþò îòáèâêè ñâåðõó è~ñíèçó ïîäïèñè, - íàïðèìåð, ïàêåòû \package{float}, - \package{floatrow}, è~\package{supertabular}. - -\bigskip - -\begin{Expert*} -% Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by -% |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in -% \LaTeX{}s implementation). -% But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to -% |0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation, -% but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package. -% So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips -% when |position=|\x|top| is set. -% Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick -% (like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap} -% package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not -% supported if one of these packages will be used, too. -Ñîáñòâåííî ãîâîðÿ, îòáèâêà ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ çíà÷åíèåì -|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (êîòîðàÿ â~ñòàíäàðòíîì -\LaTeX'å âñåãäà çàäà¸òñÿ ñâåðõó ïîäïèñè). -Íî ñóùåñòâóåò è~âòîðàÿ êîìàíäà îòáèâêè |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (îáû÷íî -ðàâíàÿ |0pt|) êîòîðàÿ â~ñòàíäàðòíîì \LaTeX'å ïîìåùàåòñÿ ñíèçó ïîäïèñè, -èëè ñ~ïðîòèâîïîëîæíîé ñòîðîíû îò |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip|, â~äàííîì ïàêåòå. -Èíà÷å ãîâîðÿ, äàííûé ïàêåò ïåðåêëþ÷àåò çíà÷åíèÿ ýòèõ îòáèâîê ïðè çàäàíèè îïöèè - |position=|\x|top|. -Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ñóùåñòâóåò íåñêîëüêî ïàêåòîâ, êîòîðûå äåëàþò òîò æå òðþê -(ýòî ïàêåòû \package{ftcap}, \package{nonfloat} è~\package{topcap}); -ïîýòîìó, â~ñëó÷àå èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ îäíîãî èç ýòèõ ïàêåòîâ, èñïîëüçîâàíèå êëþ÷à -|position=| ïàêåòà \package{caption} íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ. -\end{Expert*} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -% \subsection{Lists} -\subsection{Ñïèñêè ôëîòîâ} -\label{lists} - -\DescribeMacro{list=}\label{TeXr:nolistentry:II}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% -% The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures -% resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an -% empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or -% programmatically by saying -Êîìàíäà |\caption| îáû÷íî ïîìåùàåò òåêñò â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñîê òàáëèö. -Âû ìîæåòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî, çàäàâ ïóñòîé äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò â~êîìàíäå -|\caption| {\small(ñì.~\Ref{caption})}, èëè çàäàòü îáùóþ óñòàíîâêó, çàïèñàâ -\begin{quote} -% |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{% -% Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting -% this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for -% this purpose instead.} - |list=no|\quad(èëè äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå áóëåâà ïàðàìåòðà âìåñòî |no|)\quad.~\footnote{% - Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïàêåò \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} íå ïîääåðæèâàåò ýòó îïöèþ, - îí èñïîëüçóåò äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ñ÷¸ò÷èêè \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth}.} -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% -% With the option -Ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |listformat=|\meta{list format name} -\end{quote} -\nopagebreak[3] -% you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within -% the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables. -% There are five standard caption list formats: -âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü êàê íîìåð ðèñóíêà (|figure|) èëè òàáëèöû (|table|) áóäóò íàïå÷àòàíû -â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñêå òàáëèö. -Ñóùåñòâóþò ïÿòü ñòàíäàðòíûõ ôîðìàòîâ âûâîäà ïîäïèñåé â~Ñïèñêàõ: - -\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} - \item[empty] -% No number will be typeset. - Íîìåð íå ïå÷àòàåòñÿ. - - \item[simple] -% The number will be typeset with label prefix. - Íîìåð ïå÷àòàåòñÿ ñ~ïðåôèêñîì ìåòêè. - - \item[parens] -% The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix. - Íîìåð ïå÷àòàåòñÿ â~ñêîáêàõ ñ~ïðåôèêñîì ìåòêè. - - \item[subsimple] -% Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default) - Òî æå, ÷òî |simple|, íî áåç ïðåôèêñà. (çàäàíî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ) - - \item[subparens] -% Same as |parens|, but without label prefix. - Òî æå, ÷òî |parens|, íî áåç ïðåôèêñà. - - \item[\UserDefined] -% Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|. -% \SeeUserDefined - Ñîáñòâåííûå ôîðìàòû ìåòêè â~Ñïèñêàõ ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|. - \SeeUserDefined -\end{Options} - -% The prefix ($=$|\p@figure| resp.~|\p@table|), which runs ahead of the -% number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of -% Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty, -% so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results; -% same with |parens| and |subparens|. -% But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of -% Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a -% different purpose.\footnote{% -% Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption} -% or \package{subfig} package.} -Ïðåôèêñû ìåòêè ($=$|\p@figure| èëè~|\p@table|), êîòîðûå ïîìåùàþòñÿ îáû÷íî -ïåðåä íîìåðàìè ($=$|\the|\-|figure| èëè~|\the|\-|table| ñîîòâåòñòâåííî) -â~Ñïèñêàõ (ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö) îáû÷íî ïóñòû, -ïîýòîìó ôîðìàòû |simple| è~|subsimple| äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò, -òî æå ñàìîå ïðîèçîéä¸ò ñ~|parens| -è~|subparens|. -Íî ýòî ìîæåò äàâàòü îòëè÷íûå ðåçóëüòàòû äëÿ ïîäðèñóíêîâ èëè ïîäòàáëèö -ïîìåù¸ííûõ â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñêå òàáëèö, èëè êîãäà ïðåôèêñ ìåòêè ïåðåîïðåäåë¸í -äëÿ äðóãèõ öåëåé.\footnote{% - Ïîäïèñè äëÿ ÷àñòåé ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö ìîãóò áûòü ñîçäàíû - ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòîâ \package{subcaption} - èëè \package{subfig}.} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -% \subsection{Names \& Numbering} -\subsection{Íàèìåíîâàíèÿ è~íóìåðàöèÿ} -\label{names}\label{numbering} - -\DescribeMacro{figurename=} -\DescribeMacro{tablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}% -% You can change the name of the figures and tables with the options -Âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü íàçâàíèå ðèñóíêà è~òàáëèöû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷åé -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}l@{\quad}l@{}} - |figurename=| & \meta{name} & è\\ - |tablename=| & \meta{name} & .\\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -% The document class usually sets them to ``Figure'' and ``Table'', but for -% example with -Êëàññ äîêóìåíòà îïðåäåëÿåò èõ îáû÷íî êàê «Figure» è~«Table», íî åñëè -âû çàäàäèòå, íàïðèìåð -\begin{quote} - |figurename=Fig.| -\end{quote} -% you can change the figure name to ``Fig''. -âû èçìåíèòå èìÿ ðèñóíêà íà «Fig». - -\smallskip\INFO -% If you use the \package{babel} package, please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} -% the \package{babel} package. -Åñëè âû ïîëüçóåòåñü ïàêåòîì \package{babel}, çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå} -ïàêåòà \package{babel}. - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}% -% In contrast to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| the option -Â~îòëè÷èå îò îïöèé |figure|\-|name=| è~|table|\-|name=| îïöèÿ -\emph{äàííîãî} îêðóæåíèÿ ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à -\begin{quote} - |name=|\meta{name}\quad. -\end{quote} -% changes the name of the \emph{current} environment. -% This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of -% |\caption|\-|setup|, e.g. -èçìåíÿåò èìÿ òåêóùåé ìåòêè òåêóùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ. -Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíûì ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà â~êîìàíäå -|\caption|\-|setup|, íàïðèìåð çàäàíèå -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}| -\end{quote} -% changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other -% figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name). -èçìåíÿåò èìÿ ðèñóíêà íà «Fig.» äëÿ âñåõ îêðóæåíèé |wrap|\-|figure| (â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïîäïèñè -ó~äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé ðèñóíêîâ îñòàþòñÿ «Figure»). - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3]% -\DescribeMacro{listfigurename=} -\DescribeMacro{listtablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.1g}% -% Analogous to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| you can change -% the title of the lists here. So for example -Àíàëîãè÷íî îïöèÿì |figure|\-|name| è~|table|\-|name| âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü -çàãîëîâîê äëÿ ñïèñêîâ ôëîòîâ. Òàê íàïðèìåð -\begin{quote} - |listfigurename=List of Images| -\end{quote} -% changes the title ``List of Figures'' to ``List of images''. -Èçìåíèò çàãîëîâîê «List of Figures» íà «List of Images». - -[Èëè, åñëè äëÿ ðóññêîé ëèòåðàòóðû âû çàäàäèòå: -\begin{quote} - |listfigurename=\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyro\cyrk\ |\\ |\cyri\cyrl\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyri\cyrishrt| -\end{quote} -èëè -\begin{quote}\def\ttdefault{cmtt} - |listfigurename=Ñïèñîê èëëþñòðàöèé| -\end{quote} -ïðåâðàòèò çàãîëîâîê â~«Ñïèñîê èëëþñòðàöèé».] - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{figurewithin=} -\DescribeMacro{tablewithin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}% -% If a document class providing |\chapter| is used (e.g.~\class{report} or -% \class{book}), usually the |figure| and |table| caption counters -% are dependent on the |chapter| counter. Otherwise usually the |figure| and -% |table| counters are continuous throughout the document. -Åñëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà çàäà¸ò ãëàâû, è~èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà |\chapter| -(íàïðèìåð \package{report} èëè -\package{book}), òî íóìåðàöèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêîâ ïîäïèñåé |figure| è~|table| -ïîä÷èíåíà ñ÷¸ò÷èêó ãëàâû |chapter|. Â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íóìåðàöèÿ |figure| -è~|table| ïðîäîëæàåòñÿ ïî âñåìó äîêóìåíòó. - -% This can be changed with the options -Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü èçìåíåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ îïöèè -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l} - |figurewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{èëè} \texttt{section} \emph{èëè} \texttt{none}\quad è\\ - |tablewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{èëè} \texttt{section} \emph{èëè} \texttt{none}\quad .\\ -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -% If ``|none|'' is given as value, the numbering of figures resp. tables will -% be continuous throughout the document. -% Otherwise the numbering will be dependent on the given counter, -% e.g.~|figure|\-|within=|\x|section| gives figures a section-dependent -% numbering scheme. -Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ «|none|», íóìåðàöèÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö áóäåò ñêâîçíîé âî -âñ¸ì äîêóìåíòå. -Â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íóìåðàöèÿ áóäåò ïîä÷èíåíà çàäàííîìó ñ÷¸ò÷èêó, -íàïðèìåð, |figurewithin=|\x|section| ñîçäàñò íóìåðàöèþ ðèñóíêîâ, -ïîä÷èí¸ííóþ çàãîëîâêàì ðàçäåëîâ -ïåðâîãî óðîâíÿ. - -\bigskip - -\begin{Expert*} -% The name and numbering is internally done by the commands -% |\|\meta{type}|name| \& |\the|\meta{type}, e.g.~|\figure|\-|name| \& -% |\the|\-|figure| for figures. -% While usually using the above options are sufficient, sometimes a direct -% re-definition of these two macros is necessary. For example: -Íàçâàíèå è~íóìåðàöèÿ îïðåäåëÿþòñÿ êîìàíäàìè |\|\meta{type}|name| -è~|\the|\meta{type}, íàïðèìåð |\figurename| è~|\thefigure| äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ. -Õîòÿ çàäàíèå êëþ÷åé, îïèñûâàåìûõ âûøå äîñòàòî÷íî, èíîãäà íåîáõîäèìî -ïðÿìîå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå ýòèõ äâóõ êîìàíä. Íàïðèìåð: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{figurewithin=section}|\\ - |\renewcommand\thefigure{\arabic{section}\alph{figure}}| -\end{quote} -% gives you a section-dependent numbering scheme \meta{section}\meta{figure} -% with a numerical section counter and a alphanumerical figure counter, -% e.g.~``|Figure 2b|''. -äàñò âàì ïîä÷èí¸ííóþ ðàçäåëó ñõåìó íóìåðàöèè \meta{section}\meta{figure} -ãäå íîìåð ðàçäåëà çàäàí â~âèäå àðàáñêîé öèôðû, à~íîìåð ðèñóíêà \cdash--- â~âèäå íóìåðàöèè áóêâàìè, -íàïðèìåð, «|Figure 2b|». -\end{Expert*} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -% \subsection{Types} -\subsection{Òèïû (ôëîòîâ)} -\label{types} - -\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}% -% The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types, -% e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside -% these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what -% kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set -% the caption type manually with -Êîìàíäà |\caption| ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñè ðàçëè÷íûõ òèïîâ, -íàïðèìåð, |figure| è~|table|. Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå çàäàòü êîìàíäó |\caption| çà ïðåäåëàìè -ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, òî ïîëó÷èòå ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå, ïîñêîëüêó ýòà êîìàíäà íå çíàåò -êàêîé òèï ïîäïèñè âû õîòèòå çäåñü ñîçäàòü. Íî â~ïîäîáíûõ ñèòóàöèÿõ -âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü òèï ïîäïèñè âðó÷íóþ, èñïîëüçóÿ -\begin{quote} - |type=|\meta{float type} -\end{quote} -% prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like -% |\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the -% \package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the -% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}), -% for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|: -ïåðåä èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\caption| (è~äðóãèõ êîìàíä òèïà -|\Continued|\-|Float|, èëè |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì - \package{subcaption} èëè |\subfloat| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}), -íàïðèìåð âíóòðè íåïëàâàþùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ âðîäå |minipage|: -\begin{quote} - |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\ - | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ - | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ - |\end{minipage}| -\end{quote} - -\begin{Expert} -% There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type}, -% which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the -% \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an -% hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not. -% (See also \Ref{hyperref}\,) -Ñóùåñòâóåò çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò ýòîãî êëþ÷à, |type*=|\x\meta{float type}, -êîòîðûé îòëè÷àåòñÿ îò |type=|\x\meta{float type} åñëè çàãðóæåí ïàêåò -\package{hyperref}\cite{hyperref}: â~òî âðåìÿ êàê êëþ÷ |type=| çàäà¸ò -ìåòêó ãèïåðññûëêè (hyperlink anchor, åñëè çàäàí êëþ÷ |hypcap=|\x|true|), êëþ÷ |type*=| ýòîãî íå äåëàåò. -(Ñì.~òàêæå \Ref{hyperref}) -\end{Expert} -\begin{Expert} -% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype| -% for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use -% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead. -\emph{\DefaultNoteText}: íå ïåðåîïðåäåëÿéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, âíóòðåííþþ ìàêðîêîìàíäó |\@captype|, -êàê ïðåäëàãàåòñÿ íåêîòîðûìè ðóêîâîäñòâàìè èëè äîêóìåíòàìè ïàêåòîâ, äëÿ -ýòîãî èñïîëüçóéòå âñåãäà -|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}|. -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -% Own float types can be defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| offered by -% this package, |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} -% package\cite{float}, or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the -% \package{floatrow} package\cite{float}. -Ñîáñòâåííûå òèïû ôëîòîâ ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| -ïðåäëàãàåìîé ýòèì ïàêåòîì, êîìàíäîé |\new|\-|float|, ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float}, -èëè |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì -\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}. - -\medskip - -\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} -% Please note that you should use the option |type=| only -% \emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|), -% at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption. -% Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings -% regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment, -% therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{% -% You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.} -Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ëó÷øå èñïîëüçîâàòü êëþ÷ |type=| òîëüêî -\emph{âíóòðè} áîêñîâ èëè òàêèõ îêðóæåíèé (òèïà |\parbox| èëè |minipage|), ò.\,å. -ãäå íå ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè ïåðåõîäà íà ñëåäóþùóþ ñòðàíèöó ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî âîçìîæíû íåêîòîðûå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû (íàïðèìåð, ñìåøåíèå íàñòðîåê äëÿ ïîäïèñåé -ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö) åñëè íå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ áîêñ èëè îêðóæåíèå, êðîìå ýòîãî -âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, åñëè ïîïðîáóåòå ýòî ñäåëàòü.\footnote{% -Âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå òîëüêî â~ñëó÷àå, êîãäà â~êà÷åñòâå êîìïèëÿòîðà \TeX'à èñïîëüçóåòñÿ -\eTeX.} - - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -% \section{Commands} -\section{Êîìàíäû} - -% \subsection{Typesetting captions} -\subsection{Ïå÷àòü ïîäðèñóíî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé} -\label{caption} -\label{captionlistentry} - -\DescribeMacro{\caption} -% The command -Êîìàíäà -\begin{quote} - |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading} -\end{quote} -% typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|. -% Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension: -% If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of -% figures or tables will be made. For example: -ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà, òèïà |figure| èëè |table|. -Òàê, ýòî íàì èçâåñòíî, íî íîâîñòü ñîñòîèò â~òîì, ÷òî åñëè -çàäàòü àðãóìåíò \meta{list entry} ïóñòûì, ïîäïèñü â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè -òàáëèö íå ïîÿâèòñÿ; íàïðèìåð, -\begin{quote} -% |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}| - |\caption[]{Ïîäïèñü áåç çàïèñè â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ.}| - \label{TeXr:nolistentry:I}% -\end{quote} - -\begin{Expert} -% Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument, -% if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given, -% this argument is moving instead. -% ``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the -% list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp. -% ``List of Tables'', too. -% \emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands, -% everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get -% \emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run. -% Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|, -% own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of -% |\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}. -Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî àðãóìåíò \meta{heading} áóäåò \emph{ïîäâèæíûì}, -åñëè íå çàäàí äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò \meta{list entry}. Åñëè æå çàäàí \meta{list entry}, -òî ñòàíîâèòñÿ ïîäâèæíûì ýòîò äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò. Òåðìèí «\emph{ïîäâèæíûé} àðãóìåíò» -â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî îí çàïèñûâàåòñÿ â~ôàéëå Ñïèñêà, ÷òîáû -çàòåì åãî âûâåñòè â~ðàçäåëàõ «Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ» èëè «Ñïèñîê òàáëèö». -Â~\emph{ïîäâèæíûå} àðãóìåíòû íåëüçÿ ïîìåùàòü \emph{õðóïêèå} êîìàíäû, -âñå ýëåìåíòû äîëæíû áûòü \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûìè} (íåõðóïêèìè), èíà÷å àðãóìåíò áóäåò -«\emph{ðàçáèò}» (ðàñêðûò), ñîçäàâàÿ ñòðàííûå îøèáêè â~ñëåäóþùèõ -îáðàáîòêàõ \LaTeX'îì. Íåêîòîðûå \emph{õðóïêèå} -êîìàíäû ìîãóò áûòü \emph{çàùèùåíû} çàäàíèåì ïåðåä íèìè êîìàíäû |\protect|. -×òîáû ñîáñòâåííûå -îïðåäåëåíèÿ áûëè \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûìè}, èõ íóæíî îïðåäåëÿòü ÷åðåç |\DeclareRobustCommand|, à~íå -÷åðåç |\newcommand|. - -% An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since -% |\phantom| is \emph{fragile}. -% So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry} -% (e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|) -% or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}: -% |\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|. -Ïðèìåð: çàïèñü |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| âûäàñò ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ, -ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\phantom| \emph{õðóïêàÿ}. Ïîýòîìó íóæíî ëèáî çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò -\meta{list entry} -(íàïðèìåð, -|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|) -èëè äîáàâèòü êîìàíäó |\protect|, äëÿ çàùèòû êîìàíäû |\phantom| îò òîãî, ÷òîáû îíà -\emph{ðàçáèëàñü}: -|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|. - -% But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called -% single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine -% the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too. -% An example: -% |\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}| -% |E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}| -% |\right.| |\]}|. -% Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still -% leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'') -% So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| -% just in front of the |\caption| command additionally. -Íî èíîãäà è~ýòî íå ïîìîãàåò. Ïðè÷èíà êðîåòñÿ â~òàê íàçûâàåìîé ïðîâåðêå -íà îäíîñòðî÷íóþ ïîäïèñü -(single-line-check): ìàêðîêîìàíäà ïîìåùàåò ñîäåðæèìîå àðãóìåíòà \meta{heading} -â~ãîðèçîíòàëüíûé áîêñ, -÷òîáû îïðåäåëèòü øèðèíó ïîäïèñè, è~ýòî òàêæå ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ. -Ïðèìåð: -|\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}| -|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}| -|\right.| |\]}|. -Èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| çäåñü íå ãîäèòñÿ, -ýòî òîæå ïðèâåä¸ò ê~îøèáêàì. -(«\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}») Ïîýòîìó ìû âûíóæäåíû äîïîëíèòåëüíî çàäàòü -|\captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}| ïåðåä êîìàíäîé |\caption|. - -% For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \& -% \emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit -% \url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}. -Áîëåå ïîëíóþ èíôîðìàöèþ î~\emph{ïîäâèæíûõ} àðãóìåíòàõ è~\emph{õðóïêèõ} -è~\emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûõ} êîìàíäàõ, ñìîòðèòå â~âàøåì ðóêîâîäñòâå ïî \LaTeX'ó èëè îáðàòèòåñü ê~% -\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}. -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\caption*}\label{TeXr:starcaption:a}% -% The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which -% typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables. -% An example: -Ïàêåò \package{longtable} îïðåäåëÿåò êîìàíäó |\caption*| êîòîðàÿ -ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü áåç ìåòêè è~çàíåñåíèÿ å¸ â~ñïèñîê òàáëèö. -Ïðèìåð: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption*{A table}\\|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{longtable}| -\end{quote} -% looks like -âûãëÿäèò ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì:\nopagebreak -\DeleteShortVerb{\|} -\vskip\intextsep -\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=t} - \caption*{A table} - \centering - \begin{tabular}{r|rr} - & x & y \\\hline - a & 1 & 2 \\ - b & 3 & 4 \\ - \end{tabular} -\end{minipage} -\vskip\intextsep -\MakeShortVerb{\|} -% \Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within -% every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like: -\Thispackage\ òîæå ïðåäëàãàåò òàêóþ âîçìîæíîñòü. È~òåïåðü âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòó êîìàíäó -ñ~ëþáûì îêðóæåíèåì ïëàâàþùåãî îáúåêòà, íàïðèìåð |figure| èëè |table|, êàê çäåñü: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{table}|\\ - | \caption*{A table}|\\ -% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\ -% | |\ldots\\ -% | \end{tabular}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\captionof}\label{TeXr:captionof:a}% -\DescribeMacro{\captionof*} -% Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment, -% putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance. -% For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command -Èíîãäà âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü \emph{âíå} îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà, -ïîìåñòèâ, ê~ïðèìåðó, ïîäïèñü âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |minipage|. Äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ïàêåò -\thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäó -\begin{quote} - |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad. -\end{quote} -% Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because -% the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label -% (e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry. -% An example: -Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïåðâûé àðãóìåíò, \meta{float type}, â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå ÿâëÿåòñÿ -îáÿçàòåëüíûì, ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\captionof| äîëæíà çíàòü, ê~êàêîìó ïëàâàþùåìó -îáúåêòó ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü (íàïðèìåð. «Ðèñ.» èëè «Òàáëèöà») è~â~êàêîé ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ ïîìåñòèòü -ïîäïèñü. Ïðèìåð -\begin{quote} -% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\ - |\captionof{table}{A table}| -\end{quote} -% typesets captions like this: -ñîçäà¸ò ïîäïèñè êàê çäåñü: -\begin{Example} -% \begingroup -% \captionof{figure}{A figure} -% \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} -% \begingroup - \captionof{table}{A table} -% \endgroup -\end{Example} - -% The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*| -% command: -% It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures -% or tables. -«Çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò |\captionof*| äà¸ò òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò, ÷òî è~|\caption*|: -ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~âûâîäà â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè -òàáëèö. - -\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} -% Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same -% restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both -% |\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or -% environments, too. -Ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\captionof| èñïîëüçóåò âíóòðè ñåáÿ êëþ÷ |type|, òå æå îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, ÷òî è~äëÿ -êëþ÷à |type=| äåéñòâóþò çäåñü, ïîýòîìó âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü è~|\captionof| -è~|\captionof*| òîëüêî \emph{âíóòðè} áîêñîâ èëè îêðóæåíèé. -\See{\Ref{types}} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% -% Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure -% (or table) entry on its own. -% This could be achieved with -Â~íåêîòîðûõ ñëó÷àÿõ ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíûì ñîçäàíèå òåêñòà äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ (èëè òàáëèö) îòäåëüíî. -Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ -\begin{quote} - |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad. -\end{quote} - -% One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the -% contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table: -Îäèí ïðèìåð: î÷åíü ëåãêî ïîëó÷èòü òàáëèöó â~îêðóæåíèè |long|\-|table| -ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè ñâåðõó òàáëèöû -è~îäíèì âõîæäåíèåì â~Ñïèñêå êîòîðîå îòìå÷àåò ïåðâóþ ñòðàíèöó òàáëèöû: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\ - |\endfirsthead|\\ - | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ - |\endhead|\\ - | |\ldots -\end{quote} -% But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an -% |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below} -% the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of -% the table. -% Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used: -Íî, ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{longtable} íå ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäû |\endfirstfoot|, -âû íå ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü ïîäïèñè \emph{ñíèçó} òàáëèöû, äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ åäèíñòâåííîãî -âõîæäåíèÿ â~Ñïèñîê, êîòîðûé îòìå÷àåò ïåðâóþ ñòðàíèöó òàáëèöû. -Ýòî ñèòóàöèÿ, ãäå êîìàíäà |\captionlistentry| ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíà: -\begin{quote} - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ - |\endfoot|\\ - | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\ - | |\ldots -\end{quote} -\begin{Annotation*} -% Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}. -Äðóãîé ïðèìåð ìîæíî íàéòè â~\Ref{examples}. -\end{Annotation*} - -\smallskip - -\begin{Expert} -% There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not -% increment the \meta{float type} counter. -% (Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| -% never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.) -Òàêæå ñóùåñòâóåò «çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, êîòîðûé -íå óâåëè÷èâàåò çíà÷åíèå ñ÷¸ò÷èêà ôëîòà. -(Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table| êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| -íèêîãäà íå óâåëè÷èâàåò çíà÷åíèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêà òàáëèöû. Ñì.~òàêæå îïèñàíèå \Ref{longtable}.) -\end{Expert} - -\begin{Expert} -% Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything -% it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|) -Îáðàòèòå òàêæå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî \meta{list entry} ÿâëÿåòñÿ \emph{ïîäâèæíûì} -àðãóìåíòîì, ïîýòîìó âñ¸ åãî -ñîäåðæèìîå äîëæíî áûòü \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûì}. (Ñì.~òàêæå îïèñàíèå êîìàíäû |\caption|) -\end{Expert} - - -% \subsection{Setting options} -\subsection{Çàäàíèå êëþ÷åé è~îïöèé} -\label{captionsetup} - -\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} -% We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}), -% but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument -% \meta{float type}. -Íàì óæå èçâåñòíà êîìàíäà |\captionsetup| (ñì.~\Ref{usage}), -íî ñåé÷àñ ìû ðàçáåð¸ì çíà÷åíèå äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà, \meta{float type}. - -% Remember, the syntax of this command is -Íàïîìíèì ñèíòàêñèñ ýòîé êîìàíäû -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} - -% If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't -% change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use, -% when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type -% \meta{float type} gets typeset. -% For example -Åñëè \meta{float type} çàäàí, âñå êëþ÷è è~îïöèè, \meta{options} íè÷åãî -íå èçìåíÿò â~ìåñòå çàäàíèÿ. Îíè òîëüêî îïðåäåëåíû äëÿ áóäóùåãî èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ -â~ìîìåíò, êîãäà ïîäïèñü îêàæåòñÿ âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà -\meta{float type}. -Íàïðèìåð -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options} -\end{quote} -% forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}. -îïðåäåëÿåò îôîðìëåíèå \meta{options} äëÿ ïîäïèñè âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|. - -% Here comes an example to illustrate this: -Äàëåå èä¸ò ïðèìåð èëëþñòðèðóþùèé ñêàçàííîå: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}| -\end{quote} -% gives captions like this: -ñîçäàñò ïîäïèñè âèäà: -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{font=small} - \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{A figure} - \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} - \begingroup - \captionof{table}{A table} - \endgroup -\end{Example} -% As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes -% the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones. -Êàê âû âèäèòå óñòàíîâêà |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{labelfont=bf}| èçìåíÿåò -òîëüêî øðèôò íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè ïîäïèñè, âñ¸ îñòàëüíîå îñòà¸òñÿ. - -% As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only: -% |figure| or |table|. -% But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow}, -% \package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also -% this package offer additional environments with captions and these two -% commands can also be used with them. -% \See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}} -Â~êà÷åñòâå \meta{float type} âû îáû÷íî çàäà¸òå òîëüêî äâå îïöèè: -|figure| èëè |table|. -Íî êàê áóäåò âèäíî ïîçäíåå íåêîòîðûå ïàêåòû \LaTeX'à (íàïðèìåð \package{floatrow}, -\package{longtable} è~\package{sidecap}) à~òàêæå äàííûé ïàêåò -ïðåäëàãàþò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå îêðóæåíèÿ ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè è~ýòè äâå êîìàíäû -ìîãóò áûòü ñ~íèìè èñïîëüçîâàíû. -\See{\Ref{declare} è~\Ref{packages}} - -\smallskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -\begin{Expert} -% There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|: -Ñóùåñòâóåò è~çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò êîìàíäû |\captionsetup|: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options} -\end{quote} -% While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the -% \meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document -% (e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the -% starred variant will not. -% \iffalse -% This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent -% of a specific document. -% \fi -Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê íåçâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò äàñò âàì ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, åñëè \meta{options} íå -èñïîëüçîâàëèñü â~äîêóìåíòå (íàïðèìåð íàñòðîéêè |\captionsetup[table]{font=sf}| \cdash--- -è~íè îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |table|), çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò ýòîãî íå äåëàåò. -\iffalse -Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü î÷åíü ïîëåçíî äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ íàñòðîåê, íåçàâèñèìûõ îò êîíêðåòíîãî äîêóìåíòà. -\fi -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup} -% If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within -% a particular environment you can use the command -Åñëè âàì âíóòðè äàííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ íóæíî îòìåíèòü ïàðàìåòðû, çàäàííûå äëÿ -òåêóùåãî òèïà ôëîòà, èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó -\begin{quote} - |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad. -\end{quote} - -% For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling -% for figures in the example above: -Íàïðèìåð |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| îòìåíèò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå íàñòðîéêè -èç ïðèìåðà âûøå: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{A figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{A figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ -\end{quote} -\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{font=small} - \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{A figure} - \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} - \clearcaptionsetup{figure} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{A figure} - \endgroup -\end{Example} - -\pagebreak[3] -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding -% this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify -% \emph{one} option here, not a list of options. -% If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one -% \cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.} -% While the example above not only clears the options -% |labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it| -% for figures (but all options for figures instead), -% this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other -% settings for figures intact: -Åñëè çàäàí äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò \meta{option}, îòìåíÿþòñÿ òîëüêî íàñòðîéêè -äàííîé îïöèè \meta{option}.\footnote{Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü òîëüêî -\emph{îäíó} îïöèþ, à~íå ñïèñîê îïöèé. -Åñëè âàì íóæíî îòìåíèòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ðÿäà îïöèé, âàì ïðèä¸òñÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü íåñêîëüêî êîìàíä -\cs{clearcaptionsetup}.} -Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïðèìåð âûøå íå òîëüêî îòìåíèë îïöèè êëþ÷åé |labelfont=bf,|\allowbreak -|textfont=it| -äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ (íî è~âñå îïöèè äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ), -ñëåäóþùèé ïðèìåð îòìåíèò òîëüêî íàñòðîéêó |labelfont=bf|, îñòàâèâ âñå îñòàëüíûå -íàñòðîéêè íåòðîíóòûìè: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{A figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - | \caption{A figure}|\\ - \ldots -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{font=small} - \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{A figure} - \endgroup - \captionsetup{position=top} - \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure} - \begingroup - \captionof{figure}{A figure} - \endgroup -\end{Example} -\begin{Expert} -% Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form -% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given -% \meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}. -Àíàëîãè÷íî êîìàíäå |\captionsetup*| ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíàÿ ôîðìà -|\clearcaptionsetup*| êîòîðàÿ îòìåíÿåò ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ, åñëè \meta{option} -íå ÿâëÿåòñÿ íàñòðîéêîé äëÿ äàííîãî \meta{float type}. -\end{Expert} - -\medskip - -\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup} -% For debugging purposes the command\nopagebreak -Äëÿ âîçìîæíîñòåé íàñòðîéêè íàñòðîåê, ïðåäëîæåíà êîìàíäà\nopagebreak -\begin{quote} - |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type}\quad.\nopagebreak[3] -\end{quote} -% is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options -% for the specified \meta{float type}. For example -Îíà ñîçäà¸ò ñîîáùåíèå â~log-ôàéëå, ïîêàçûâàÿ çàäàííûå îïöèè -äëÿ âûáðàííîãî \meta{float type}. Íàïðèìåð -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ - |\showcaptionsetup{figure}| -\end{quote} -% gives the info: -äàñò ñîîáùåíèå: -\begin{quote}\small - |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\ - |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.| -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -% \subsection{Continued floats} -\subsection{Ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ôëîòû} -\label{ContinuedFloat} - -\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}\label{TeXr:continued:a}% -% Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them -% their own reference number. This is what the command -Èíîãäà âîçíèêàåò íåîáõîäèìîñòü ðàçáèòü ðèñóíêè èëè òàáëèöû íà íåñêîëüêî -÷àñòåé, çàäàâ èì îáùèé íîìåð. Äëÿ ýòîãî ïðåäíàçíà÷åíà êîìàíäà -\begin{quote} - |\ContinuedFloat|\quad. -\end{quote} -% is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment. -% It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by -% |\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside -% gets the same reference number as the figure or table before. -% An example: -Ëó÷øå å¸ ïîñòàâèòü ïåðâîé âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà. -Êîìàíäà |\ContinuedFloat| îòìåíÿåò óâåëè÷åíèå ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåãî ñ÷¸ò÷èêà ôëîòà -(èñïîëüçóåìîãî êîìàíäîé |\caption|) -è~çàäà¸ò òîò æå íîìåð êàê è~ó~ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû âûøå. Ïðèìåð -\begin{quote} - |\begin{table}|\\ - | \caption{A table}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -% gives the following result: -äàñò ñëåäóþùèé ðåçóëüòàò: -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \caption{A table} - \centerline{\ldots} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{A table (cont.)} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with -% the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch -% to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here: -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| âêëþ÷àåò îïöèè, ñâÿçàííûå -ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé îïöèåé"=òèïîì «|Continued|\-|Float|». Íàïðèìåð, ýòî ìîæåò áûòü èñïîëüçîâàíî äëÿ -ñîçäàíèÿ àëüòåðíàòèâíûõ ôîðìàòîâ ìåòîê äëÿ òàáëèö è~ðèñóíêîâ, êàê ïîêàçàíî çäåñü: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\ - |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{A table}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example}\selectlanguage{USenglish} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1e} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{A table}\label{continued1e} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} -Â~ðóññêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè ýòî ìîæåò âûãëÿäåòü òàê: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (\textit{ïðîäîëæåíèå})}|\\ - |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{A table}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1r} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{A table}\label{continued1r} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} -\smallskip -% \See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of -% \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.} -\See{\Ref{declare} îïèñûâàþùèé - \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.} - -\medskip - -% There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be -% used for own purposes. -% For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first -% continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on. -% So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating -% environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero. -% An example: -Ñîçäàí òàêæå ñ÷¸ò÷èê \LaTeX'à, íàçâàííûé |Continued|\-|Float|, êîòîðûé ìîæåò áûòü -èñïîëüçîâàí ïðè íåîáõîäèìîñòè. -Â~îáû÷íûõ îêðóæåíèÿõ ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ îí ðàâåí íóëþ, â~ïåðâîì ïðîäîëæàþùåìñÿ -ôëîòå îí ðàâåí åäèíèöå, â~ñëåäóþùåì äëÿ âòîðîãî îêðóæåíèÿ è~ò.\,ä. -Òàê, êàæäàÿ êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| óâåëè÷èâàåò ýòîò ñ÷¸ò÷èê è~ïëàâàþùèé îáúåêò -áåç êîìàíäû |\Continued|\-|Float| âíîâü îáíóëÿåò ýòîò ñ÷¸ò÷èê. -Ïðèìåð: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ - |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{A table}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{A table}\label{continued2} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} -\medskip -% A reference to this table would still result in the output -% ``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed. -% If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references, -% too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead, -% which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in -% continued floats and is preset to be empty. -Ññûëêà íà ýòó òàáëèöó îñòàíåòñÿ â~âèäå -«\autoref{continued2}», ïîñêîëüêó èçìåíÿëñÿ òîëüêî ôîðìàò ìåòêè. -Åñëè âàì íóæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü òàêæå ñ÷¸ò÷èê |Continued|\-|Float| â~ññûëêàõ, -âû äîëæíû ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü êîìàíäó |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float|, -êîòîðàÿ, ïîäêëþ÷àåòñÿ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè â~ïðîäîëæàþùèõñÿ ôëîòàõ, -òîãäà êàê ïî óìîë÷àíèþ ýòà êîìàíäà ïóñòà. -\begin{quote} - |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | \caption{A table}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{table}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} - \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}} - \ContinuedFloat - \caption{A table}\label{continued3} - \centerline{\ldots} -\end{Example} -\medskip -% A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''. -Ññûëêà íà ýòó òàáëèöó äàñò ñëåäóþùèé ðåçóëüòàò «\autoref{continued3}». - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*} -% Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a -% kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with -% ``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a''). -% This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*| -% which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the -% type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter -% |Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series -% instead: -Ïðåäïîëîæèì âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ðèñóíîê èëè òàáëèöó ñ~íóìåðàöèîííûì -çàãîëîâêîì âèäà «Figure 7a», à~íå «Figure 7» (à~çàòåì, êàê -«Figure 7b», âìåñòî «Figure 7a»). -Ýòî òàêæå âîçìîæíî, åñëè èñïîëüçîâàòü çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò êîìàíäû |\Continued|\-|Float*| -êîòîðàÿ \cdash--- êàê è~|\Continued|\-|Float| \cdash--- ïîäêëþ÷àåò îïöèè -ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû «|Continued|\-|Float|» è~óâåëè÷èâàåò ñ÷¸ò÷èê \LaTeX'à -|Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{íî} îòìå÷àåò è~ïåðâûé ôëîò èç ñåðèè -ïðîäîëæàþùèõñÿ ôëîòîâ: -\begin{quote} - |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\ - |\end{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\ - |\end{figure}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\ - |\end{figure}| -\end{quote} -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt} - \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}} - \begingroup - \ContinuedFloat* - \centerline{\ldots} - \caption{First figure of a series} - \endgroup - \begingroup - \ContinuedFloat - \centerline{\ldots} - \caption{Second figure of a series} - \endgroup - \begingroup - \ContinuedFloat - \centerline{\ldots} - \caption{Third figure of a series} - \endgroup -\end{Example} -\smallskip -% \Note{Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the -% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.} -\Note{Ê~ñîæàëåíèþ êîìàíäó \cs{ContinuedFloat*} íåëüçÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü ïðè çàãðóæåííîì ïàêåòå - \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}.} - -\pagebreak[3] -% \subsubsection*{A note about longtables} -\subsubsection*{A note about longtables} -% If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered -% by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break, -% this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|, -% but instead you could write something like: -Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü îòëè÷àþùèéñÿ ôîðìàò ìåòêè äëÿ ïðîäîëæåíèÿ -îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table| -(ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{longtable}\cite{longtable}) -íà ñëåäóþùåé ñòðàíèöå, -èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\Continued|\-|Float| \emph{íå} äàñò ðåçóëüòàòîâ, -íî âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ÷òî-òî âðîäå: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\ - |\endfirsthead|\\ - | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\ - | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\ - |\endhead|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - |\end{longtable}| -\end{quote} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -% \section{Own enhancements} -\section{Ñîáñòâåííûå íàñòðîéêè} -\label{declare} - -% A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats -% etc. -% This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to -% be associated with a name and kept in one place. -% (These commands need to appear in the document preamble, -% this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.) -Èìååòñÿ ñåìåéñòâî êîìàíä, ïîçâîëÿþùèõ ïîëüçîâàòåëþ ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî -ñîçäàòü ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå. -Ýòî ïîçâîëÿåò èíôîðìàöèþ î~ðàçäåëèòåëÿõ, âûêëþ÷êå, øðèôòàõ, è~ñòèëÿõ -ïðèâÿçàòü ê~îïðåäåë¸ííîìó êëþ÷ó, è~ïîìåñòèòü âñ¸ ýòî â~îäíîì ìåñòå -(òàêèå êîìàíäû äîëæíû íàõîäèòüñÿ â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà \cdash--- -ýòî ÷àñòü ìåæäó ñòðîêàìè êîìàíä |\document|\-|class| è~|\begin{document}|). - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format} -% You can define your own caption formats using the command -Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâî¸ îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè, èñïîëüçóÿ êîìàíäó -\begin{quote} -% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä, èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1, \#2 è~\#3}\mbox{\ .} -\end{quote} -% At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the -% separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is -% pre-defined by \thispackage\ as -Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïðîãðàììà çàìåíÿåò \#1 íà íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê, \#2 íà -ðàçäåëèòåëü è~\#3 íà òåêñò ïîäïèñè. Èòàê, ñòàíäàðòíûé ôîðìàò |plain| îïðåäåë¸í -âíóòðè ïàêåòà \thispackage\ êàê -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad. -\end{quote} -\begin{Expert} -% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, -% which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of -% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. -Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, êîòîðûé -ñîçäà¸ò êîä, ïå÷àòàþùèéñÿ â~âåðòèêàëüíîì ðåæèìå (ìîäå) \TeX'à (âìåñòî -îáû÷íîãî ãîðèçîíòàëüíîãî), -íî â~ýòîì ñëó÷àå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ êëþ÷ |indention=|. -\end{Expert} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat} -% Likewise you can define your own caption label formats: -Àíàëîãè÷íî âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ôîðìàò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1 è~\#2} -\end{quote} -% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2 -% gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12''). -% An example: -Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà èìÿ ôëîòà (íàïðèìåð. «Ðèñ.») è~\#2 -çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà ïîðÿäêîâûé íîìåð (íàïðèìåð «12»). Ïðèìåð: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\ - |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}| -\end{quote} -\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext} - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst} -\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond} -% If you define your own caption label formats and use the -% \package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package, -% you should take care of empty caption label names. -% For this purpose the commands -Êîãäà âû îïðåäåëÿåòå ñâî¸ îôîðìëåíèå íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~èñïîëüçóåòå -òàêæå ïàêåòû \package{subcaption} èëè \package{subfig}, -âû äîëæíû ïîìíèòü ÷òî â~ïîäôëîòàõ ýëåìåíò -«èìÿ ôëîòà» áóäåò ïóñòûì. Äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ñëåäóþùèå êîìàíäû -\begin{quote} - |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad è\\ - |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg} -\end{quote} -% are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is -% not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes, -% both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them. -ïðåäëîæåíû. Êîìàíäà |\bothIfFirst| òåñòèðóåò íàëè÷èå ïåðâîãî àðãóìåíòà (÷òî îí -íåïóñòîé), êîìàíäà |\bothIfSecond| òåñòèðóåò íàëè÷èå âòîðîãî. Åñëè òåñòèðóåìûé -àðãóìåíò åñòü, òî ïå÷àòàþòñÿ îáà àðãóìåíòà, â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íè îäíîãî. - -\smallskip - -\pagebreak[3] -% For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as -Íàïðèìåð, ñòàíäàðòíîå îôîðìëåíèå íóìåðàöèè |simple| îïðåäåëåíî íå òàê: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,} -\end{quote} -% because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple| -% is defined as -ïîñêîëüêó àðãóìåíò \#1 ìîæåò áûòü ïóñòûì. Âìåñòî ýòîãî |simple| -îïðåäåë¸í ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\ - | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,} -\end{quote} -% causing the space to appear only if the label name is present. -â~ðåçóëüòàòå ïðîáåë ïîÿâèòñÿ òîëüêî òîãäà, êîãäà åñòü èìÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî -çàãîëîâêà. - -\smallskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}% -% Likewise you can define your own caption text formats: -Àíàëîãè÷íî ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè: -\begin{quote} -% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1} - |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä, èñïîëüçóþùèé àðãóìåíò \#1} -\end{quote} -% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text. -Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator} -% You can define your own caption label separators with -Ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ðàçäåëèòåëü íîìåðà è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè ñ~ïîìîùüþ - êîìàíäû -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -% Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself: -È~îïÿòü ïðîñòîé ïðèìåð èç òîãî, ÷òî ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }| - \end{quote} - \begin{Expert} -% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|, -% which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting. -% So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash| -% are defined in this way. -Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|, -êîòîðûé îïðåäåëÿåò êîä, áåç èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ íàñòðîåê èç êëþ÷à |label|\-|font=|. -Òàê, íàïðèìåð, ðàçäåëèòåëè |quad|, |newline| è |endash| -îïðåäåëåíû ýòîé êîìàíäîé. -\end{Expert} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification} -% You can define your own caption justifications with -Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñîáñòâåííóþ âûêëþ÷êó ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -% The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption. -% E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as -Àðãóìåíò \meta{code} çàäà¸ò âûêëþ÷êó äî íà÷àëà ïîäïèñè. -Íàïðèìåð èñïîëüçîâàíèå âûêëþ÷êè |raggedright|, êîòîðàÿ îïðåäåëåíà êàê -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,} -\end{quote} -% typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin. -âûêëþ÷àåò âñå ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè â~ëåâûé êðàé. - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font} -% You can define your own caption fonts with -Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñâîé øðèôò äëÿ ïîäïèñè ñ~ïîìîùüþ -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad. -\end{quote} -% For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as -Íàïðèìåð äàííûé ïàêåò îïðåäåëÿåò îïöèè |small| è~|bf| êàê -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad è\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad. -\end{quote} -\iffalse -% The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package, -% for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} -Èíòåðëèíüÿæ ìîæåò áûòü íàñòðîåí ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòà \package{setspace}, -íàïðèìåð:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{setspace}|\\ -% |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{% -% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since -% it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|\quad\footnote{% - \emph{\DefaultNoteText}: Èñïîëüçîâàíèå \cs{singlespacing} â äàííîì ñëó÷àå - íå ðàáîòàåò ïîñêîëüêó ñîäåðæèò êîìàíäó \cs{vskip}.}\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\ - |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}| -\end{quote} -\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} -\fi -% An example which brings color into life: -Ïðèìåð èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ öâåòà: -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{color}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\ - |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}| -\end{quote} -\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} -% But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition -Íî ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ óæå èñïîëüçóåò õèòðîóìíîå îïðåäåëåíèå -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}| -\end{quote} -% you can get the same result simply with -âû ìîæåòå ïîëó÷èòü òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò çàäàâ ïðîñòî -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{color}|\\ - |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\ - | textfont={color=green}}|\quad. -\end{quote} - -\medskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style} -% You can define your own caption styles with -Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâîè ñîáñòâåííûå ñòèëè ñ~ïîìîùüþ -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -% Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved -% under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the -% option |style=|\meta{style name}. -Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî ñòèëè ïîäïèñè ýòî êîëëåêöèÿ êëþ÷åé, ñîõðàí¸ííûõ -ïîä äàííûì èìåíåì. Âû ìîæåòå ïðèâåñòè èõ â~äåéñòâèå ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à -|style=|\meta{style name}. - -% All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style} -% for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different -% to them. -Âñå ñòèëè ïîäïèñåé áàçèðóþòñÿ íà óñòàíîâêàõ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. (Ñì. ïîëíûé ñïèñîê -â~\Ref{style}.) Ïîýòîìó äîñòàòî÷íî îïðåäåëèòü îïöèè, îòëè÷íûå -îò óæå çàäàííûõ. - -% If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when -% the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with -% the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|. -Åñëè âû îïðåäåëèòå \meta{additional options} îíè áóäóò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ êîãäà -ïîäïèñü áóäåò îäíîñòðî÷íîé, è~êîíòðîëü êîðîòêèõ ïîäïèñåé íå îòêëþ÷åí -çàäàíèåì îïöèè |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|. - -% Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The -% caption style |base| is pre-defined as -Îïÿòü æå î÷åíü ïðîñòîé ïðèìåð èç ñàìîãî ïàêåòà. Ñòèëü ïîäïèñåé |base| -îïðåäåë¸í êàê: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\ - | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad. -\end{quote} - -% Something more exciting: -×òî-òî ïîèíòåðåñíåå: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\ - | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\ - | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\ - |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}| -\end{quote} -% gives you caption like these ones: -äàñò âàì ïîäïèñè êàê â~ñëåäóþùåì ïðèìåðå: -\begin{Example} - \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b} - \caption{Êîðîòêàÿ ïîäïèñü.} - \caption{Äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, - äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, - äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, ïîäïèñü.} -\end{Example} - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% -% You can define your own caption list formats with -Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ôîðìàò äëÿ Ñïèñêîâ, èñïîëüçóÿ -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1 è~\#2}\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p@figure|), -% and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|). -Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà ïðåôèêñ ìåòêè (íàïðèìåð |\p@figure|) -è~\#2 \cdash--- íà íîìåð (íàïðèìåð, |\thefigure|). - -\bigskip - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionType}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}% -% You can define your own floating environments and caption types with -Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñîáñòâåííûå îêðóæåíèÿ è~òèïû ïîäïèñåé, èñïîëüçóÿ -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{type}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name} -\end{quote} -% where \meta{options} are one or more of -ãäå \meta{options} îäíà èç -\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l@{\qquad}l} - |fileext=| & \meta{file extension} - & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|fileext=lod|)}\\ -% |listname=|\meta{list name}\\ -% |name=|\meta{prosa name}\\ - |placement=| & \meta{combination of \,\purett{htbp}} - & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|placement=tbp|)}\\ - |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad. - & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|within=section|)} -\end{tabular}\end{quote} -% If no \meta{options} are given, ``lo\meta{type}'' will be used as \meta{file -% extension} for the list, ``|tbp|'' as \meta{placement} specifier, -% and ``|chapter|'' resp. ``|none|'' as \meta{``within'' counter}, -% i.e., the counter which resets the numbering. -% (If ``|none|'' was specified as value, the numbering of the new -% type will be continuous throughout the document.) -Åñëè \meta{options} íå çàäàíû, «lo\meta{type}» áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàí êàê \meta{file -extension} äëÿ Ñïèñêà, «|tbp|» êàê îïöèÿ ðàçìåùåíèÿ \meta{placement} -è~«|chapter|» èëè «|none|» êàê ñ÷¸ò÷èê \meta{``within'' counter}, -ò.\,å. ñ÷¸ò÷èê, êîíòðîëèðóþùèé ïåðåíóìåðàöèþ. -(Åñëè çàäàí «|none|», íóìåðàöèÿ íîâîãî òèïà ôëîòà -áóäåò ñêâîçíàÿ.) - -% If no \meta{name} is given, the name of the newly created type will be set -% to \meta{type}, but with an uppercase first letter. -% If no \meta{list name} is given, the list name will be set to ``List of -% \meta{name}s''. -Åñëè íå çàäàí êëþ÷ \meta{name}, èìÿ âíîâü ñîçäàííîãî òèïà ôëîòîâ áóäåò âçÿòî -èç àðãóìåíòà \meta{type}, íî ñ~ïåðâîé ïðîïèñíîé áóêâîé. -Åñëè íåò àðãóìåíòà \meta{list name}, íàçâàíèå Ñïèñêà áóäåò çàäàíî êàê «List of -\meta{name}s». [Äëÿ îïöèè \meta{name} íåò ïîääåðæêè íà ðóññêîì ÿçûêå.] -% caption-deu.tex: -% (Diese Vorbelegungen sind also nur fur -% englischsprachige Dokumente geeignet, -% bei anderssprachigen Dokumenten sollte man also immer \meta{Name} und -% \meta{Listenname} mit angeben.) which means: -% -% (This presets are only appropriate for English documents, so for -% other languages you should use the optional arguments "name" and "list name".) -(Ýòè àâòîìàòè÷åñêèå óñòàíîâêè âîçìîæíû òîëüêî äëÿ -àíãëèéñêèõ äîêóìåíòîâ, ïîýòîìó äëÿ -äðóãèõ ÿçûêîâ îïöèè \meta{name} è~\meta{list name} -îáÿçàòåëüíû.) - -% The list will be typeset using the command |\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|s|, -% analogous to |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| and |\list|\-|of|\-|tables|. -% If the \package{fltpage} package is loaded, an environment called -% |FP|\meta{type} will be defined, same for |sideways|\meta{type} -% (\package{rotating} package), |SC|\meta{type} (\package{sidecap} package), -% and |wrap|\meta{type} (\package{wrapfig} package). -Ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ ìîæåò áûòü ñîçäàí ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\listof|\meta{type}|s|, -àíàëîãè÷íûé |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| è~|\list|\-|of|\-|tables|. -Åñëè èñïîëüçóåòñÿ ïàêåò \package{fltpage}, îêðóæåíèå -|FP|\meta{type} áóäåò îïðåäåëåíî, òî æå äëÿ |sideways|\meta{type} -(ïàêåò \package{rotating}), |SC|\meta{type} (ïàêåò \package{sidecap}), -è~|wrap|\meta{type} (ïàêåò \package{wrapfig}). - -\smallskip - -\pagebreak[3] -% So for example -Òàê, íàïðèìåð -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}| -\end{quote} -% will define a new caption type and floating environment called |diagram|, -% the list will be stored in a file with the extension |lodiagram|, the name -% (used for the caption) will be ``Diagram'' and the list name -% ``List of Diagrams''. -% The list could be typeset with |\listofdiagrams|. -% Dependent on which packages are loaded, the environments |FPdiagram|, -% |sidewaysdiagram|, |SCdiagram|, and |wrapdiagram| will be defined additionally. -îïðåäåëÿåò íîâûé òèï ïîäïèñè è~îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà, íàçâàííûé |diagram|, -Ñïèñîê áóäåò çàïèñûâàòüñÿ â~ôàéë ñ~ðàñøèðåíèåì |lodiagram|, èìÿ -(èñïîëüçóåìîå â~íóìåðàöèîííîì çàãîëîâêå ïîäïèñè) áóäåò «|Diagram|» è~çàãîëîâîê Ñïèñêà -«|List of Diagrams|». Ñïèñîê ìîæåò áûòü ðàñïå÷àòàí êîìàíäîé |\listofdiagrams|. -Â~çàâèñèìîñòè îò òîãî, êàêèå ïàêåòû çàãðóæåíû, îïðåäåëÿòñÿ äîïîëíèòåëüíî îêðóæåíèÿ -|FPdiagram|, -|sideways|\-|diagram|, |SCdiagram| è~|wrap|\-|diagram|. - -%caption-deu.tex -% So definiert zum Beispiel -% \begin{quote} -% |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[Diagramm][Diagrammverzeichnis]| -% \end{quote} -% -Ïîäîáíîå æå îïðåäåëåíèå äëÿ ðóññêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè äîëæíî âûãëÿäåòü òàê: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[Äèàãðàììà][Ñïèñîê äèàãðàìì]| -\end{quote} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -% \subsection{Further examples} -\subsection{Åù¸ íåñêîëüêî ïðèìåðîâ} -\label{examples} - -\subsubsection*{Example 1} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -% If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text -% you could define it this way: -Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü íîâóþ ñòðîêó ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì, -âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ýòî ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}| -\end{quote} -% If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| -% you get captions like this: -Åñëè âû âûáåðåòå ýòîò ôîðìàò, çàäàâ |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| -âû ïîëó÷èòå òàêîé âèä ïîäïèñåé: -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -% You could even use an indention with this caption format: -Âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü âòÿæêó ñ~ýòèì ôîðìàòîì: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}| -\end{quote} -% This would look like this: -Ýòî áóäåò âûãëÿäåòü òàê: -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -% Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of -% the caption text? No problem, e.g. -À~÷òî åñëè, âìåñòî ýòîãî, çàäàòü âòÿæêó òîëüêî äëÿ ïåðâîé ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè? -Íåò ïðîáëåì, íàïðèìåð -\begin{quote} - |\newlength\myindention|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ - | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=myformat}| -\end{quote} -% would give you captions like -äàñò ïîäïèñü âèäà -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -% But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use -% it for example with -% |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|? -% This could be done, too: -Íî âû õîòèòå ñîçäàòü îïöèþ äëÿ ýòîé âòÿæêè, äëÿ òîãî, ÷òîáû -èñïîëüçîâàòü å¸ êàê |\captionsetup|\x|[figure]|\x|{myindention=|\ldots|}|? -Ýòî òîæå ìîæíî ñäåëàòü: -\begin{quote} - |\newlength\myindention|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\ - | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ - | {#1#2\\\hspace\myindention #3}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}| -\end{quote} -% would give the same result as the example above. -÷òî äàñò ðåçóëüòàò àíàëîãè÷íûé ïðèâåä¸ííîìó âûøå. - -% \subsubsection*{Example 2} -\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 2} - -% You want captions to look like this: -Âû õîòèòå ïîëó÷èòü ïîäïèñè òàêîãî âèäà: -%\begin{Example} -% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext} -%\end{Example} -\pagebreak[2] -% You could do it this way: -Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì: -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\ - | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\ - |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\ - | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}| -\end{quote} - -% \subsubsection*{Example 3} -\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 3} - -% The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be: -Òåêñò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà ïîäïèñè äîëæåí áûòü âûâåäåí â~ëåâîå ïîëå? Âîçìîæíîå ðåøåíèå: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}| -\end{quote} -% As a result you would get captions like this: -Â~ðåçóëüòàòå âû ïîëó÷èòå òàêèå ïîäïèñè: -\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} - -\medskip - -% If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination -% of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example: -Åñëè ëåâûé êðàé ïîäïèñè ïðè âûõîäå ïîäïèñè íà ïîëÿ äîëæåí áûòü íà ôèêñèðîâàííîì ðàññòîÿíèè, -ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìáèíàöèþ êîìàíä -|\llap| è~|\makebox|, íàïðèìåð: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\ - | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}| -\end{quote} -\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} - -% \subsubsection*{Example 4} -\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 4} - -% This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both. -% This will be achieved by a combination of -% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|: -Ñëåäóþùèé ïðèìåð ïîìåùàåò ðèñóíîê ðÿäîì ñ~òàáëèöåé, íî èñïîëüçóåò îáùóþ äëÿ íèõ ïîäïèñü. -Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü êîìáèíàöèåé êîìàíä -|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| è~|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\ - | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |\begin{figure}|\\ - | \centering|\\ - | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\ - | \qquad|\\ - | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\ - | |\ldots\\ - | \end{tabular}|\\ - | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\ - | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\ - | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ - |\end{figure}| -\end{quote} -\DeleteShortVerb{\|}% -\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} - \captionsetup{type=figure} - \centering - \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}% - \qquad - \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr} - & x & y \\\hline - a & 1 & 2 \\ - b & 3 & 4 \\ - \end{tabular} -% \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption} -% \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable} -% \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark} - \captionlistentry[table]{Ðèñóíîê è~òàáëèöà ñ~îáùåé ïîäïèñüþ} - \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable} - \caption{Ðèñóíîê è~òàáëèöà ñ~îáùåé ïîäïèñüþ\footnotemark} -\end{minipage} -% \footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the -% \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.} -\IfFileExists{cat.eps}% -{\footnotetext{Ðèñóíîê ëþáåçíî ïðåäîñòàâëåí èç ïðèìåðîâ êíèãè - \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}}{} -\MakeShortVerb{\|} -% (Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure -% resp.~table counter.) -(Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, êàê è~|\caption|, óâåëè÷èâàåò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ôëîòà.) - - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -% \section{Document classes \& Babel support} -\section{Êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ è~ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{babel}} -\label{classes} - -% This section will give you an overview of the document classes the -% \package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions, -% what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with -% them, and what are the `default' settings for them. -Ýòîò ðàçäåë äàñò îáçîð êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, êîòîðûå ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ ïàêåòîì -\package{caption}, ÷òî îíè óæå ïðåäëàãàþò äëÿ ðàáîòû ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè, -êàêèå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû âîçíèêàþò ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~íèìè ïàêåòà \package{caption} -è~êàêîâû óñòàíîâêè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ äëÿ ýòèõ êëàññîâ. - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent -% how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example -% setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used -% with different document classes. -Óñòàíîâêè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ çàâèñÿò îò êëàññà äîêóìåíòà, èñïîëüçóåìîãî âàìè; îíè ïðåäñòàâëÿþò -îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñåé, ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåå çàìûñëàì àâòîðà äàííîãî êëàññà äîêóìåíòà. Íàïðèìåð, íàñòðîéêè -|format=|\x|default| äàäóò ðàçëè÷íûé ðåçóëüòàò ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~ðàçíûìè êëàññàìè. - -\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em -\INFO -% If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually -% don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class) -% are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article}, -% \class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions. -% \Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document -% class used and will give you the clear warning -Åñëè âû íå íàøëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà â~ýòîì ðàçäåëå, òî, îáû÷íî, ýòî íå ïîâîä äëÿ âîëíåíèÿ: -ìíîæåñòâî êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ (íàïðèìåð, êëàññ \class{octavo}) -ïîëó÷åíû èç ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ -\class{article}, \class{report} èëè \class{book}, è~èìåþò -àíàëîãè÷íûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ïîäïèñåé. -\Thispackage\ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè äåëàåò ïðîâåðêó ñîâìåñòèìîñòè êëàññà äîêóìåíòà -è~äà¸ò íåäâóñìûñëåííîå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå -\begin{quote}\footnotesize - |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ - |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\ - |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| -\end{quote} -% if such an incompatibility was detected. -% If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the -% usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported. -åñëè áûëà îïðåäåëåíà íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü. -Åñëè âû òàêîãî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ íå ïîëó÷èëè, òî âñ¸ â~ïîðÿäêå, íî åñëè âû ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå -âñ¸ æå ïîëó÷èëè, \thispackage\ íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ è~òåì áîëåå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ. - -\begin{Expert} -% If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{} -% anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the -% look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{} -% without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author -% of the document class. -% If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base| -% via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or -% |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined -% state. -% Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and -% keep your fingers crossed. -Åñëè âû, íåñìîòðÿ íà ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, ðåøèëè âñ¸ ðàâíî èñïîëüçîâàòü \thispackage{}, -âû äîëæíû ïðîâåðèòü, êàêîé ïîáî÷íûé ýôôåêò âîçíèêàåò. Îáû÷íî ïîäêëþ÷åííûé \thispackage{} -áåçî âñÿêèõ îïöèé â~òàêèõ ñëó÷àÿõ èçìåíÿåò âûâîä ïîäïèñåé, è~îíè âûãëÿäÿò íå òàê, êàê -ïðåäóñìîòðåíî àâòîðîì êëàññà äîêóìåíòà. -Åñëè ýòî âàñ óäîâëåòâîðÿåò, âû ìîæåòå äëÿ íà÷àëà çàäàòü êëþ÷ |style=|\x|base|, -çàäàâ åãî â~ñòðîêå |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| èëè â~êîìàíäå -|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}|, ÷òî âåðí¸ò õîðîøî íàñòðîåííûå ïàêåòîì óñòàíîâêè. -Ïîñëå ýòîãî âû ìîæåòå çàäàâàòü ñâîè îïöèè è~íàäåÿòüñÿ íà ëó÷øåå. -\end{Expert} -\endgroup - -\newcommand*\Option{Îïöèÿ} -\newcommand*\defaultvalue{çíà÷åíèå \texttt{ïî óìîë÷àíèþ}} -\newcommand*\uses{\textit{èñïîëüçóåò}} -\newcommand*\settings{\textit{íàñòðîéêè}} -\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{îòñóòñòâóåò}} - -% \subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book} -\subsection{Ñòàíäàðòíûé \LaTeX: article, report, è~book} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & \nofont \\ -|labelfont=| & \nofont \\ -|textfont=| & \nofont \\ -\end{tabular} - -\begin{Annotation} -% This also applies to document classes derived from them. -Ýòî îòíîñèòñÿ è~ê~ïðîèçâîäíûì îò íèõ êëàññàì. -\end{Annotation} - -% \subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook} -\subsection{Êëàññû \AmS: amsart, amsproc, è~amsbook} -\label{AMS} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ -|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\ -|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\ -|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\ -\end{tabular} - -\begin{Annotation*} -% |\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and -% |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes. -Êëàññû \AmS\ îïðåäåëÿþò êîìàíäó |\@caption|\-|font|, êîòîðàÿ çàäà¸òñÿ êàê -|\normal|\-|font|, à~|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| \cdash--- êàê |\scshape|. -\end{Annotation*} - -% Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for -% more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes), -% the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead. -% If you want to use a common margin for both, insert -% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}| -% into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage. -Êðîìå ýòîãî ïîëå ïðèíèìàåò çíà÷åíèå |\captionindent| â~ìíîãîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñÿõ -(êîòîðîå ðàâíî â~ýòèõ êëàññàõ~|3pc|), -ïîëå äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè óìåíüøàåòñÿ â~äâà ðàçà. -Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü îáùåå ïîëå äëÿ îáîèõ âàðèàíòîâ, äîáàâüòå â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà -|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}| -ïîñëå çàãðóçêè ïàêåòà. - -% Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t| -% will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for -% |figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while -% loading \thispackage. -Äîïîëíèòåëüíî çàäàþòñÿ îïöèè |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|. -Âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü ýòè óñòàíîâêè, çàäàâ äðóãèå çíà÷åíèÿ äëÿ êëþ÷åé -|figure|\-|position=| èëè |table|\-|position=| ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà. - -\subsection{Êëàññ beamer} -\label{beamer} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & \textit{íå íóìåðóåòñÿ} \\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |raggedright| \\ -|font=| & \class{beamer} «|caption|» \settings \\ -|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} «|caption name|» \settings \\ -|textfont=| & \nofont \\ -\end{tabular} - -% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} -% You can setup font and color settings with -% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and -% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}. -% This will still work, unless you set a different font with -% |\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or -% |\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par -% Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates -% which can be chosen with -% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|. -% Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism, -% |\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code} -% and -% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]| -% will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used. -\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû} -Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü øðèôò è~öâåò ñ~ïîìîùüþ -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} è~% -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}. -Ýòî áóäåò ðàáîòàòü, åñëè òîëüêî âû íå çàäàäèòå äðóãîé øðèôò ÷åðåç -|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| èëè -|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par -Êðîìå ýòîãî êëàññ \class{beamer} ïðåäëàãàåò ðàçëè÷íûå øàáëîíû -îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé, çàäàâàåìûå ÷åðåç -|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|. -Ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ çàìåíÿåò ýòîò ìåõàíèçì, êîìàíäû -|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code} -è~|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]| -íå èìåþò ñèëû ïðè åãî èñïîëüçîâàíèè. - -% \subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook} -\subsection{Êëàññû \KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, è~scrbook} -\label{KOMA} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -% |format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\ -|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| è~|\setcaphanging| \settings \\ -% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\ -|labelformat=| & \textit{òî æå, ÷òî \purett{simple}, íî ñ~ïîääåðæêîé ``autodot''}\\ -|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & \settings\ |\setkomafont{caption}| \\ -|labelfont=| & \settings\ |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \\ -|textfont=| & \nofont \\ -\end{tabular} - -% \subsubsection*{Build-in features} -% The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and -% feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a -% look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'. -\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå âîçìîæíîñòè} -Êëàññû \KOMAScript\ ïðåäëàãàþò ìíîãî âàðèàíòîâ äëÿ íàñòðîéêè âûâîäà -ïîäïèñåé. Ïîëíûé îáçîð âû ìîæåòå íàéòè â~[àíãëèéñêîé] äîêóìåíòàöèè -\KOMAScript, ðàçäåë `Tables and Figures'. - -% \subsubsection*{Side effects} -% The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and -% will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package. -% Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \& -% |table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \& -% |\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by -% the \package{caption} package. -\subsubsection*{Ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû} -Äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíäû |\setcapwidth| íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ (ïîêà) -è~áóäåò èãíîðèðîâàòüñÿ ïðè ñîâìåñòíîì èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~ïàêåòîì \package{caption}. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî, îïöèè \KOMAScript\ |tablecaptionabove| è~% -|table|\-|caption|\-|below| è~êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|above| è~|\caption|\-|below| -áóäóò ñèëüíåå ÷åì íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à |position=| ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{caption}. - -% \subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek} -\subsection{Êëàññû \NTG: artikel, rapport, è~boek} -\label{NTG} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |plain| \\ -|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & \nofont \\ -|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\ -|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\ -\end{tabular} - -% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} -% |\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either -% directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|. -% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options -% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage. -\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû} -|\CaptionLabelFont| è~|\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| ìîãóò áûòü -çàäàíû ëèáî íåïîñðåäñòâåííî, ëèáî -ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Caption|\-|Fonts|. Îáà âàðèàíòà -ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ, òîëüêî åñëè íå áûë -çàäàí îäèí èç êëþ÷åé |labelfont=| èëè |textfont=| äàííîãî ïàêåòà. - -% \subsection{\SmF{}: smfart and smfbook} -\subsection{Êëàññû \SmF{}: smfart è~smfbook} -\label{SMF} - -% Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes -% the same default values are valid here. -Ïîñêîëüêó êëàññû \SmF\ ÿâëÿþòñÿ ïðîèçâîäíûìè êëàññîâ \AmS, òî òå æå îãðàíè÷åíèÿ -äåéñòâóþò è~çäåñü. - -% Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|. -% If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option -% |max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false| -% (which both means the same). -Êðîìå òîãî ðàçìåð ïîëÿ îãðàíè÷åí îäíîé äåñÿòîé îò çíà÷åíèÿ |\linewidth|. -Åñëè âàñ íå óñòðàèâàþò ýòè îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, èõ ìîæíî îòêëþ÷èòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ -|maxmargin=|\x|off| èëè |maxmargin=|\x|false| (îáà âàðèàíòà äàþò îäíî è~òî æå). - -\subsection{Êëàññ thesis} -\label{thesis} - -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline -|format=| & |hang| \\ -% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\ -|labelformat=| & \textit{òî æå, ÷òî \purett{simple}, íî ñ~êðàòêèì èìåíåì}\\ -|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ -|justification=| & |justified| \\ -|font=| & \nofont \\ -|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\ -|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\ -\end{tabular} - -% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} -\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû} -% The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|, -% the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|. -% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options -% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage. -Øðèôò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà ìîæåò áûòü çàäàí ÷åðåç êîìàíäó |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|, -øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà ïîäïèñè \cdash--- ÷åðåç |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|. -Îáå êîìàíäû ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ, òîëüêî åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçîâàëè îïöèè -|label|\-|font=| èëè |text|\-|font=|, êîòîðûå ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage. - -% \subsection{frenchb Babel option} -\subsection{Îïöèÿ frenchb ïàêåòà Babel} -\label{frenchb} - -% If you use the \package{frenchb} option of the \package{babel} package -% with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them) -% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| -% (offered by \package{frenchb}), overriding the default value set by the -% document class. -% So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you -% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. -Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îïöèþ \package{frenchb} ïàêåòà \package{babel} -ñ~îäíèì èç òð¸õ ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à (èëè èõ ïðîèçâîäíûìè) -çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ êëþ÷à |labelsep=| [îïöèÿ |labelsep=default|] áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòü -çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| (ïðåäëàãàåìîé -ïàêåòîì \package{frenchb}), çàìåíèâ çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ, çàäàííîå êëàññîì. -À~ïåðåîïðåäåë¸ííàÿ êîìàíäà |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| -áóäåò ðàáîòàòü äî òåõ ïîð, ïîêà âû -íå îïðåäåëèòå äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå |labelsep=|, îòëè÷àþùååñÿ îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. - -\INFO* -% Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{babel} package. -Ïîæàëóéñòà çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòà \package{babel}. - -% \subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages} -\subsection{Ïàêåòû frenchle è~frenchpro} -\label{frenchpro} - -% If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package, -% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| -% (offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default -% value set by the document class. -% So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you -% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. -Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåòû \package{frenchle} èëè \package{frenchpro}, -çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |label|\-|sep=| îïðåäåëèò çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû -|\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| (ïðåäëàãàåìîé -ïàêåòàìè \package{frenchle/pro}) ïëþñ \cs{space}, çàìåíèâ çíà÷åíèå, çàäàííîå êëàññîì -ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. -Ïîýòîìó ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| -ðàáîòàåò äî òåõ ïîð, ïîêà âû -íå îïðåäåëèòå äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå |labelsep=|, îòëè÷àþùååñÿ îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. - -% Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|, -% since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the -% \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package. -% %If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or -% %\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êëþ÷ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |text|\-|font=| áóäåò çàäàí êàê |text|\-|font=|\x|it|, -ïîñêîëüêó ýòî ýìóëèðóåò íàñòðîéêè êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|font| îïðåäåë¸ííîé ïàêåòàìè -\package{frenchle} èëè \package{frenchpro}. -% %Åñëè âû ïåðåîïðåäåëèòå êîìàíäó |\captionfont| ïîñëå çàãðóçêè \package{frenchle} èëè -% %\package{frenchpro}, ýòî ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå ïðîïàä¸ò. -% Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the -% \package{caption} package internally for a different purpose, -% so you should not change it (anymore). -Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|font| èñïîëüçóåòñÿ ïàêåòîì -\package{caption} äëÿ äðóãèõ öåëåé, ïîýòîìó ëó÷øå åþ áîëüøå íå ïîëüçîâàòüñÿ. - -% The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will -% still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=| -% than the default one. -Êîìàíäà |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{èëè} table} áóäåò ðàáîòàòü, -íî òîëüêî, åñëè âû íå îïðåäåëèëè êëþ÷ |label|\-|format=|, îòëè÷àþùèéñÿ -îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. - -\INFO* -% Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{frenchle} -% or \package{frenchpro} package. -Ïîæàëóéñòà, çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòîâ \package{frenchle} -èëè \package{frenchpro}. - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\pagebreak[4] -% \section{Package support} -\section{Ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòîâ} -\label{packages} -\label{compatibility} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -% \Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with -% captions, too: -\Thispackage\ àäàïòèðîâàí ñ~ïàêåòàìè, êîòîðûå òàêæå ðàáîòàþò ñ~ïîäðèñóíî÷íûìè ïîäïèñÿìè: -\begin{quote} - \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, - \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, - \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins}, - \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap}, - \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable}, - \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab} -\end{quote} - -% Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the -% \package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package -% bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{} -% and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ïàêåòû \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}, -ïàêåò \package{subcaption} (ÿâëÿåòñÿ ÷àñòüþ ãðóïïû ïàêåòîâ \package{caption}), -è~ïàêåò \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} -ïîääåðæèâàþò \thispackage\ è~èñïîëüçóþò èíòåðôåéñ |\caption|\-|setup|. - -\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em -\INFO -% If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines -% the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred -% over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and -% avoiding conflicts. -% If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this -% warning message:~\footnote{% -% You can suppress this warning by specifying the option -% \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.} -Åñëè ïàêåò (èëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà), íåèçâåñòíûé äàííîìó ïàêåòó, ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò -êîìàíäó |\caption|, ýòî ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå áóäåò áîëåå ïðåäïî÷òèòåëüíî ïî -ñðàâíåíèþ ñ~òåì ÷òî ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage, ÷òî ñîçäàñò ìàêñèìóì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè -è~äàñò âîçìîæíîñòü èçáåæàòü ïîñëåäñòâèé êîíôëèêòîâ. -Åñëè ïîòåíöèàëüíàÿ íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü áóäåò îáíàðóæåíà, âû óâèäèòå ñëåäóþùåå -ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå:\footnote{% - Âû ìîæåòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, çàäàâ îïöèþ \texttt{compatibility=true} - ïðè çàãðóçêå äàííîãî ïàêåòà.} -\begin{quote}\footnotesize - |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ - |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ - |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\ - |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| -\end{quote} -\endgroup - -% As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available: -Â~ðåçóëüòàòå, ñëåäóþùèå íàñòðîéêè, êîòîðûå ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage, -íå áóäóò ðàáîòàòü: -\begin{itemize} -% \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=| -% \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label) -% \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables) -% \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator) -% \item |\ContinuedFloat| -% \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and -% \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins -% \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} -% \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation} - \item îïöèè |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=| è~|listformat=| - \item |\caption*| (ñîçäàíèå ïîäïèñè áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà) - \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (îòêëþ÷åíèå âûâîäà â~Ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ) - \item |\caption{}| (ñîçäàíèå ïîäïèñè áåç ðàçäåëèòåëÿ ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì) - \item |\ContinuedFloat| - \item ïðàâèëüíàÿ âûêëþ÷êà ïîäïèñåé â~îêðóæåíèÿõ òèïà \texttt{wide} è~\texttt{addmargin}, - êîòîðûå äîáàâëÿþò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå ïîëÿ - \item îïöèÿ \textsf{hypcap} \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} - \item âîçìîæíîñòü ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïîäïèñè \See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}} -\end{itemize} - -\DescribeMacro{compatibility=} -% You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option -Âû ìîæåòå îòêëþ÷èòü òàêîé ðåæèì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè, çàäàâ -\begin{quote} - |compatibility=false| -\end{quote} -% when loading \thispackage. -% But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported -% since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards. -% (For that reason you will get a warning about this.) -ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà. -Íî îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîé îïöèè è~íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ, è~íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ -ïîñêîëüêó ìîãóò âîçíèêíóòü ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû è~äàæå îøèáêè. -(Ïî ýòîìó ïîâîäó âû êàê ðàç óæå ïîëó÷èëè ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.) - -\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{% - \ifvmode\else\par\fi - \nopagebreak - \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par - \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò algorithms} -\label{algorithms} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two -% environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility -% for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides -% a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.} -Ãðóïïà ïàêåòîâ \package{algorithms}\cite{algorithms} ïðåäëàãàåò äâà îêðóæåíèÿ: -Îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithmic} ïðåäëàãàåò âîçìîæíîñòü äëÿ çàïèñè àëãîðèòìîâ, -à~\texttt{algorithm} \cdash--- «ïëàâàþùèé» âàðèàíò àëãîðèòìîâ.} - -% Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float| -% provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}. -Ïîñêîëüêó îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithm} çàäà¸òñÿ ÷åðåç êîìàíäó |\new|\-|float|, -ïðåäëàãàåìóþ ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float}, îçíàêîìüòåñü ñ~\Ref{float}. - -\iffalse -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò algorithm2e} -\label{algorithm2e} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for -% writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.} -Ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e}\cite{algorithm2e} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèå äëÿ -çàïèñè àëãîðèòìîâ â~LaTeX2e.} - -% Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard -% interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the -% \package{float} package) and typesetting its caption, -% the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage. -Ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e} íå èñïîëüçóåò ñòàíäàðòíûé èíòåðôåéñ äëÿ -îïðåäåëåíèÿ ñîáñòâåííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà (íàïðèìåð, êîìàíäó~|\newfloat| èç ïàêåòà -\package{float}) è~ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñè, -ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e} \emph{íå} ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ äàííûì ïàêåòîì. -% -% So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage, -% you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding -% floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package), -% and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code. -Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âàì íóæíî íàñòðîèòü ïîäïèñè èñïîëüçóÿ \thispackage, -âû äîëæíû ñàìè ñîçäàòü íîâîå îêðóæåíèå, èñïîëüçóÿ ïîääåðæèâàåìûé èíòåðôåéñ ðàáîòû ñ~ôëîòàìè -(íàïðèìåð, èñïîëüçóÿ ïàêåòû \package{float} èëè \package{floatrow}), -è~ñêîìáèíèðîâàòü ýòî îêðóæåíèå ñ~êîäîì ïàêåòà \package{algorithm2e}. -% -% As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic}, -% for example: -Ñíà÷àëà âû äîëæíû îïðåäåëèòü íåïëàâàþùåå îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithmic}, -íàïðèìåð: -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\ - |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\ - |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\ - |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\ - |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment - |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\ - | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\ - | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\ - | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\ - \ldots -\end{quote} -% Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new -% floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package -% (or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package), -% and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic} -% in its body, just like you would do when you use the -% \package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem. -Îïðåäåëèâ òàêîå íåïëàâàþùåå îêðóæåíèå, -âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâî¸ ñîáñòâåííîå îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\newfloat| ïàêåòà -\package{float}, (èëè |\DeclareNewFloatType| ïàêåòà \package{floatrow}), -è~èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìáèíàöèþ ýòîãî îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà è~îêðóæåíèÿ -\texttt{algorithmic} âíóòðè íåãî, àíàëîãè÷íî òîìó, êàê ýòî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ -ïðè òàíäåìå ïàêåòîâ -\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic}. - -% You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example: -Âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü äëÿ ýòèõ öåëåé ïàêåò \package{algorithm}, íàïðèìåð: -\begin{quote} - \ldots\\ - |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\ - |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\ - |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\ - |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\ - \ldots\\ - |% Example usage:|\\ - |\begin{algorithm}|\\ - |\caption{An algorithm}|\\ - |\begin{algorithmic}|\\ - | \SetVline|\\ - | \eIf{cond1}{|\\ - | a line\;|\\ - | }{|\\ - | another line\;|\\ - | }|\\ - |\end{algorithmic}| -\end{quote} -% Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every -% other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float}, -% please see \Ref{float}. -Òåïåðü âû ìîæåòå ñîçäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ñîäåðæèìîãî ôëîòà è~åãî ïîäïèñè, àíàëîãè÷íî ëþáîìó äðóãîìó -îêðóæåíèþ ôëîòà, îïðåäåë¸ííîìó ïàêåòîì \package{float} package\cite{float}, -ñì.~\Ref{float}. - -% \begin{Annotation} -% An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package. -Â~êà÷åñòâå àëüòåðíàòèâû ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåò \package{algorithmicx}. -% \end{Annotation} -\fi - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò float} -\label{float} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands -% \cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel -% and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments. -% It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places -% the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.} -Ïàêåò \package{float}\cite{float} ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäû -\cs{restylefloat} äëÿ ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèÿ óæå ñóùåñòâóþùåãî ìàêåòà ôëîòà -è~\cs{newfloat} äëÿ îïðåäåëåíèÿ íîâûõ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ. -Òàêæå îí ïðåäëàãàåò ñïåöèàëüíóþ îïöèþ ðàçìåùåíèÿ ôëîòà \texttt{H}, êîòîðàÿ ïîìåùàåò -ôëîò «çäåñü», îòêëþ÷èâ ïëàâàíèå ôëîòà.} - -% For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the -% |po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its -% placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead. -Äëÿ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ, îïðåäåë¸ííûõ ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíä \cs{newfloat} èëè -\cs{restylefloat} îïöèÿ -|po|\-|si|\-|tion| íå èìååò ýôôåêòà, òàê êàê ìåõàíèçì ðàçìåùåíèÿ è~ðàññòàíîâîê -îòáèâîê êîíòðîëèðóåòñÿ ñòèëåì ôëîòà ïàêåòà \package{float}. - -% A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be -% executed additionally to the regular ones. -% Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the -% |ruled| captions: It defines the caption style -Ñòèëè ïîäïèñè è~êëþ÷è àññîöèèðîâàííûå ñ~íàçâàíèåì äàííîãî ñòèëÿ ôëîòà -âêëþ÷àþòñÿ ïðè çàïóñêå äàííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ. -Èñïîëüçóÿ ýòîò ìåõàíèçì \thispackage\ ýìóëèðóåò âûâîä ïîäïèñåé â~ñòèëå -|ruled|: îí îïðåäåëÿåò ñòèëü ïîäïèñè -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\ - | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.} -\end{quote} -% So to change this you need either define your own caption style called -% |ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional -% options.%, -%e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|. -Òàê, ÷òîáû èçìåíèòü ýòî âû ìîæåòå ëèáî îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ñòèëü ïîäïèñè, íàçâàííûé -|ruled| èëè èñïîëüçîâàòü |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\x\marg{options} è~îïðåäåëèòü -äîïîëíèòåëüíûå îïöèè.%, - -% Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption -% is specified, overriding its global value: -Òàêæå, èñïîëüçóÿ ýòîò ìåõàíèçì, îòáèâêà ìåæäó ôëîòîì â~ðàìêå (|boxed|) è~åãî -ïîäïèñüþ ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò çíà÷åíèå: -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}| -\end{quote} -% For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}| -% with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting -% instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with -% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|. -Äëÿ èçìåíåíèÿ ýòîãî, èñïîëüçóéòå |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}| -ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèì çíà÷åíèåì. Èëè, åñëè âàì íóæíî âìåñòî ýòîãî èñïîëüçîâàòü îáùèå -(ãëîáàëüíûå) óñòàíîâêè êëþ÷à |skip|, -âû ìîæåòå îòìåíèòü èñïîëüçîâàíèå ëîêàëüíîãî îïðåäåëåíèÿ, çàäàâ -|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|. - -\begin{Note} -% Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with -% |\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments -% are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|. -% As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these. -% Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations, -% so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving -% like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| -% instead. -% And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I -% recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the -% \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}. -Âíóòðè îêðóæåíèé îïðåäåë¸ííûõ êîìàíäàìè |\new|\-|float| èëè |\re|\-|style|\-|float| -ìîæíî çàäàòü òîëüêî îäíó ïîäðèñóíî÷íóþ ïîäïèñü, êðîìå òîãî -ýòè îêðóæåíèÿ ðàáîòàþò íå òàê, êàê -îïðåäåë¸ííûå â~ñòàíäàðòíîì \LaTeX'å |figure| è~|table|. -Â~ðåçóëüòàòå ìíîæåñòâî ïàêåòîâ íå ìîæåò áûòü êîîïåðèðîâàòüñÿ ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì. -Áîëåå òîãî ïàêåò \package{float} èìååò íåêîòîðûå íåäîñòàòêè è~îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, ïîýòîìó, åñëè -âàì íóæíî îïðåäåëèòü íîâîå îêðóæåíèå, ðàáîòàþùåå êàê -|figure| èëè |table| \cdash--- ÿ ðåêîìåíäîâàë áû äëÿ ýòîãî èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó -|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|. -À~äëÿ îïðåäåëåíèÿ äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ è~èõ íàñòðîéêè ìîæíî -èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| èç ïàêåòà -\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}. -\end{Note} - -\iffalse -% Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using -% the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are -% wrong. -% And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself -% in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working -% correctly afterwards. -Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âàì \emph{íå} íóæíî çàäàâàòü |\restyle|\-|float| äëÿ èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ -îïöèè ðàçìåùåíèÿ «|H|». Íåêîòîðûå ðóêîâîäñòâà ñîâåòóþò ýòî, íî ýòî íåâåðíî. -À~çàäàíèå |\restyle|\-|float{table}| õîðîøèé ñïîñîá ñáèòü ñåáÿ ñ~íîã, -ïîñêîëüêó ìíîãèå ïàêåòû, èñïîëüçóþùèå â~ñâîèõ ìàêðîêîìàíäàõ îêðóæåíèå |table| ïåðåñòàþò -ðàáîòàòü. -\fi - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò floatflt} -\label{floatflt} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables -% which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.} -Ïàêåò \package{floatflt}\cite{floatflt} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ -ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, -îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and -% |float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use -Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå îïöèè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |floating|\-|figure| -è~|floating|\-|table|, -ìîæíî çàäàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\ - |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -% |figure| resp.~|table|. -Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ñîîòâåòñòâåííî ê~îñíîâíûì äëÿ |figure| èëè |table|. - -\begin{Note} -% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables, -% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| -% resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. -Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| èëè |width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ òàêèõ ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö, -òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå èõ ñòðîãî, -âíóòðè |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| èëè -|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò fltpage} -\label{fltpage} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the -% caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page -% for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom -% of the previous or next page.} -Ïàêåò \package{fltpage}\cite{fltpage} ïðåäëàãàåò âíåøíþþ ïîäïèñü äëÿ ôëîòîâ -|figure| èëè |table|, ñîäåðæèìîå êîòîðûõ çàíèìàåò öåëóþ ñòðàíèöó. -Ïîäïèñü ïðè ýòîì ðàçìåùàåòñÿ íà ïðåäûäóùåé èëè ñëåäóþùåé ñòðàíèöå [íà ðàçâîðîòå].} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|: -Ñëåäóþùèå êëþ÷è êîíòðîëèðóþò ññûëêè íà îêðóæåíèÿ |FPfigure| è~|FPtable|: -\begin{description} -% \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] -% If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to -% |figure|, it will link to the figure contents. -% (The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.) -% \item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] -% If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref} -% will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents. -% (The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.) - \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} èëè \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Åñëè îïðåäåëåíà îïöèÿ |caption|, ññûëêà â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ áóäåò îòíîñèòüñÿ ê~ïîäïèñè; à~åñëè -|figure| \cdash--- òî ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ôëîòà. -(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |FPlist=|\x|caption|.) -\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} èëè \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Åñëè îïðåäåëåíà îïöèÿ |caption|, ññûëêè \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, èëè \cs{nameref} -áóäóò ïðèâÿçàíû ê~ïîäïèñè; à~åñëè |figure| \cdash--- òî ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ôëîòà. -(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |FPref=figure|.) -\end{description} - -% If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable| -% environments you can use -Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |FPfigure| è~|FPtable| -âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\ - |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -% |figure| or |table|. -Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò çàäàíû äîïîëíèòåëüíî ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì äëÿ -|figure| èëè |table|. - -% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define -% an environment called |FP|\meta{name} which behaves like |FP|\-|figure| and -% |FP|\-|table|. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionType}\marg{name} òàêæå îïðåäåëèò -îêðóæåíèå |FP|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå áóäåò àíàëîãè÷íî |FPfigure| è~|FPtable|. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò hyperref} -\label{hyperref} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross -% referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.} -Ïàêåò hyperref\cite{hyperref} èñïîëüçóåòñÿ äëÿ óïðàâëåíèÿ êîìàíäàìè ïåðåêð¸ñòíûõ ññûëîê -â~\LaTeX'å äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ ãèïåðòåêñòîâûõ ññûëîê âíóòðè äîêóìåíòà.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink -% anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package -% which they supersede.} -Ñóùåñòâóþò äâà êëþ÷à, êîíòðîëèðóþùèõ ðàçìåùåíèå ãèïåðññûëîê:\footnote{Ýòè -îïöèè íàçâàíû ïî ïàêåòó \package{hypcap}, êîòîðûé îíè çàìåíÿþò.} -\begin{description} -% \item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount] -% If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the -% List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at -% the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par -% If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par -% (The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.) -\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} èëè \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |true| âñå ãèïåðññûëêè \cdash--- çàïèñè â~Ñïèñêàõ ðèñóíêîâ (òàáëèö), -êîìàíäû |\ref| è~|\autoref| \cdash--- áóäóò ïðèâÿçàíû -ê~íà÷àëó îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà.\par -Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |false| ãèïåðññûëêè (îáû÷íî) ïðèâÿçûâàþòñÿ ê~ïîäïèñè.\par -(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |hypcap=true|.) -% \item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount] -% Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of -% the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between -% the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself, -% e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par -% (The default setting is |hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip|.) -\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount] -Ïîñêîëüêó ýòî âûãëÿäèò ïëîõî, åñëè ãèïåðññûëêà ïîïàäàåò òî÷íî ââåðõ ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû, -âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûé ïàðàìåòð ðàññòîÿíèÿ ìåæäó ïðèâÿçêîé ãèïåðññûëêè -è~îêðóæåíèåì ôëîòà, -íàïðèìåð, |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| óáèðàåò ýòî ðàññòîÿíèå.\par -(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip|.) -\end{description} - -% Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the -% \package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the -% \package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the -% \package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the -% \package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink -% anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and -% |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set. -Îáå íàñòðîéêè íå èìåþò ýôôåêòà â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |lstlisting| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì -\package{listings}), |longtable| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì -\package{longtable}), |super|\-|tabular| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì -\package{supertabular}) è |xtabular| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì \package{xtab}), -âíóòðè ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé ãèïåðññûëêè âñåãäà áóäóò çàäàíû òàê, -áóäòî çàäàíû îïöèè |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| è~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt|. - -%\pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak -\pagebreak[3]Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå:\nopagebreak -\begin{description} -% \item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} -% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}% -% \\[\smallskipamount] -% Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results. -% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested, -% the hyperlink anchor will be placed different. -% For example: -\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg\ldots\ è~% - \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg\ldots}\\[\smallskipamount] -Áåç ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, äàäóò âàì èäåíòè÷íûå ðåçóëüòàòû. -Íî ñ~çàãðóæåííûì ïàêåòîì \package{hyperref}, è~ñ~îïöèåé |hypcap=|\x|true|, -ãèïåðññûëêà áóäåò äðóãîé. Íàïðèìåð: -\begin{quote} -|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ -| |\ldots\\ -| \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\ -|\end{minipage}| -\end{quote} -% will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption. -% (And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.) -% But -Ïîìåñòèò ãèïåðññûëêó â~ïîäïèñü. -(À~åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true|, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.) -Íî -\begin{quote} -|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ -| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ -| |\ldots\\ -| \caption{A figure}|\\ -|\end{minipage}| -\end{quote} -% will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|, -% since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type -% to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too. -ïîìåñòèò ãèïåðññûëêó â~íà÷àëî îêðóæåíèÿ |mini|\-|page|, -ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|setup|\x|{type=|\x|figure}| íå òîëüêî çàäà¸ò íàñòðîéêè äëÿ -ôëîòà «figure», íî òàêæå ïîìåùàåò ãèïåðññûëêó. - -% \item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} -% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount] -\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg\ldots\ è~% - \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg\ldots}\\[\smallskipamount] -% Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results. -% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances. -% So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to -% the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command. -% So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument, -% |\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result. -% So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't -% want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables. -Îïÿòü æå, áåç ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, îáà âàðèàíòà äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò. -À~ñ~çàãðóæåííûì ïàêåòîì \package{hyperref}, îòëè÷èå áóäåò â~íþàíñàõ. -Òàê, íàïðèìåð, äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíäû |\caption| òàêæå áóäåò çàïèñàí â~% -|aux|-ôàéë, è~òàêæå áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ êîìàíäà |\name|\-|ref|. -Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå êîìàíäó ïîäïèñè~|\caption| ñ~ïóñòûì äîïîëíèòåëüíûì àðãóìåíòîì, êîìàíäà -|\name|\-|ref| òàêæå äàñò âàì «ïóñòîé» ðåçóëüòàò. -Ïîýòîìó ëó÷øå èñïîëüçîâàòü \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}, åñëè âàì íå íóæíî -çàïèñûâàòü ðèñóíîê â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö. -\end{description} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò hypcap} -\label{hypcap} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem -% that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption -% rather than the beginning of the float. -% Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself, -% the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.} -% %, at least when you use \thispackage.} -Ïàêåò \package{hypcap}\cite{hypcap} ïðåäëàãàåò ðåøåíèå ïðîáëåì, ñâÿçàííûõ ñ~ôëîòàìè -ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, êîòîðûé ïîìåùàåò ãèïåðññûëêè â~ïîäïèñü, -à~íå â~íà÷àëî ôëîòà. -Ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ \version{3.1} óæå ðåøèë ýòó ïðîáëåìó ñâîèìè ñðåäñòâàìè, -ïàêåò \package{hypcap} îáû÷íî íå íóæåí.% -% , êîãäà âû èñïîëüçóåòå -% \thispackage. -} - -% If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the -% \package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink -% anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=| -% and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|. -Åñëè ïàêåò \package{hypcap} çàãðóæåí äîïîëíèòåëüíî ê~ïàêåòó \package{hyperref}, -òî êîíòðîëü çà ãèïåðññûëêàìè ïåðåõîäèò îò ïàêåòà \package{caption} ê~íåìó, -ïåðåêðûâàÿ îïöèè êëþ÷åé |hypcap=| è~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|. - -% So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors -% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore, -% instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap} -% package) for this. -Ïîýòîìó äëÿ ðó÷íîãî ðàçìåùåíèÿ ãèïåðññûëêè |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| -óæå íå ãîäèòñÿ, è~âìåñòî ýòîãî âû äîëæíû èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó |\capstart| -(ïðåäëàãàåìóþ ïàêåòîì \package{hypcap}). - -% Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good -% placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and -% |table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also -% offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for -% |floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package), -% |FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package), -% |fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package), -% |par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package), -% |SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package), -% |three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package), -% and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).%---% -% %so by loading the \package{hypcap} package additionally you will -% %loose that. -Ïðè àâòîìàòè÷åñêîì ðàçìåùåíèè ãèïåðññûëîê, ïàêåò \package{hypcap} çàäà¸ò âåðíîå -ðàçìåùåíèå òîëüêî äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |figure| è~% -|table|. Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê îïöèÿ êëþ÷à |hypcap=true| ïàêåòà \package{caption}, ïðåäëàãàåò òàêæå -êîððåêòíîå ðàçìåùåíèÿ ññûëîê äëÿ îêðóæåíèé -|floating|\-|figure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{floatflt}), -|FPfigure| è~|FPtable| (ïðåäëàãàåìûõ ïàêåòîì \package{fltpage}), -|figwindow| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{picinpar}), -|parpic| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{picins}), -|SCfigure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{sidecap}), -|three|\-|part|\-|table| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{threeparttable}), -è~|wrap|\-|figure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{wrapfig}).%---% -%ïîýòîìó, çàãðóæàÿ ïàêåò \package{hypcap}, âû òåðÿåòå ýòè âîçìîæíîñòè. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò listings} -\label{listings} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.} -Ïàêåò \package{listings}\cite{listings} ïîìîãàåò ðàñïå÷àòàòü ïðîãðàììíûé êîä.} - -% If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment -% you can use -Åñëè âû æåëàåòå ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå îïöèè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |lstlinsting| -âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} - -% Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options -% for controlling the position and the skips of the caption: -% |caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|. -% \See{\package{listings} documentation for details.} -% These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but -% can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|, -% e.g.%~ -Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïàêåò \package{listings} èìååò ñîáñòâåííûå îïöèè -äëÿ êîíòðîëÿ ðàñïîëîæåíèÿ îòáèâîê âîêðóã ïîäïèñè: -|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, è~|below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|. -\See{ïîäðîáíåå â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ïàêåòà \package{listings}.} -Îïöèè ïàêåòà \package{listings} ïåðåîïðåäåëÿþò îïöèè \package{caption}, íî -ìîãóò áûòü â~ñâîþ î÷åðåäü ïåðåïèñàíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ íàñòðîåê -|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|, -íàïðèìåð, -\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò longtable} -\label{longtable} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment -% which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table -% itself can span multiple pages.} -Ïàêåò \package{longtable}\cite{longtable} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèå, -êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî \texttt{tabular}, íî òàáëè÷íûé ìàòåðèàë ìîæåò çàíèìàòü -íåñêîëüêî ñòðàíèö.} - -% If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment -% you can use -Åñëè âû æåëàåòå ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table| -âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -% |table|. -Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì äëÿ -|table|. - -% The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|, -% so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and -% |long|\-|table|s. -% But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default -% $=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that. -% (But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by -% |\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|, -% even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.) -Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| îáû÷íî ïåðåêðûâàþò çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû -|\LTcapwidth|, ïîýòîìó -âû ìîæåòå ïîëó÷èòü èäåíòè÷íîå îôîðìëåíèå äëÿ ïîäïèñåé â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |table| è~% -|longtable|. -Íî åñëè âû çàäàäèòå çíà÷åíèå |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| îòëè÷íîå îò çàäàííîãî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ, -÷òî ðàâíî ${}={}$|4in|, \thispackage\ áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòî çíà÷åíèå. -(Íî |\LTcapwidth| áóäåò ïåðåïèñàíî ïîñëåäóþùåé íàñòðîéêîé -|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|, äàæå åñëè îíî çàäàíî -îòëè÷íûì îò~|4in|.) - -\begin{Note} -% |\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s. -% Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment -% the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment -% instead. -% \NEWfeature{v3.1} -% If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter -% please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the -% \package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be -% loaded automatically). -Êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|of| è~|\Continued|\-|Float| íå ðàáîòàþò â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |long|\-|table|. -Êðîìå òîãî íè |\caption| íè |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| íå óâåëè÷èâàþò çíà÷åíèå ñ÷¸ò÷èêà -òàáëèö |table|; åãî çíà÷åíèå óïðàâëÿåòñÿ îêðóæåíèåì |long|\-|table|. -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü îêðóæåíèå |longtable| áåç óâåëè÷åíèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêà òàáëèö, |table|, -èñïîëüçóéòå îêðóæåíèå |longtable*|, ïðåäëàãàåìîå ïàêåòîì \package{ltcaption}, -êîòîðûé ÿâëÿåòñÿ ÷àñòüþ ãðóïïû ïàêåòîâ ïàêåòà \package{caption} è~çàãðóæàåòñÿ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè. -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò picinpar} -\label{picinpar} -\packagedescription{% -% Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar} -% package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full -% width of a page and are float around by text. -% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages -% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} -Àíàëîãè÷íûé ïàêåòó \package{floatflt}, ïàêåò \package{picinpar}% -\cite{picinpar} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì. -Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü -ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and -% |tab|\-|window| environments you can use -Åñëè âàì íóæíû ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |figwindow| è~|tabwindow| -âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\ - |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -% |figure| or |table|. -Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì -|figure| èëè |table|. - -\begin{Note} -% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, -% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or -% |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. -Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, -òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figwindow]{|\ldots|}| èëè -|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figtable]{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò picins} -\label{picins} -\packagedescription{% -% Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the -% \package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not -% span the full width of a page and are float around by text. -% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages -% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} -Àíàëîãè÷åí ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt} è~\package{picinpar} -\package{picins}\cite{picins} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì. -Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü -ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use -Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |parpic| âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -% |figure| or |table|. -Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì -|figure| èëè |table|.\par - -% Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures, -% and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| íå ñîçäà¸ò çàïèñè â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ, -à~êîìàíäà |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| çàäà¸ò ïîäïèñü áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà. - -\begin{Note} -% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables. -% \iffalse -% if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used. -% The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if -% |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used. -% \fi -% But you can override this by setting it explicit with -% |\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|. -Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö. -\iffalse -åñëè çàäàíû êîìàíäû |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| èëè |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side|. -Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à |width| íå áóäóò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ (íî êëþ÷ |margin| áóäåò), åñëè -çàäàíû êîìàíäû |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| èëè |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side|. -\fi -Íî ýòî ìîæíî ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü íàñòðîéêàìè -|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -% If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please -% do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins} -% documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command -% which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.: -Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ïîäïèñü, |\piccaption|, íå äëÿ |figure|, à~äëÿ äðóãîãî òèïà ôëîòà, -\emph{íå} ïåðåîïðåäåëÿéòå êîìàíäó |\@captype|, êàê ïðåäëîæåíî â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ïàêåòà -\package{picins}. -Èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}, ïðåäëàãàåìóþ äàííûì ïàêåòîì, -íàïðèìåð: -\begin{quote} - |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\ - |\piccaption{An example table}|\\ - |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}| -\end{quote} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò rotating} -\label{rotating} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating -% environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which -% are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree. -% Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.} -Ïàêåò \package{rotating}\cite{rotating} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòîâ -\texttt{side\-ways\-figure} è~\texttt{side\-ways\-table} -êîòîðûå ÿâëÿþòñÿ òåìè æå ðèñóíêàìè è~òàáëèöàìè, íî ðàçâ¸ðíóòûìè íà 90~ãðàäóñîâ. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà \cs{rotcaption} äëÿ ïîâîðîòà òîëüêî ïîäïèñåé.} - -\iffalse % No, we don't do that -% If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and -% |side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use -Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |sidewaysfigure| è~|sidewaystable| -âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\ - |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì -|figure| èëè |table|.\par -\fi - -% The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so -% |\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to -% |\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|. -Êîìàíäà |\rot|\-|caption| áûëà ðàñøèðåíà äàííûì ïàêåòîì, ïîýòîìó -|\rot|\-|caption*| èëè |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| ìîãóò áûòü èñïîëüçîâàíû àíàëîãè÷íî -êîìàíäàì |\caption*| è~|\captionof|. - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define -% an environment called |side|\-|ways|\meta{name} which behaves like -% |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and |side|\-|ways|\-|table|. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} îïðåäåëèò -îêðóæåíèå, íàçûâàåìîå |side|\-|ways|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî -|side|\-|ways|\-|figure| è~|side|\-|ways|\-|table|. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò setspace} -\label{setspace} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands -% to change the spacing, -% e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space} -% causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.} -Ïàêåò \package{setspace}\cite{setspace} ïðåäëàãàåò îïöèè è~êîìàíäû äëÿ -èçìåíåíèÿ èíòåðëèíüÿæà, -íàïðèìåð \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space} -ñîçäàñò äîêóìåíò, ðàñïå÷àòàííûé ñ~ïîëóòîðíûì èíòåðëèíüÿæåì.} - -% If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage, -% the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed -% by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|, -% |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|. -% \See{also \Ref{fonts}} -Åñëè ïàêåò \package{setspace} èñïîëüçóåòñÿ âìåñòå ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì, -ïîäïèñü áóäåò íàïå÷àòàíà ñ~îäèíàðíûì èíòåðëèíüÿæåì. Ýòî ìîæíî ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü, -çàäàâ ëèáî |font=onehalfspacing|, |font=doublespacing|, ëèáî -|font={stretch=|\meta{amount}|}|. \See{òàêæå \Ref{fonts}} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò sidecap} -\label{sidecap} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments -% \texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures -% and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.} -Ïàêåò \package{sidecap}\cite{sidecap} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòîâ -|SCfigure| è~|SCtable|, êîòîðûå ÿâëÿþòñÿ òåìè æå ðèñóíêàìè è~òàáëèöàìè, -íî ïîäïèñè ïîìåùàþòñÿ \emph{ñáîêó} ñîäåðæèìîãî.} - -% If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable| -% environments you can use -Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |SCfigure| è~|SCtable| -âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ - |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -% |figure| or |table|. -Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì -|figure| èëè |table|.\par - -\pagebreak[3] -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define -% an environment called |SC|\meta{name} which behaves like |SC|\-|figure| and -% |SC|\-|table|. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionType}\marg{name} ìîæåò îïðåäåëèòü -îêðóæåíèå |SC|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî |SCfigure| è~|SCtable|. - -\pagebreak[3] -\begin{Note} -% The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification. -% If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option -% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents. -Ïàêåò \package{sidecap} ïðåäëàãàåò îïöèè äëÿ âûêëþ÷êè ïîäïèñåé. -È~åñëè îíè çàäàíû, òî îíè ïåðåîïðåäåëÿò íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à -|justification=| äëÿ ïîäïèñåé ñòîÿùèõ ñáîêó. -\end{Note} - -\begin{Note} -% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, -% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| -% or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. -Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, -òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\captionsetup|\x|[SCfigure]|\x|{|\ldots|}| -èëè |\captionsetup|\x|[SCtable]|\x|{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -\medskip - -\begin{Annotation*} -% Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more -% powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting -% captions beside the contents. -Âìåñòî èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ ïàêåòà \package{sidecap} âû ìîæåòå âîñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ -ïàêåòîì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} äëÿ ðàçìåùåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé ñáîêó ôëîòîâ. -\end{Annotation*} - -\pagebreak[3] -% \subsubsection*{Undocumented features} -% The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package -% options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions: -\subsubsection*{Íåäîêóìåíòèðîâàííûå îñîáåííîñòè} -Ïàêåò \package{sidecap} âåðñèè \version{1.6} èìååò íåêîòîðûå íåäîêóìåíòèðîâàííûå -îïöèè è~êîìàíäû êîòîðûå ïîçâîëÿþò çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûå íàñòðîéêè: - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{margincaption} -% The package option -Îïöèÿ ïàêåòà -\begin{quote} - |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)} -\end{quote} -% causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin. -ïîçâîëÿåò ïîìåñòèòü âñå ïîäïèñè ñáîêó íà ïîëå. - -\pagebreak[3] -\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos} -% The command -Êîìàíäà -\begin{quote} - |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos} -\end{quote} -% sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|' -% (for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment). -% The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones -% defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| it's `|b|'. -çàäà¸ò âåðòèêàëüíîå ïîëîæåíèå ïîäïèñè. Àðãóìåíò \meta{pos} ìîæåò áûòü ëèáî `|t|' -(äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî âåðõó), `|b|' (äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî íèçó), èëè `|c|' -(äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî öåíòðó). -Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ äëÿ òàáëèö, |table|, \cdash--- `|t|', -äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ, |figure|, è~âñåõ äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé, îïðåäåë¸ííûõ -ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| \cdash--- `|b|'. - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò subfigure} -\label{subfigure} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or -% `sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment. -% This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.} -Ïàêåò \package{subfigure}\cite{subfigure} ïðåäëàãàåò ïîääåðæêó äëÿ ÷àñòåé ôëîòîâ (ïîäôëîòîâ) -âíóòðè îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|. -Ýòîò ïàêåò ÿâëÿåòñÿ óñòàðåâøèì, íîâûå ïîëüçîâàòåëÿì ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ ïàêåò \package{subfig}.} - -% Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in -% a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during -% development) should still compile as expected. -Ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{subfigure} óñòàðåâøèé, îí ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ è~êîìïèëèðóåòñÿ òîëüêî â~ñòàðûõ äîêóìåíòàõ -(èñïîëüçóþùèõ \thispackage\ \version{1.x}). - -% Please use the \package{subfig} package instead with supports \thispackage\ -% \version{3.x}. -Âìåñòî ýòîãî èñïîëüçóéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, ïàêåò \package{subfig}; åãî ïîääåðæèâàåò \thispackage\ -\version{3.x}. - -% \See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.} -\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}.} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåòû supertabular è~xtab} -\label{supertabular} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab} -% packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite -% similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the -% \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}. -% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful -% packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} -Ïàêåòû \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} è~\package{xtab}\cite{xtab} -ïðåäëàãàþò îêðóæåíèå, -àíàëîãè÷íîå \texttt{long\-table}, (ïàêåò \package{longtable}\cite{longtable}), -êîòîðîå ìîæåò ðàçáèâàòüñÿ íà íåñêîëüêî ñòðàíèö. -Äåòàëüíûå îáúÿñíåíèÿ ðàçëè÷èé ýòèõ ìîùíûõ ïàêåòîâ -ñì.~â~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} - -% If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular| -% resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use -Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |super|\-|tabular| -èëè~|xtabular| âû ìîæåòå çàïèñàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî}\\ - |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -% |table|. -Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì -|figure| èëè |table|.\par - -\begin{Note} -% |\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s. -Êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~|super|\-|tabular| è~|xtabular|. -\end{Note} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò threeparttable} -\label{threeparttable} -\packagedescription{% -% The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme -% for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and -% the caption. -% This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in -% tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.} -Ïàêåò \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} -ïðåäëàãàåò ñõåìó äëÿ òàáëèö, èìåþùèõ ñòðóêòóðèðîâàííûé ðàçäåë çàìå÷àíèé ïîñëå òàáëè÷íîãî ìàòåðèàëà -è~ïîäïèñè. -Ýòà ñõåìà ïðåäëàãàåò îòâåò äëÿ ñòàðîé ïðîáëåìû ðàçìåùåíèÿ ñíîñîê â~òàáëèöàõ áåç íåîáõîäèìîñòè -ñîçäàíèÿ ñíîñîê.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and -% |measured|\-|figure| environments you can use -Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé -|three|\-|part|\-|table| è~|measured|\-|figure|, -âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\ - |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -% |table| or |figure|. -Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì -|figure| èëè |table|.\par - -\begin{Note} -% Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here, -% the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, -% at least unless you set it explicit with -% |\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or -% |\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|. -Ïîñêîëüêó øèðèíà ïîäïèñè ðàâíà øèðèíå òàáëèöû, -êëþ÷è |margin| è~|width| çäåñü íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, -òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî -|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[threeparttable]|\x|{|\ldots|}| -èëè |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[measuredfigure]|\x|{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -\medskip - -\begin{Annotation*} -% Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can -% also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose. -Âìåñòî ïàêåòà \package{threeparttable} ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü -ïàêåò \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}. -\end{Annotation*} - -\pagebreak[3] -\subsection{Ïàêåò wrapfig} -\label{wrapfig} -\packagedescription{% -% Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the -% \package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers -% figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float -% around by text. -% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages -% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} -Àíàëîãè÷íî ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt}, \package{picinpar} è~% -\package{picins}, ïàêåò \package{wrapfig}\cite{wrapfig} ïðåäëàãàåò -îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì. -Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü -ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} - -\NEWfeature{v3.1} -% If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and -% |wrap|\-|table| environments you can use -Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |wrap|\-|figure| -è~|wrap|\-|table| âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\\ - |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad. -\end{quote} -% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for -% |figure| or |table|. -Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì -|figure| èëè |table|.\par - -% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define -% an environment called |wrap|\meta{name} which behaves like |wrap|\-|figure| -% and |wrap|\-|table|. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} îïðåäåëèò -íîâîå îêðóæåíèå |wrap|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå àíàëîãè÷íî |wrap|\-|figure| è~|wrap|\-|table|. - -\begin{Note} -% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and -% tables, unless you set it explicit with -% |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| -% or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. -Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, -òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[wrapfigure]{|\ldots|}| -èëè |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[wraptable]{|\ldots|}|. -\end{Note} - -\begin{Note} -% If the \package{wrapfig} package should be used in coorperation with the -% \package{float} package, it needs to be loaded \emph{after} the -% \package{float} package. Furthermore |\new|\-|float| and |\restyle|\-|float| -% commands \emph{should} be placed after \emph{both} packages have been loaded. -Åñëè ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} äîëæåí áûòü èñïîëüçîâàí ñîâìåñòíî ñ~ïàêåòîì -\package{float}, òî åãî íóæíî çàãðóçèòü \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòà -\package{float}. Êðîìå òîãî êîìàíäû |\new|\-|float| èëè |\restyle|\-|float| -\emph{äîëæíû} áûòü ïîìåùåíû ïîñëå çàãðóçêè \emph{îáîèõ} ïàêåòîâ. -\end{Note} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -% \section{Further reading} -\section{Ðåêîìåíäóåìàÿ ëèòåðàòóðà} - -% I recommend the following documents for further reading: -ß ðåêîìåíäóþ ñëåäóþùèå äîêóìåíòû äëÿ äàëüíåéøåãî ÷òåíèÿ: - -\begin{itemize} -\item -% The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX: - The \TeX\ FAQ -- ×àÂî ïî \TeX'ó è~\LaTeX'ó: - \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote} - -\item - A French FAQ can be found at - \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote} - -\item - ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz: - \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote} - -\item -%^^A \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around -%^^A including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents. -%^^A You will find this document in the directory - \textsf{epslatex} (Keith Reckdahl) ñîäåðæèò ìíîæåñòâî ïîäñêàçîê - êàê ðàçìåñòèòü èëëþñòðàöèîííûé ìàòåðèàë â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ñîçäàííîé â~\LaTeXe. - Âû íàéäåòå ýòîò ôàéë â~äèðåêòîðèè - \begin{quote}\url{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/epslatex/}\end{quote} -\end{itemize} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\pagebreak[3] -% \section{Thanks} -\section{Áëàãîäàðíîñòè} - -{\fontencoding{T1}%\fontfamily{ptm} -\selectfont -I would like to thank Katja Melzner, -Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko, -David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, and Keith Reckdahl. -Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support! - -Also I would like to thank -Harald Harders, -Peter L\"offler, -Peng Yu, -Alexander Zimmermann, -Matthias Pospiech, -J\"urgen Wieferink, -Christoph Bartoschek, -Uwe St\"ohr, -Ralf Stubner, -Geoff Vallis, -Florian Keiler, -J\"urgen G\"obel, -Uwe Siart, -Sang-Heon Shim, -Henrik Lundell, -David Byers, -William Asquith, -Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann, -Frank Martini, -Danie Els, -and -Markus Kohm, -who all helped to make this package a better one.} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage\appendix -% \section{Alphabetical Reference} -\section{Àëôàâèòíûé óêàçàòåëü} - -%\newenvironment{Warnings}% -% {\begin{trivlist}% -% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}% -% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}% -% }% -% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}} -\makeatletter -\newenvironment{Warnings}{% - \newif\ifMessage - \def\Message{% - \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi - \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}% - \setlength\parindent{0pt}% - \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}% - \setlength\leftskip{0pt}% - \color{blue}% - \Messagetrue}% - \def\Description{% - \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}% - \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{èëè}}% - \def\@Or[##1]{% - \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}% -}{% - \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi -} -\makeatother - -% \subsection{Options} -\subsection{Êëþ÷è (îïöèè)} -\newcommand\preambleoption{\,% - \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% - \footnotemark[2]% - \endgroup} -\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{% - \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% -% \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}% - \footnotetext[2]{Ýòè îïöèè ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü òîëüêî â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà.}% - \endgroup} - -\newcommand\cell[1]{\tabular[t]{@{}l@{}}#1\endtabular} - -\begin{longtable*}{@{}l@{\ }ll@{}} -% Option & Short description & Section \\ -Êëþ÷ & Êðàòêîå îïèñàíèå & Ðàçäåë \\ -\hline\noalign{\vskip2pt} -\endhead -% |aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\ -|aboveskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó íàä ïîäïèñüþ & \ref{skips} \\ -% |belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\ -|belowskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ïîä ïîäïèñüþ & \ref{skips} \\ -% |compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{classes} \\ -|compatibility|\preambleoption & ôîðñèðîâàòü (íå)ñîâìåñòèìîñòü & \ref{compatibility} \\ -%|config| & & \ref{x} \\ -% |figurename|\preambleoption & sets the figure name & \ref{names} \\ -|figurename|\preambleoption & çàäàíèå èìåíè ðèñóíêà â~ìåòêå & \ref{names} \\ -% |figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\ -|figureposition|\preambleoption & äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ðàçìåùåíèè ïîçèöèè ïîäïèñè ðèñóíêà & \ref{skips} \\ -% |figurewithin|\preambleoption & sets the figure ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\ -|figurewithin|\preambleoption & \cell{çàäà¸ò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ðàçäåëà, êîòîðîìó ïîä÷èíÿåòñÿ\\ íóìåðàöèÿ ðèñóíêîâ} - & \ref{numbering} \\ -% |font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\ -|font|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò & \ref{fonts} \\ -% |format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\ -|format| & çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò & \ref{formats} \\ -% |FPlist| & to where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\ -|FPlist| & ê~÷åìó ïðèâÿçûâàòü FPfigure â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ? & \ref{fltpage} \\ -% |FPref| & to where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\ -|FPref| & ê~÷åìó ïðèâÿçûâàòü |\ref| äëÿ FPfigure? & \ref{fltpage} \\ -% |hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\ -|hangindent| & \cell{çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó [íà âåñó;\\ ñîîòâåòñòâóåò êîìàíäå \cs{hangindent}]} & \ref{margins} \\ -% |hypcap| & select `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\ -|hypcap| & îïðåäåëÿåò ðàáîòó ïàêåòà `hypcap' & \ref{hyperref} \\ -% |hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink \& contents & \ref{hyperref} \\ -|hypcapspace| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàññòîÿíèå ìåæäó ãèïåðññûëêîé\\ è~ñîäåðæèìûì -îáúåêòà} & \ref{hyperref} \\ -% |indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\ -|indention| & çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó & \ref{margins} \\ -% |justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\ -|justification| & çàäà¸ò âûêëþ÷êó & \ref{justification} \\ -% |labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\ -|labelfont|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ ìåòêè ôëîòà & \ref{fonts} \\ -% |labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\ -|labelformat| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò [îôîðìëåíèå] íóìåðàöèîííîãî\\ çàãîëîâêà} & \ref{formats} \\ -% |labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\ -|labelsep| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì\\ çàãîëîâêîì -è~òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè} & \ref{formats} \\ -% |labelseparator| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\ -|labelseparator| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì\\ çàãîëîâêîì -è~òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè} & \ref{formats} \\ -% |list| & switches the entries in the `List of' on or off & \ref{lists} \\ -|list| & \cell{îïðåäåëÿåò (âêëþ÷àåò/îòêëþ÷àåò) âûâîä ïîäïèñåé\\ â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ} & \ref{lists} \\ -% |listformat| & sets the `List of' entry format & \ref{lists} \\ -% |listfigurename| & sets the `List of Figure' name & \ref{names} \\ -|listfigurename| & çàäà¸ò çàãîëîâîê äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ & \ref{names} \\ -|listformat| & îïðåäåëÿåò ôîðìàò äëÿ âûâîäà â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ & \ref{lists} \\ -% |listtablename| & sets the `List of Tables' name & \ref{names} \\ -|listtablename| & çàäà¸ò çàãîëîâîê äëÿ Ñïèñêà òàáëèö & \ref{names} \\ -% |margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\ -|margin| & çàäà¸ò ïîëÿ âîêðóã ïîäïèñè & \ref{margins} \\ -% |margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\ -|margin*| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ïîëÿ, â~ñëó÷àå, åñëè øèðèíà ïîäïèñè\\ íå çàäàíà} & \ref{margins} \\ -% |maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\ -|maxmargin| & çàäà¸ò ìàêñèìàëüíóþ âåëè÷èíó ïîëÿ & \ref{margins} \\ -% |minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\ -|minmargin| & çàäà¸ò ìèíèìàëüíóþ âåëè÷èíó ïîëÿ & \ref{margins} \\ -%| name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\ -|name| & çàäà¸ò èìÿ íîâîãî îêðóæåíèÿ & \ref{names} \\ -% |oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\ -|oneside| & çàäà¸ò îäíîñòîðîííþþ ïå÷àòü äîêóìåíòà & \ref{margins} \\ -% |options| & executes the given option list & \ref{x} \\ -|options| & âêëþ÷àåò äàííûé ñïèñîê îïöèé & \\ -% |parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\ -|parindent| & çàäà¸ò àáçàöíûé îòñòóï & \ref{margins} \\ -% |parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\ -|parskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ìåæäó àáçàöàìè & \ref{margins} \\ -% |position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\ -|position| & äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ðàçìåùåíèè ïîäïèñè & \ref{skips} \\ -% |singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\ -|singlelinecheck| & âêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü [îôîðìëåíèÿ] îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé & \ref{justification} \\ -%|size| & sets the size of font & \ref{x} \\ -% |skip| & sets the skip between content \& caption & \ref{skips} \\ -|skip| & \cell{çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ìåæäó ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà è~ïîäïèñè} & \ref{skips} \\ -% |strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\ -|strut| & âêëþ÷àåò èñïîëüçîâàíèå êîìàíäû ðàñïîðêè |\strut| & \ref{formats} \\ -% |style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\ -|style| & çàäà¸ò ñòèëü îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè & \ref{style} \\ -%|style*| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\ -% |subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\ -|subtype| & çàäà¸ò âûâîä ïîäïèñè ÷àñòè ôëîòà & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\ -% |tablename|\preambleoption & sets the table name & \ref{names} \\ -|tablename|\preambleoption & çàäà¸ò èìÿ òàáëèöû & \ref{names} \\ -% |tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\ -|tableposition|\preambleoption & \cell{äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ïîëîæåíèè ïîäïèñè òàáëèöû - \\(òàáëè÷íîãî çàãîëîâêà)} & \ref{skips} \\ -% |tablewithin|\preambleoption & sets the table ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\ -|tablewithin|\preambleoption & \cell{çàäà¸ò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ðàçäåëà, êîòîðîìó ïîä÷èíÿåòñÿ\\ íóìåðàöèÿ òàáëèö} - & \ref{numbering} \\ -% |textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\ -|textfont|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà ïîäïèñè & \ref{fonts} \\ -% |textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\ -|textformat| & çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè & \ref{formats} \\ -% |twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\ -|twoside| & çàäà¸ò äâóñòîðîííþþ ïå÷àòü äîêóìåíòà & \ref{margins} \\ -% |type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\ -|type| & çàäà¸ò òèï ïîäïèñè è~ïîìåùàåò íà÷àëî ãèïåðññûëêè & \ref{types} \\ -% |type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\ -|type*| & çàäà¸ò òîëüêî òèï ïîäïèñè & \ref{types} \\ -% |width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\ -|width| & çàäà¸ò ôèêñèðîâàííóþ øèðèíó ïîäïèñè & \ref{margins} \\ -\end{longtable*} -\preambleoptiontext -% \footnotetext{The option \opt{subtype} is explained in the -% \package{subcaption} package documentation.} -\footnotetext{Çíà÷åíèå îïöèè \texttt{subtype} îáúÿñíÿåòñÿ â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ê~ïàêåòó - \package{subcaption}.} - -\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% -\begin{Note*} -% Obsolete options are not listed here. See -% \Ref{caption1} and -% \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options.} - Óñòàðåâøèå îïöèè çäåñü íå ïåðå÷èñëÿþòñÿ. Çà ñïèñêîì ýòèõ îïöèé îáðàòèòåñü ê~äîêóìåíòàöèè - \Ref{caption1} è~\Ref{caption2}. -\end{Note*}} - -% \subsection{Commands} -\subsection{Êîìàíäû} - -\begin{longtable*}{lll} -Êîìàíäà & & Ðàçäåë \\ -\hline -\endhead -|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ -%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ -%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ -|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ -|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\ -|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\ -|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\ -|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\ -|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\ -|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\DeclareCaptionType| & & \ref{declare} \\ -|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ -\end{longtable*} -% \footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the -% \package{subcaption} package documentation.} -\footnotetext{Êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} îïèñàíà - â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}.} - -\clearpage -% \subsection{Warnings} -\subsection{Ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ} - -\begin{Warnings} - -\Message - |\caption outside box or environment.| -\Or - |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.| -\Or - |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\ - | or environment.| -\Description -% You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or -% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group, -% or environment. -% You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects. -% \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}} - Âû ïîìåñòèëè |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, èëè - |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| âíå áîêñà, ãðóïïû - èëè îêðóæåíèÿ. - Ýòî ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû. - \par\See{\Ref{types} è~\Ref{caption}} - -\Message - |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ - |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ - |unknown to the caption package.| -\Description -% If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or -% package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine -% |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement. -% As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|, -% using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|, -% or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par -% If you don't care about the original enhancements but would -% like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead -% you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false| -% a try and keep your fingers crossed. -% (But you will get the next warning instead.) -% \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}} - \Thispackage\ îáíàðóæèë, ÷òî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êàêîé-ëèáî (íåèçâåñòíûé) êëàññ äîêóìåíòà èëè - ïàêåò, ðàñøèðèâøèé îïðåäåëåíèå |\caption|, ïîýòîìó äàëüíåéøåå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå - |\caption| ìîæåò óíè÷òîæèòü èñïîëüçóåìûå íàñòðîéêè. - Â~ðåçóëüòàòå íåêîòîðûå îñîáåííîñòè, òàêèå êàê |\caption*|, |\ContinuedFloat|, - èñïîëüçîâàíèå äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà |\captionsetup|, - èëè îïöèé |list=| è~|hypcap=| íåâîçìîæíî.\par - Åñëè âàì íå íóæíû îðèãèíàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè è~âàæíåå èñïîëüçîâàòü - ïîëíûé ñïåêòð âîçìîæíîñòåé äàííîãî ïàêåòà, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü - íåïîääåðæèâàåìóþ(!) îïöèþ |compatibility=false| - è~íàäåÿòüñÿ íà ëó÷øåå. - (Íî â~ýòîì ñëó÷àå âû ïîëó÷èòå ñëåäóþùåå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.) - \par\See{\Ref{classes}} - -\Message - |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\ - |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\ - |was given.| -\Description -% Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false| -% \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes. -% But depending on the document class or other packages you use that -% can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your -% fingers crossed! - Åñëè âû áûëè ñòîëü îòâàæíû, çàäàâ îïöèþ |compatibility=|\x|false|, - \thispackage\ ïîñòàðàåòñÿ ñäåëàòü âñ¸, ÷òî âû ïîòðåáóåòå. - Íî òàêîå èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîãî ïàêåòà ñîâìåñòíî ñ~òàêèì ïàêåòîì èëè êëàññîì - ìîæåò îòêëþ÷èòü íåêîòîðûå îñîáåííîñòè èëè ïîðîäèòü îøèáêè. - Èòàê, íàäåéòåñü íà ëó÷øåå! - \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\ - |stopped early.| -\Description -% If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading -% (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of -% \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get -% \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures -% or tables. - Åñëè çàãðóçêà ïàêåòà \package{hyperref} çàâåðøèëàñü ðàíüøå ïîëîæåííîãî - (ïî êàêîé-ëèáî ïðè÷èíå), ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{hyperref} ïàêåòîì - \package{caption} áóäåò îòêëþ÷åíà. Â~ðåçóëüòàòå âû ïîëó÷èòå - \package{hyperref} ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ è~íåôóíêöèîíèðóþùèå ãèïåðññûëêè íà ðèñóíêè - èëè òàáëèöû. - \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\Message - |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.| -\Description -% \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding -% captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the -% \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use -% this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning. - \Thispackage\ ñòàðàåòñÿ êîððåêòíî ýìóëèðîâàòü êîìàíäû \KOMAScript, îòíîñÿùèåñÿ ê~ïîäïèñÿì. - Íî îïöèÿ êîìàíäû |\setcapwidth| èç - \KOMAScript\ åù¸ íå ðàáîòàåò âìåñòå ñ~ýòèì ïàêåòîì, - ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû ðåøèòå å¸ èñïîëüçîâàòü, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. - \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}} - -\Message - |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.| -\Description -% You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines -% |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug -% in \thispackage. -% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue. - Íàäåþñü âû íå óâèäèòå òàêîãî ñîîáùåíèÿ, îíî ïîÿâèòñÿ â~ñëó÷àå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèé îêðóæåíèé - |figure| èëè |table|, íåèçâåñòíûõ äàííîìó ïàêåòó, èëè ýòî îøèáêà ñàìîãî ïàêåòà - \package{caption}. - Ïîæàëóéñòà, ïðèøëèòå e-mail ñ~îáðàçöîì, äàþùèì ýòî ñîîáùåíèå. - -\Message - |\label before \caption ignored| -\Description -% Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its -% non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated -% at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead. -% So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or -% \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|). - Ìåòêè, |\label|, ê~ïëàâàþùèì îáúåêòàì ðàáîòàþò íå òàê, êàê íåïëàâàþùèå îêðóæåíèÿ: - èíôîðìàöèÿ äëÿ ìåòêè ãåíåðèðóåòñÿ íå â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ, - à~ïîñëå êîìàíäû |\caption|. - Ïîýòîìó âû äîëæíû ïîìåñòèòü êîìàíäó |\label| ëèáî \emph{ïîñëå} òåêñòà - |\caption| ëèáî âíóòðè òåêñòà ïîäïèñè. - -\Message - |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.| -\Description -% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list, -% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|, -% and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will -% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like -% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of -% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|. - Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå óäàëèòü îïöèþ èç ñïèñêà îïöèé, - íàïðèìåð, |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|, - à~ýòà îïöèÿ íå áûëà îáíàðóæåíà â~ñïèñêå, âû ïîëó÷èòå - ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. Åñëè ýòî ïðîèñõîäèò íå èç-çà îïå÷àòêè è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî - ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóéòå |\clearcaptionsetup*| âìåñòî - |\clearcaptionsetup|. - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\Message - |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.| -\Description -% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list, -% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|, -% and this option list is not defined (yet), you will -% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like -% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of -% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|. - Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå óäàëèòü îïöèþ èç ñïèñêà îïöèé, - íàïðèìåð, |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|, - à~ýòà îïöèÿ íå áûëà îáíàðóæåíà â~ñïèñêå, âû ïîëó÷èòå - ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. Åñëè ýòî ïðîèñõîäèò íå èç-çà îïå÷àòêè è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî - ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóéòå |\clearcaptionsetup*| âìåñòî - |\clearcaptionsetup|. - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\iffalse -\Message - |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\ - |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\ - |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\ - |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.| -\Description - \TODO -\fi - -\Message - |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\ - |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.| -\Description -% The caption option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| is only full functional -% if you have the \package{ragged2e} package installed in your \TeX\ system. -% If not, you will get this warning, and |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| -% will be treated as |justification=|\x|raggedright|. - Îïöèÿ |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| áóäåò ôóíêöèîíèðîâàòü - åñëè ïàêåò \package{ragged2e} èíñòàëëèðîâàí â~âàøåé ñèñòåìå \TeX{}. - Åñëè ïàêåòà íåò, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, è~|justification=|\x|RaggedRight| - áóäåò ðàáîòàòü êàê |justification=|\x|raggedright|. - \par\See{\Ref{justification}} - -\Message - |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.| -\Description -% The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be -% emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it -% away. - Îïöèÿ ïàêåòà \package{caption2}, |ignoreLTcapwidth|, íå áóäåò ýìóëèðîâàòüñÿ - äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà, îáû÷íî ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå ìîæíî èãíîðèðîâàòü. - \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}} - -\Message - |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\ - |captions right.| -\Description -% The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it -% is actually needed. -% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could -% get this warning. -% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away. - Ïàêåò \package{ragged2e} ìîæåò áûòü çàãðóæåí ïàêåòîì \package{caption} åñëè ýòî - äåéñòâèòåëüíî íåîáõîäèìî. - Ïî êðàéíåé ìåðå äëÿ ýòîãî íóæíû äâå îáðàáîòêè \LaTeX'à, è~ïðè ïåðâîé îáðàáîòêå - âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî ñîîáùåíèå. - Ñêîìïèëèðóéòå äîêóìåíò âòîðîé ðàç è ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èñ÷åçíåò. - \par\See{\Ref{justification}} - -\Message - |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.| -\Description -% If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the -% page numbers to get the margins right. -% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get -% this warning. -% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away. - Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îïöèþ äîêóìåíòà |twoside|, ïàêåòó íóæíî êîíòðîëèðîâàòü íóìåðàöèþ ñòðàíèö, - ÷òîáû ïîëó÷èòü âåðíî ðàçìåù¸ííûå ïîëÿ. - Äëÿ ýòîãî íóæíû äâå îáðàáîòêè \LaTeX'îì, à~ïðè ïåðâîé îáðàáîòêå âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî - ñîîáùåíèå. - Ñêîìïèëèðóéòå äîêóìåíò âòîðîé ðàç è ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èñ÷åçíåò. - \par\See{\Ref{margins}} - -\Message - |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.| -\Description -% This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if -% you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or -% |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment, -% this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption, -% the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|) -% and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|) -% as well.\par -% {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form -% |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par} - Ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èíôîðìèðóåò î~ñìåøåíèè îïöèé. Íàïðèìåð, - âû èñïîëüçóåòå |\captionof{table}{|\ldots|}| âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|, - ýòî ÿâëÿåòñÿ ðåçóëüòàòîì èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ îáåèõ îïöèé äëÿ ýòîé ñïåöèôè÷åñêîé ïîäïèñè: - äëÿ |figure| (çàäàííîé ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\captionsetup[figure]{|\ldots|}|) - è~äëÿ |table| (çàäàííîé ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\captionsetup[table]{|\ldots|}|).\par - {\small(Âû ìîæåòå îòêëþ÷èòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóÿ çâ¸çäíóþ ôîðìó êîìàíäû - |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par} - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\Message - |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\ - |particular \caption.| -\Description -% \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular -% caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by -% default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures, -% or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure -% or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par - \Thispackage\ íå íàø¸ë ïîäõîäÿùåå ìåñòî äëÿ ãèïåðññûëêè äëÿ äàííîé - ïîäïèñè, ïîýòîìó ïàêåò ðåøàåò èãíîðèðîâàòü íàñòðîéêè |hypcap=|\x|true| (çàäàííûå - ïî óìîë÷àíèþ). Â~ðåçóëüòàòå ññûëêà íà ýòó ïîäïèñü (íàïðèìåð, â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ, - èëè â~êîìàíäàõ |\ref| èëè |\autoref|) áóäåò ïðèâÿçàíà ê~ïîäïèñè ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû, - à~íå ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû.\par -% This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment, -% but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and -% which is unknown to \thispackage.\par - Ýòî ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå êîìàíäó |\captionof| â~íåïëàâàþùåì îêðóæåíèè, - à~òàêæå ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà, ïåðåîïðåäåëÿþùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|, - íåèçâåñòíîãî äàííîìó ïàêåòó.\par -% If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a -% |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or -% |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning. - Åñëè âàì ýòî ïîäõîäèò è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, çàäàéòå êîä - |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| ïåðåä |\caption| èëè - |\captionof|, êîòîðûå ïîðîæäàþò ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. -% If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with -% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself. - Åñëè æå ýòî âàñ íå óñòðàèâàåò, âû ìîæåòå ïîïðîáîâàòü çàäàòü ãèïåðññûëêó, ñ~ïîìîùüþ - |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}|. - \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}} - -\Message - |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ - |usage of the caption package is not recommended.| -\Description -% Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you -% have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption| -% (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well. -% This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an -% unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all. - Ëèáî êëàññ äîêóìåíòà íåèçâåñòåí äàííîìó ïàêåòó, ëèáî âû - ïîäêëþ÷èëè ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò êîìàíäó |\@makecaption| - (âíóòðåííÿÿ êîìàíäà, ñîçäàþùàÿ ïîäïèñè). - Ýòî îçíà÷àåò ÷òî \thispackage\ èçìåíèò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñåé â~íåæåëàòåëüíûì ñïîñîáîì, - èëè âîîáùå îòêàæåòñÿ ðàáîòàòü. - \par\See{\Ref{classes} è~\Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].| -\Description -% You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are -% not used later on. -% This can be because of a typo in \meta{type}, -% or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and -% which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage -% of the environment \meta{type} after this line. -% (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*| -% instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.) - Âû îïðåäåëèëè îïöèè |\captionsetup[|\meta{type}|]| êîòîðûå - ïîçäíåå íå èñïîëüçîâàëèñü. - Ýòî ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè èç-çà îïå÷àòêè â~àðãóìåíòå \meta{type}, - èëè ïîòîìó, ÷òî âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|, - íåèçâåñòíûé äàííîìó ïàêåòó, èëè ïðîñòî âû íå èñïîëüçîâàëè îêðóæåíèÿ - \meta{type} ïîñëå çàäàííûõ íàñòðîåê.\par - (Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü |\captionsetup*| âìåñòî - |\captionsetup|.)\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} - \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} - -\Message - |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\ - |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\ - |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\ - |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.| -\Description -% The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well. -% Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the -% other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption. - Ïàêåò \meta{package} èçìåíÿåò îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè. - Ðåøèòå, ÷åé èíòåðôåéñ âû ïðåäïî÷ò¸òå: \thispackage\ èëè - äðóãîé ïàêåò, èñïîëüçîâàíèå îáîèõ ìîæåò çàäàòü íåâåðíûå îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè. - \par\See{\Ref{skips}} - -\end{Warnings} - -\pagebreak[3] -%^^A\subsection{Errors} -\subsection{Ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ} - -\begin{Warnings} - -\Message - |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.| -\Or - |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.| -\Description -% If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption, -% you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| -% for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't -% use such list. - Åñëè âû õîòèòå ñîçäàòü ÷òî-òî íåîáû÷íîå (íàïðèìåð òàáëèöó) âíóòðè ïîäïèñè, - âû äîëæíû çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò äëÿ êîìàíäû |\caption| èëè |\captionof|, - ÷òîáû ïîìåñòèòü òåêñò â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö, äàæå åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçóåòå - òàêîé ñïèñîê. - \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, è~\Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\Message - |\caption outside float.| -\Description -% You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or -% a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|. -% If this is what you want to, please use either -% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or -% |\caption|\-|of|. - Âû ïîìåñòèëè êîìàíäó |\caption| çà ïðåäåëàìè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà èëè - |longtable|. Åñëè âû äåëàåòå ýòî ñîçíàòåëüíî, çàäàéòå - |\captionsetup{|\x|type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| èëè |\captionof|. - \par\See{\Ref{caption}} - -\Message - |\ContinuedFloat outside float.| -\Description -% You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating -% environment. % or |long|\-|table|. - Âû ïîìåñòèëè êîìàíäó |\ContinuedFloat| âíå îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà. -% If this is what you want to, please use the combination -% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par - Åñëè âû ýòî ñäåëàëè ñîçíàòåëüíî, èñïîëüçóéòå êîìáèíàöèþ - |\captionsetup{|\x|type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\ContinuedFloat|.\par -% Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not -% working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which -% typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter, -% if sufficient for you. - Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\ContinuedFloat| âíóòðè |longtable| (ïîêà) íå ðàáîòàåò, - íî, âîçìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàíèå îêðóæåíèÿ |longtable*|, êîòîðîå ñîçäà¸ò |longtable| - áåç óâåëè÷åíèÿ íóìåðàöèè |table|, ðåøèò âàøè ïðîáëåìû. - \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} è~\Ref{longtable}} - -\Message - |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.| -\Description -% Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating -% environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type, -% e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure. - Ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ðèñóíêè èëè òàáëèöû íå äîëæíû ïðåðûâàòüñÿ - îêðóæåíèåì äðóãîãî òèïà (èëè îêðóæåíèåì |long|\-|table|), - íàïðèìåð òàáëèöà ìåæäó ðèñóíêîì è~åãî ïðîäîëæåíèåì. - \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}} - -\Message - |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\ - |with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'|\\ - |package *(right) after* the `float' package.| -\Description -% Please take care of the load order of packages -% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the -% \package{float} package. - Áóäüòå âíèìàòåëüíû ñ~ïîðÿäêîì çàãðóçêè ïàêåòîâ, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå - ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} ñîâìåñòíî ñ~ïàêåòîì - \package{float}. - \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}} - -\Message - |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\ - |with the `float' package you should use at least|\\ - |`wrapfig' version 3.6.| -\Description -% Please take care of the version of the \package{wrapfig} package -% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the -% \package{float} package. - Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå íà âåðñèþ ïàêåòà \package{wrapfig}, êîòîðóþ âû èñïîëüçóåòå, - åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ýòîò ïàêåò âìåñòå ñ~ïàêåòîì - \package{float}. - \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}} - -\Message - |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\ - |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\ - |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.| -\Description -% \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it -% to a more recent version, at least to the one requested. - \Thispackage\ íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà, îáíîâèòå åãî, - êàê ìèíèìóì äî òðåáóåìîé âåðñèè. - -\Message - |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.| -\Description -% You should never see this error. -% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue. - Âû íå äîëæíû ïîëó÷àòü òàêîå ñîîáùåíèå. - Ïîæàëóéñòà, ïðèøëèòå e-mail ñ~îáðàçöîì, äàþùèì ýòî ñîîáùåíèå. - -\Message - |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.| -\Description -% The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|, -% |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is -% not defined. -% \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or -% any other floating environment defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|, -% |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, -% or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} -% package\cite{floatrow}. - Òèï ôëîòà \meta{type}, êîòîðûé âû âûáðàëè â~êîìàíäàõ |\captionsetup|\x|{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|, - |\captionof|\x\marg{type} èëè |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|SubType| íå îïðåäåë¸í. - Ôëîò \meta{type} äîëæåí áûòü ëèáî `\texttt{figure}' èëè `\texttt{table}', èëè - ëþáîå äðóãîå îêðóæåíèå îïðåäåë¸ííîå ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|, - |\newfloat|, ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float}, - èëè |\Declare|\-|NewFloat|\-|Type| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}. - -\Message - |Not allowed in longtable* environment.| -\Description -% The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment. -% Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular -% |long|\-|table| environment instead. - Èñïîëüçîâàíèå êîìàíäû |\caption| íåâîçìîæíî âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table*|. - Ëèáî èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó |\caption*| äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñè, ëèáî çàìåíèòå îêðóæåíèå íà - |longtable|. - -\Message - |Not available in compatibility mode.| -\Description -% The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode. -% `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an -% incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also -% extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact, -% some features of \thispackage\ are not supported. - Òðåáóåìàÿ íàñòðîéêà íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ â~ðåæèìå ñîâìåñòèìîñòè. - Òåðìèí `compatibility mode' («ðåæèì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè») îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî \thispackage\ îáíàðóæèë - íåñîâìåñòèìûé êëàññ äîêóìåíòà èëè ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ìîäèôèöèðóåò - êîìàíäó |\caption|. Îñòàâèâ îðèãèíàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè íåòðîíóòûìè, - \thispackage\ îòìåíÿåò íåêîòîðûå ñâîè íàñòðîéêè. - \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} - -\Message - |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.| -\Description -% Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap} -% package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.) - Âíóòðè îêðóæåíèé, ïðåäëàãàåìûõ ïàêåòàìè \package{fltpage} è~\package{sidecap} - ìîæíî ïîìåñòèòü òîëüêî îäíó ïîäïèñü. (Ýòî òðåáîâàíèÿ îôîðìëåíèÿ.) - -\Message - |Option clash for package caption.| -%\Or[but sometimes also] -\Or[íî èíîãäà òàêæå] - |Missing \begin{document}.| -\Description -% \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package, -% so you can't do that again specifying different options. -% A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is -% the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig} -% package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the -% \package{subfig} package. -% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation} - \Thispackage\ óæå çàãðóæåí äðóãèì ïàêåòîì \LaTeX'à, - è~íåëüçÿ çàãðóæàòü ïàêåò ïîâòîðíî, çàäàâ äðóãèå îïöèè. - Ïåðâîé ïðè÷èíîé âûçâàâøåé òàêîå ñîîáùåíèå ìîæåò áûòü ïàêåò \package{subfig}; - è~åñëè ýòî òàê, - çàãðóçèòå \thispackage\ \emph{äî} ïàêåòà \package{subfig} - èëè îïðåäåëèòå |caption=|\x|false| ïðè çàãðóçêå - \package{subfig}. - \par\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}} - -\Message - |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.| -\Or - |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.| -\Description -% If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an -% optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of -% Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list. -% \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,} - Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ, âû äîëæíû ñîçäàòü - äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò â~êîìàíäàõ |\caption| èëè~|\captionof| äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ èëè - Ñïèñêà òàáëèöû, äàæå åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçóåòå ýòè ñïèñêè. - \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, è~\Ref{hyperref}\,} - -\iffalse % was removed in v3.1b -\Message - |Something is going wrong here...|\\ - |For a removal of this problem please consult the|\\ - |caption package documentation, especially the sections|\\ - |about the `float' and the `wrapfig' package.| -\Description -% Please take care of the load order of packages -% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the -% \package{float} package. But maybe a different package tried to extent -% the \package{float} package in a manner which is incompatible to -% \thispackage!? -% \par\See{\Ref{float} and \Ref{wrapfig}} - Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå íà ïîðÿäîê çàãðóæåííûõ ïàêåòîâ, - åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} âìåñòå ñ~ïàêåòîì - \package{float}. Íî âîçìîæíî êàêîé"=òî äðóãîé ïàêåò ïûòàåòñÿ ðàñøèðèòü íàñòðîéêè ïàêåòà - \package{float} íåèçâåñòíûì ïàêåòó \package{caption} ñïîñîáîì!? - \par\See{\Ref{float} è~\Ref{wrapfig}} -\fi - -\Message - |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\ - |in the last figure or table.| -\Description -% It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one -% which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command. -% This is not supported. - Âîçìîæíî âû èñïîëüçîâàëè êîìàíäó |\sub|\-|caption| (èëè äðóãóþ êîìàíäó, ñîçäàþùóþ - ïîäïèñü ÷àñòè ðèñóíêà) áåç ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé êîìàíäû |\caption|. - Ýòî íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ. - -\Message - |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ - |with `format=hang'.| -\Or - |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ - |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).| -\Description -% A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like -% |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format -% (like |format=|\x|hang|). -% Please select either another caption label separator -% (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format -% (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|). -% \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}} - Ðàçäåëèòåëü íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè, çàäàííûé êàê êîìàíäà |\\| (ò.\,å. - |labelsep=|\x|newline|) íå ìîæåò áûòü ñêîìáèíèðîâàí ñ~ôîðìàòîì ñîçäàþùèì ñòðîêó íà âåñó - (like |format=|\x|hang|). - Çàäàéòå ëèáî äðóãîé ðàçäåëèòåëü - (íàïðèìåð~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) ëèáî äðóãîé ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè - (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|). - \par\See{\Ref{formats} èëè~\Ref{KOMA}} - -\Message - |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\ - |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\ - |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.| -\Description -% You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround -% for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff -% offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the -% \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered -% anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and -% do not load \thispackage\ anymore. -% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation} - Âû çàäàëè îïöèþ |caption=|\x|false|. Ýòî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ äëÿ òîãî, - ÷òîáû íå èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåò \package{caption} öåëèêîì (îñòàâèâ èçìåíåíèÿ êîìàíä - ïîäïèñåé, ñäåëàííûå êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà èëè äðóãèì ïàêåòîì íåòðîíóòûìè), íî ïîçâîëÿåò ðàáîòàòü - ïàêåòó \package{subfig}. Ýòîò ìåõàíèçì óñòàðåâøèé è~áîëåå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ, - ïîýòîìó èñïîëüçóéòå ýòó îïöèþ ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà \package{subfig} è~íå çàãðóæàéòå - \thispackage\ âîâñå. - \par\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}} - -\Message - |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.| -\Description -% You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|) -% with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|, -% |on|, |1| is allowed here. - Âû ïûòàëèñü çàäàòü áóëåâ êëþ÷ (íàïðèìåð, |singlelinecheck=| èëè |hypcap=|) - ñ~íåâåðíîé îïöèåé. Òîëüêî |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| èëè |true|, |yes|, - |on|, |1| äîïóñêàþòñÿ â~îïöèÿõ ýòèõ êëþ÷åé. - -\Message - |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description -% You tried to set a caption format which does not exists. -% Maybe a typo!? - Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. - Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description -% You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists. -% Maybe a typo!? - Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàãðóçèòü ôîðìàò ìåòêè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. - Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description -% You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists. -% Maybe a typo!? - Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ðàçäåëèòåëü, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. - Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description -% You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists. -% Maybe a typo!? - Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò âûâîäà äëÿ Ñïèñêà ôëîòîâ, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. - Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? - \par\See{\Ref{lists}} - -\Message - |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description -% You tried to set a caption position with an improper value. -% Maybe a typo!? - Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü îïöèþ ðàñïîëîæåíèÿ ïîäïèñè, êîòîðàÿ íå ñóùåñòâóåò. - Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? - \par\See{\Ref{skips}} - -\Message - |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description -% You tried to set a caption style which does not exists. -% Maybe a typo!? - Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ñòèëü ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. - Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? - \par\See{\Ref{style}} - -\Message - |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\ - |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.| -\Description -% % (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt) -% The given package is dealing with caption skips as well. -% Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option -% of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way -% would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore -% not supported. - Äàííûé ïàêåò èçìåíÿåò îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè. - Ðåøèòå, êàêèì ïàêåòîì ÷òî âû ñîáèðàåòåñü èñïîëüçîâàòü: êëþ÷ |position=| - ïàêåòà \package{caption} èëè ìåõàíèçì äðóãîãî ïàêåòà; èñïîëüçîâàíèå îáîèõ ïàêåòîâ - ìîæåò ïîðîäèòü íåâåðíûå îòáèâêè ñâåðõó èëè ñíèçó ïîäïèñè è~ñîîòâåòñòâåííî íå ïîääåæðèâàåòñÿ. - \par\See{\Ref{skips}} - -\Message - |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.| -\Description -% You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists. -% Maybe a typo!? - Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. - Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? - \par\See{\Ref{formats}} - -\Message - |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\ - |the (current) caption package.| -\Description -% This error message says it all, you simply can't do that. -% Please use only \thispackage. - Ýòî ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå ñêàçàëî óæå âñ¸, è~âàì ïðîñòî íåëüçÿ ýòî äåëàòü - [èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåòû \package{caption} è~\package{caption}2]. - Èñïîëüçóéòå òîëüêî \thispackage. - \par\See{\Ref{caption2}} - - -\end{Warnings} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -% \section{Version history} -\section{Èñòîðèÿ ñîçäàíèÿ âåðñèé} -\label{history} - -% The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options -% to customize the look \& feel of the captions. -% Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and -% \package{subfigure} packages. -% Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option; -% version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package. -% Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package, -% while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|. -Âåðñèÿ $1.0$ áûëà íàïèñàíà â~1994~ãîäó è~ïðåäëàãàëà ìíîæåñòâî îïöèé -äëÿ íàñòðîéêè âûâîäà ïîäïèñåé. Êðîìå òîãî ýòà âåðñèÿ óæå ïîääåðæèâàëà ïàêåòû -\package{rotating} è~\package{subfigure}. -Âåðñèÿ $1.1$ ïðåäëîæèëà îïöèþ |center|\-|last|; -âåðñèÿ $1.2$ äîáàâèëà -ïîääåðæêó ïàêåòà \package{float}. -Âåðñèÿ $1.3$ ïðåäëîæèëà óëó÷øåííóþ ïîääåðæêó ïàêåòà \package{subfigure}, -òîãäà êàê âåðñèÿ $1.4$ âûøëà ñ~ïîääåðæêîé îïöèè |nooneline|. - -% The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of -% the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version -% without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new -% features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable} -% package. -% Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package. -% (A version $2.1$ was offered as bugfix-release in 2002.) -Ïàêåò \package{caption2} âåðñèè $2.0$ áûë ýêñïåðèìåíòàëüíîé ïîáî÷íîé âåðñèåé -îñíîâíîãî ïàêåòà \package{caption}. Îí áûë îïóáëèêîâàí êàê áåòà-òåñò-âåðñèÿ -áåç ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé äîêóìåíòàöèè â~1995~ãîäó, òàê êàê óæå íàçðåëà íåîáõîäèìîñòü -â~íîâûõ íàñòðîéêàõ äëÿ äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ, íàïðèìåð äëÿ \package{longtable}. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî áûëà ïðåäëîæåíà ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{subfigure}. -(Â~âåðñèè $2.1$, íàïèñàííîé â~2002~ãîäó áûëè èñïðàâëåíèÿ îøèáîê.) - -% In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$ -% of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with -% Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran. -% It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected -% \package{caption2} package. -% Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of -% the user interface. -% Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, -% \package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages -% additionally. -Â~2003~ãîäó ÿ âñ¸-òàêè íàø¸ë íåìíîãî âðåìåíè, äëÿ íîâîãî ðåëèçà $3.0$ -ïàêåòà \package{caption}, ñîçäàííîãî ñîâìåñòíî -ñ~Ôðàíêîì Ìèòòåëüáàõîì (Frank Mittelbach) è~Ñòèâåíîì Êîêðåéíîì (Steven Cochran). -Ýòà âåðñèÿ áûëà îïóáëèêîâàíà â~äåêàáðå 2003~ãîäà è~ñòàëà çàìåíîé -ïàêåòà \package{caption2}. -Îñíîâíûå ÷àñòè áûëè ïåðåïèñàíû, è~áûë ïðåäëîæåí íîâûé ïîëüçîâàòåëüñêèé èíòåðôåéñ. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ïîÿâèëàñü ïîääåðæêà äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, -\package{listings}, \package{sidecap} è~\package{supertabular}. - -% While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard -% \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}, -% the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS, -% \KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class -% as well. -Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïðåäûäóùèå âåðñèè áûëè ñîçäàíû äëÿ ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ -\LaTeX'à: \class{article}, \class{report} è~\class{book}, -òåêóùàÿ âåðñèÿ $3.1$, îïóáëèêîâàííàÿ â~2007~ãîäó ïðåäëàãàåò òàêæå ïîääåðæêó äëÿ ïàêåòîâ \AmS, -\KOMAScript, {\NTG} è~\SmF, à~òàêæå êëàññà \class{beamer}. -% Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{frenchb} Babel option, -% the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages, -% and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar}, -% \package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}, -% and \package{wrapfig} packages. -Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ñîçäàíà ïîääåðæêà ê~îïöèè \package{frenchb} ïàêåòà \package{babel}, -ïàêåòàì \package{frenchle} è~\package{frenchpro}, -à~òàêæå ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar}, -\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable} -è~\package{wrapfig}. -% New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things -% |font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|, -% |list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|, -% |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|, and -% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|. -Áûëè ïðåäëîæåíû íîâûå êîìàíäû è~êëþ÷è, íàïðèìåð ïîìèìî ïðî÷åãî -|font+|, |figure|\-|within| è~|table|\-|within|, -|list| è~|list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| è~|min|\-|margin|, -|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format| è~% -|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|. -% Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, -% the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption -% feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}. -Â~äàëüíåéøåì áûëè äîáàâëåíû êîíòðîëü ñîâìåñòèìîñòè ñ~êëàññàìè è~ïàêåòàìè -\see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, -ïîääåðæêà îïöèè |hypcap| \see*{\Ref{hyperref}} -è~âîçìîæíîñòè ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñåé ÷àñòåé ôëîòîâ -\see*{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}}. - -\clearpage -% \section{Compatibility to older versions} -\section{Ñîâìåñòèìîñòü ñî ñòàðûìè âåðñèÿìè} - -\subsection{Ïàêåò \package{caption} v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}} -\label{caption1} - -% This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options -% and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package. -% So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please -% don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported -% and can cause ugly side effects. -Äàííàÿ âåðñèÿ ïàêåòà ïîääåðæèâàåò ñòàðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû -ñîçäàííûå â~âåðñèÿõ $1.0$--$1.4$ ýòîãî ïàêåòà. Ïîýòîìó íå äîëæíî âîçíèêàòü -ïðîáëåì â~êîìïèëÿöèè ñòàðûõ äîêóìåíòîâ, íî, ïîæàëóéñòà, íå ñìåøèâàéòå -ñòàðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû ñ~íîâûìè. Ýòî íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ -è~ìîæåò äàòü íåïðèÿòíûå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû. - -% Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how -% they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage: -Çäåñü äàí êðàòêèé îáçîð óñòàðåâøèõ îïöèé è~êîìàíä è~÷åì -îíè çàìåíåíû â~ñîâðåìåííîé âåðñèè ïàêåòà \package{caption}: - -\begin{center}\small -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ -\hline -%\endhead -|normal| & |format=plain|\\ -|hang| & |format=hang|\\ -|isu| & |format=hang|\\ -|center| & |justification=centering|\\ -|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\ -%|anne| & |justification=centerlast|\\ -|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\ -|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\ -|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\ -|small| & |font=small|\\ -|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\ -|large| & |font=large|\\ -|Large| & |font=Large|\\ -|up| & |labelfont=up|\\ -|it| & |labelfont=it|\\ -|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\ -|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\ -|md| & |labelfont=md|\\ -|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\ -|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\ -|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\ -|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\ -\end{tabular} -\end{center} - -% Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also -% the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and -% |\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with -% |\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to -% change the font used for captions. -% This mechanism was replaced by the commands -Ïîìèìî îïöèé äëÿ íàñòðîåê íóæíîãî øðèôòà áûëè òàêæå êîìàíäû -|\caption|\-|size|, à~òàêæå |\caption|\-|font| è~|\caption|\-|label|\-|font| -êîòîðûå ìîãëè áûòü ïåðåîïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\renewcommand| è~ïîçâîëÿëè -àëüòåðíàòèâíûé è~áîëåå ãèáêèé ñïîñîá èçìåíèòü øðèôò ïîäïèñåé. -Äàííûé ìåõàíèçì çàìåí¸í íà êîìàíäû -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad è\\ - |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad. -\end{quote} -\SeeUserDefined - -% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with -Óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé â~âåðñèè \version{1.x} çàäàâàëèñü ñ~ïîìîùüþ -\begin{quote} - |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad. -\end{quote} -% This was replaced by -Ýòî çàìåíåíî íà -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad. -\end{quote} -\See{\Ref{margins}} - -% For example the old-style code -Íàïðèìåð, ñòàðûé êîä -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\ - |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\ - |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}| -\end{quote} -% will still work fine, but should be written today as -äî ñèõ ïîð ðàáîòàåò, íî ëó÷øå ïåðåïèñàòü åãî êàê -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ - | margin=10pt]{caption}| -\end{quote} -% or -èëè -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage{caption}|\\ - |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ - | margin=10pt}|\qquad. -\end{quote} - -% The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of -% the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the -% \package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the -% caption package, too. -% But using this option is not recommended anymore since this -% version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way -% for changing the captions of these floating environments: -Òàêàÿ ýêçîòè÷åñêàÿ îïöèÿ |ruled|, êîòîðàÿ ïîçâîëÿëà ÷àñòè÷íî èñïîëüçîâàòü -íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñè äëÿ ôëîòîâ ñ~îôîðìëåíèåì |ruled| èç ïàêåòà -\package{float}, ýìóëèðóåòñÿ è~äàííûì ïàêåòîì òîæå. -Íî èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîé îïöèè íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ, ïîñêîëüêó äàííàÿ âåðñèÿ ïàêåòà -ïðåäëàãàåò áîëåå ãèáêèé ñïîñîá äëÿ èçìåíåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé -òàêèõ îêðóæåíèé ïëàâàþùèõ ôëîòîâ: -\begin{quote} - |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}| -\end{quote} -% resp. -è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad. -\end{quote} -\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, è~\Ref{float}] - -\subsection{Ïàêåò caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}} -\label{caption2} - -% Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and -% its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a -% very different implementation design. -% Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered. -% For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in -% this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2} -% package will still compile fine. -Õîòÿ èñïîëüçóþòñÿ îäíè è~òå æå íàñòðîéêè è~â~ïàêåòå \package{caption} -è~â~ýêñïåðèìåíòàëüíîé, íî ñåé÷àñ óñòàðåâøåé âåðñèè"=ïàêåòå -\package{caption2}, ó~ýòèõ ïàêåòîâ ñîâåðøåííî ðàçíûé ìåõàíèçì èõ çàäàíèÿ. -Ïîýòîìó ïîëíàÿ ñîâìåñòèìîñòü íåâîçìîæíà. -Ïî ýòîé ïðè÷èíå äî ñèõ ïîð ñóùåñòâóåò ïàêåò |caption2.sty| â~äàííîì -äèñòðèáóòèâå, è~ñòàðûå äîêóìåíòû, èñïîëüçóþùèå ïàêåò \package{caption2} -áóäóò êîìïèëèðîâàòüñÿ. - -% Newly created documents should use the actual version of -% \thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command -Íîâûå äîêóìåíòû äîëæíû èñïîëüçîâàòü ñîâðåìåííûå âåðñèè ïàêåòà -\package{caption}. Â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ ìîæíî çàìåíèòü ñòðîêó -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[...]{caption2}| -\end{quote} -% by -íà -\begin{quote} - |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad. -\end{quote} -% But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get -% error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing -% these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2} -% to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking -% for help. -Íî íåêîòîðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû íå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ, è~âû ìîæåòå -ïîëó÷èòü ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ. Äàííûé ðàçäåë ïîìîæåò âàì ëèêâèäèðîâàòü -òàêèå îøèáêè. Åñëè ó~âàñ ïðîáëåìû ïî çàìåíå ïàêåòà \package{caption2} -íà \package{caption} íå ðàçäóìûâàéòå è~îòïðàâëÿéòå ìíå e-mail. - -% In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section -% these ones will be emulated, too: -Ïîìèìî óñòàðåâøèõ îïöèé èç ïðåäûäóùåãî ðàçäåëà -ñëåäóþùèå òàêæå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ: - -\begin{center}\small -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ -\hline -%\endhead -|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\ -|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\ -|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\ -\end{tabular} -\end{center} - -% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with -Çàäàíèå âòÿæåê (ïîëåé) äëÿ ïîäïèñåé, ñîçäàííûõ â~\version{2.x} -\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% - |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| èëè, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî - |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad. -}\end{quote} -% This was replaced by -Îíè ìîãóò áûòü çàìåíåíû íà -\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% - |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| èëè, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî - |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad. -}\end{quote} -\See{\Ref{margins}} - -% Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with -Âòÿæêà â~âåðñèè \version{2.x} çàäàâàëàñü êàê -\begin{quote} - |\captionstyle{indent}|\\ - |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad. -\end{quote} -\pagebreak[3] -% This is now done with -Ñåé÷àñ ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êàê -\nopagebreak[3] -\begin{quote} - |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad. -\end{quote} - -% The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands -% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and -% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on). -% This was replaced by -Êîíòðîëü êîðîòêîé ïîäïèñè êîíòðîëèðóåòñÿ êîìàíäàìè -|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (îòêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü) -è~|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (äëÿ âêëþ÷åíèÿ êîíòðîëÿ). -Ýòî çàìåíåíî íà -|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| -% resp. -è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî -|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|. -\See{\Ref{justification}} - -% The commands -Êîìàíäû -\begin{quote} - |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\ - |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, è~|\renewcaptionstyle| -\end{quote} -% do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated -% by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will -% cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and -% straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should -% be able to find appropriate options and commands instead. -íå èìåþò ïðîñòîé çàìåíû ïîýòîìó íå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ -äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà. (Èõ èñïîëüçîâàíèå âûçîâåò -ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå.) Çàìåíà ýòîãî êîäà íå âñåãäà ïðîñòà, -íî äîáðîñîâåñòíî ïðî÷èòàâ äàííîå ðóêîâîäñòâî, âû ñìîæåòå íàéòè -ïîäõîäÿùèå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû çàìåíû. - -\iffalse -... (some examples) -\fi - -% The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a -% replacement, too. -% But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because -% in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| -% will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the -% default one which is |4in|). -Îïöèÿ |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| âåðñèè \version{2.x} òîæå íå èìååò çàìåíû. -Íî â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ ýòó îïöèþ ìîæíî îïóñòèòü, ïîòîìó ÷òî â~äàííîé -âåðñèè ïàêåòà çíà÷åíèå |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| -áóäåò èãíîðèðîâàòüñÿ â~ëþáîì ñëó÷àå (åñëè òîëüêî âû íå çàäàäèòå çíà÷åíèå, -îòëè÷íîå îò çàäàííîãî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |4in|). -\See{\Ref{longtable}} - -\subsection{Ïàêåò caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}} -\label{caption3} - -%\NEWdescription{v3.1} -% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes -% other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report}, -% and \class{book}. -% Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{} -% supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the -% document class used. -\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} íå ïîääåðæèâàë íèêàêèõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, êðîìå -ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à: \class{article}, \class{report}, -and \class{book}. -Â~ñòàðûõ íàñòðîéêàõ âåä¸òñÿ ðàáîòà íàä îøèáêàìè, íî~òåïåðü \thispackage{} -ïîääåðæèâàåò áîëüøå êëàññîâ, ïîýòîìó íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñåé çàâèñÿò îò èñïîëüçóåìîãî -êëàññà äîêóìåíòà. - -% For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption -% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|, -% it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document -% classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used -% with the \class{beamer} document class. -Íàïðèìåð, â~òî âðåìÿ êàê â~âåðñèè $3.0$ çíà÷åíèåì êëþ÷à |justification| -ïî óìîë÷àíèþ ÿâëÿåòñÿ |justi|\-|fied|, îíî îñòàíåòñÿ |justi|\-|fied| ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè -ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, íî çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà |ragged|\-|right| ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè -êëàññà äîêóìåíòà \class{beamer}. - -% %An easy way to select the `old' defaults---if desired---is using the option -% An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option -% |style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|). -Ïðîñòîé ïóòü çàäàòü «ñòàðûå» çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ \cdash--- èñïîëüçîâàòü îïöèþ -|style=base| ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà (èëè ïîçäíåå, â~êîìàíäå |\caption|\-|setup|). - -% Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an -% incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong -% incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled. -Åù¸ îäíîé îñîáåííîñòüþ ñòàëà àâòîìàòè÷åñêàÿ ïðîâåðêà íà ñîâìåñòèìîñòü [êëàññà è~ïàêåòà]; åñëè -îáíàðóæèâàåòñÿ íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü, âûäà¸òñÿ ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå î~íåñîâìåñòèìîñòè íåêîòîðûõ âîçìîæíîñòåé -äàííîãî ïàêåòà ñ~êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà. -% Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get -% such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible -% as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having -% side-effects or causing problems. -Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî òàêîå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå ïîÿâèëîñü òîëüêî â~òåêóùåé âåðñèè ïàêåòà, ïîýòîìó åñëè -âû ïîëó÷èëè ýòî ñîîáùåíèå ýòî îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî è~ïðåäûäóùèå âåðñèè áûëè òàêæå íåñîâìåñòèìû, -è~îíè óæå èìåëè ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû è~ìîãëè ñîçäàâàòü ïðîáëåìû. -% So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could -% happen, but not that they actually will happen. -% Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances, -% you should use it with care. -Ýòè ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ ãîâîðÿò, ÷òî \emph{ìîãóò} ïîÿâèòüñÿ ïðîáëåìû, íî ýòî íå çíà÷èò, ÷òî îíè -íåïðåìåííî ïîÿâÿòñÿ. -Â~ëþáîì ñëó÷àå åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå \thispackage\ èãíîðèðóÿ ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, -áóäüòå îñòîðîæíû. - -\bigskip - -\begin{Note*} -% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|, -% which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package -% (leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages -% intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working. -% This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option -% to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore. -% %\par\See{the \package{subfig} package documentation} -Ïàêåò âåðñèè \version{3.0} ïðåäëàãàë îïöèþ |caption=false|, êîòîðàÿ âêëþ÷àëà ëèøü -÷àñòè÷íîå èñïîëüçîâàíèå âîçìîæíîñòåé ïàêåòà \package{caption} (ñîõðàíÿÿ -íàñòðîéêè êëàññà äîêóìåíòà èëè äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ íåòðîíóòûìè), íî îñòàâëÿëà -âîçìîæíîñòü ðàáîòû ïàêåòà \package{subfig}. -Ýòîò ìåõàíèçì òåïåðü óñòàðåâøèé è~áîëüøå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ, -ïîýòîìó çàäàâàéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, ýòó îïöèþ ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà \package{subfig}, -è~íå çàãðóæàéòå äàííûé ïàêåò âîâñå. -%\par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation} -\end{Note*} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\clearpage -\begin{thebibliography}{99} -\fontencoding{T1}%\fontfamily{ptm} -\selectfont - \bibitem{TLC2} - Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\ - \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\ - \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. - - \bibitem{beamer} - Till Tantau:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}% - {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\ - March 11, 2007 - - \bibitem{KOMAScript} - Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf}% - {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\ - 2007-01-09 - - \bibitem{NTG} - Victor Eijkhout:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf}% - {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ - 3 September 1989 - - \bibitem{algorithms} - Rog\'erio Brito:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/algorithms.pdf}% - {\emph{Algorithms}},\\ - June 2, 2006 -% -\iffalse - \bibitem{algorithm2e} - Christophe Fiorio:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/algorithm2e.pdf}% - {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\ - March 11, 2007 -\fi -% - \bibitem{float} - Anselm Lingnau:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf}% - {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ - 2001/11/08 - - \bibitem{floatflt} - Mats Dahlgren:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}% - {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ - 1998/06/05 - - \bibitem{floatrow} - Olga Lapko:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf}% - {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ - 2008/03/28 - - \bibitem{fltpage} - Sebastian Gross:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/fltpage.pdf}% - {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ - 1998/11/13 - - \bibitem{hyperref} - Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf}% - {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ - November 12, 2007 - - \bibitem{hypcap} - Heiko Oberdiek:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf}% - {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ - 2007/04/09 - - \bibitem{listings} - Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf}% - {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ - 2007/02/22 - - \bibitem{longtable} - David Carlisle:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.pdf}% - {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ - 2004/02/01 - - \bibitem{picinpar} - Friedhelm Sowa:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% - {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ - July 13, 1993 - - \bibitem{picins} - Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/mpic.dvi}% - {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ - September~1992 - - \bibitem{rotating} - Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% - {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ - 1997/09/26 - - \bibitem{setspace} - Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% - {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\ - 1 December 2000 - - \bibitem{sidecap} - Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/sidecap.pdf}% - {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ - 2003/06/06 - - \bibitem{subfigure} - Steven D. Cochran:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf}% - {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ - 2002/07/02 - - \bibitem{subfig} - Steven D. Cochran:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}% - {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ - 2005/07/05 - - \bibitem{supertabular} - Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/supertabular.pdf}% - {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ - 2002/07/19 - - \bibitem{threeparttable} - Donald Arseneau:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/threeparttable.sty}% - {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ - 2003/06/13 - - \bibitem{wrapfig} - Donald Arseneau:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}% -% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty}% - {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ - 2003/01/31 - - \bibitem{xtab} - Peter Wilson:\\ - \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}% - {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ - 2004/05/24 - -\end{thebibliography} - -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % - -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf index d8204c9bf48..23ff4377f38 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf index f65160bb355..f6af5e1b6db 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption3.pdf index fb4dad99fa6..c7c2d1d499d 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption3.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption3.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/cat.eps b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/cat.eps deleted file mode 100644 index 0042ea088fe..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/cat.eps +++ /dev/null @@ -1,305 +0,0 @@ -%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0 -%%BoundingBox: 44 527 80 559 -%%Creator: COREL DRAW -%%Title: CAT.TMP -%%CreationDate: Sat Jan 18 17:29:05 1992 - -%%DocumentFonts: -%%EndComments -%%BeginProlog -% -------------- POSTSCRIPT PROLOG FOR CORELDRAW 2.X ------ -% Copyright Corel Systems Corporation 1990 -/AutoFlatness 0 def/wCorelDict 300 dict def -wCorelDict begin/bd{bind def}bind def/ld{load def}bd -/xd{exch def}bd/_ null def/$c 0 def/$m 0 def -/$y 0 def/$k 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$o 0 def -/$fil 0 def/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$K 0 def -/$T 1 def/$N _ def/$O 0 def/$PF false def -/$pan 0 def/$h false def/$al 0 def/$tr 0 def -/$le 0 def/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def -/$ptm matrix def/$ttm matrix def/$stm matrix def -/$skm matrix def/$fst 128 def/$pad 0 def/$rox 0 def -/$roy 0 def currentscreen/@dsp xd/$dsp/@dsp def -/$dsa xd/$dsf xd/$sdf false def/$SDF false def -/$Scra 0.0 def statusdict/pageparams known{statusdict begin -pageparams end 1 ne{/$Scra -90.0 def}if pop pop pop}if -/$sv 0 def/@cp/closepath ld/@gs/gsave ld/@gr/grestore ld -/@np/newpath ld/@sv{/$sv save def}bd/@rs{$sv restore}bd -/@ss{load setscreen}bd AutoFlatness 1 eq{/$cpx ([Error: PathTooComplex; OffendingCommand: AnyPaintingOperator;\n) def -/@err1{$cpx print flush newpath}bd/@ifl{currentflat dup 10 gt{pop @err1 exit}if 2 add setflat}bd -/@fill/fill ld/fill{currentflat{{@fill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd -/@eofill/eofill ld/eofill{currentflat{{@eofill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd -/@clip/clip ld/clip{currentflat{{@clip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd -/@eoclip/eoclip ld/eoclip{currentflat{{@eoclip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd -/@stroke/stroke ld/stroke{currentflat{{@stroke}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd -}if/InRange{3 -1 roll 2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse -2 copy ge{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd/wDstChck{2 1 roll dup 3 -1 roll -eq{1 add}if}bd/@dot{dup mul exch dup mul add 1 exch sub 2 div}bd -/@lin{exch pop abs 1 exch sub}bd/@MN{2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd -/setcmykcolor where{pop}{/setcmykcolor{4 1 roll -3{3 index add 1 @MN 1 exch sub 3 1 roll}repeat -setrgbcolor pop}bd}ifelse/colorimage where{pop}{/colorimage{/$ncl xd -pop pop pop pop{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}repeat -pop}bd}ifelse/@tc{dup 1 ge{pop}{4{dup 6 -1 roll -mul exch}repeat pop}ifelse}bd/@spc{7 2 roll -ColorSeparationMode 1 eq{6 index @tc 0 4 $ink sub index -exch pop}{5 index dup _ eq{pop 0 4 $ink sub index -exch pop}{CurrentInkName eq{6 index}{0}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse -5 1 roll 8 -2 roll 6{pop}repeat 1 exch sub dup setgray -1 eq exch 1 eq and not}bd/@scc{$ink -1 eq -{$c $m $y $k $t @tc setcmykcolor true}{$o $c $m $y $k $t $n @spc -}ifelse}bd/@SCC{$ink -1 eq{$C $M $Y $K $T @tc setcmykcolor true}{ -$O $C $M $Y $K $T $N @spc}ifelse}bd/@sft{ -/$tx $tllx $pxf add dup $tllx gt{$pwid sub}if def -/$ty $tury $pyf sub dup $tury lt{$phei add}if def}bd -/@stb{pathbbox/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd}bd -/@ep{{cvx exec}forall}bd/@tp{@sv/$in true def -2 copy dup $lly le{/$in false def}if $phei sub $ury ge{/$in false def}if -dup $urx ge{/$in false def}if $pwid add $llx le{/$in false def}if -$in{@np 2 copy moveto $pwid 0 rlineto 0 $phei neg rlineto -$pwid neg 0 rlineto 0 $phei rlineto clip @np -$pn cvlit load aload pop 7 -1 roll 5 index sub -7 -1 roll 3 index sub translate/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def -@ep pop pop pop pop}{pop pop}ifelse @rs}bd/@th{@sft -0 1 $tly 1 sub{dup $psx mul $tx add{dup $llx gt{$pwid sub}{exit}ifelse -}loop exch $phei mul $ty exch sub 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{$pwid mul -3 copy 3 -1 roll add exch @tp pop}for pop pop}for}bd -/@tv{@sft 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{dup $pwid mul $tx add -exch $psy mul $ty exch sub{dup $ury lt{$phei add}{exit}ifelse}loop -0 1 $tly 1 sub{$phei mul 3 copy sub @tp pop}for -pop pop}for}bd/@pf{@gs $ctm setmatrix $pm concat -@stb @gs ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{1 setgray eofill}{ -$o 0 0 0 0 0 (Black) @spc{eofill}if}ifelse -@gr eoclip Bburx Bbury $pm itransform/$tury xd/$turx xd -Bbllx Bblly $pm itransform/$tlly xd/$tllx xd -/$wid $turx $tllx sub def/$hei $tury $tlly sub def -$wid 0 gt $hei 0 gt and{$pn cvlit load aload pop -/$pd xd 3 -1 roll sub/$phei xd exch sub/$pwid xd -/$tlx $wid $pwid div ceiling 1 add def/$tly $hei $phei div ceiling 1 add def -$psx 0 eq{@tv}{@th}ifelse}if @gr @np}bd/@dlt{ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{ -/$dc $toc $tot mul $frc $frt mul dup/$c xd sub $fst 1 sub div def -/$dm $tom $tot mul $frm $frt mul dup/$m xd sub $fst 1 sub div def -/$dy $toy $tot mul $fry $frt mul dup/$y xd sub $fst 1 sub div def -/$dk $tok $tot mul $frk $frt mul dup/$k xd sub $fst 1 sub div def -true}{$o $frc $frm $fry $frk $frt $frn @spc -dup{/$frk 1 currentgray sub def}{/$frk 0 def}ifelse -$o $toc $tom $toy $tok $tot $ton @spc dup{/$tok 1 currentgray sub def} -{/$tok 0 def}ifelse or dup{/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$k $frk def -/$dc 0 def/$dm 0 def/$dy 0 def/$dk $tok $frk sub $fst 1 sub div def}if -}ifelse}bd/@ftl{1 index 4 index sub dup $pad mul dup/$pdw xd -2 mul sub $fst div/$wid xd 2 index sub/$hei xd -pop translate $c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne -{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse -0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill -$pdw 0 translate $fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne -{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse -0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $wid $hei lineto $wid 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill -$wid 0 translate $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll -$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat $dk sub 4 1 roll -$dy sub 4 1 roll $dm sub 4 1 roll $dc sub 4 1 roll -ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop} -{setcmykcolor}ifelse 0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill -}bd/@ftr{1 index 4 index sub dup $rox mul/$row xd -2 div 1 index 4 index sub dup $roy mul/$roh xd -2 div 2 copy dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt -$row dup mul $roh dup mul add sqrt add dup/$hei xd $fst div/$wid xd -4 index add $roh add exch 5 index add $row add -exch translate pop pop pop pop currentflat 5 mul setflat -$c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne -{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse -$wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill 1.0 $pad 2 mul sub dup scale -$fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop} -{setcmykcolor}ifelse $wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill -/$hei $hei $wid sub def $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll -$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat pop pop pop pop}bd -/@ff{@gs @dlt{$ctm setmatrix eoclip newpath Bbllx Bblly moveto -Bbllx Bbury lineto Bburx Bbury lineto Bburx Bblly lineto -$fan rotate pathbbox newpath $fty 1 eq{@ftr}{@ftl}ifelse}if -@gr @np}bd/@Pf{@sv ColorSeparationMode 0 eq $ink 3 eq or{$ctm setmatrix -72 1000 div dup matrix scale dup concat dup Bburx exch Bbury exch itransform -ceiling cvi/Bbury xd ceiling cvi/Bburx xd Bbllx exch Bblly exch itransform -floor cvi/Bblly xd floor cvi/Bbllx xd $Prm aload pop -$Psn load exec}{1 setgray eofill}ifelse @rs -@np}bd/@ftx{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put -@gs true charpath currentpoint $ctm setmatrix -@@txt @gr @np moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall pop}bd -/@sm{/$ctm $ctm currentmatrix def}bd/@lorg{$lx $ly moveto -/$ly $ly $le sub def}bd/@ft{matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll -$sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if $fil 1 eq{/@@txt/@pf ld @ftx}{$fil 2 eq -{/@@txt/@ff ld @ftx}{$fil 3 eq{/@@txt/@Pf ld @ftx}{@scc -{dup $tr exch 0 exch ashow}if pop pop}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse -$sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if setmatrix}bd/@st{ -matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if -@SCC{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put @gs true charpath currentpoint -$ctm setmatrix $ptm concat stroke @gr moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall -pop}{pop pop}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if -setmatrix}bd/@pt{dup length exch}bd/@te{@pt -@lorg @ft cleartomark [}bd/@tr{@pt @lorg @st cleartomark [}bd -/@ta{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @ft @gr @st cleartomark [}bd -/@t@a{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @st @gr @ft cleartomark [}bd -/g{1 exch sub/$k xd/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def -}bd/G{1 exch sub/$K xd/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd -/k{/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def}bd -/K{/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd -/x{1 exch sub/$t xd/$n xd/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$fil 0 def}bd -/X{1 exch sub/$T xd/$N xd/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd}bd -/d/setdash ld/i{dup 0 ne{setflat}{pop}ifelse}bd -/j/setlinejoin ld/J/setlinecap ld/M/setmiterlimit ld -/w/setlinewidth ld/O{/$o xd}bd/R{/$O xd}bd -/c/curveto ld/C/c ld/v{4 -2 roll 2 copy 6 -2 roll curveto}bd -/V/v ld/y{2 copy curveto}bd/Y/y ld/l/lineto ld -/L/l ld/m/moveto ld/n/newpath ld/N/newpath ld -/F{matrix currentmatrix $sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if -$fil 1 eq{@pf}{$fil 2 eq{@ff}{$fil 3 eq{@Pf}{@scc{eofill}{@np}ifelse -}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse $sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if -setmatrix}bd/f{@cp F}bd/S{matrix currentmatrix -$ctm setmatrix $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if @SCC{$skm currentmatrix -$ptm concat stroke setmatrix}{@np}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if -setmatrix}bd/s{@cp S}bd/B{@gs F @gr S}bd/b{@cp B}bd -/W{eoclip}bd/p{/$pm xd 7{pop}repeat/$pyf xd/$pxf xd -/$pn xd/$fil 1 def}bd/P{11{pop}repeat}bd/z{/$al xd -/$tr xd/$le xd exch findfont exch scalefont setfont}bd -/Z{dup type 0 type eq{/$bDir xd}if findfont -dup maxlength 1 add dict exch dup{1 index/FID ne{3 index -3 1 roll put}{pop pop}ifelse}forall pop dup dup/Encoding get -256 array copy dup/$fe xd/Encoding exch put -dup/Fontname 3 index put 3 -1 roll dup length 0 ne{0 exch{ -dup type 0 type eq{exch pop}{$fe exch 2 index exch put -1 add}ifelse}forall pop}if definefont pop}bd -/e{@sm concat [/t{@te}def}bd/r{@sm concat [/t{@tr}def}bd -/o{@sm concat [/t{pop}def}bd/a{@sm concat [/t{@ta}def}bd -/t{@te}def/T{cleartomark @np/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def -$ctm setmatrix/$ttm matrix def}bd/u{}bd/U{}bd -/A{pop}bd/H{/$h true def}bd/h{@cp H}bd/q/@gs ld -/Q/@gr ld/E{5 array astore exch cvlit exch def}bd -/`{}bd/~{}bd/@{}bd/&{}bd/CorelDrawRencodeVect [ -16#80/grave/circumflex/tilde/dotlessi/florin/quotedblleft/quotedblright/guilsinglleft -16#88/guilsinglright/fi/fl/dagger/daggerdbl/endash/periodcentered/breve -16#90/quotedblbase/ellipsis/perthousand/trademark/Pt/fractionbar -16#98/divide 16#a1/exclamdown/cent/sterling/currency/yen/bar/section -16#a8/dieresis/copyright/ordfeminine/guillemotleft/logicalnot/emdash/registered/overbar -16#b0/ring/plusminus/twosuperior/threesuperior/acute/mu/paragraph/bullet -16#b8/cedilla/onesuperior/ordmasculine/guillemotright/onequarter/onehalf/threequarters/questiondown -16#c0/Agrave/Aacute/Acircumflex/Atilde/Adieresis/Aring/AE/Ccedilla -16#c8/Egrave/Eacute/Ecircumflex/Edieresis/Igrave/Iacute/Icircumflex/Idieresis -16#d0/Eth/Ntilde/Ograve/Oacute/Ocircumflex/Otilde/Odieresis/OE -16#d8/Oslash/Ugrave/Uacute/Ucircumflex/Udieresis/Yacute/Thorn/germandbls -16#e0/agrave/aacute/acircumflex/atilde/adieresis/aring/ae/ccedilla -16#e8/egrave/eacute/ecircumflex/edieresis/igrave/iacute/icircumflex/idieresis -16#f0/eth/ntilde/ograve/oacute/ocircumflex/otilde/odieresis/oe -16#f8/oslash/ugrave/uacute/ucircumflex/udieresis/yacute/thorn/ydieresis -] def/@cc{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}bd -/@ii{concat 3 index 3 index m 3 index 1 index l -2 copy l 1 index 3 index l 3 index 3 index l -clip pop pop pop pop}bd/@E{/Bbury xd/Bburx xd -/Bblly xd/Bbllx xd}bd/@c{@cp}bd/@p{/$fil 1 def -/$pm xd/$psy xd/$psx xd/$pyf xd/$pxf xd/$pn xd}bd -/@P{/$fil 3 def/$Psn xd array astore/$Prm xd}bd -/@k{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd/$fty xd/$fan xd -$fty 1 eq{/$fan 0 def}if/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd -/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd/$frn _ def/$frt 1 def/$ton _ def/$tot 1 def -}bd/@x{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd -/$fty xd/$fan xd 1 exch sub/$tot xd/$ton xd/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd -1 exch sub/$frt xd/$frn xd/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd}bd -/@i{@sm @gs @ii 5 index 1 ne{@gs 1 g F @gr}if -1 eq 5 index 1 eq and{@gs $ctm setmatrix F @gr}if -@np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$bts xd -/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def -$bts 1 eq{@SCC/$frg xd}{1 G @SCC/$frg xd}ifelse -$frg{$SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if $llx $lly translate -$urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale $wid $hei abs -$bts 1 eq{false}{$bts}ifelse [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 -$hei 0 gt{$hei}{0}ifelse]/@cc load $bts 1 eq{imagemask}{image}ifelse -$SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if}{$hei{@cc pop}repeat}ifelse -@gr $ctm setmatrix}def/@M {@sv}bd/@N{/@cc{}def -12 -1 roll neg 12 1 roll @i @rs}bd/@I{@sm @gs -@ii @np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$ncl xd -/$bts xd/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul $ncl mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def -$llx $lly translate $urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale -$wid $hei $bts [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 $hei]/@cc load -false $ncl colorimage @gr $ctm setmatrix}bd -/@t{/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$stm $stm currentmatrix def -3 1 roll translate $ttm concat 1 exch t $stm setmatrix}def -/@n{/$ttm exch matrix rotate def}bd/@z{ exch findfont exch scalefont setfont -}bd/@s{}bd/@l{}bd/@B{@gs S @gr F}bd/@b{@cp @B}bd -/@a{@sm concat [/t{@t@a}def}bd/@w{5 2 roll dup/$pan xd -matrix rotate/$ptm xd matrix scale $ptm dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd -1 eq{$ptm exch dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd}{pop}ifelse -1 w}bd/@g{1 eq dup/$sdf xd{/$scp xd/$sca xd -/$scf xd}if}bd/@G{1 eq dup/$SDF xd{/$SCP xd -/$SCA xd/$SCF xd}if}bd/@D{3 copy @ss/$dsp xd -/$dsa xd/$dsf xd}bd/@j{@sv @np}bind def/@J{@rs}bind def -/@sep{/ColorSeparationMode where{pop}{/ColorSeparationMode 0 def -/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse ColorSeparationMode 0 eq -{/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}if/CurrentInkName where{pop}{ -/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse CurrentInkName (Composite) eq{/$ink -1 def} -{CurrentInkName (Cyan) eq{/$ink 0 def} {CurrentInkName (Magenta) eq{/$ink 1 def} -{CurrentInkName (Yellow) eq{/$ink 2 def} {CurrentInkName (Black) eq{/$ink 3 def} -{/$ink 4 def}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}bd -@sep/@whi{@gs -72000 dup moveto -72000 72000 lineto -72000 dup lineto 72000 -72000 lineto closepath 1 setgray fill -@gr}bd/@neg{ [{1 exch sub}/exec cvx currenttransfer/exec cvx] cvx settransfer -@whi}bd/@reg{[] 0 d 0 setgray .3 setlinewidth -2 copy 5.4 0 360 arc closepath 2 copy moveto 9 0 rlineto -2 copy moveto -9 0 rlineto 2 copy moveto 0 9 rlineto -moveto 0 -9 rlineto stroke}bd/leftbracket{(\050)}def -/rightbracket{(\051)}def - -%%EndProlog -%%BeginSetup -11.4737 setmiterlimit -1.00 setflat -/$fst 128 def - -%%EndSetup -@sv -/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def -u -%%Note: Object -45.22 528.19 78.98 558.14 @E -0 J 0 j [] 0 d 0 R 0 @G -0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 K -1.01 1.01 0.00 [1.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.00000 0.00000 0.00000] 0 @w -%%CURV 106 -73.30 539.78 m -73.08 538.42 72.22 537.26 71.78 536.33 C -72.79 534.67 73.73 531.43 74.81 530.64 C -74.59 530.64 77.04 528.84 73.87 529.06 C -73.08 529.34 73.08 530.93 70.20 533.81 C -69.70 533.74 70.56 530.57 71.50 529.63 c -73.15 528.19 70.27 528.55 70.13 528.62 C -68.98 529.34 68.62 534.60 67.03 536.26 c -66.24 537.19 65.16 536.98 64.30 536.90 C -63.22 536.62 60.62 537.19 60.55 534.02 C -60.62 532.66 62.14 530.21 62.86 529.78 c -65.30 528.41 62.06 528.34 61.70 528.77 C -61.13 529.34 60.19 530.64 59.26 531.65 C -57.74 532.44 56.38 533.66 56.02 534.96 C -54.94 534.74 53.86 534.17 53.64 533.23 C -53.42 532.22 53.86 531.58 54.86 530.14 C -56.02 529.85 56.38 529.27 56.02 528.98 c -55.87 528.84 53.71 528.62 53.57 528.91 C -52.70 529.49 51.70 531.86 51.19 533.16 c -50.90 533.88 49.97 535.82 51.55 537.77 C -51.98 538.49 51.91 539.86 51.77 540.65 c -51.55 541.94 51.55 542.74 52.42 544.46 C -49.75 546.77 45.22 551.23 49.61 557.14 C -50.11 557.64 51.55 558.14 50.76 556.27 C -49.82 553.68 46.66 551.45 53.42 546.19 C -54.50 546.91 58.97 546.48 60.48 546.19 c -64.66 545.33 65.52 545.33 68.40 546.05 C -68.76 546.19 68.83 547.99 70.34 549.22 C -70.06 550.15 72.00 551.45 72.22 552.53 C -72.65 553.39 73.66 550.73 73.66 550.66 C -73.58 551.23 74.66 552.31 74.81 552.96 C -75.74 553.25 75.10 550.94 75.89 549.50 c -76.32 548.93 76.68 549.07 77.11 547.70 C -77.47 546.34 78.98 545.18 76.54 543.89 c -75.17 543.17 74.59 543.31 73.58 542.88 C -73.58 542.23 73.51 540.79 73.30 539.78 c -@c -S -U -@rs -%%Trailer - end diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/elephant.eps b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/elephant.eps deleted file mode 100644 index a38bfcb75df..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/elephant.eps +++ /dev/null @@ -1,639 +0,0 @@ -%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2 -%%Creator:Adobe Illustrator(TM) 1.1 0000000000 -%%For: -%%Title:elephant.ps -%%CreationDate:25/4/88 7:57 pm -%%DocumentProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 -%%DocumentSuppliedProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 -%%DocumentFonts:Courier -%%BoundingBox: 40 -505 507 -87 -%%TemplateBox:0 -720 576 0 -%%EndComments -%%BeginProcSet:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 -% Copyright (C) 1987 Adobe Systems Incorporated. -% All Rights Reserved. -% Adobe Illustrator is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. -/Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 dup 100 dict def load begin -/Version 0 def -/Revision 0 def -% definition operators -/bdef {bind def} bind def -/ldef {load def} bdef -/xdef {exch def} bdef -% graphic state operators -/_K {3 index add neg dup 0 lt {pop 0} if 3 1 roll} bdef -/_k /setcmybcolor where -{/setcmybcolor get} {{1 sub 4 1 roll _K _K _K setrgbcolor pop} bind} ifelse def -/g {/_b xdef /p {_b setgray} def} bdef -/G {/_B xdef /P {_B setgray} def} bdef -/k {/_b xdef /_y xdef /_m xdef /_c xdef /p {_c _m _y _b _k} def} bdef -/K {/_B xdef /_Y xdef /_M xdef /_C xdef /P {_C _M _Y _B _k} def} bdef -/d /setdash ldef -/_i currentflat def -/i {dup 0 eq {pop _i} if setflat} bdef -/j /setlinejoin ldef -/J /setlinecap ldef -/M /setmiterlimit ldef -/w /setlinewidth ldef -% path construction operators -/_R {.25 sub round .25 add} bdef -/_r {transform _R exch _R exch itransform} bdef -/c {_r curveto} bdef -/C /c ldef -/v {currentpoint 6 2 roll _r curveto} bdef -/V /v ldef -/y {_r 2 copy curveto} bdef -/Y /y ldef -/l {_r lineto} bdef -/L /l ldef -/m {_r moveto} bdef -% error operators -/_e [] def -/_E {_e length 0 ne {gsave 0 g 0 G 0 i 0 J 0 j 1 w 10 M [] 0 d -/Courier 20 0 0 1 z [0.966 0.259 -0.259 0.966 -_e 0 get _e 2 get add 2 div _e 1 get _e 3 get add 2 div] e _f t T grestore} if} bdef -/_fill {{fill} stopped -{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't fill, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef -/_stroke {{stroke} stopped -{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't stroke, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef -% path painting operators -/n /newpath ldef -/N /n ldef -/F {p _fill} bdef -/f {closepath F} bdef -/S {P _stroke} bdef -/s {closepath S} bdef -/B {gsave F grestore S} bdef -/b {closepath B} bdef -% text block construction and painting operators -/_s /ashow ldef -/_S {(?) exch {2 copy 0 exch put pop dup false charpath currentpoint _g setmatrix -_stroke _G setmatrix moveto 3 copy pop rmoveto} forall pop pop pop n} bdef -/_A {_a moveto _t exch 0 exch} bdef -/_L {0 _l neg translate _G currentmatrix pop} bdef -/_w {dup stringwidth exch 3 -1 roll length 1 sub _t mul add exch} bdef -/_z [{0 0} bind {dup _w exch neg 2 div exch neg 2 div} bind {dup _w exch neg exch neg} bind] def -/z {_z exch get /_a xdef /_t xdef /_l xdef exch findfont exch scalefont setfont} bdef -/_g matrix def -/_G matrix def -/_D {_g currentmatrix pop gsave concat _G currentmatrix pop} bdef -/e {_D p /t {_A _s _L} def} bdef -/r {_D P /t {_A _S _L} def} bdef -/a {_D /t {dup p _A _s P _A _S _L} def} bdef -/o {_D /t {pop _L} def} bdef -/T {grestore} bdef -% group construction operators -/u {} bdef -/U {} bdef -% font construction operators -/Z {findfont begin currentdict dup length dict begin -{1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall /FontName exch def dup length 0 ne -{/Encoding Encoding 256 array copy def 0 exch {dup type /nametype eq -{Encoding 2 index 2 index put pop 1 add} {exch pop} ifelse} forall} if pop -currentdict dup end end /FontName get exch definefont pop} bdef -end -%%EndProcSet -%%EndProlog -%%BeginSetup -Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 begin -n -%%EndSetup -0 g -0 G -1 i -0 J -0 j -0.7 w -10 M -[]0 d -%%Note: -90.632 -245.419 m -86.134 -229.425 95.131 -228.926 96.63 -221.429 c -98.129 -213.932 107.126 -212.932 109.125 -202.936 c -111.124 -192.94 119.121 -183.944 125.618 -176.947 c -132.116 -169.949 146.61 -163.952 156.106 -168.45 c -165.602 -172.948 169.102 -174.947 178.598 -176.447 c -188.094 -177.946 195.591 -179.945 208.086 -176.947 c -220.581 -173.948 226.578 -171.949 237.074 -172.948 c -247.569 -173.948 277.557 -172.948 290.052 -171.949 c -302.547 -170.949 335.034 -171.449 345.53 -171.449 c -356.026 -171.449 374.019 -177.446 388.012 -182.444 c -402.006 -187.442 426.996 -197.438 439.491 -204.435 c -451.986 -211.433 469.979 -230.425 479.476 -238.422 c -488.972 -246.418 497.969 -243.42 499.968 -278.905 c -501.967 -314.39 499.968 -334.882 498.968 -346.377 c -497.969 -357.872 492.971 -371.367 491.971 -382.862 c -490.971 -394.358 490.971 -399.356 490.971 -410.851 c -490.971 -422.346 490.971 -433.342 492.471 -442.338 c -493.97 -451.336 494.47 -457.333 494.97 -461.332 c -495.47 -465.33 491.971 -464.83 489.472 -465.83 c -486.973 -466.829 483.474 -462.331 481.975 -458.333 c -480.476 -454.334 481.475 -444.837 481.475 -441.339 c -481.475 -437.84 483.474 -434.841 483.974 -427.844 c -484.474 -420.847 485.474 -386.861 482.975 -378.364 c -480.476 -369.868 484.974 -364.37 485.973 -354.374 c -486.973 -344.378 491.971 -311.391 489.972 -308.392 c -487.973 -305.394 484.474 -327.885 478.475 -333.882 c -472.478 -339.88 471.478 -346.377 471.478 -351.875 c -471.478 -357.373 467.48 -363.37 464.981 -365.869 c -462.482 -368.368 461.982 -374.366 457.984 -380.863 c -453.985 -387.36 450.987 -394.857 450.487 -402.854 c -449.987 -410.851 451.486 -436.341 450.487 -440.839 c -449.487 -445.337 447.988 -447.836 446.988 -448.836 c -445.989 -449.835 451.486 -448.336 451.486 -453.835 c -451.486 -459.332 449.987 -459.832 449.487 -468.329 c -448.987 -476.825 447.488 -479.324 447.488 -484.322 c -447.488 -489.32 447.488 -495.318 445.489 -495.818 c -443.49 -496.317 437.492 -498.317 433.494 -498.816 c -429.495 -499.316 420.999 -499.816 419.999 -499.316 c -419 -498.816 419.499 -495.318 420.999 -494.318 c -422.498 -493.319 424.746 -490.011 y -417.5 -495.818 415.501 -496.817 v -413.502 -497.817 410.003 -499.816 407.004 -499.316 c -404.006 -498.816 402.506 -498.317 401.507 -496.817 c -400.507 -495.318 397.508 -496.817 394.509 -494.818 c -391.511 -492.819 392.01 -490.82 393.01 -489.32 c -394.01 -487.821 399.507 -482.323 y -394.01 -483.323 392.51 -483.323 v -391.011 -483.323 377.017 -484.322 374.019 -484.322 c -371.02 -484.322 364.023 -485.322 363.023 -484.822 c -362.024 -484.322 361.024 -483.323 361.024 -482.823 c -361.024 -482.323 356.526 -482.823 356.026 -482.823 c -355.526 -482.823 353.027 -480.324 353.527 -479.324 c -354.027 -478.325 357.525 -473.327 359.525 -471.827 c -361.524 -470.328 365.022 -466.329 368.021 -465.33 c -371.02 -464.33 371.52 -459.832 373.019 -457.333 c -374.518 -454.834 375.018 -451.336 375.518 -447.836 c -376.018 -444.337 377.017 -433.342 377.017 -427.844 c -377.017 -422.346 379.516 -406.353 382.015 -399.356 c -384.514 -392.358 386.514 -386.861 385.514 -381.363 c -384.514 -375.865 381.016 -368.368 381.016 -366.369 c -381.016 -364.37 381.016 -358.872 y -377.517 -358.872 371.02 -361.371 v -364.523 -363.87 348.529 -368.368 342.531 -367.369 c -336.534 -366.369 308.044 -365.369 306.545 -362.371 c -305.046 -359.372 289.552 -353.374 289.052 -352.874 c -288.552 -352.375 288.052 -359.872 289.552 -367.369 c -291.051 -374.866 292.551 -382.362 294.55 -389.36 c -296.549 -396.357 298.548 -425.345 300.048 -433.842 c -301.547 -442.338 307.545 -449.335 310.044 -453.335 c -312.542 -457.333 313.542 -460.332 313.042 -464.83 c -312.542 -469.328 311.043 -475.326 310.543 -477.825 c -310.044 -480.324 306.045 -484.322 303.046 -483.822 c -300.048 -483.323 291.051 -480.824 289.552 -481.323 c -288.052 -481.823 285.054 -485.322 284.054 -485.822 c -283.055 -486.321 277.557 -486.321 274.558 -487.321 c -271.559 -488.321 263.063 -489.82 261.563 -488.321 c -260.064 -486.821 262.063 -493.319 249.568 -491.319 c -246.078 -490.761 239.072 -491.819 235.075 -492.819 c -231.077 -493.818 224.579 -492.319 224.079 -492.319 c -223.58 -492.319 215.583 -491.819 214.083 -490.82 c -212.584 -489.82 204.087 -489.82 204.087 -487.321 c -204.087 -484.822 208.586 -482.823 211.085 -480.324 c -213.584 -477.825 220.581 -472.827 221.081 -470.328 c -221.58 -467.829 221.081 -461.332 221.081 -458.333 c -221.081 -455.334 219.081 -449.335 217.082 -445.337 c -215.083 -441.339 213.584 -427.344 213.084 -424.845 c -212.584 -422.346 214.583 -415.349 213.584 -413.35 c -212.584 -411.351 210.085 -398.356 209.085 -395.357 c -208.086 -392.358 206.087 -385.361 205.587 -379.364 c -205.087 -373.366 202.088 -354.874 201.089 -351.875 c -200.089 -348.876 198.59 -335.881 199.089 -331.883 c -199.589 -327.885 192.092 -314.89 191.592 -312.391 c -191.093 -309.892 188.594 -305.394 188.594 -300.895 c -188.594 -296.397 184.096 -294.898 181.597 -294.898 c -179.098 -294.898 170.101 -291.899 169.102 -290.899 c -168.102 -289.9 159.105 -293.398 155.606 -293.898 c -152.107 -294.398 140.112 -296.897 139.613 -296.397 c -139.113 -295.897 135.114 -303.894 134.615 -306.393 c -134.115 -308.892 132.615 -313.39 131.116 -313.89 c -129.617 -314.39 126.118 -318.888 126.118 -320.388 c -126.118 -321.887 122.12 -317.889 y -122.12 -312.391 121.62 -308.392 v -121.12 -304.394 124.619 -300.895 125.118 -298.396 c -125.618 -295.897 131.116 -287.901 130.616 -286.401 c -130.116 -284.902 128.131 -286.36 125.118 -288.4 c -121.244 -291.026 118.121 -310.392 115.622 -313.39 c -113.123 -316.389 106.626 -331.383 105.126 -333.882 c -103.627 -336.381 103.127 -363.87 102.128 -372.866 c -101.128 -381.863 103.127 -397.356 104.627 -401.355 c -106.126 -405.353 107.625 -409.352 106.626 -409.851 c -105.626 -410.351 112.623 -403.354 118.121 -403.854 c -123.619 -404.354 130.616 -408.352 131.616 -413.85 c -132.615 -419.348 131.116 -428.844 127.617 -431.343 c -124.119 -433.842 110.624 -436.341 108.125 -433.842 c -105.626 -431.343 94.631 -427.844 90.632 -418.848 c -89.333 -415.924 80.137 -391.859 79.637 -384.861 c -79.202 -378.776 76.514 -369.619 76.638 -367.868 c -76.673 -367.37 64.143 -379.364 61.644 -380.863 c -59.145 -382.362 50.149 -389.859 48.15 -387.86 c -46.15 -385.861 50.649 -383.362 52.148 -381.363 c -53.647 -379.364 61.144 -372.866 63.143 -371.367 c -65.143 -369.868 55.147 -374.866 51.148 -375.365 c -47.15 -375.865 45.151 -373.866 46.15 -373.366 c -47.15 -372.866 57.146 -368.368 62.144 -364.87 c -67.142 -361.371 74.139 -355.873 74.639 -353.374 c -75.139 -350.875 74.139 -326.885 73.139 -319.888 c -72.14 -312.891 77.138 -296.397 77.638 -287.401 c -78.137 -278.405 82.136 -267.91 84.135 -262.412 c -86.134 -256.914 90.824 -246.099 90.632 -245.419 c -s -262.063 -478.325 m -263.562 -474.326 271.059 -469.828 272.559 -467.829 c -274.058 -465.83 274.558 -460.332 272.559 -457.833 c -270.56 -455.334 267.561 -446.836 266.561 -444.837 c -265.562 -442.838 264.562 -437.34 263.562 -433.842 c -262.563 -430.343 262.063 -423.846 261.063 -421.347 c -260.064 -418.848 257.065 -412.35 256.565 -411.351 c -256.065 -410.351 254.066 -418.848 254.066 -422.346 c -254.066 -425.845 257.565 -430.343 257.565 -433.842 c -257.565 -437.34 258.065 -439.839 257.065 -443.338 c -256.065 -446.836 254.566 -450.836 255.066 -455.334 c -255.566 -459.832 256.565 -465.33 258.065 -468.828 c -259.564 -472.327 261.814 -478.986 262.063 -478.325 c -s -114.374 -421.846 m -114.123 -422.846 117.122 -422.597 118.621 -421.846 c -120.12 -421.098 121.371 -418.848 119.871 -417.348 c -118.372 -415.849 117.405 -416.194 116.122 -416.6 c -113.748 -417.348 114.509 -421.305 114.374 -421.846 c -s -121.871 -294.148 m -119.372 -291.65 119.121 -289.4 y -108.789 -290.299 108.625 -293.898 v -107.625 -315.889 64.143 -370.867 63.143 -371.367 c -S -76.638 -367.868 m -83.635 -362.371 105.126 -333.382 105.126 -333.882 c -S -164.602 -189.442 m -172.1 -193.44 172.6 -194.939 178.098 -194.939 c -183.596 -194.939 186.595 -191.441 191.592 -197.438 c -196.59 -203.436 198.59 -210.433 199.589 -217.43 c -200.589 -224.427 198.59 -229.425 194.591 -232.924 c -190.593 -236.422 194.091 -240.921 192.592 -242.42 c -191.093 -243.919 190.593 -248.418 190.593 -250.417 c -190.593 -252.416 182.845 -253.666 181.346 -254.665 c -179.846 -255.665 174.635 -263.779 173.849 -263.162 c -166.852 -257.664 168.351 -252.416 165.853 -250.417 c -163.354 -248.418 158.605 -239.921 157.105 -238.921 c -155.606 -237.922 148.021 -233.866 148.021 -231.367 c -148.021 -228.868 149.109 -219.166 148.609 -216.667 c -148.109 -214.168 152.107 -209.433 152.107 -208.434 c -S -159.781 -179.035 m -164.485 -180.211 169.189 -181.975 172.717 -182.563 c -176.245 -183.151 185.653 -186.091 188.593 -187.267 c -191.533 -188.443 198.001 -193.735 199.765 -197.263 c -201.529 -200.791 202.117 -206.671 202.705 -209.023 c -203.293 -211.375 203.293 -219.607 202.117 -221.371 c -200.941 -223.135 197.413 -231.955 196.237 -232.543 c -S -108.097 -233.86 m -112.167 -236.446 116.296 -237.525 120.179 -236.971 c -125.831 -236.166 128.942 -227.524 129.27 -225.841 c -S -109.73 -237.489 m -111.163 -238.845 115.233 -241.43 117.92 -241.079 c -120.607 -240.727 123.178 -240.834 125.479 -238.64 c -127.339 -236.869 130.379 -228.116 130.528 -226.81 c -S -108.46 -230.129 m -110.117 -226.085 113.633 -223.711 115.101 -223.019 c -120.739 -220.367 127.21 -223.619 127.234 -224.548 c -S -108.8 -230.633 m -111.01 -231.549 112.29 -232.49 113.598 -232.64 c -116.814 -233.01 120.042 -233.379 122.149 -230.779 c -123.23 -229.447 123.643 -229.297 125.175 -227.488 c -126.707 -225.678 126.557 -225.264 127.234 -224.548 c -S -u -117.144 -223.904 m -118.708 -223.335 120.422 -224.096 120.972 -225.607 c -121.522 -227.117 120.699 -228.804 119.135 -229.373 c -117.57 -229.943 115.856 -229.179 115.307 -227.669 c -114.757 -226.159 115.58 -224.472 117.144 -223.904 c -f -118.14 -226.638 m -F -U -129.952 -224.71 m -130.389 -223.353 131.426 -223.641 129.289 -222.158 c -128.199 -221.4 122.082 -217.838 119.797 -218.137 c -117.44 -218.445 114.876 -219.824 113.16 -222.044 c -S -109.974 -231.066 m -110.638 -229.885 111.271 -230.044 110.638 -229.885 c -110.188 -229.77 109.038 -229.138 y -S -125.118 -288.4 m -132.615 -282.903 135.114 -282.903 138.113 -276.906 c -141.112 -270.909 139.613 -259.413 137.613 -255.915 c -135.614 -252.416 133.615 -244.919 y -S -128.971 -242.98 m -126.971 -247.478 124.472 -253.975 120.973 -255.475 c -117.474 -256.974 111.477 -257.974 109.478 -258.473 c -S -129.823 -220.573 m -126.834 -218.203 123.007 -214.64 121.267 -214.609 c -119.528 -214.578 116.234 -213.677 113.623 -215.785 c -111.96 -217.128 108.602 -222.181 107.962 -223.343 c -S -73.139 -317.889 m -82.136 -309.392 94.631 -316.389 y -S -74.139 -305.394 m -77.638 -301.395 78.137 -298.396 85.135 -299.396 c -92.132 -300.396 97.13 -303.894 97.63 -303.894 c -S -74.139 -331.883 m -77.138 -329.384 83.635 -327.385 85.135 -327.885 c -86.634 -328.384 92.632 -329.884 y -S -74.639 -345.877 m -76.638 -343.878 83.635 -343.878 y -S -77.138 -371.367 m -80.137 -369.368 86.01 -366.119 90.008 -366.869 c -92.204 -367.28 99.629 -370.867 y -S -79.512 -382.114 m -82.011 -380.614 89.633 -374.866 96.63 -380.863 c -S -83.635 -399.356 m -92.383 -389.611 99.129 -397.356 y -S -86.885 -408.603 m -93.131 -400.355 101.628 -407.352 y -S -89.384 -414.6 m -94.631 -407.852 104.127 -413.35 y -S -93.631 -423.597 m -94.631 -420.598 104.378 -417.848 104.627 -417.848 c -S -106.877 -420.347 m -103.127 -423.097 102.128 -429.594 y -S -117.872 -422.097 m -116.873 -431.343 124.869 -432.093 y -S -112.375 -420.847 m -106.877 -427.844 114.374 -434.841 y -S -120.371 -419.348 m -125.118 -425.596 131.616 -419.099 y -S -119.871 -417.348 m -127.118 -416.6 124.619 -406.104 y -S -118.372 -416.349 m -123.119 -408.603 114.374 -404.354 y -S -116.122 -416.6 m -114.874 -409.103 106.126 -410.351 106.626 -409.851 c -106.877 -409.602 103.878 -416.849 105.377 -420.347 c -108.125 -413.85 114.374 -421.846 v -114.528 -422.044 109.876 -419.598 105.377 -420.347 c -S -114.623 -418.848 m -111.875 -411.851 104.878 -415.1 105.126 -415.1 c -S -74.639 -356.373 m -74.763 -354.498 74.639 -353.374 v -S -81.012 -390.235 m -83.511 -388.735 91.132 -382.987 98.129 -388.984 c -S -95.506 -346.127 m -95.881 -346.127 99.629 -347.377 y -S -77.388 -352.75 m -76.388 -352.125 74.639 -352.874 74.639 -352.75 c -S -89.384 -353.998 m -91.507 -353.75 97.88 -356.249 y -S -78.137 -279.904 m -84.135 -277.405 89.133 -276.406 94.131 -277.905 c -99.129 -279.405 107.126 -285.402 y -S -83.635 -265.411 m -88.133 -262.412 95.131 -262.912 99.629 -263.412 c -104.127 -263.911 113.623 -270.909 y -121.62 -276.406 l -S -77.388 -352.75 m -S -74.639 -352.75 m -S -256.565 -411.351 m -262.563 -398.856 259.564 -384.362 261.563 -374.866 c -263.562 -365.369 263.063 -354.374 267.561 -348.376 c -272.059 -342.379 281.555 -321.387 283.554 -314.89 c -285.553 -308.392 276.057 -271.908 273.059 -264.911 c -270.06 -257.914 265.562 -248.917 264.562 -244.419 c -263.562 -239.921 261.563 -225.927 263.562 -221.928 c -S -1 w -291.198 -93.775 m -S -0.7 w -289.052 -352.874 m -284.554 -343.878 266.561 -350.875 y -S -242.394 -491.555 m -242.394 -488.056 239.469 -483.145 238.221 -482.896 c -236.972 -482.645 231.474 -483.645 231.474 -483.896 c -231.474 -484.145 228.225 -480.897 226.976 -479.898 c -225.726 -478.898 221.727 -480.146 220.728 -480.646 c -219.728 -481.146 217.229 -479.398 216.729 -478.898 c -216.23 -478.398 212.951 -478.957 212.701 -479.207 c -S -219.728 -480.397 m -220.479 -483.896 212.701 -490.085 y -S -231.474 -483.896 m -231.723 -486.395 224.079 -492.319 y -S -261.872 -477.736 m -264.621 -485.233 260.622 -487.483 y -S -284.054 -485.822 m -280.556 -485.572 268.369 -482.734 267.869 -481.485 c -267.37 -480.235 262.622 -480.486 y -S -288.552 -482.073 m -285.054 -478.075 279.806 -473.826 278.057 -473.826 c -276.307 -473.826 268.854 -481.809 268.854 -481.559 c -S -269.06 -470.828 m -272.559 -470.328 275.807 -475.076 y -S -358.525 -473.327 m -362.272 -472.577 366.271 -474.326 367.27 -475.576 c -368.27 -476.825 361.524 -482.823 361.024 -482.823 c -S -367.374 -474.988 m -369.623 -474.237 372.622 -474.988 374.371 -476.236 c -376.121 -477.487 379.869 -483.484 y -S -390.275 -261.943 m -380.278 -279.436 357.347 -332.502 384.015 -355.373 c -398.54 -367.832 399.507 -387.86 404.505 -393.358 c -409.503 -398.856 405.005 -410.351 406.005 -416.849 c -407.004 -423.346 410.003 -429.843 410.003 -439.839 c -410.003 -449.835 408.004 -460.832 408.504 -465.33 c -409.004 -469.828 405.005 -475.826 404.006 -477.825 c -403.006 -479.824 398.008 -483.323 y -403.506 -482.823 407.504 -486.821 407.755 -487.071 c -408.004 -487.321 401.007 -496.067 y -S -407.269 -487.071 m -415.017 -483.821 423.513 -490.319 y -432.259 -485.321 441.006 -497.067 y -S -381.016 -358.872 m -382.337 -358.961 385.277 -357.197 y -S -489.972 -308.392 m -491.998 -302.514 496.114 -294.87 496.114 -293.106 c -S -490.234 -445.397 m -490.234 -453.629 493.762 -464.213 y -S -487.882 -446.573 m -487.882 -450.101 489.299 -465.683 489.472 -465.83 c -S -484.942 -443.045 m -483.178 -447.749 484.354 -461.273 y -S -421.439 -452.453 m -431.435 -455.981 446.668 -448.747 446.988 -448.836 c -S -376.163 -444.221 m -383.219 -451.277 401.447 -451.277 y -S -377.927 -423.641 m -382.043 -426.581 397.331 -425.993 y -S -406.739 -407.765 m -417.323 -418.349 438.491 -410.117 y -S -370.871 -461.861 m -376.163 -468.917 397.331 -471.857 y -S -409.679 -434.225 m -416.735 -440.693 439.079 -431.285 y -S -406.739 -396.593 m -414.383 -398.945 433.787 -391.301 y -S -448.487 -477.737 m -430.847 -486.557 412.031 -479.501 y -S -312.072 -455.981 m -306.78 -462.449 281.496 -464.213 y -S -300.048 -433.842 m -295.608 -439.517 276.792 -439.517 y -S -295.608 -395.417 m -290.904 -392.477 263.856 -397.769 y -S -297.96 -413.057 m -293.844 -417.173 268.56 -420.113 y -S -291.492 -374.249 m -287.376 -372.485 261.623 -374.307 261.563 -374.866 c -S -250.92 -424.229 m -247.392 -444.221 217.993 -435.401 y -S -253.272 -430.109 m -250.92 -448.337 223.285 -454.217 y -S -256.8 -461.861 m -245.04 -473.033 225.637 -468.329 y -S -213.584 -413.35 m -220.933 -420.701 239.16 -413.645 y -S -236.809 -380.129 m -232.693 -386.597 205.645 -383.657 y -S -238.572 -389.537 m -245.04 -387.185 260.328 -394.829 y -S -237.985 -371.897 m -240.924 -370.133 261.504 -378.365 y -S -237.985 -358.961 m -235.045 -362.489 202.705 -361.901 y -S -199.177 -335.442 m -215.641 -344.262 248.568 -327.21 y -S -192.709 -314.274 m -201.529 -306.63 238.572 -311.334 y -S -149.785 -246.655 m -158.605 -263.707 138.025 -287.814 y -S -160.957 -258.415 m -166.837 -267.823 146.257 -288.402 y -S -174.481 -270.763 m -178.597 -277.818 167.425 -290.166 y -S -191.533 -259.591 m -200.353 -270.175 183.889 -294.87 y -S -206.233 -247.243 m -212.113 -269.587 187.418 -299.865 188.594 -300.895 c -S -159.193 -201.379 m -162.133 -207.259 161.545 -215.491 161.545 -217.255 c -161.545 -219.019 153.313 -227.251 153.901 -230.779 c -S -237.985 -176.095 m -244.452 -180.799 251.508 -187.855 254.448 -192.559 c -257.388 -197.263 253.861 -213.37 253.566 -214.431 c -251.359 -222.372 242.571 -252.416 244.57 -262.412 c -246.569 -272.408 251.567 -282.403 252.567 -295.398 c -253.566 -308.392 253.566 -320.388 246.569 -331.383 c -239.572 -342.379 236.574 -357.373 237.574 -368.368 c -238.572 -379.364 235.575 -404.354 245.57 -422.346 c -S -457.895 -360.725 m -464.951 -348.378 464.363 -327.798 469.067 -315.45 c -473.77 -303.102 477.886 -295.458 477.298 -278.994 c -476.71 -262.531 473.77 -263.119 y -S -410.267 -370.133 m -402.035 -357.197 396.155 -340.734 394.979 -328.974 c -394.151 -320.699 409.091 -287.814 y -S -u -116.786 -223.328 m -119.079 -222.493 121.637 -223.74 122.502 -226.115 c -123.365 -228.487 122.208 -231.089 119.915 -231.922 c -117.621 -232.757 115.064 -231.51 114.199 -229.135 c -113.335 -226.763 114.493 -224.163 116.786 -223.328 c -s -118.351 -227.626 m -S -U -118.294 -232.651 m -116.002 -233.016 113.653 -232.151 112.636 -230.643 c -111.618 -229.137 111.9 -227.548 112.377 -226.28 c -112.854 -225.01 114.424 -223.735 114.926 -223.396 c -115.428 -223.057 118.062 -222.269 119.178 -222.397 c -122.279 -222.753 123.831 -224.223 124.232 -225.328 c -124.635 -226.433 124.862 -227.915 124.723 -227.965 c -S -%%Trailer -_E end - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/ltcaption.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/ltcaption.pdf index 3542a340ba2..6b04eda03a1 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/ltcaption.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/ltcaption.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/newfloat.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/newfloat.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..48472ea1cd1 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/newfloat.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/subcaption.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/subcaption.pdf index 11c95ce1e6e..f5fb6d27ec5 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/subcaption.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/subcaption.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx index be0f7d433d7..fb3d58f932d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx @@ -19,18 +19,18 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. % % \fi -% \CheckSum{366} +% \CheckSum{369} % % \iffalse %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{bicaption.drv}[2011/09/03 v1.0 Adds a bilingual caption feature to the caption package] +\ProvidesFile{bicaption.drv}[2011/10/30 v1.0 Adds a bilingual caption feature to the caption package] \hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=74pt % Make TeX shut up. %\errorcontextlines=3 % @@ -223,11 +223,10 @@ % \package{caption} package: % % \begin{Options}{language=} -% \item[language=] +% \item[lang=] % \DescribeMacro{language=} -% Sets the language of the caption, -% e.g. -% \begin{quote}|\use|\-|package|\-|[eng|\-|lish]{bi|\-|caption}|\end{quote} +% Sets the language of the caption, e.g. +% \begin{quote}|\use|\-|package|\-|[lang=eng|\-|lish]{bi|\-|caption}|\end{quote} % will typeset the second caption of bilingual captions in English. % (The language will be set with |\select|\-|language| internally, % so the \package{babel} package must be loaded for using this option.) @@ -540,8 +539,8 @@ % responsible for the types % |figureX| ($=$ |figure| $+$ |X|), |tableX| ($=$ |table| $+$ |X|) etc. % -% Such a \meta{list type} can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| -% offered by the \package{caption} package, but some document classes +% Such a \meta{list type} can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| +% offered by the \package{newfloat} package, but some document classes % or other packages offer macros for defining new floating environment types % (and their corresponding lists) as well. % @@ -556,11 +555,12 @@ % |% "english", and list type "figureEng" resp. "tableEng"|\\ % |\usepackage[lang=english,listtype+=Eng]{bicaption}|\\ % ||\\ +% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\ % |% Define the new floating environment type "figureEng"|\\ -% |\DeclareCaptionType[fileext=lof2]{figureEng}|\\ +% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lof2]{figureEng}|\\ % | [Figure][List of Figures]|\\ % |% Define the new floating environment type "tableEng"|\\ -% |\DeclareCaptionType[fileext=lot2]{tableEng}|\\ +% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lot2]{tableEng}|\\ % | [Table][List of Tables]|\\ % ||\\ % |\begin{document}|\\ @@ -594,15 +594,16 @@ % ||\\ % |% We load the titletoc package for customizing lists|\\ % |% Note: Loading titletoc should be done prior defining|\\ -% |% additional floating environments with \DeclareCaptionType|\\ +% |% additional floating environments with \DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\\ % |\usepackage{titletoc}|\\ % ||\\ +% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\ % |% Define the new floating environment type "figure2"|\\ % |% Use the same file extension as for "figure" (.lof) here|\\ -% |\DeclareCaptionType[fileext=lof]{figure2}|\\ +% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lof]{figure2}|\\ % |% Define the new floating environment type "table2"|\\ % |% Use the same file extension as for "table" (.lot) here|\\ -% |\DeclareCaptionType[fileext=lot]{table2}|\\ +% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lot]{table2}|\\ % ||\\ % |% We use the titletoc package for customizing "figure2"|\\ % |% which is appropriate for the second language captions|\\ @@ -714,7 +715,7 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2011/09/03 v1.0 Bilingual Captions (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2011/10/30 v1.0a Bilingual Captions (AR)] % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \RequirePackage{caption}[2011/08/28] % needs v3.2c or newer @@ -842,12 +843,15 @@ % % Set the language for the first caption. % \begin{macrocode} -\ifx\bbl@main@language\@undefined - \bicaption@WarningNoLine{Please load this package after the babel package} -\else +\ifcsname bbl@main@language\endcsname \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=\bbl@main@language}} \@tempa -\fi +\else\ifcsname xpg@main@language\endcsname + \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=\xpg@main@language}} + \@tempa +\else + \bicaption@WarningNoLine{Please load this package after the babel package} +\fi\fi % \end{macrocode} % We use |\caption@ProcessOptions| here to add the options to the `|bi-second|' option % list instead of executing them immediately. @@ -1114,18 +1118,19 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\bicaption@listof} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2011/10/30}{Adapted to the newfloat package} % Make commands like |\listoffigure2s| work. +% (Is this a good idea or not!?) % \begin{macrocode} -\def\bicaption@declarelist#1{\@namedef{listof#1}{\bicaption@listof#1}} +\newcommand*\bicaption@declarelist[1]{% + \@namedef{listof#1}{\bicaption@listof#1}} \@onlypreamble\bicaption@declarelist -\def\bicaption@listof#1 {\@nameuse{listof#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifundefined\c@figure{}{\bicaption@declarelist{figure}} -\caption@ifundefined\c@table{}{\bicaption@declarelist{table}} -\caption@For{typelist}{\bicaption@declarelist{#1}} +\def\bicaption@listof#1 {\@nameuse{listof#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ForEachType{\bicaption@declarelist{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b0742d81db2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex @@ -0,0 +1,4618 @@ +% +% This is file `caption-deu.tex'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-deu.tex}[2011/11/02 v3.2 Das caption-Paket] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 + +\RequirePackage{fix-cm} +\documentclass[german]{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{fixltx2e} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em +\makeatletter\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother + +\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]} +\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]} +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} + \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper + \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\} + \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage} + \fi +\fi + +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{babel} +\selectlanguage{german} +\input dehyphtex.tex +\usepackage{selinput}\SelectInputMappings{adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}} + +\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc} +\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace} +\IfFileExists{test/tlc2/cat.eps}{\graphicspath{{test/tlc2/}}}{}% + +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +\hypersetup{breaklinks=true} + +\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01] + +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} + +\usepackage{marvosym} +\makeatletter +\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}} +\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}} +\makeatother + +\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}} +\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}} + +% \ContinuedFloat +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}} +% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})} +% \DeclareCaptionStyle +\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]% + {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}} +% Example 1 +\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3} +\newlength\myindention +\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3} +\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}} +% Example 2 +\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill} +% Example 3 +\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[2.5cm][l]{#1}}#3\par} +% Example 4 +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable} + +\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf + +\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$} +\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}} + +\newenvironment{Annotation}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% + \smallskip + \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} +\newenvironment{Annotation*}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% + \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} + +\newenvironment{Example}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% + \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}% + {\smallskip\endminipage\par} + +\makeatletter +\newcommand\example{\@ifstar + {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}% + {\@example{}}} +\def\@example#1{% + \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}} +\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{% + \begingroup + \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}% + \captionof{#2}[]{#4}% + \endgroup} +\makeatother + +\newenvironment{Expert}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% + \smallskip + \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} +\newenvironment{Expert*}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% + \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} + +\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi + \smallskip + \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par} +\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi + \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par} + +\newenvironment{Options}[1]% + {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}% + \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}% + \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}% + \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}% + \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}% + {\endlist} + +\makeatletter +\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}} +\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}} +\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}} +\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}} +\makeatother + +\begin{document} +\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname +\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname + +\def\thispackage{das \package{caption}"=Paket} +\def\Thispackage{Das \package{caption}"=Paket} + +\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Hinweis} +\newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{Neues Feature}} +\newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{Neue Beschreibung}} +\makeatletter +\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{Siehe}}{\SEE[\small]{Siehe}}} +\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{siehe}}{\SEE[\small]{siehe}}} +\makeatother + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\GetFileInfo{caption-deu.tex} +\let\docdate\filedate +\GetFileInfo{caption.sty} + +\title{Anpassen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen + mit Hilfe des caption-Paketes\texorpdfstring{\thanks{% + Dieses Paket hat die Versionsnummer \fileversion, + zuletzt ge"andert am \filedate.}}{}} +\author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ + \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}} +\date{\docdate} +\maketitle + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\begin{abstract} +\Thispackage\ bietet einem Mittel und Wege, das Erscheinungsbild der Bild- +und Tabellenbeschriftungen den eigenen Wünschen bzw.\ Vorgaben anzupassen. +Hierbei wurde Wert auf die reibungslose Zusammenarbeit mit zahlreichen +Dokumentenklassen und Paketen gelegt. +\iffalse +\par\smallskip +\textit{Bitte beachten Sie:} Viele Dokumentenklassen bieten bereits +Optionen und Befehle, um das Erscheinungsbild der Abbildungs- und +Tabellenbeschriftungen individuell anzupassen. +Wenn diese Möglichkeiten für Sie ausreichend sind, gibt es in der Regel +keinen Grund, \thispackage\ zu benutzen. Und falls Sie lediglich an dem +Befehl |\caption|\-|of| interessiert sind, ist in der Regel das Laden des +kleinen aber feinen \package{capt-of}"=Paketes hierzu völlig ausreichend. +\fi +\end{abstract} + +\newcommand\exampletext{% + Die auf die Rotationsfrequenz des Innenzylinders normierten Eigenfrequenzen + der gefundenen Grundmoden der Taylor"=Str"omung f"ur \mbox{$\eta = 0.5$}. %\\ + (Die azimutale Wellenzahl ist mit $m$ bezeichnet.)} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\section*{Einleitung} + +Mit |\caption| gesetzte Bildunterschriften und Tabellenüberschriften werden +von den Standard"=Dokumentenklassen eher stiefmütterlich behandelt. +In der Regel schlicht als ganz normaler Absatz gesetzt, ergibt sich keine +signifikante optische Abgrenzung vom eigentlichen Text, wie z.B. hier: + +\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} + +Es sollte aber eine Möglichkeit geben, diesem Umstand abzuhelfen. Es wäre +zum Beispiel nett, wenn man den Text der Unterschrift etwas kleiner gestalten, +extra Ränder festlegen oder den Zeichensatz des Bezeichners dem der +Kapitelüberschriften anpassen könnte. So in etwa: + +\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} + +Mit Hilfe dieses Paketes können Sie dies leicht bewerkstelligen; es sind viele +vorgegebene Parameter einstellbar, Sie können aber auch eigene +Gestaltungsmerkmale einfließen lassen. + +\bigskip + +\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth} +\small +Bitte beachten Sie, daß \thispackage\ nur das Aussehen der Beschriftungen +kontrolliert. Es kontrolliert \emph{nicht} den Ort der Beschriftung; +dieser kann aber mit anderen Paketen wie etwa dem +\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} variiert werden. +\end{minipage} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\tableofcontents + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Verwendung des Paketes} +\label{usage} + +\DescribeMacro{\usepackage} +Durch +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage|\oarg{Optionen}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| +\end{quote} +in dem Vorspann des Dokumentes wird das \thispackage\ Paket eingebunden, die +Optionen legen hierbei das Aussehen der Ãœber- und Unterschriften fest. So +würde z.B. +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\ + | labelsep=endash]{caption}|% + %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| +\end{quote} +zu dem obrigen Ergebnis mit Rand, kleinerem Zeichensatz und fetter Bezeichnung +führen. + +\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} +Eine Änderung der Parameter ist auch zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt jederzeit +mit dem Befehl +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +möglich. So sind z.B. die Befehlssequenzen +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}| +\end{quote} +und +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{caption}|\\ + |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}| +\end{quote} +in ihrer Wirkung identisch. + +Es ist zu beachten, daß sich die Verwendung von |\caption|\-|setup| +innerhalb von Umgebungen nur auf die Umgebung selber auswirkt, nicht aber auf +den Rest des Dokumentes. +Möchte man also z.B. die automatische Zentrierung der Abbildungsunterschrift +nur in einem konkreten Falle ausschalten, so kann dies mit +\begin{quote} + |\begin{figure}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ + |\end{figure}| +\end{quote} +geschehen, ohne daß die restlichen Abbildungsunterschriften hiervon +beeinträchtigt werden. + +\begin{Annotation} +Der optionale Parameter \meta{Typ} von |\caption|\-|setup| wird in +\Ref{captionsetup} behandelt. +\end{Annotation} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Optionen} +\label{options} + +\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight} +\def\UserDefined{\ldots} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Formatierung} +\label{formats} + +\DescribeMacro{format=} +Eine Abbildungs- oder Tabellenbeschriftung besteht im wesentlichen aus drei +Teilen: Dem Bezeichner (etwa "`Abbildung 3"'), dem Trenner +(etwa "`:\textvisiblespace"') und dem eigentlichen Text. + +Mit der Option +\begin{quote} + |format=|\meta{Name} +\end{quote} +wird festgelegt, wie diese drei Teile zusammengesetzt werden. + +Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:%~\footnote{Es gibt +%hier wie auch bei vielen anderen Optionen die Möglichkeit, auch eigene +%Formate, Zeichensätze etc.\ zu definieren. Wie dies geht wird in Abschnitt +%\Ref{declare} dargelegt.} + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} + Die Beschriftung wird als gewöhnlicher Absatz gesetzt. + + \item[hang] + Der Text wird so gesetzt, daß er an dem Bezeichner "`hängt"', d.h.~der + Platz unter dem Bezeichner und dem Trenner bleibt leer. + + \item[\UserDefined] + Eigene Formate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format| definiert werden. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +\begin{Example} + Ein Beispiel: Die Angabe der Option + \begin{quote} + |format=hang| + \end{quote} + führt zu Abbildungsunterschriften der Art + \example{format=hang}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{indention=} +Bei beiden Formaten (\texttt{plain} und \texttt{hang}) kann der Einzug der +Beschriftung ab der zweiten Textzeile angepasst werden, dies geschieht mit +\begin{quote} + |indention=|\meta{Einzug}\quad, +\end{quote} +wobei anstelle von \meta{Einzug} jedes beliebige feste Maß angegeben werden +kann. + +Zwei Beispiele: + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,indention=.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{labelformat=} +Mit der Option +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |labelformat=|\meta{Name} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +%\NEWdescription{v3.0e} +wird die Zusammensetzung des Bezeichners festgelegt. +Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[default] + Der Bezeichner wird wie von der verwendeten Dokumentenklasse vorgegeben gesetzt, + üblicherweise ist dies der Name und die Nummer, getrennt durch ein Leerzeichen + (wie \texttt{simple}). + (Dies ist das Standardverhalten.) + + \item[empty] + Der Bezeichner ist leer. +\iffalse + (Diese Option macht in der Regel nur in Verbindung mit + anderen Optionen -- wie etwa \texttt{labelsep=none} -- Sinn.) +\fi + + \item[simple] + Der Bezeichner ist aus dem Namen und der Nummer zusammengesetzt. + + \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f} + Der Bezeichner wird mit einer einzelnen (rechten) Klammer abgeschlossen. + + \item[parens] + Die Nummer des Bezeichners wird in runde Klammern gesetzt. + + \item[\UserDefined] + Eigene Formate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| + definiert werden. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +\begin{Example} + Ein Beispiel: Die Optionen + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad| + \end{quote} + führen zu Abbildungsunterschriften der Art + \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\medskip + +\begin{Note*} +Manche Umgebungen, wie z.B.~die vom \package{algorithm2e}"=Paket angebotende +|al|\-|go|\-|rithm|"=Umgebung, reagieren allergisch auf eine Änderung des +Bezeichnerformats. +\end{Note*} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{labelsep=} +Mit der Option +\begin{quote} + |labelsep=|\meta{Name} +\end{quote} +wird die Zusammensetzung des Trenners festgelegt.\footnote{% + Wenn der Bezeichner oder der Text der Beschriftung leer ist, + wird kein Trenner verwendet.} +Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[none] + Der Trenner ist leer. +\iffalse + (Diese Option macht in der Regel nur in Verbindung + mit anderen Optionen -- wie etwa \texttt{labelformat=empty} -- Sinn.) +\fi + + \item[colon] + Der Trenner besteht aus einem Doppelpunkt und einem Leerzeichen. + + \item[period] + Der Trenner besteht aus einem Punkt und einem Leerzeichen. + + \item[space] + Der Trenner besteht lediglich aus einem einzelnen Leerzeichen. + + \item[quad] + Der Trenner besteht aus einem |\quad|. + + \item[newline] + Als Trenner wird ein Zeilenumbruch (|\\|) verwendet. + Bitte beachten Sie, daß dieser Trenner nicht mit allen Formaten + (z.B.~|format=|\x|hang|) zusammenarbeitet; ggf. erhalten Sie + deswegen eine Fehlermeldung. + + \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h} + Als Trenner wird ein Gedankenstrich (\verb*| -- |) verwendet. + + \item[\UserDefined] + Eigene Trenner können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| + definiert werden. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +Drei Beispiele: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=period| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=endash| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l} +Mit der Option +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |textformat=|\meta{Name} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +wird das Format des eigentlichen Textes festgelegt. +Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[empty] + Es wird kein Text ausgegeben. + + \item[simple] + Der Text wird nicht verändert. + + \item[period] + Dem Text wird ein Punkt angehängt. + + \item[\UserDefined] + Eigene Textformate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format| + definiert werden. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\PageBreak +\subsection{Textausrichtung} +\label{justification} + +\DescribeMacro{justification=} +Mit der Option +\begin{quote} + |justification=|\meta{Name} +\end{quote} +wird die Ausrichtung des Textes festgelegt. +Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[justified] + Der Text wird als Blocksatz gesetzt. + + \item[centering] + Der Text wird zentriert gesetzt. + +% \item[Centering] +% Der Text wird zentriert gesetzt. Hierfür wird jedoch im Gegensatz +% zu \texttt{centering} der Befehl |\Centering| des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes +% verwendet, der \LaTeX\ das Trennen der Worte erlaubt. + + \item[centerlast] + Lediglich die letzte Zeile des Absatzes wird zentriert gesetzt. + + \item[centerfirst] + Lediglich die erste Zeile des Textes wird zentriert gesetzt. + + \item[raggedright] + Der Text wird linksbündig gesetzt. + +\iffalse + \item[RaggedRight] + Der Text wird linksbündig mit Hilfe des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes gesetzt. +\else + \item[RaggedRight] + Der Text wird ebenfalls linksbündig gesetzt. + Hierfür wird jedoch im Gegensatz zur Option |raggedright| der Befehl + |\RaggedRight| des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes verwendet, + der \LaTeX\ das Trennen der Worte erlaubt.\footnote{% + Ob das \package{ragged2e}"=Paket benötigt wird oder nicht, + wird zur Laufzeit ermittelt, d.h.~ggf.~ist ein weiterer \LaTeX"=Lauf + erforderlich, wenn diese Option erstmalig eingesetzt wird.} +\fi + + \item[raggedleft] + Der Text wird rechtsbündig gesetzt. + +% \item[RaggedLeft] +% Der Text wird rechtsbündig mit Hilfe des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes gesetzt. + +%\showhyphens{justification} + \item[\UserDefined] + Eigene Ausrichtungen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| + definiert werden. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +Drei Beispiele: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,justification=centerlast| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,justification=raggedright| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\smallskip + +\PageBreak +\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=} +In den Standard"=Dokumentenklassen von \LaTeX\ (\class{article}, +\class{report} und \class{book}) sind die Ab\-bildungs- und +Tabellenbeschriftungen so realisiert, daß sie automatisch zentriert werden, +wenn sie lediglich aus einer einzigen Textzeile bestehen: + +\example*{}{Eine kurze Beschriftung.} + +\INFO +Diesen Mechanismus übernimmt \thispackage\ und ignoriert damit +in der Regel bei solch kurzen Beschriftungen die mit den Optionen +|justification=| und |indention=| eingestellte Textausrichtung. +Dieses Verhalten kann jedoch mit der Option +\begin{quote} + |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool} +\end{quote} +reguliert werden. +Setzt man für \meta{bool} entweder |false|, |no|, |off| oder |0| ein, +so wird der automatische Zentrierungsmechnismus außer Kraft gesetzt. +Die obrige, kurze Abbildungsunterschrift würde z.B.~nach Angabe der Option +\begin{quote} + |singlelinecheck=false| +\end{quote} +so aussehen: + +\begingroup + \captionsetup{type=figure} + \ContinuedFloat + \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{Eine kurze Beschriftung.} +\endgroup + +Setzt man für \meta{bool} hingegen |true|, |yes|, |on| oder |1| ein, so +wird die automatische Zentrierung wieder eingeschaltet. (Standardmäßig +ist sie eingeschaltet.) + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Zeichensätze} +\label{fonts} + +\DescribeMacro{font=} +\DescribeMacro{labelfont=} +\DescribeMacro{textfont=} +\Thispackage\ kennt drei Zeichensätze: Denjenigen für die gesammte +Beschriftung (|font|), denjenigen, der lediglich auf den Bezeichner und den +Trenner angewandt wird (|label|\-|font|), sowie denjenigen, der lediglich auf +den Text wirkt (|text|\-|font|). +So lassen sich die unterschiedlichen Teile der Beschriftung individuell mit +\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} + |font=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & ,\\ + |labelfont=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & und\\ + |textfont=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & \\ +\end{tabular}\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +anpassen. +\pagebreak[3] + +Als \meta{Zeichensatzoptionen} sind Kombinationen aus folgenden (durch Komma +getrennte) Optionen möglich: + +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Sehr kleine Schrift} + \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize Fußnotengröße} + \item[small] {\small Kleine Schrift} + \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normalgroße Schrift} + \item[large] {\large Große Schrift} + \item[Large] {\Large Größere Schrift} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normale Schriftart \& -serie \& -familie} + + \item[up] {\upshape Upright Schriftart} + \item[it] {\itshape Italic Schriftart} + \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted Schriftart} + \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps Schriftart} + + \item[md] {\mdseries Medium Schriftserie} + \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold Schriftserie} + + \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman Schriftfamilie} + \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif Schriftfamilie} + \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter Schriftfamilie} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[singlespacing] Einfacher Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}} + \item[onehalfspacing] Eineinhalbfacher Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}} + \item[doublespacing] Doppelter Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}} + \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor| + \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour} + {\small(Sofern das \package{color}- oder das \package{xcolor}"=Paket + geladen ist; für ein Beispiel siehe \Ref{declare})} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[normal] Die Kombination aus den Optionen |normal|\-|color|, + |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size| und |single|\-|spacing| + + \item[\UserDefined] + Eigene Zeichensatzoptionen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font| + definiert werden. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +Wird lediglich eine einzelne Zeichensatzoption ausgewählt, können die +geschweiften Klammern entfallen, d.h.~die Optionen +%\begin{quote} + |font={small}| +%\end{quote} +und +%\begin{quote} + |font=small| +%\end{quote} +sind identisch. + +Drei Beispiele: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |font=it,labelfont=bf| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |labelfont=bf,textfont=it| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |font={small,stretch=0.80}| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{font+=} +\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=} +\DescribeMacro{textfont+=} +\NEWfeature{v3.1f} +Es ist auch möglich, Zeichensatzoptionen zu den bisher ausgewählten +hinzuzufügen, so ist zum Beispiel +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup{font+=it}| +\end{quote} +mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}| +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +identisch. +\pagebreak[3] + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Ränder und Absätze} +\label{margins} + +\DescribeMacro{margin=} +\DescribeMacro{width=} +Für die Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen kann \emph{entweder} ein extra +Rand \emph{oder} eine feste Breite festgelegt werden:~\footnote{Nur feste Maße +sind hier gestattet. Suchen Sie nach einem Weg, die Breite automatisch auf die +Breite der Abbildung oder Tabelle zu begrenzen, schauen Sie sich bitte das +\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} oder +\package{threeparttable}"=Paket\cite{threeparttable} an.} +\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} + |margin=| & \meta{Rand} & \emph{-- oder --}\\ + |margin=| & |{|\meta{Linker Rand}|,|\meta{Rechter Rand}|}| & \emph{-- oder --}\\ + |width=| & \meta{Breite} & \\ +\end{tabular}\end{quote} +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Wird nur ein Wert für den Rand angegeben, so wird er für beide Ränder +(links und rechts) verwendet, so ist z.B.~|margin=|\x|10pt| identisch mit +|margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|. +In zweiseitigen Dokumenten wird der linke und rechte Rand auf geraden Seiten +vertauscht. +\DescribeMacro{oneside} +\DescribeMacro{twoside} +Dies kann jedoch mit der zusätzlichen Option |oneside| abgeschaltet werden, +z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par +Wird hingegen eine \meta{Breite} angegeben, wird die Beschriftung zentriert, +d.h.~der linke und rechte Rand sind in diesem Falle immer gleich groß. + +Drei Beispiele illustrieren dies: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |margin=10pt| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |margin={1cm,0cm}| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |width=.75\textwidth| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Note} +Wird die Beschriftung neben der Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle angebracht (z.B.~mit +Hilfe der |SC|\-|figure|"=Umgebung des \package{sidecap}"=Paketes\cite{sidecap}), +oder wird die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle innerhalb eines Absatzes gesetzt (z.B.~mit +Hilfe der |wrap|\-|figure|"=Umgebung des \package{wrapfig}"=Paketes\cite{wrapfig}), +dann wird der Rand am Anfang der Umgebung automatisch auf |0pt| zurückgesetzt. +Soll hier ebenfalls ein extra Rand gesetzt werden, so kann dieser Rand entweder +innerhalb der Umgebung neu gesetzt werden, oder aber global für bestimmte +Umgebungen, z.B.~mit |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|. +\end{Note} + +\begin{Expert} +\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Neben der Option |margin=| gibt es auch die Option |margin*=|, die nur dann +einen Rand neu setzt, wenn keine Breite mit |width=| gesetzt wurde. +\end{Expert} + +\begin{Expert} +\DescribeMacro{minmargin=} +\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Weiterhin kann auch ein minimaler bzw.~maximaler Rand gesetzt werden. +Dies kann z.B.~sinnvoll sein, um in schmaleren Umgebungen wie |minipage|s +den Rand prozentual zu begrenzen. +So begrenzen z.B.~die \SmF"=Dokumentenklassen den Rand auf +|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (Siehe \Ref{SMF}) +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{parskip=} +Diese Option wirkt auf Abbildungs- oder Tabellenbeschriftungen, die +aus mehr als einem Absatz bestehen; sie legt den Abstand zwischen den +Absätzen fest: +\begin{quote} + |parskip=|\meta{Abstand zwischen Absätzen} +\end{quote} +Ein Beispiel hierzu: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{% + Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die + Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par + Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text, + so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.} +\end{Example} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{hangindent=} +Die Option +\begin{quote} + |hangindent=|\meta{Einzug} +\end{quote} +legt einen Einzug für alle Zeilen außer der jeweils ersten des Absatzes fest. +Besteht die Beschriftung lediglich aus einem einzelnen Absatz, so ist die +Wirkung mit der Option |indention=|\meta{Einzug} identisch, bei mehreren +Absätzen zeigt sich jedoch der Unterschied: + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,indention=-.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{% + Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die + Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par + Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text, + so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{% + Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die + Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par + Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text, + so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Note} +Enthält die Beschriftung mehr als einen Absatz, muß über das optionale +Argument von |\caption| bzw.~|\caption|\-|of| eine alternative Beschriftung +für das Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis angegeben werden; +ansonsten kommt es zu einer Fehlermeldung. +\end{Note} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Stile} +\label{style} + +\DescribeMacro{style=} +Eine geeignete Kombination aus den bisher vorgestellten Optionen wird +\textit{Stil} genannt; dies ist in etwa mit dem Seitenstil vergleichbar, +den man mit |\page|\-|style| einstellen kann. + +Einen vordefinierten Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungsstil kann man mit der +Option +\begin{quote} + |style=|\meta{Stil} +\end{quote} +auswählen. \Thispackage\ vordefiniert zwei Stile: |base| und |default|. + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Der Stil |base| setzt alle bisher vorgestellten Optionen auf die Belegung +zurück, die das Aussehen der Beschriftungen der Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen +|article|, |report| und |book| repräsentiert. D.h.~die Angabe der Option +\begin{quote} + |style=base| +\end{quote} +entspricht den Optionen +\begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\ + |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\ + |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ + |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|\quad. +\end{quote} +\begin{Annotation*} +Aber |justification=centering,indention=0pt| wird automatisch +gewählt werden, wenn die Beschriftung in eine einzelne Zeile passt. +\end{Annotation*} + +Der Stil |default| hingegen folgt den Standardwerten der verwendeten +Dokumentenklasse. Dieser Stil wird vorausgewählt und entspricht den +Optionen +\begin{quote} + |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\ + |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\ + |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ + |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|\quad. +\end{quote} +\begin{Annotation*} +Auch hier wird |justification=centering,indention=0pt| automatisch +gewählt werden, wenn die Beschriftung in eine einzelne Zeile passt. +\end{Annotation*} + +Wenn also eine der drei Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen verwendet wird, +repräsentieren die Stile |base| und |default| (fast) die gleichen Einstellungen. + +\begin{Note} +Eigene Stile können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style| definiert werden. +\SeeUserDefined +\end{Note} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Abstände} +\label{skips} + +\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d} +Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Beschriftung und der Abbildung +bzw.~Tabelle wird über die Option +\begin{quote} + |skip=|\meta{Abstand} +\end{quote} +gesteuert. +Die Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen \class{article}, \class{report} +und \class{book} belegen diesen Abstand auf |skip=|\x|10pt| vor, +andere Dokumentenklassen ggf.~auf einen anderen Wert. + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{position=} +Die von \LaTeX\ vorgegebene Implementierung von |\caption| birgt eine +Design\-schwäche: +Der |\caption| Befehl weiß dort nicht, ob er über oder unter der Abbildung +bzw.~Tabelle steht, folglich weiß er auch nicht, wo er den Abstand zur +Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle setzen soll. +Während die Standard"=Implementierung den Abstand immer über die +Beschriftung setzt (und inkonsequenterweise in |long|\-|table|"=Umgebungen +unter die Beschriftung), handhabt es dieses Paket etwas flexibler: +Nach Angabe der Option +\begin{quote} + |position=top|\quad oder\quad |position=above| +\end{quote} +wird angenommen, daß die Beschrifung am \emph{Anfang} der Umgebung +steht, der mit |skip=|\x\meta{Abstand} gesetzte Abstand also unter die +Beschriftung gesetzt wird. +(Bitte beachten Sie, daß |position=|\x|top| keineswegs bedeutet, daß +die Beschriftung an den Anfang der Gleitumgebung gesetzt wird. +Stattdessen wird die Beschriftung gewöhnlich dort gesetzt, wo der +|\caption|"=Befehl platziert wird.) +Hingegen nach +\begin{quote} + |position=bottom|\quad oder\quad |position=below| +\end{quote} +wird angenommen, daß die Beschriftung am \emph{Ende} der Umgebung +steht, der Abstand also über die Beschriftung gesetzt wird. +Und letztendlich nach +\begin{quote} + |position=auto|\quad {\small(welches die Vorbelegung ist)} +\end{quote} +versucht \thispackage\ sein bestes, um die tatsächliche Position der +Beschrifung selbst zu bestimmen. Bitte beachten Sie, daß dies zwar in +der Regel gelingt, unter seltenen Umständen aber falsche Resultate +liefern könnte. + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} +\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} +Die Option |position| ist insbesondere in Verbindung mit dem optionalen +Argument von |\caption|\-|setup| nützlich. +\See{auch \Ref{captionsetup}}\par +So führt zum Beispiel +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}| +\end{quote} +dazu, daß alle Tabellenbeschriftungen als \emph{Ãœberschriften} angesehen +werden (zumindest was den Abstand zur Tabelle angeht). +Weil dies eine übliche Einstellung ist, bietet einem \thispackage\ auch +die Optionen |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{Position} und +|table|\-|position=|\x\meta{Position} als abkürzende Schreibweise. +So ist z.B. +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}| +\end{quote} +identisch mit +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\ + |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|\quad. +\end{quote} + +\medskip + +\INFO +Bitte beachten Sie, daß die Optionen |skip=|, |position=|, +|figure|\-|position=| und |table|\-|position=| nicht immer einen Effekt haben. +Da die Gleitumgebungen üblicherweise von den Dokumentenklassen bereitgestellt +werden, kann es durchaus sein, daß diese ihre eigenen Abstandsregeln +mitbringen. +So befolgen z.B.~die \KOMAScript"=Dokumentenklassen die |skip=| Einstellung; +Abbildungsbeschriftungen werden aber immer als Unterschriften behandelt, +während die Tabellenbeschriftungen von dem Gebrauch der globalen +Optionen |table|\-|captions|\-|above| bzw.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below| +abhängen. +\See{\Ref{KOMA}} + +Weiterhin kontrollieren manche Pakete, wie etwa das \package{float}-, das +\package{floatrow}- und das \package{supertabular}"=Paket, die Position +ihrer Abstände selber. + +\bigskip + +\begin{Expert*} +Intern wird der Abstand zwischen Beschriftung und Inhalt durch die Länge +|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| repräsentiert (welche die Implementation von +\LaTeX\ immer über die Beschriftung setzt). +Weiterhin gibt es eine zweite Länge, |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip|, die +üblicherweise auf |0pt| vorbelegt ist und den Abstand auf der anderen +Seite der Beschriftung regelt. +Technisch gesprochen vertauscht also \thispackage\ die Bedeutungen dieser +beiden Längen wenn |position=|\x|top| gesetzt ist. +Bitte beachten Sie, daß diverse andere Pakete (wie etwa das \package{ftcap}-, +das \package{nonfloat}- und das \package{topcap}"=Paket) den gleichen +Kniff anwenden, so daß die Benutzung solcher Pakete zusammen mit der +\package{caption}"=Option |position=| nicht unterstützt wird. +\end{Expert*} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Listen} +\label{lists} + +\DescribeMacro{list=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Der Befehl |\caption| erzeugt normalerweise auch einen Eintrag in das +Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis. Dies kann durch Angabe eines leeren +optionalen Argumentes unterdrückt werden {\small(siehe \Ref{caption})}, +aber auch durch Angabe der Option +\begin{quote} + |list=no|\quad(oder |list=false| oder |list=off|)\quad.~\footnote{% + Bitte beachten Sie, daß das \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} diese + Option nicht unterstützt, stattdessen sind dort ggf.~die Zähler + \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} anzupassen.} +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Mit der Option +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |listformat=|\meta{Listformat} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +kann beeinflußt werden, wie die Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellennummer im +Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis erscheint. +Es gibt fünf vordefinierte Listenformate: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[empty] + Es wird keine Nummer angegeben. + + \item[simple] + Die Nummer wird (mit Zähler"=Prefix) angegeben. + + \item[parens] + Die Nummer wird (mit Prefix) in Klammern angegeben. + + \item[subsimple] + Wie |simple|, aber ohne Prefix. (Standard) + + \item[subparens] + Wie |parens|, aber ohne Prefix. + + \item[\UserDefined] + Eigene Listenformate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format| + definiert werden. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +Das Präfix ($=$|\p@figure| bzw.~|\p@table|), welches in Verzeichnissen (wie +dem Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis) und bei Referenzen der Nummer +($=$|\the|\-|figure| bzw.~|\the|\-|table|) vorangestellt wird, +ist normalerweise leer, so daß die Listenformate |simple| und |subsimple| +indentische Ergebnisse abliefern; ebenso |parens| und |subparens|. +Aber dies kann z.B. bei Unterabbildungen anders sein.\footnote{% + Unterabbildungen können z.B.~mit dem \package{subcaption}- oder + \package{subfig}"=Paket gestaltet werden.} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Namen} +\label{names} + +\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f} +Die Option +\begin{quote} + |name=|\meta{name} +\end{quote} +ändert den Namen der \emph{aktuellen} Umgebung. +Hiermit könnte man z.B.~den Bezeichner "`Abbildung"' in allen +|wrap|\-|figure|"=Umgebungen nach "`Abb."' ändern (während woanders +nach-wie-vor "`Abbildung"' stehen würde): +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Abb.}| +\end{quote} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Typen} +\label{types} + +\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d} +Der |\caption| Befehl kann verschiedene Gleitumgebungstypen beschriften, +Abbildungen (|figure|) ebenso wie Tabellen (|table|). +Außerhalb dieser Umgebungen führt die Verwendung von |\caption| jedoch zu +einer Fehlermeldung, weil nicht klar ist, zu welchem Typ die Beschriftung +gehören soll. +In diesen Situationen kann man den Typ manuell mit +\begin{quote} + |type=|\meta{Typ} +\end{quote} +festlegen, so daß |\caption| (und andere Befehle wie |\Continued|\-|Float| +oder |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes, +oder |\sub|\-|float| des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}) +das gewünschte Ergebnis liefern können; +z.B.~innerhalb einer nicht-gleitenden Umgebung wie |minipage|: +\begin{quote} + |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\ + | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ + | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ + |\end{minipage}| +\end{quote} + +\begin{Expert} +Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante dieser Option, |type*=|\meta{Typ}, +die sich unterschiedlich verhält, wenn das +\package{hyperref}"=Paket\cite{hyperref} geladen ist: +Während |type=| einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzt (sofern |hypcap=|\x|true| +gesetzt ist), tut dies |type*=| nicht. +(Siehe auch \Ref{hyperref}\,) +\end{Expert} +\begin{Expert} +\emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Bitte definieren Sie das interne Makro |\@captype| +nicht, wie in manchen Dokumentationen vorgeschlagen wird, selber um, +sondern verwenden Sie stattdessen immer |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}|. +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +Eigene Typen können mit + |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| (angeboten vom \package{newfloat}"=Paket), + |\new|\-|float| (angeboten vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float}) oder + |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| (angeboten vom \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow}) definiert werden. + +\medskip + +\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} +Bitte verwenden Sie die Option |type=| nur \emph{innerhalb} von Boxen oder +Umgebungen (wie |\par|\-|box| oder |mini|\-|page|), am besten solcher, wo +kein Seitenumbruch innerhalb möglich ist, damit die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle +und die Beschriftung nicht durch einen solchen getrennt werden kann. +Weiterhin können einige unschöne Nebeneffekte auftreten, wenn |type=| +außerhalb einer Box oder Umgebung verwendet wird; daher wird in solchen +Fällen eine Warnung ausgegeben.\footnote{% +Sie erhalten diese Warnung nur dann, wenn Sie \eTeX\ verwenden.} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Befehle} + +\subsection{Setzen von Beschriftungen} +\label{caption} +\label{captionlistentry} + +\DescribeMacro{\caption} +Der Befehl +\begin{quote} + |\caption|\oarg{Kurzform f"ur das Verzeichnis}\marg{Beschriftung} +\end{quote} +erzeugt eine Ãœber- bzw.~Unterschrift innerhalb einer gleitenden Umgebung +wie |figure| oder |table|. Dies ist an sich nichts neues, +hinzugekommen ist allerdings, daß kein Eintrag ins Abbildungs- oder +Tabellenverzeichnis vorgenommen wird, +wenn eine leere Kurzform angegeben wird, wie etwa hier: +\begin{quote} + |\caption[]{Dies ist eine Abbildung, die nicht ins|\\ + | Abbildungsverzeichnis aufgenommen wird}| +\end{quote} + +\begin{Expert} +Beachten Sie, daß die \meta{Beschriftung} ein \emph{wanderndes} Argument +ist, solange keine \meta{Kurzform} angegeben ist. Ist hingegen eine +\meta{Kurzform} angegeben, ist stattdessen diese wandernd. +"`\emph{Wanderndes} Argument"' bedeutet, daß dieses Argument auch in die +Datei geschrieben wird, die beim nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf das Abbildungs- +bzw. Tabellenverzeichnis bereitstellt. +\emph{Wandernde} Argumente dürfen keine \emph{zerbrechliche} Befehle enthalten, +alles muß hier \emph{robust} sein, ansonsten kann das Argument \emph{zerbrechen} +und beim nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf seltsame Fehlermeldungen hervorrufen. +Einige \emph{zerbrechliche} Befehle können mit |\protect| vor dem +\emph{Zerbrechen} geschützt werden; eigene Definitionen können mit +|\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| anstelle von |\new|\-|command| definiert werden, +um sie \emph{robust} zu machen. + +Ein Beispiel: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| wird Fehlermeldungen +zur Folge haben, da |\phantom| \emph{zerbrechlich} ist. +Daher muß in so einem Fall entweder die \meta{Kurzform} bemüht werden +(z.B.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|) +oder aber ein |\protect| ergänzt werden, um |\phantom| vor dem \emph{zerbrechen} zu schützen: +|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|. + +Manchmal ist dies allerdings nicht ausreichend. Der Grund ist darin zu finden, +daß der Ein-Zeilen-Test die \meta{Beschriftung} in eine horizontale Box setzt, +um die Breite zu bestimmen. +Manche Umgebungen mögen dies nicht besonders und quittieren es mit einer +Fehlermeldung. +Ein Beispiel: +|\caption{Ein| |Schema.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}| +|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}| +|\right.| |\]}|. +Der Gebrauch des optionalen Argumentes \meta{Kurzform} mittels +|\caption[Ein| |Schema]{|\ldots|}| ist hier nicht ausreichend, es kommt immer +noch zu eine Fehlermeldung. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'') +Hier schafft es daher Abhilfe, den Ein-Zeilen-Test mittels +|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| direkt vor dem +Betroffenen |\caption| Befehl auszuschalten. + +Mehr Informationen über \emph{wanderende} Argumente und \emph{zerbrechliche} +\& \emph{robuste} Befehle finden sich in der gängigen \LaTeX"=Literatur, aber +auch hier: +\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/german/} +und (in englischer Sprache) hier: +\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html} +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\caption*} +Das \package{longtable}"=Paket definiert zusätzlich zum Befehl |\caption| auch +die Stern-Variante |\caption*|, die eine Beschriftung ohne Bezeichner und ohne +Eintrag ins Tabellenverzeichnis erzeugt. So erzeugt z.B. der Code +\begin{quote} + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption*{Eine Tabelle}\\|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{longtable}| +\end{quote} +diese Tabelle:\par +\DeleteShortVerb{\|} +\vskip\intextsep +\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=t} + \caption*{Eine Tabelle} + \centering + \begin{tabular}{r|rr} + & x & y \\\hline + a & 1 & 2 \\ + b & 3 & 4 \\ + \end{tabular} +\end{minipage} +\vskip\intextsep +\MakeShortVerb{\|} +\Thispackage\ bietet diesen Mechanismus auch für Abbildungs- und +Tabellenbeschriftungen in Gleitumgebungen wie z.B. |table| an: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{table}|\\ + | \caption*{Eine Tabelle}|\\ +% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\ +% | |\ldots\\ +% | \end{tabular}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\captionof} +\DescribeMacro{\captionof*} +Der Befehl |\caption| funktioniert in der Regel nur innerhalb von gleitenden +Umgebungen, manchmal möchte man ihn jedoch auch außerhalb anwenden, +etwa um eine Abbildung in eine nicht-gleitende Umgebung wie |mini|\-|page| zu +setzen.\par +Hierfür stellt \thispackage\ den Befehl +\begin{quote} + |\captionof|\marg{Umgebungstyp}\oarg{Kurzform}\marg{Langform} +\end{quote} +zur Verfügung. Die Angabe des Umgebungstypen ist hierbei notwendig, damit der +gewünschte Bezeichner (wie z.B. "`Abbildung"' oder "`Tabelle"') gewählt wird +und der Eintrag in das richtige Verzeichnis vorgenommen wird. Ein Beispiel: +\begin{quote} +% |\captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}|\\ + |\captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}| +\end{quote} +führt zu folgendem Ergebnis: +\begin{Example} +% \begingroup +% \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} +% \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} +% \begingroup + \captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle} +% \endgroup +\end{Example} + +Analog zu |\caption*| gibt es auch den Befehl |\captionof*| für Beschriftungen +ohne Bezeichner und ohne Verzeichniseintrag. + +\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} +Da |\caption|\-|of| intern die Option |type| verwendet, gelten hier die +gleichen Einschränkungen wie für die Option |type|, d.h.~sowohl +|\caption|\-|of| als auch |\caption|\-|of*| sollten nur \emph{innerhalb} von +Boxen oder Umgebungen verwendet werden. +\See{\Ref{types}} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Unter gewissen Umständen kann es nützlich sein, lediglich einen Eintrag +ins Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis vorzunehmen. +Dies kann mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionlistentry|\oarg{Umgebungstyp}\marg{Verzeichniseintrag} +\end{quote} +bewerkstelligt werden. + +Ein Beispiel: Es ist recht einfach, eine |long|\-|table| anzulegen, die die +Beschriftungen \emph{über} dem Tabelleninhalt hat, und wo der Listeneintrag +auf die erste Seite der Tabelle verweist: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\ + |\endfirsthead|\\ + | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ + |\endhead|\\ + | |\ldots +\end{quote} +Aber da das \package{longtable}"=Paket keinen |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| Befehl +anbietet, kann dies nicht so einfach auf Beschritungen \emph{unter} dem +Tabelleninhalt übertragen werden. +Stattdessen kann man aber |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| zum Einsatz bringen: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ + |\endfoot|\\ + | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\ + | |\ldots +\end{quote} + +\begin{Annotation*} +Ein weiteres Anwendungsbeispiel findet sich in \Ref{examples}. +\end{Annotation*} + +\begin{Expert} +Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, die +den Umgebungszähler nicht erhöht. +(Innerhalb von |long|\-|table| Umgebungen erhöht allerdings +|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| niemals den Tabellenzähler. Siehe auch +\Ref{longtable}.) +\end{Expert} + +\begin{Expert} +Bitte beachten Sie, daß \meta{Verzeichniseintrag} ein \emph{wanderndes} +Argument ist, hier also alles \emph{robust} sein muß. +(Siehe auch Erklärung zu |\caption|) +\end{Expert} + +\subsection{Anwenden von Optionen} +\label{captionsetup} + +\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} +Den Befehl |\caption|\-|setup| haben wir ja schon im \Ref{usage} kennengelernt, +uns dort allerdings die Bedeutung des optionalen Parameters +\meta{Typ} aufgespart. +Wir erinnern uns, die Syntax des Befehls lautet +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}\quad. +\end{quote} +Wird hier ein \meta{Typ} angegeben, so werden die Optionen nicht +unmittelbar umgesetzt, sondern werden lediglich vermerkt und kommen erst dann +zum Einsatz, wenn eine Ãœber- bzw.\ Unterschrift innerhalb der passenden +(gleitenden) Umgebung gesetzt wird. So wirkt sich z.B. die Angabe +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +lediglich auf die Unterschriften aus, die innerhalb der Umgebung |figure| +gesetzt werden. + +Ein Beispiel: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}| +\end{quote} +liefert Abbildungs- und Tabellenunterschriften der Art: +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{font=small} + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} + \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} + \begingroup + \captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle} + \endgroup +\end{Example} +Wie man sieht, führt das |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| dazu, +daß lediglich die Abbildungsunterschriften mit fettem Bezeichner und kursivem +Text gesetzt werden; alle anderen Unter- bzw.\ Ãœberschriften werden jedoch +hiervon nicht beeinflusst. + +Als Umgebungstypen mit Unter- bzw.\ Ãœberschriften gibt es in der Regel nur +zwei: |figure| und |table|. Wie wir jedoch später sehen werden, kommen durch die +Verwendung spezieller \LaTeX-Pakete (wie etwa das \package{floatrow}, +\package{longtable} oder \package{sidecap}"=Paket) ggf.~weitere Typen hinzu, +deren Beschriftungen ebenfalls derart individuell angepasst werden können. +\See{\Ref{declare} und \Ref{packages}} + +\begin{Expert} +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante von |\caption|\-|setup|: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup*|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +Während die Variante ohne Stern ggf.~zu Warnungen führt -- zum Beispiel wenn +die \meta{Optionen} im Verlauf des Dokumentes nicht zum Einsatz kommen +(wie z.B. |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| ohne folgende |table|) -- +ist dies bei der Stern"=Variante nicht der Fall. +\iffalse +Dies kann sich z.B. bei der Entwicklung von generischen Designvorlagen als +hilfreich erweisen. +\fi +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup} +Um vermerkte, typbezogene Parameter aus dem Gedächnis von \LaTeX\ zu löschen, +gibt es den Befehl +\begin{quote} + |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{Option}\marg{Typ}\quad. +\end{quote} + +|\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| würde z.B. die in dem obrigen Beispiel deklarierte +Sonderbehandlung der Abbildungsunterschriften wieder aufheben: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\ + \ldots +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{font=small} + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} + \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} + \clearcaptionsetup{figure} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} + \endgroup +\end{Example} + +\pagebreak[3] +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Wird das optionale Argument \meta{Option} verwendet, werden nur die +Einstellungen entfernt, die diese \meta{Option} betreffen.\footnote{% +Es kann hier nur \emph{eine} Option angegeben werden; sollen mehrere +Einstellungen entfernt werden, muß hierzu +\cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup} +mehrmals angewandt werden.} +Während in dem obrigen Beispiel nicht nur die Optionen +|labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it| +für Abbildungen aufgehoben werden (sondern alle Einstellungen, die +die Abbildungsbeschriftungen betreffen), würde der folgende Code +nur die Einstellung |labelfont=bf| entfernen und alle anderen +Einstellungen für Abbildungen intakt lassen: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\ + \ldots +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{font=small} + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} + \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} + \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung} + \endgroup +\end{Example} +\begin{Expert} +Analog zu |\caption|\-|setup*| gibt es hier ebenfalls eine Stern"=Variante +|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*|, die eventuell auftretende Warnungen unterdrückt, +etwa wenn die angegebene \meta{Option} gar nicht für den angegebenen \meta{Typ} +eingestellt war. +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup} +Für Debug"=Zwecke wird der Befehl +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{Typ} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +bereitgestellt. Er erzeugt einen Eintrag in der Log"=Datei und zeigt dort +die für den angegebenen \meta{Typ} eingestellten Optionen an. +So gibt einem zum Beispiel +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ + |\showcaptionsetup{figure}| +\end{quote} +die Info: +\begin{quote}\small + |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\ + |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.| +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Fortlaufende Gleitumgebungen} +\label{ContinuedFloat} + +\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat} +Manchmal möchte man Abbildungen oder Tabellen aufteilen, jedoch ohne den einzelnen +Teilen eine eigene Abbildungs- oder Tabellennummer zu geben. Hierfür stellt +\thispackage\ den Befehl +\begin{quote} + |\ContinuedFloat| +\end{quote} +zur Verfügung, der gleich als erstes innerhalb der nächsten (Gleit-)Umgebung(en) +angewandt werden sollte. +Er verhindert, daß die Zählung fortgeführt wird; eine Abbildung oder Tabelle, +die ein |\Continued|\-|Float| enthält, bekommt also die gleiche Nummer +wie die vorherige Abbildung oder Tabelle. Ein Beispiel: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{table}|\\ + | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{Eine Tabelle (Fortsetzung)}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +ergibt als Ergebnis: +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \caption{Eine Tabelle} + \centerline{\ldots} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{Eine Tabelle (Fortsetzung)} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Zusätzlich führt der |\Continued|\-|Float| Befehl auch Einstellungen aus, die +mit dem Typ "`|Continued|\-|Float|"' verknüpft sind. Dies kann zum Beispiel +verwendet werden, um automatisch für fortgesetzte Abbildungen oder Tabellen +auf ein anderes Bezeichner- oder Textformat umzuschalten, wie etwa hier: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}|\\ + |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued1} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} +\smallskip +\See{\Ref{declare} für die Erläuterung des Befehls + \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.} + +\medskip + +Weiterhin existiert auch ein \LaTeX"=Zähler namens |Continued|\-|Float|, +der auch für eigene Zwecke eingesetzt werden kann. +Für gewöhnliche (gleitende) Umgebungen ist er auf Null gesetzt, auf Eins +in der ersten fortgeführten Umgebung, Zwei in der nächsten und so weiter. +Jedes |\Continued|\-|Float| erhöht also diesen Zähler um Eins, während +eine Gleitumgebung ohne |\Continued|\-|Float| den Zähler auf Null zurücksetzt. +Ein Beispiel: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ + |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued2} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} +\medskip +Eine Referenz auf diese Tabelle würde "`\autoref{continued2}"' ergeben, +da lediglich das Format der Tabellenbeschriftung geändert wurde. +Sollen Referenzen ebenfalls diesen Zähler enthalten, so kann stattdessen der +Befehl |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| passend umdefiniert werden. +Dieser Befehl wird automatisch bei der Anwendung von |\Continued|\-|Float| +dem Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenzähler angehängt und hat normalerweise einen +leeren Inhalt. +\begin{quote} + |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued3} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} +\medskip +Eine Referenz auf diese Tabelle würde nun "`\autoref{continued3}"' ergeben. + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*} +Angenommen man möchte gerne die erste Abbildung oder Tabelle einer +fortlaufenden Serie mit einer Beschriftung der Art "`Abbildung 7a"' und +nicht mit "`Abbildung 7"' beschriften. (Und die zweite entsprechend mit +"`Abbildung 7b"' statt "`Abbildung 7a"'.) +Dies ist auch möglich, indem man die Stern"=Variante |\Continued|\-|Float*| +anwendet. +Diese führt genau wie |\ContinuedFloat| auch die mit "`|Continued|\-|Float|"' +verknüpften Optionen aus und erhöht den \LaTeX"=Zähler |Continued|\-|Float|, +markiert aber die erste Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle einer fortlaufenden Serie: +\begin{quote} + |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{Erste Abbildung einer Serie}|\\ + |\end{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{Zweite Abbildung einer Serie}|\\ + |\end{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{Dritte Abbildung einer Serie}|\\ + |\end{figure}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt} + \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}} + \begingroup + \ContinuedFloat* + \centerline{\ldots} + \caption{Erste Abbildung einer Serie} + \endgroup + \begingroup + \ContinuedFloat + \centerline{\ldots} + \caption{Zweite Abbildung einer Serie} + \endgroup + \begingroup + \ContinuedFloat + \centerline{\ldots} + \caption{Dritte Abbildung einer Serie} + \endgroup +\end{Example} +\smallskip +\Note{Leider ist \cs{ContinuedFloat*} nicht verfügbar, wenn das + \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} geladen ist.} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsubsection*{Eine Anmerkung zur longtable-Umgebung} +Möchten Sie hingegen bei fortgeführten |long|\-|table|"=Umgebungen einen +anderen Bezeichner (nach einem Seitenumbruch), so kann dies \emph{nicht} +mit |\Continued|\-|Float| bewerkstelligt werden, aber mit Hilfe der vom +\package{longtable}"=Paket\cite{longtable} bereitgestellten Befehle +|\end|\-|first|\-|head| und |\end|\-|head|; in etwa so: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption{Eine mehrseitige Tabelle}\\|\\ + |\endfirsthead|\\ + | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\ + | \caption[]{Eine mehrseitige Tabelle}\\|\\ + |\endhead|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{longtable}| +\end{quote} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Eigene Erweiterungen} +\label{declare} + +Wem die vorhandenen Formate, Trenner, Textausrichtungen, Zeichensätze und Stile +nicht ausreichen, der hat die Möglichkeit, sich eigene zu definieren. Hierzu +gibt es eine Reihe von Befehlen, die in der Prämbel des Dokumentes (das ist der +Teil zwischen |\document|\-|class| und |\begin{document}|) zum Einsatz kommen. + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format} +Eigene Formate können mit dem Befehl +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1, \#2 und \#3} +\end{quote} +definiert werden. +Für \#1 wird später der Bezeichner, für \#2 der Trenner +und für \#3 der Text eingesetzt. So ist z.B. das Standardformat |plain|, +welches die Beschriftung als gewöhnlichen Absatz formatiert, +in diesem Paket so vordefiniert: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Expert} +Es gibt auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, die den +Code nicht in \TeX s horizontalem Modus, sondern im vertikalen Modus setzt, +aber die |indention=| Option nicht unterstützt. +\end{Expert} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat} +Ähnlich können auch eigene Bezeichnerformate definiert werden: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1 und \#2} +\end{quote} +Bei den Bezeichnerformaten wird hierbei für \#1 der Name (also z.B. +"`Abbildung"'), für \#2 die Nummer (also z.B. "`12"') eingesetzt. +Ein Beispiel: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\ + |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}| +\end{quote} +\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst} +\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond} +Bei der Definition von eigenen Bezeichnerformaten gibt es eine Besonderheit zu +beachten: Wird das Bezeichnerformat auch in Verbindung mit dem +\package{subcaption} oder \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} verwendet, +so kann der Bezeichnername (also \#1) auch leer sein. +Um dies flexibel handhaben zu können, stellt \thispackage\ die Befehle +\begin{quote} + |\bothIfFirst|\marg{Erstes Argument}\marg{Zweites Argument}\quad und\\ + |\bothIfSecond|\marg{Erstes Argument}\marg{Zweites Argument} +\end{quote} +zur Verfügung. +|\bothIfFirst| testet, ob das erste Argument nicht leer ist, +|\bothIfSecond|, ob das zweite Argument nicht leer ist. +Nur wenn dies der Fall ist, werden beide Argumente ausgegeben, +ansonsten werden beide unterdrückt. + +\smallskip + +\pagebreak[3] +So ist z.B. das Standard"=Bezeichnerformat |simple| nicht, wie man +naiverweise annehmen könnte, als +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}| +\end{quote} +definiert, weil dies zu einem störendem führenden Leerzeichen führen würde, +sollte \#1 leer sein. Stattdessen kommt folgende Definition zum Einsatz, +die sowohl mit |\caption| als auch mit |\sub|\-|caption| bzw.~|\sub|\-|float| +harmoniert: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\ + | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,} +\end{quote} +d.h.~das Leerzeichen kommt nur dann zum Einsatz, wenn \#1 nicht leer ist. + +\smallskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l} +Ebenso können eigene Textformate definitiert werden: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1} +\end{quote} +An die Stelle von \#1 wird später der Beschriftungstext eingesetzt. + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator} +Eigene Trenner werden mit +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{Name}\marg{Code} +\end{quote} +definiert. Auch hier wieder als einfaches Beispiel eine Definition innerhalb +des \package{caption}"=Paketes selber: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }| +\end{quote} +\begin{Expert} +Es gibt auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|, +die den Code ohne den mit |label|\-|font=| eingestellten Zeichensatz setzt. +Auf diese Art sind z.B. die Trenner |quad|, |new|\-|line| und |en|\-|dash| +vordefiniert. +\end{Expert} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification} +Eigene Textausrichtungen können mit +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{Name}\marg{Code} +\end{quote} +definiert werden. +Der \meta{Code} wird dann der Beschriftung vorangestellt, +so führt z.B. die Verwendung der bereits vordefinierten Ausrichtung +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}| +\end{quote} +dazu, daß alle Zeilen der Beschriftung linksbündig ausgegeben werden. + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font} +Eigene Zeichensatzoptionen können mit +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{Name}\marg{Code} +\end{quote} +definiert werden. +So sind z.B. die Optionen |small| und |bf| folgendermaßen vordefiniert: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad und\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad. +\end{quote} +\iffalse +Die Zeilenabstände ließen sich z.B.~über das \package{setspace}"=Paket +regeln:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{setspace}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{% + \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} \cs{singlespacing} kann hier nicht benutzt werden, + da es ein \cs{vskip} Kommando enthält.}\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\ + |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}| +\end{quote} +\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} +\fi +Ein Beispiel, welches Farbe ins Spiel bringt: +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{color}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\ + |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}| +\end{quote} +\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} +Aber da \thispackage\ schon die pfiffige Definition +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}| +\end{quote} +beinhaltet, kann man das selbe Resultat auch einfach mit +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{color}|\\ + |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\ + | textfont={color=green}}| +\end{quote} +erreichen. + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style} +Eigene Stile werden folgendermaßen definiert: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{Name}\oarg{zusätzliche Optionen}\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +Stile sind einfach eine Ansammlung von geeigneten Einstellungen, die unter +einem eigenen Namen zusammengefasst werden und mit der Paketoption +|style=|\meta{Name} zum Leben erweckt werden können. + +Hierbei ist zu beachten, daß die so definierten Stile immer auf dem Stil |base| +basieren (siehe auch \Ref{style}), es brauchen also nur davon abweichende +Optionen angegeben werden. + +Sind \meta{zusätzliche Optionen} angegeben, so kommen diese automatisch +zusätzlich zum Einsatz, sofern die Beschreibung in eine einzelne Zeile passt +und diese Abfrage nicht mit |single|\-|line|\-|check=off| ausgeschaltet wurde. + +Als Beispiel muß mal wieder eine einfache Definition innerhalb dieses Paketes +herhalten: Der Stil |base| ist vordefiniert als +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\ + | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad. +\end{quote} + +Etwas spannenderes: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\ + | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\ + | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\ + |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}| +\end{quote} +liefert einem Beschriftungen wie diese hier: +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b} + \caption{Eine kurze Beschriftung.} + \caption{Eine sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr + sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr + sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr lange Beschriftung.} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Eigene Listenformate können mit +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1 und \#2} +\end{quote} +definiert werden. +Im Laufe des Dokumentes wird \#1 dann mit dem Bezeichner-Präfix +(z.B.~|\p@figure|), und \#2 mit der Referenznummer (z.B.~|\thefigure|) ersetzt. + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Weiterführende Beispiele} +\label{examples} + +\subsubsection*{Beispiel 1} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +Möchte man die Bezeichnung (inkl. Trenner wie Doppelpunkt) vom Text mit einem +Zeilenumbruch getrennt haben, so ließe sich das (auch) so bewerkstelligen: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}| +\end{quote} +Wählt man anschließend dieses Format mit |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| aus, +so erhält man Beschriftungen der Art: +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +Auch einen Einzug könnte man diesem Format mit auf den Weg geben: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}| +\end{quote} +führt zu Beschriftungen wie: +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +Aber Sie möchten den Einzug nur auf die erste Zeile des Texts anwenden? +Kein Problem, so würde z.B.~die Definition +\begin{quote} + |\newlength\myindention|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ + | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=myformat}| +\end{quote} +zu Beschriftungen dieser Art führen: +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +Zu der Länge |\myindention| hätten Sie gerne eine Option, so daß man diesen +Einzug auch z.B.~mit |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{myindention=|\ldots|}| setzen kann? +Auch dies läßt sich bewerkstelligen, z.B.~folgendermaßen: +\begin{quote} + |\newlength\myindention|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\ + | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ + | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}| +\end{quote} + +\subsubsection*{Beispiel 2} + +Die Beschriftungen sollen wie folgt aussehen: +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +\pagebreak[2] +Dies ließe sich beispielsweise wie folgt realisieren: +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\ + | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\ + | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}| +\end{quote} + +\subsubsection*{Beispiel 3} + +Der Bezeichner soll in den linken Rand verlagert werden, +so daß die komplette Absatzbreite der Beschriftung selber zugute kommt: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}| +\end{quote} +Das Ergebnis wären Beschriftungen wie diese: +\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} + +\medskip + +Soll der Einzug in den Rand eine feste Größe sein (z.B.~$2.5$\,cm), +so könnte hierfür eine Kombination aus |\llap| und |\makebox| angewandt werden, +zum Beispiel: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\ + | {\llap{\makebox[2.5cm][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}| +\end{quote} +\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} + +\subsubsection*{Beispiel 4} + +Dieses Beispiel setzt eine Abbildung neben eine Tabelle, aber verwendet eine +einzige, kombinierte Beschriftung für beide. Dies wird durch eine Kombination +aus |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| und |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| +realisiert: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\ + | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}|\\ + | \centering|\\ + | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\ + | \qquad|\\ + | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \end{tabular}|\\ + | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ + |\end{figure}| +\end{quote} +\DeleteShortVerb{\|}% +\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} + \captionsetup{type=figure} + \centering + \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}% + \qquad + \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr} + & x & y \\\hline + a & 1 & 2 \\ + b & 3 & 4 \\ + \end{tabular} + \captionlistentry[table]{Eine Abbildung und Tabelle mit gemeinsamer Beschriftung} + \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable} + \caption{Eine Abbildung und Tabelle mit gemeinsamer Beschriftung~\footnotemark} +\end{minipage} +\footnotetext{Das Katzenbild wurde den Beispielen zum \LaTeX"=Begleiter\cite{TLC2} + entnommen, die Erlaubnis hierzu wurde eingeholt.} +\MakeShortVerb{\|} + +(Beachten Sie, daß |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| den Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenzähler + erhöht.) + + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Dokumentenklassen \& Babel-Unterstützung} +\label{classes} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +Dieser Teil der Dokumentation wird Ihnen einen Ãœberblick über diejenigen +Dokumentenklassen geben, an welche \thispackage\ angepasst ist: +Welche Möglichkeiten zur Beschriftungsgestaltung sie bereits verfügen, +mit welchen Seiteneffekten Sie rechnen müssen, wenn Sie dieses Paket verwenden, +und mit welchen Standardwerten die Optionen belegt werden. + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Die Standardwerte namens "`default"' hängen von der verwendeten +Dokumentenklasse ab; sie repräsentieren quasi das Aussehen, wie es vom Autor +der Klasse vorgesehen war. +So kann z.B.~die Einstellung |format=|\x|default| je nach verwendeter Klasse +unterschiedliche Aussehen der Beschriftungen hervorbringen. + +\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em +\INFO +Sollten Sie Ihre Dokumentenklasse nicht in diesem Abschnitt finden, so haben Sie +trotzdem oftmals keinen Grund zur Sorge: Viele Dokumentenklassen (wie z.B.~die +\class{octavo} Klasse) sind von einer der Standardklassen \class{article}, +\class{report} oder \class{book} abgeleitet und verhalten sich bezüglich der +Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen gleich. +\Thispackage\ überprüft automatisch die Kompatibilität zur Dokumentenklasse und +gibt Ihnen die Warnung +\begin{quote}\footnotesize + |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ + |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\ + |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| +\end{quote} +aus, wenn es eine Unverträglichkeit entdeckt. +Wenn Sie keine solche Warnung erhalten, ist alles bestens, falls aber doch, +wird der Einsatz des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht empfohlen und +insbesondere nicht unterstützt. +\endgroup + +\begin{Expert} +Sollten Sie trotz der angemahnten Inkompatibilität \thispackage{} +nutzen wollen, sollten Sie gründlich auf Seiteneffekte achten; gewöhnlich +ändert sich alleine durch das Einbinden des \package{caption}"=Paketes +ohne Optionen bereits das von der Dokumentenklasse vorgegebene Aussehen der +Beschriftungen. +Wenn dies für Sie in Ordnung ist, sollten Sie als erstes die Option +|style=|\x|base| mittels |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| oder +|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| angeben, um \thispackage\ in einen +wohldefinierten Grundstatus zu versetzen. +Anschließend können Sie anfangen, mit zusätzlichen Optionen erste +Anpassungen vorzunehmen und dabei die Daumen gedrückt zu halten. +\end{Expert} + +\newcommand*\Option{Option} +\newcommand*\defaultvalue{Standard-Belegung (\texttt{default})} +\newcommand*\uses{\textit{verwendet}} +\newcommand*\settings{\textit{Einstellungen}} +\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{keiner}} + +\subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report und book} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & \nofont \\ +|labelfont=| & \nofont \\ +|textfont=| & \nofont \\ +\end{tabular} + +\begin{Annotation} +Dies gilt auch für von \class{article}, \class{report} und \class{book} +abgeleitete Dokumentenklassen. +\end{Annotation} + +\subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc und amsbook} +\label{AMS} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ +|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\ +|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\ +|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\ +\end{tabular} + +\begin{Annotation*} +|\@caption|\-|font| wird von den \AmS\ Dokumentenklassen auf |\normal|\-|font| +vorbelegt, und |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| auf |\sc|\-|shape|. +\end{Annotation*} + +Weiterhin wird der Rand für mehrzeilige Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungen +auf |\caption|\-|indent| gesetzt, bei einzeiligen Beschriftungen wird lediglich +die Hälfte davon verwendet. (|\caption|\-|indent| wird von den \AmS\ Klassen +auf |3pc| vorbelegt.) +Möchten Sie einen einheitlichen Rand, so fügen Sie bitte +|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}| +in Ihren Dokumentenvorspann ein, nachdem Sie \thispackage\ geladen haben. + +Zusätzlich werden automatisch die Optionen |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t| +gesetzt. Dies können Sie überschreiben, indem Sie beim Laden des +\package{caption}"=Paketes einfach andere Werte für +|figure|\-|position=| und |table|\-|position=| angeben. + +\subsection{beamer} +\label{beamer} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & \textit{nicht nummeriert} \\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |raggedright| \\ +|font=| & \class{beamer} "`|caption|"' \settings \\ +|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} "`|caption name|"' \settings \\ +|textfont=| & \nofont \\ +\end{tabular} + +\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte} +Die Zeichensatz- und Farbeinstellungen können mit +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{Optionen} und +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{Optionen} vorgenommen werden. +Dies wird auch mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket noch funktionieren, +zumindest solange Sie keinen anderen Zeichensatz mit +|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{Optionen}|}| oder +|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{Optionen}|}| einstellen.\par +Weiterhin bietet die \package{beamer}"=Klasse verschiedene "`Templates"' für +die Beschriftungen an, diese können mit +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{Template}|]| +ausgewählt werden. +Da \thispackage\ diesen Mechanismus ersetzt, haben +|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{Template Code} +und +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{Template}|]| +keine Funktion mehr, wenn \thispackage\ verwendet wird. +(Au"snahme: Die Auswahl des Templates |default|, |num|\-|bered| oder +|caption| |name| |own| |line| wird automatisch erkannt und auf dem \package{caption}"=Paket +entsprechende Optionen umgesetzt, sofern diese nicht explizit durch den Anwender +mit anderen Einstellungen "uberschrieben worden sind.) + +\subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt und scrbook} +\label{KOMA} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\ +|labelformat=| & \textit{wie \purett{simple}, aber mit ``autodot'' Feature}\\ +|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\ +|labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\ +|textfont=| & \nofont \\ +\end{tabular} + +\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle} +Die \KOMAScript"=Dokumentenklassen bietet sehr viele Möglichkeiten, das Design +der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen anzupassen. Für eine Ãœbersicht schauen +Sie bitte in die sehr gute \KOMAScript"=Dokumentation, Abschnitt "`Tabellen +und Abbildungen"'. + +\subsubsection*{Seiteneffekte} +Das optionale Argument von |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| wird nicht vom +\package{caption}"=Paket unterstützt und daher ignoriert. +Weiterhin überschreiben die \KOMAScript"=Optionen |table|\-|caption|\-|above| +\& |table|\-|caption|\-|below| sowie die dazugehörigen Befehle +|\caption|\-|above| \& |\caption|\-|below| die mit |position=| getätigten +Einstellungen. + +\subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport und boek} +\label{NTG} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & \nofont \\ +|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\ +|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\ +\end{tabular} + +\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte} +|\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| und |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| können entweder +direkt oder indirekt über |\Caption|\-|Fonts| definiert werden. +Beides funktioniert auch weiterhin, zumindest solange kein anderer +Zeichensatz mit den \package{caption}"=Paketoptionen +|label|\-|font=| und |text|\-|font=| festgelegt wird. + +\subsection{\SmF: smfart und smfbook} +\label{SMF} + +Da die \SmF\ Dokumentenklassen von den \AmS\ Klassen abgeleitet wurden, +gelten hier dieselben Standardbelegungen wie dort. + +Zusätzlich ist der Rand auf den zehnten Teil von |\line|\-|width| limiert. +Mögen Sie diese Limitierung nicht, kann sie mit der Option +|max|\-|margin=|\x|off| oder |max|\-|margin=|\x|false| ausgeschaltet werden. + +\subsection{thesis} +\label{thesis} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |hang| \\ +|labelformat=| & \textit{wie \purett{simple}, aber mit kurzem Namen}\\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & \nofont \\ +|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\ +|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\ +\end{tabular} + +\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte} +Der Zeichensatz des Bezeichners kann hier mit |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|, +derjenige des Textes mit |\caption|\-|body|\-|font| gesetzt werden. +Beides funktioniert auch weiterhin, zumindest solange kein anderer +Zeichensatz mit den \package{caption}"=Paketoptionen +|label|\-|font=| und |text|\-|font=| gesetzt wird. + +\subsection{Babel-Option frenchb} +\label{frenchb} + +Wird die Option \package{frenchb} des \package{babel}"=Paketes mit einer +der drei Standardklassen (oder einer davon abgeleiteten) verwendet, +dann wird |label|\-|sep=| auf |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| vorbelegt +und damit die Vorbelegung der Dokumentenklasse überschrieben. +In diesem Falle wird eine Umdefinition von |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| +auch weiterhin funktionieren, zumindest solange kein anderer Trenner mit +der Option |label|\-|sep=| gesetzt wird. + +\INFO* +Bitte laden Sie \thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{babel}"=Paket. + +\subsection{Pakete frenchle und frenchpro} +\label{frenchpro} + +Wird das \package{frenchle}- oder \package{frenchpro}"=Paket verwendet, +dann wird |label|\-|sep=| auf |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| plus +\cs{space} vorbelegt und damit die Vorbelegung der Dokumentenklasse +überschrieben. +Eine Umdefinition von |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| wird auch weiterhin +funktionieren, zumindest solange kein anderer Trenner mit der Option +|label|\-|sep=| gesetzt wird. + +Weiterhin wird |text|\-|font=| auf |text|\-|font=|\x|it| vorbelegt, +um das Standardverhalten des \package{frenchle}- bzw.~\package{frenchpro}"=Paketes +bzgl.~des Beschriftungstext"=Zeichensatzes zu emulieren. +Bitte beachten Sie, daß der Befehl |\caption|\-|font| auch intern vom +\package{caption}"=Paket verwendet wird, und zwar auf eine andere Art und Weise +als das \package{frenchle}- bzw.~\package{frenchpro}"=Paket ihn verwendet; +daher sollten Sie ihn nicht (mehr) verwenden. + +Der Befehl |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{oder} table} wird +weiterhin seinen Dienst tun, aber nur solange Sie kein anderes Bezeichnerformat +mit |label|\-|format=| auswählen. + +\INFO* +Bitte laden Sie \thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{frenchle} +oder \package{frenchpro}"=Paket. + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Unterstützung anderer Pakete} +\label{packages} +\label{compatibility} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +\Thispackage\ ist an folgende Pakete, die ebenfalls Abbildungs- oder +Tabellenbeschriftungen anbieten, angepasst: +\begin{quote} + \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, + \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, + \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins}, + \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap}, + \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable}, + \package{wrapfig} und \package{xtab} +\end{quote} + +Weiterhin arbeitet das \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow}, +das \package{subcaption}"=Paket (welches Bestandteil der +\package{caption}"=Paketfamilie ist), sowie das \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} +aktiv mit diesem Paket zusammen und verwenden dessen |\caption|\-|setup|"=Schnittstelle. + +\bigskip + +\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em +\INFO +Definiert ein anderes Paket (oder eine Dokumentenklasse), welches \thispackage{} +nicht kennt, ebenfalls den Befehl |\caption| um, so wird diese Umdefinition +bevorzugt, um maximale Kompatibilität zu gewährleisten und Konflikte +zu vermeiden. +Wird solch eine potentielle Inkompatiblität erkannt, wird diese Warnung +ausgegeben:~\footnote{% + Diese Warnung kann durch Angabe der Option \texttt{compatibility=true} + beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes abgeschaltet werden.} +\begin{quote}\footnotesize + |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ + |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ + |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\ + |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| +\end{quote} +\endgroup + +Als Folge stehen diese Ausstattungsmerkmale des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht +zur Verfügung: +\begin{itemize} + \item die Optionen |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=| und |listformat=| + \item |\caption*| (um eine Beschrifung ohne Bezeichner zu setzen) + \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (um den Eintrag ins Verzeichnis zu unterbinden) + \item |\caption{}| (um eine leere Beschriftung ohne Trenner zu setzen) + \item |\ContinuedFloat| + \item korrekt ausgerichtete Beschriftungen in Umgebungen wie \texttt{wide} und + \texttt{addmargin}, die die Seitenränder verändern + \item das sog.~\textsf{hypcap}"=Feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} + \item Setzen von Unter-Beschriftungen \See{\package{subcaption}"=Paketdokumentation} +\end{itemize} + +\DescribeMacro{compatibility=} +Dieser Kompatibilitäts"=Modus kann durch die Angabe der Option +\begin{quote} + |compatibility=false| +\end{quote} +beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes ausgeschaltet werden. +Aber bitte beachten Sie, daß die Anwendung dieser Option weder empfohlen noch +unterstützt wird, da hierdurch unerwünschte Nebeneffekte oder Fehler auftreten +können. (Aus diesem Grunde wird hier ebenfalls eine Warnung ausgegeben.) + +\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{% + \ifvmode\else\par\fi + \nopagebreak + \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par + \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak} + +\PageBreak +\subsection{algorithms} +\label{algorithms} +\packagedescription{% +Die \package{algorithms}"=Paketfamilie\cite{algorithms} bietet zwei Umgebungen +an: Die Umgebung \texttt{algorithmic} bietet eine Möglichkeit, Algorithmen +zu beschreiben, und die Umgebung \texttt{algorithm} bietet eine passende +Gleitumgebung an.} + +Da die \texttt{algorithm}"=Umgebung intern mittels |\new|\-|float| realisiert +ist, welches vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bereitgestellt wird, +schauen Sie bitte in \Ref{float} nach. + +\iffalse +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{algorithm2e} +\label{algorithm2e} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for +writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.} + +Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard +interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the +\package{float} package) and typesetting its caption, +the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage. + +So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage, +you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding +floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package), +and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code. + +As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic}, +for example: +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\ + |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\ + |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\ + |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\ + |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment + |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\ + | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\ + | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\ + | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\ + \ldots +\end{quote} +Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new +floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package +(or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package), +and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic} +in its body, just like you would do when you use the +\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem. + +You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example: +\begin{quote} + \ldots\\ + |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\ + |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\ + |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\ + |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |% Example usage:|\\ + |\begin{algorithm}|\\ + |\caption{An algorithm}|\\ + |\begin{algorithmic}|\\ + | \SetVline|\\ + | \eIf{cond1}{|\\ + | a line\;|\\ + | }{|\\ + | another line\;|\\ + | }|\\ + |\end{algorithmic}| +\end{quote} +Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every +other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float}, +please see \Ref{float}. + +\begin{Annotation} +An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package. +\end{Annotation} +\fi + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{float} +\label{float} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bietet den Befehl \cs{restylefloat} an, +der bestehende Gleitumgebungen zu einem neuen Design verhilft, ferner +\cs{newfloat} um neue Gleitumgebungen zu definieren. +Weiterhin wird die Platzierungs-Option "`\texttt{H}"' angeboten, die bei +Gleitumgebungen das Gleiten unterbindet.} + +Bei Gleitumgebungen, die mit \cs{newfloat} oder \cs{restylefloat} definiert +wurden, hat die Option |po|\-|si|\-|tion=| keinen Effekt auf die Beschriftung, +da die Platzierung und die Abstände von dem gewählten Gleitumgebungs"=Stil +festgelegt werden. + +Ein Beschriftungs"=Stil und Beschriftungs"=Optionen mit demselben Namen +wie der Gleitumgebungs"=Stil werden zusätzlich zu den normalen Optionen +ausgewählt. +Mit diesem Mechanismus emuliert \thispackage\ das Aussehen der Beschriftungen +vom Stil "`|ruled|"': Es definiert den Beschriftungs"=Stil +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\ + | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +Um dies zu ändern, müssen Sie entweder einen eigenen Stil namens "`|ruled|"' +definieren, oder aber mit |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{Optionen} zusätzliche +Optionen angeben.%, +%z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|. + +Dieser Mechanismus wird ebenso benutzt, um den Abstand zwischen einer +Gleitumgebung vom Stil "`|boxed|"' und seiner Beschriftung individuell +festzulegen: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}| +\end{quote} +Um dies zu ändern, geben Sie einfach mit +|\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{Wert}|}| +einen anderen Wert an. +Oder wenn Sie stattdessen die globale Einstellung der Option |skip=| verwenden +wollen, können Sie die individuelle Abstandseinstellung mit +|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}| entfernen. + +\begin{Note} +Es kann immer nur \emph{eine} Beschriftung innerhalb der Gleitumgebungen +gesetzt werden, die mit |\new|\-|float| oder |\re|\-|style|\-|float| +definiert werden; außerdem verhalten sich diese Gleitumgebungen auch in +anderen Belangen nicht exakt wie die Umgebungen |figure| und |table|. +Als Konsequenz arbeiten viele Pakete nicht sehr gut mit diesen zusammen. +Weiterhin hat das \package{float}"=Paket einige Fallstricke und Schwächen, +weswegen ich als Alternative das \package{newfloat}"=Paket +anbiete, um neue Gleitumgebungen zu definieren, die sich wie |figure| +und |table| verhalten sollen. +Und für die Definition von mächtigeren Gleitumgebungen bzw.~der +stilistischen Umgestaltung von vorhandenen Gleitumgebungen empfehle ich als +Alternative den Befehl |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| des +moderneren \package{floatrow}"=Paketes\cite{floatrow}. +\end{Note} + +\iffalse +Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using +the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are +wrong. +And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself +in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working +correctly afterwards. +\fi + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{floatflt} +\label{floatflt} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{floatflt}"=Paket\cite{floatflt} bietet Umgebungen zum Setzen von +Abbildungen und Tabellen an, die nicht die Gesamtbreite der Seite einnehmen, +sondern stattdessen vom Text umflossen werden.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Spezielle Optionen für die Umgebungen |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| und +|float|\-|ing|\-|table| können mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ + |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +festgelegt werden. +Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| +bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. + +\begin{Note} +Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen +bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit +|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| +bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{fltpage} +\label{fltpage} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{fltpage}"=Paket\cite{fltpage} bietet die Ausgliederung der +Beschriftung für Abbildungen und Tabellen, die die gesamte Seitenhöhe +einnehmen, an. Hierbei wird die Beschriftung ans Ende der vorherigen +oder nächsten Seite verschoben.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Zwei Optionen regeln die Verweise auf die Umgebungen |FPfigure| und |FPtable|: +\begin{description} +\item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} oder \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Auf "`|caption|"' gesetzt, wird der Verzeichniseintrag auf die Beschriftung +der Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle verweisen, auf "`|figure|"' gesetzt auf den Inhalt +der Abbildung. +(Die Vorbelegung ist |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.) +\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} oder \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Auf "`|caption|"' gesetzt, werden die mit \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref} +oder \cs{nameref} plazierten Referenzen auf die Beschriftung der Abbildung +bzw.~Tabelle verweisen, auf "`|figure|"' gesetzt auf den Inhalt der Abbildung. +(Die Vorbelegung ist |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.) +\end{description} + +Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |FPfigure| und |FPtable| können mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ + |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +getätigt werden. +Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| +bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{hyperref} +\label{hyperref} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{hyperref}"=Paket\cite{hyperref} behandelt \LaTeX"=Querverweise +derart, daß sie zusätzlich Hyperlinks im Dokument erzeugen.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Zwei Optionen regeln das Setzen von Hyperlinks:~\footnote{Diese Optionen sind +nach dem \package{hypcap}"=Paket benannt, welches sie ersetzen.} +\begin{description} +\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} oder \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Auf |true| gesetzt, werden alle Hyperlink"=Anker -- wohin Einträge im +Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis, sowie |\ref| und |\auto|\-|ref| +verweisen -- an den Anfang der (gleitenden) Umgebungen wie Abbildung +oder Tabelle plaziert.\par +Auf |false| gesetzt zeigen hingegen alle Hyperlink"=Anker auf die +Beschriftung.\par +(Die Voreinstellung ist |hypcap=true|.) +\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{Abstand}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Da es nicht sehr ästhetisch wirkt, wenn der Hyperlink exakt auf den Beginn der +Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle springt, kann ein vertikaler Abstand zwischen dem +Hyperlink"=Anker und der (gleitenden) Umgebung gesetzt werden, z.B.~entfernt +|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| diesen Abstand.\par +(Die Voreinstellung ist |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.) +\end{description} + +Beide Optionen haben keine Auswirkung in den Umgebungen |lst|\-|listing| +(vom \package{listings}"=Paket bereitgestellt), |long|\-|table| (vom +\package{longtable}"=Paket bereitgestellt, |super|\-|tabular| (vom +\package{supertabular}"=Paket bereitgestellt), und |x|\-|tabular| (vom +\package{xtab}"=Paket bereitgestellt); +innerhalb dieser Umgebungen werden Hyperlink"=Anker immer so gesetzt, als sei +|hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| und |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| eingestellt. + +\pagebreak[3]Bitte beachten Sie:\nopagebreak +\begin{description} +\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{Typ}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} + vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{Typ}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}% +\\[\smallskipamount] +Ohne geladenes \package{hyperref}"=Paket bekommen Sie hier identische Resultate. +Aber mit \package{hyperref} geladen und mit der Einstellung |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| +versehen wird der Hyperlink"=Anker unterschiedlich gesetzt. +So plaziert zum Beispiel +\begin{quote} +|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ +| |\ldots\\ +| \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}|\\ +|\end{minipage}| +\end{quote} +den Anker bei der Beschriftung. +(Und wenn |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| gesetzt ist, wird deswegen eine Warnung ausgegeben.) +\begin{quote} +|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ +| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ +| |\ldots\\ +| \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\ +|\end{minipage}| +\end{quote} +hingegen plaziert den Anker an den Anfang der |mini|\-|page|, +da die Anweisung |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| nicht nur den Typ der +Beschriftung auf "`figure"' festlegt, sondern auch einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzt. + +\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} + vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Wiederum bekommen Sie ohne geladenes \package{hyperref}"=Paket identische Resultate. +Aber mit \package{hyperref} geladen liegen die Unterschiede in den Feinheiten: +So wird z.B.~das optionale Argument von |\caption| auch in die |aux|-Datei +geschrieben und vom |\name|\-|ref| Befehl verwendet. +Wenn Sie also |\caption| mit leerem Argument angeben, wird ein auf diese +Abbildung oder Tabelle angewandtes |\name|\-|ref| nicht das erwünschte, +sondern stattdessen ein leeres Resultat zur Folge haben. +Daher ist es besser, |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| zu verwenden, +wenn Sie keinen Eintrag in dem Abbildungs- oder Tabellenverzeichnis wünschen. +\end{description} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{hypcap} +\label{hypcap} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{hyp\-cap}"=Paket\cite{hypcap} bietet eine Lösung zu dem Problem +an, daß Hyperlinks auf Gleitumgebungen nicht auf die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle +verweisen, sondern stattdessen auf die Beschriftung. +Die Version $3.1$ des \package{caption}"=Paketes löst dieses Problem bereits +auf seine eigene Art und Weise, so daß das \package{hypcap}"=Paket in der +Regel nicht mehr zusätzlich benötigt wird.} + +Wird das \package{hypcap}"=Paket zusätzlich zum \package{hyperref}"=Paket +geladen, so übernimmt es die Kontrolle über die Platzierung der +Hyperlink"=Anker, und die Optionen |hyp|\-|cap=| und |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=| +verlieren ihre Wirkung. + +Außerdem ist zu beachten, daß dann |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{Typ}|}| +keinen Hyperlink"=Anker mehr setzt; dies muß dann ggf.~mit dem Befehl +|\cap|\-|start|, welcher vom \package{hypcap}"=Paket angeboten wird, +geschehen. + +Weiterhin hat das Laden des \package{hypcap}"=Paketes den Nebeneffekt, daß +die Hyperlink"=Anker innerhalb der Umgebungen +|floating|\-|figure| (vom \package{float\-flt}"=Paket bereitgestellt), +|FP|\-|figure| \& |FPtable| (vom \package{flt\-page}"=Paket bereitgestellt), +|fig|\-|window| (vom \package{pic\-in\-par}"=Paket bereitgestellt), +|par|\-|pic| (vom \package{pic\-ins}"=Paket bereitgestellt), +|SC|\-|figure| (vom \package{side\-cap}"=Paket bereitgestellt), +|three|\-|part|\-|table| (vom \package{three\-part\-table}"=Paket +bereitgestellt) und |wrap|\-|figure| (vom \package{wrap\-fig}"=Paket +bereitgestellt) nicht mehr optimal platziert werden. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{listings} +\label{listings} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{listings}"=Paket\cite{listings} bietet Möglichkeiten, +Programmcode zu setzen.} + +Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |lst|\-|listing| können mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +getätigt werden. + +Bitte beachten Sie, daß das \package{listings}"=Paket seine eigenen +Optionen für die Kontrolle der Position und Abstände der Beschriftungen +mitbringt: +|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=| und |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|. +\See{Dokumentation des \package{listings}"=Paketes.} +Diese Optionen überschreiben diejenigen des \package{caption}"=Paketes, +können aber wiederum mit |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}| +überschrieben werden, z.B.~mit +\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{longtable} +\label{longtable} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{longtable}"=Paket\cite{longtable} bietet eine Umgebung an, +die sich ähnlich wie die Umgebung \texttt{tabular} verhält, aber Seitenumbrüche +innerhalb der Tabelle erlaubt.} + +Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |long|\-|table| können mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +getätigt werden. +Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |table| +berücksichtigt. + +Die Optionen |margin=| und |width=| überschreiben gewöhnlich die Länge +|\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|, so daß ein einheitliches Aussehen der +Tabellenüberschriften gewährleistet wird. +Wird aber |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| auf einen anderen Wert als den Standardwert +|4in| gesetzt, wird \thispackage\ dies berücksichtigen. +(Aber |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| wird wiederum von +|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{Breite}|}| überschrieben, +auch wenn |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| auf einen anderen Wert als |4in| gesetzt ist.) + +\begin{Note} +Die Befehle |\caption|\-|of| und |\Continued|\-|Float| funktionieren +\emph{nicht} innerhalb der Umgebung |long|\-|table|. +Weiterhin erhöhen weder |\caption| noch |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| den +Tabellenzähler, er wird stattdessen von der Umgebung |long|\-|table| selbst +erhöht. +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Benötigen Sie eine Umgebung |long|\-|table|, die den Tabellenzähler +nicht erhöht, so verwenden Sie bitte die Umgebung |long|\-|table*| +(die das \package{ltcaption}"=Paket bereitstellt und als Bestandteil der +\package{caption}"=Paketfamilie automatisch geladen wird). +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{picinpar} +\label{picinpar} +\packagedescription{% +Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}"=Paket stellt auch das +\package{picinpar}"=Paket Umgebungen zum Setzen von Abbildungen und Tabellen +zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom Text +umflossen werden. +Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen +schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |fig|\-|window| und |tab|\-|window| +können mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ + |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +getätigt werden. +Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| +bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. + +\begin{Note} +Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen +bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit +|\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| +bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[tab|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{picins} +\label{picins} +\packagedescription{% +Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}- und \package{picinpar}"=Paket stellt auch +das \package{picins}"=Paket Umgebungen zum Setzen von Abbildungen und +Tabellen zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom +Text umflossen werden. +Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen +schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |par|\-|pic| können mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +getätigt werden. +Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| +bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. + +Weiterhin erzeugt |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| keinen Verzeichniseintrag, +und |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| ergibt eine Beschriftung ohne Bezeichner und +Nummerierung. + +\begin{Note} +Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen +bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit +|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. +\end{Note} + +Wird ein |\pic|\-|caption| gewünscht, das keine Abbildungs-, sondern eine +Tabellenbeschrifung erzeugt, so definieren Sie bitte \emph{nicht} +|\@cap|\-|type| um, wie es von der Dokumentation zum \package{picins}"=Paket +vorgeschlagen wird. Stattdessen benutzen Sie bitte den Befehl +|\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{Typ}, der Ihnen vom \package{caption}"=Paket +zu diesem Zweck bereitgestellt wird. Zum Beispiel: +\begin{quote} + |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\ + |\piccaption{Eine Beispieltabelle}|\\ + |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}| +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{rotating} +\label{rotating} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{rotating}"=Paket\cite{rotating} bietet die Gleitumgebungen +\texttt{side\-ways\-figure} und \texttt{side\-ways\-table}, +die sich wie \texttt{figure} und \texttt{table} verhalten, den Inhalt aber +um 90 bzw. 270 Grad drehen. +Weiterhin wird ein Befehl \cs{rot\-caption} bereitgestellt, der lediglich +die Beschriftung dreht.} + +\iffalse % No, we don't do that +If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| \& +|side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\ + |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|figure| or |table|. +\fi + +Der Befehl |\rot|\-|caption| wird vom \package{caption}"=Paket derart +erweitert, daß |\rot|\-|caption*| und |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| analog zu +|\caption*| und |\caption|\-|of| verwendet werden können. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{setspace} +\label{setspace} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{setspace}"=Paket\cite{setspace} bietet Optionen und Befehle, +um den Zeilenabstand festzulegen, so führt +z.B.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space} +zu einem Dokument, welches einanhalbzeilig gesetzt wird.} + +Wird das \package{setspace}"=Paket zusammen mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket +verwendet, sind alle Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen auf "`einzeilig"' +voreingestellt. Dies kann durch |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing| (welches +auf "`einanhalbzeilig"' umstellt), |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing| (welches +auf "`zweizeilig"' umstellt) oder |font={stretch=|\x\meta{Wert}|}| geändert +werden. +\See{auch \Ref{fonts}} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{sidecap} +\label{sidecap} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket\cite{sidecap} bietet die Gleitumgebungen +\texttt{SC\-figure} und \texttt{SC\-table}, die anders als \texttt{figure} +und \texttt{table} die Beschriftung \emph{neben} den Inhalt setzen.} + +Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |SC|\-|figure| und |SC|\-|table| +können mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ + |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +getätigt werden. +Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| +bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. + +\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Note} +Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket bietet eigene Optionen für die Ausrichtung der +Beschriftung. Werden diese verwendet, so überschreiben sie die Einstellungen, +die mit der Option |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| getätigt worden sind. +\end{Note} + +\begin{Note} +Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen +bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit +|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| +bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. +\end{Note} + +\medskip + +\begin{Annotation*} +Anstelle des \package{sidecap}"=Paketes können Sie für Beschrifungen neben der +Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle auch das leistungsfähigere und vielseitigere +\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} benutzen. +\end{Annotation*} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsubsection*{Undokumentierte Eigenschaften} +Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket \version{1.6} hat einige undokumentierte +Paketoptionen und Befehle, die eine weitere Anpassung der Beschrifungen erlauben: + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{margincaption} +Die Paketoption +\begin{quote} + |margincaption|\qquad{\small(z.B.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)} +\end{quote} +führt dazu, daß alle Beschriftungen in den Umgebungen |SC|\-|figure| und +|SC|\-|table| in den Rand gesetzt werden. + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos} +Der Befehl +\begin{quote} + |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{Typ}\marg{Position} +\end{quote} +legt die vertikale Ausrichtung der Beschriftung fest. \meta{Position} kann +entweder `|t|' (für eine Ausrichtung am oberen Rand), `|b|' (für eine +Ausrichtung am unteren Rand), oder `|c|' (für eine zentrierte Ausrichtung) +sein. +Die Vorbelegung für die Umgebung |table| ist `|t|', für |figure| und alle +anderen, die mit |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| definiert werden, `|b|'. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{subfigure} +\label{subfigure} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{subfigure}"=Paket\cite{subfigure} bietet Unterstützung für +Unter"=Abbildungen und -Tabellen. +Es ist veraltet und wurde vom Autor durch das modernere +\package{subfig}"=Paket ersetzt.} + +Da das \package{subfigure}"=Paket veraltet ist, wird es vom +\package{caption}"=Paket nur derart unterstützt, daß alte Dokumente (welche +mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket \version{1.x} gesetzt wurden) noch +übersetzbar sind und das erwartete Ergebnis liefern. + +Bitte verwenden Sie daher stattdessen das \package{subfig}- oder das +\package{subcaption}"=Paket, welches +\thispackage\ \version{3.x} aktiv unterstützt. + +\See{auch Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{supertabular und xtab} +\label{supertabular} +\packagedescription{% +Die Pakete \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} und \package{xtab}\cite{xtab} +bieten eine Umgebung, die ähnlich wie die Umgebung \texttt{long\-table} des +\package{longtable}"=Paketes\cite{longtable} einen Seitenumbruch inmitten der +Tabelle erlaubt. +Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen +schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.} + +Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |super|\-|tabular| bzw.~|x|\-|tabular| +können mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{bzw.}\\ + |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +getätigt werden. +Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |table| +berücksichtigt. + +\begin{Note} +Der Befehl |\Continued|\-|Float| funktioniert \emph{nicht} innerhalb der +Umgebungen |super|\-|tabular| und |x|\-|tabular|. +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{threeparttable} +\label{threeparttable} +\packagedescription{% +Das \package{threeparttable}"=Paket\cite{threeparttable} bietet ein Schema +für Tabellen, welches strukturierte Anmerkungen nach dem Tabelleninhalt +erlaubt. +Dieses Schema bietet eine Lösungsmöglichkeit für das alte Problem "`Fußnoten +in Tabellen"'.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |three|\-|part|\-|table| und +|measured|\-|figure| können mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ + |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +getätigt werden. +Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| +bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. + +\begin{Note} +Da die Breite der Beschriftung hier die gleiche Breite wie die Abbildung +bzw.~Tabelle hat, werden die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| hier nicht +angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit +|\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| oder +|\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. +\end{Note} + +\medskip + +\begin{Annotation*} +Das \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} bietet eine vergleichbare +Funktionalität an. +\end{Annotation*} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{wrapfig} +\label{wrapfig} +\packagedescription{% +Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}-, \package{picinpar}- und +\package{picins}"=Paket stellt auch das \package{wrapfig}"=Paket Umgebungen +zum Setzen von Abbildungen und Tabellen zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte +Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom Text umflossen werden. +Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen +schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |wrap|\-|figure| und +|wrap|\-|table| können mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\ + |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{Optionen} +\end{quote} +getätigt werden. +Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure| +bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt. + +\begin{Note} +Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen +bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit +|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| +bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden. +\end{Note} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Weiterführende Dokumente} + +Folgende, im Internet verfügbare Dokumente möchte ich an dieser Stelle +jedem ans Herz legen: + +\begin{itemize} +\item + Die \TeX\ FAQ -- "`Frequently Asked Questions"' über \TeX\ und \LaTeX: + \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote} + +\iffalse % Völlig veraltet, daher leider keine Empfehlung mehr wert +\item + Die DANTE-FAQ -- Oft gestellte Fragen \& deren Antworten: + \begin{quote}\url{http://www.dante.de/faq/de-tex-faq/}\end{quote} +\fi + +\item + \emph{"`Hilfe für LaTeX-Einsteiger"'} von Christian Faulhammer: + \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/}\end{quote} + +\item + \emph{"`Bilder einfügen in \LaTeX: Ein How-To"'} von Dominik Bischoff + beinhaltet die häufigsten Fragen und Antworten, die im Zusammenhang + mit \LaTeX\ und Abbildungen auftreten: + \begin{quote} + \url{http://dante.ctan.org/info/l2picfaq/german/l2picfaq.pdf} + \end{quote} + +\item + \emph{"`Gleitobjekte -- die richtige Schmierung"'} von Axel Reichert + erl"autert den Umgang mit gleitenden Umgebungen und ist hier im Netz + zu finden: + \begin{quote} + \url{ftp://dante.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/german/gleitobjekte/} + \end{quote} + +\item + \textsf{epslatex} von Keith Reckdahl enth"alt viele n"utzliche Tips im + Zusammenhang mit der Einbindung von Graphiken in \LaTeXe. + Das Dokument ist in Englisch und unter + \begin{quote}\url{ftp://dante.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/epslatex/}\end{quote} + zu finden. +\end{itemize} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\pagebreak[3] +\section{Danksagungen} + +Von ganzem Herzen danke ich Katja Melzner, +Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko, +David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm, +Heiko Oberdiek und Herbert Voß. + +Weiterhin möchte ich mich herzlich bei +Harald Harders, +Peter Löffler, +Peng Yu, +Alexander Zimmermann, +Matthias Pospiech, +Jürgen Wieferink, +Christoph Bartoschek, +Uwe Stöhr, +Ralf Stubner, +Geoff Vallis, +Florian Keiler, +Jürgen Göbel, +Uwe Siart, +Sang-Heon Shim, +Henrik Lundell, +David Byers, +William Asquith, +Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann, +Frank Martini, +Danie Els, +Philipp Woock, +Fadi Semmo und +Matthias Stevens +für ihre Hilfe beim stetigen Verbessern dieses Paketes bedanken. + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage\appendix +\section{Alphabetische Referenz} + +%\newenvironment{Warnings}% +% {\begin{trivlist}% +% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}% +% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}% +% }% +% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}} +\makeatletter +\newenvironment{Warnings}{% + \newif\ifMessage + \def\Message{% + \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi + \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}% + \setlength\parindent{0pt}% + \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}% + \setlength\leftskip{0pt}% + \color{blue}% + \Messagetrue}% + \def\Description{% + \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}% + \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{oder}}% + \def\@Or[##1]{% + \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}% +}{% + \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi +} +\makeatother + +\subsection{Optionen} +\newcommand\preambleoption{~% + \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% + \footnotemark[2]% + \endgroup} +\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{% + \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% + \footnotetext[2]{Diese Optionen stehen nur in dem Dokumentenvorspann + (Präambel) zur Verfügung.}% + \endgroup} + +\begin{longtable*}{lll} +Option & Kurzbeschreibung & Abschnitt \\ +\hline +\endhead +|aboveskip| & setzt den Abstand über der Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\ +|belowskip| & setzt den Abstand unter der Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\ +|compatibility|\preambleoption & erzwingt (Nicht-)Kompatibilität & \ref{compatibility} \\ +%|config| & & \ref{x} \\ +|figureposition|\preambleoption & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\ +|font|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz & \ref{fonts} \\ +|format| & wählt das Format & \ref{formats} \\ +|FPlist| & Wohin soll der Listeneintrag einer FPfigure zeigen? & \ref{fltpage} \\ +|FPref| & Wohin soll ein |\ref| einer FPfigure zeigen? & \ref{fltpage} \\ +|hangindent| & setzt den "`hängenden"' Einzug & \ref{margins} \\ +|hypcap| & wählt das "`hypcap"' Feature aus & \ref{hyperref} \\ +|hypcapspace| & setzt den Abstand über einem Hyperlink & \ref{hyperref} \\ +|indention| & setzt den Einzug & \ref{margins} \\ +|justification| & wählt die Ausrichtung & \ref{justification} \\ +|labelfont|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz des Bezeichners & \ref{fonts} \\ +|labelformat| & wählt das Format des Bezeichners & \ref{formats} \\ +|labelsep| & wählt den Trenner zw. Bezeichner$+$Text & \ref{formats} \\ +|labelseparator| & -- identisch mit |labelsep| -- & \ref{formats} \\ +|list| & schaltet die Listeneinträge an bzw. aus & \ref{lists} \\ +|listformat| & wählt das Listenformat & \ref{lists} \\ +|margin| & setzt den Rand bzw. die Ränder & \ref{margins} \\ +|margin*| & setzt den Rand, sofern keine Breite gesetzt ist & \ref{margins} \\ +|maxmargin| & setzt den max. zu verwendenen Rand & \ref{margins} \\ +|minmargin| & setzt den min. zu verwendenen Rand & \ref{margins} \\ +|name| & setzt den Namen der aktuellen Umgebung & \ref{names} \\ +|oneside| & wählt den einseitigen Modus & \ref{margins} \\ +|options| & führt die angegebene Optionsliste aus & \\ +|parindent| & setzt den Absatzeinzug & \ref{margins} \\ +|parskip| & setzt den Absatzabstand & \ref{margins} \\ +|position| & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\ +|singlelinecheck| & schaltet die "`Ein-Zeilen-Prüfung"' ein bzw. aus & \ref{justification} \\ +%|size| & wählt die Größe des Zeichensatzes & \ref{x} \\ +|skip| & setzt den Abstand zwischen Inhalt \& Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\ +|strut| & schaltet die Verwendung von |\strut| ein bzw. aus & \ref{formats} \\ +|style| & wählt einen Stil aus & \ref{style} \\ +%|style*| & wählt einen Stil aus & \ref{style} \\ +|subtype| & setzt den Typ der Unterbeschriftungen & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\ +|tableposition|\preambleoption & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\ +|textfont|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz des Textes & \ref{fonts} \\ +|textformat| & wählt das Format des Textes & \ref{formats} \\ +|twoside| & wählt den zweiseitigen Modus & \ref{margins} \\ +|type| & setzt den Typ \& setzt ggf.~einen Hyperlink-Anker & \ref{types} \\ +|type*| & setzt (nur) den Typ & \ref{types} \\ +|width| & setzt eine feste Breite & \ref{margins} \\ +\end{longtable*} +\preambleoptiontext +\footnotetext{Die Option \texttt{subtype} ist in der Dokumentation + des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes beschrieben.} + +\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break +\begin{Note*} + Veraltete Optionen sind hier nicht gelistet; diese sind in + \Ref{caption1} und + \Ref{caption2} zu finden. +\end{Note*}} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Befehle} + +\begin{longtable*}{lll} +Befehl & & Abschnitt \\ +\hline +\endhead +|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ +%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ +%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ +|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ +|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\ +|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\ +|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\ +|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\ +|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +\end{longtable*} +\footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} ist in der Dokumentation + des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes beschrieben.} + +\clearpage +\subsection{Warnungen} + +\begin{Warnings} + +\Message + |\caption outside box or environment.| +\Or + |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.| +\Or + |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\ + | or environment.| +\Description + |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of| sowie |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| + sind nur für die Anwendung \emph{innerhalb} einer Box, Gruppe oder Umgebung + konzipiert. Außerhalb können unerwünschte Seiteneffekte auftreten. + \par\See{\Ref{types} und \Ref{caption}} + +\Message + |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ + |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ + |unknown to the caption package.| +\Description + Wenn \thispackage\ eine vorhandene (und unbekannte) Erweiterung des Befehls + |\caption| erkannt hat, definiert es |\caption| nicht erneut um, da dies + unweigerlich den Verlust der ursprünglichen Erweiterung zur Folge hätte. + Daher funktionieren manche Features, wie |\caption*|, + |\Continued|\-|Float|, das optionale Argument von |\caption|\-|setup|, + sowie die Optionen |list=| und |hypcap=| nicht mehr; sie werden + entweder ignoriert oder arbeiten nicht erwartungsgemäß.\par + Wenn Sie an der ursprünglichen Erweiterung nicht interessiert sind + und stattdessen den vollen Umfang des \package{caption}"=Paketes + verwenden wollen, können Sie es mit der nicht supporteten(!) + Option |compatibility=|\x|false| probieren und die Daumen drücken. + (Aber Sie werden die nächste Warnung stattdessen bekommen.) + \par\See{\Ref{classes} und \Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\ + |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\ + |was given.| +\Description + Da Sie so mutig waren, die Option |compatibility=|\x|false| zu probieren, + wird \thispackage\ sein bestes geben, um diesen Wunsch zu erfüllen. + Aber je nach verwendeter Dokumentenklasse bzw.~Pakete sollten Sie sich + auf Fehlfunktionen oder Fehlermeldungen einstellen. + Also bitte die Daumen gedrückt halten! + \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\ + |stopped early.| +\Description + Wenn das \package{hyperref}"=Paket vorzeitig seinen Dienst einstellt + (den Grund hierfür teilt es Ihnen mit), ist auch die + \package{hyperref}"=Unterstützung des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht + verfügbar. Als Folge werden Sie einige Warnungen des + \package{hyperref}"=Paketes bekommen, ferner werden Hyperlinks + auf Abbildungen und Tabellen nicht funktionsfähig sein. + \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\Message + |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.| +\Description + \Thispackage\ bemüht sich, so gut es kann, die \KOMAScript"=Befehle + bzgl.~Tabellen und Abbildungen zu emulieren. Aber das optionale Argument + von |\setcapwidth| funktioniert (noch) nicht; wenn Sie es dennoch angeben, + wird daher diese Warnung ausgegeben. + \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}} + +\Message + |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.| +\Description + Diese Warnung sollten Sie niemals sehen; entweder verwenden Sie ein Paket, + welches |figure| und/oder |table| in einer dem \package{caption}"=Paket + unbekannten Art \& Weise verändert, oder aber es ist ein Fehler im + \package{caption}"=Paket. + Bitte senden Sie mir einen Fehlerbericht diesbezüglich per E-Mail. Danke! + +\Message + |\label without proper \caption| +\Description + Anders als bei den meisten nicht gleitenden Umgebungen wird bei den + gleitenden Umgebungen die interne Referenz erst bei Anwendung des Befehls + |\caption| erzeugt. Ein |\label| Befehl, der auf diese Abbildung + bzw.~Tabelle verweisen soll, muß daher entweder direkt \emph{nach} oder innerhalb + des Argumentes von |\caption| platziert werden. + +\Message + |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.| +\Description + Wenn Sie versuchen, eine bestimmte Option aus einer Optionsliste zu + entfernen, zum Beispiel mit |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|, + und die angegebene Option kann nicht in der Liste gefunden werden, so + erhalten Sie die obenstehende Warnung. + Liegt dies nicht an einem Schreibfehler Ihrerseits und möchten Sie ferner + diese Warnung unterdrücken, so können Sie hierzu + |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| anstelle von |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup| + verwenden. + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\Message + |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.| +\Description + Wenn Sie versuchen, eine bestimmte Option aus einer Optionsliste zu + entfernen, zum Beispiel mit |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|, + und die angegebene Optionsliste ist (noch) nicht definiert, so + erhalten Sie die obenstehende Warnung. + Liegt dies nicht an einem Schreibfehler Ihrerseits und möchten Sie ferner + diese Warnung unterdrücken, so können Sie hierzu |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| + anstelle von |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup| verwenden. + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\iffalse +\Message + |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\ + |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\ + |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\ + |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.| +\Description + \TODO +\fi + +\Message + |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\ + |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.| +\Description + Die Option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| ist nur dann voll funktionsfähig, + wenn Sie das \package{ragged2e}"=Paket auf Ihrem \TeX"=System installiert haben. + Ist dies nicht der Fall, erhalten Sie diese Warnung und |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| + wird im späteren Verlauf des Dokumentes wie |justification=|\x|raggedright| + behandelt werden. + \par\See{\Ref{justification}} + +\Message + |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.| +\Description + Die Option |ignoreLTcapwidth| des \package{caption2}"=Paketes wird nicht von + diesem Paket emuliert. In der Regel können Sie aber diese Option einfach + ersatzlos entfernen. + \par\See{\Ref{caption2} und \Ref{longtable}} + +\Message + |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\ + |captions right.| +\Description + Das \package{ragged2e} wird nur dann vom \package{caption}"=Paket geladen, + wenn es tatsächlich benötigt wird. + Um dies zu gewährleisten, sind zwei \LaTeX"=Läufe notwendig, daher können Sie + beim ersten Durchlauf diese Warnung bekommen. + Mit dem nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf sollte also diese Warnung verschwunden sein. + \par\See{\Ref{justification}} + +\Message + |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.| +\Description + Ist ein zweiseitiges Dokumentenlayout gewählt, benötigt \thispackage\ zwei + \LaTeX"=Läufe, um die Ränder korrekt zuordnen zu können; + daher können Sie beim ersten Durchlauf diese Warnung bekommen. + Mit dem nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf sollte also diese Warnung verschwunden sein. + \par\See{\Ref{margins}} + +\Message + |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.| +\Description + Diese Warnung informiert Sie über vermische \package{caption}"=Optionen. + Wenn Sie z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| oder + |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| in einer |figure| Umgebung verwenden, + werden beide Optionssätze, sowohl derjenige für |figure| + (mit |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| angegeben) als auch + derjenige für |table| (mit |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}| angegeben), + angewandt. + {\small(Diese Warnung kann bei Bedarf durch Verwendung der Stern-Form + |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}| unterdrückt werden.)\par} + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\Message + |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\ + |particular \caption.| +\Description + \Thispackage\ hat keinen geeigneten Hyperlink"=Anker für diese Beschriftung + gefunden, daher hat es entschlossen, die Einstellung |hypcap=|\x|true| (die per + Standard gesetzt ist) zu ignorieren. + Als Folge werden Hyperlinks zu dieser Abbildung oder Tabelle (etwa über das + Abbildungsverzeichnis, oder selber mit |\ref| oder |\auto|\-|ref| angelegt) + nicht auf den Beginn der Abbildung oder Tabelle verweisen, sondern stattdessen + auf deren Beschriftung.\par + Dies kann zum Beispiel passieren, wenn eine Beschriftung mit |\caption|\-|of| + innerhalb einer nicht-gleitenden Umgebung gesetzt wird, aber auch, wenn ein + Sie ein Paket in Ihrem Dokument verwenden, welches die Umgebungen |figure| + oder |table| umdefiniert hat, dieses Paket aber dem \package{caption}"=Paket + unbekannt ist.\par + Ist dies für Sie ok, aber die Warnung stört Sie, können Sie sie + |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| direkt vor dem betroffenen |\caption| + oder |\caption|\-|of| Befehl platzieren. + Ist dies hingegen nicht für Sie ok, können Sie selber an geeigneter Stelle mit + |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzen. + \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\Message + |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ + |usage of the caption package is not recommended.| +\Description + Entweder ist die verwendete Dokumentenklasse dem \package{caption}"=Paket + unbekannt, oder aber Sie haben ein Paket in Ihrem Dokument eingebunden, + welches ebenfalls das interne Makro |\@make|\-|caption| (welches intern für + das Setzen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen zuständig ist) + umdefiniert. + Wie-auch-immer, \thispackage\ wird entweder das Design der Beschriftungen + in einer ungewollten Art \& Weise verändern, oder aber es wird zu keinem + geordneten Verhalten und/oder Fehlermeldungen kommen. Deswegen wird in + diesem Falle die Verwendung des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht empfohlen. + \par\See{\Ref{classes} und \Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].| +\Description + Es wurden Optionen mit |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{Typ}|]| definiert, die im + weiteren Verlauf des Dokumentes aber nicht zur Anwendung gekommen sind. + Dies kann zum einen an einem Schreibfehler im Argument \meta{Typ} liegen, + aber auch daran, daß ein dem \package{caption}"=Paket unbekanntes Paket + die Umgebungen |figure| und/oder |table| umdefiniert hat, oder auch einfach + daran, daß Sie die angegebene Umgebung gar nicht im späteren Verlauf Ihres + Dokumentes verwenden. + (Möchten Sie diese Warnung unterdrücken, so verwenden Sie + |\caption|\-|setup*| anstelle von |\caption|\-|setup|.) + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\Message + |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\ + |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\ + |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\ + |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.| +\Description + Das angegebene Paket mischt sich ebenfalls in die Verwendung der Abstände + über- und unterhalb der Beschriftungen ein. Viele Köche verderben den Brei, + also ist es ratsam, sich für eines der Pakete -- das angegebene oder + \thispackage\ -- zu entscheiden, um falsche Abstände zu vermeiden. + \par\See{\Ref{skips}} + +\end{Warnings} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Fehlermeldungen} + +\begin{Warnings} + +\Message + + |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.| +\Or + |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.| +\Description + Beim Setzen von Beschriftungen, die etwas spezielles wie z.B.~eine Tabelle + enthalten, ist zu beachten, daß immer ein alternativer Listeneintrag als + optionales Argument bei |\caption| bzw. |\caption|\-|of| mit angegeben + werden muß, auch wenn Ihr Dokument gar kein Abbildungs- oder + Tabellenverzeichnis beeinhaltet. + \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists} und \Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\Message + |\caption outside float.| +\Description + |\caption| ist (in der Regel) nur für die Anwendung in gleitenden + Umgebungen wie |figure| oder |table|, oder für die Anwendung innerhalb + |long|\-|table| oder |wrap|\-|figure| konzipiert, ansonsten bekommen Sie + obenstehende Fehlermeldung. + Um eine Beschriftung innerhalb einer anderen Umgebung zu setzen, verwenden + Sie bitte entweder die Kombination |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| + $+$ |\caption|, oder aber |\caption|\-|of|. + \par\See{\Ref{caption}} + +\Message + |\ContinuedFloat outside float.| +\Description + |\Continued|\-|Float| ist nur für die Anwendung innerhalb einer gleitenden + Umgebung wie |figure| oder |table| konzipiert. %oder auch |long|\-|table| + Für die Anwendung in einer Box, Gruppe oder nicht-gleitenden Umgebung + bietet sich die Kombination + |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float| an.\par + |\Continued|\-|Float| innerhalb einer |long|\-|table| ist nicht möglich, + aber vielleicht ist die |longtable*| Umgebung, die eine longtable + ohne Erhöhung des Tabellenzählers setzt, für Sie hilfreich. + \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} und \Ref{longtable}} + +\Message + |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.| +\Description + Fortlaufende Abbildungen oder Tabellen dürfen nicht von anderen + gleitenden Umgebungen (oder einer |long|\-|table|) unterbrochen werden, + so ist z.B.~ eine Tabelle zwischen einer Abbildung und einer + (mit |\Continued|\-|Float|) fortgesetzten Abbildung nicht möglich. + \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}} + +\Message + |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\ + |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\ + |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.| +\Description + Das aktuelle \package{caption}"=Paket kann nicht mit einem solch + veralteten Paket zusammen betrieben werden. + Bitte aktualisieren Sie das betroffene Paket, zumindest auf die + angegebene Version. + +\Message + |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.| +\Description + Diesen Fehler sollten Sie niemals sehen. Wenn doch, senden Sie mir bitte + einen Fehlerbericht per E-Mail. + +\Message + |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.| +\Description + Der in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|, + |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, oder |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| + angegebene \meta{type} ist unbekannt. + \meta{type} sollte entweder `\texttt{figure}' oder `\texttt{table}', oder + aber eine mit mit + |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| + (vom \package{newfloat}"=Paket bereitgestellt), + |\new|\-|float| + (vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bereitgestellt) oder + |\Declare|\-|NewFloat|\-|Type| + (vom \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} bereitgestellt) + definierte Gleitumgebung sein. + +\Message + |Not allowed in longtable* environment.| +\Description + Der Befehl |\caption| ist innerhalb einer |long|\-|table*| Umgebung + nicht erlaubt. Verwenden Sie entweder |\caption*| für eine Beschriftung + ohne Bezeichner oder benutzen Sie die reguläre |long|\-|table| Umgebung. + +\Message + |Not available in compatibility mode.| +\Description + Das angeforderte Feature steht im sog.~Kompatibilitätsmodus nicht zur + Verfügung, d.h.~\thispackage\ hat eine inkompatible Dokumentenklasse oder + ein inkompatibles Paket entdeckt, welches ebenfalls |\caption| erweitert + und damit die Anwendung dieses Features bzw.~Befehls verhindert. + \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.| +\Description + Innerhalb der Umgebungen, die das \package{fltpage} oder \package{sidecap} + Paket zur Verfügung stellt, kann nur eine einzige Bildbeschriftung gesetzt + werden. + +\Message + |Option clash for package caption.| +\Or[aber manchmal auch] + |Missing \begin{document}.| +\Description + Ein anderes \LaTeX-Paket hat \thispackage\ bereits geladen, Sie können es + daher nicht noch einmal mit anderen Optionen laden. + Als Verdächtiger kommt z.B.~das \package{ctable} oder das + \package{subfig}"=Paket in Frage; sollte dies zutreffen, + laden Sie bitte \thispackage\ \emph{vor} dem betreffenen Paket. + Im Falle des \package{subfig}"=Paketes können Sie auch alternativ beim + Laden des \package{subfig}"=Paketes die Option |caption=|\x|false| angeben. + \par\See{Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}} + +\Message + |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.| +\Or + |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.| +\Description + Beim Setzen von Beschriftungen, die mehr als aus einem Absatz bestehen, + ist zu beachten, daß immer ein alternativer Listeneintrag als optionales + Argument bei |\caption| bzw. |\caption|\-|of| mit angegeben werden muß, + auch wenn Ihr Dokument gar kein Abbildungs- oder Tabellenverzeichnis + beeinhaltet. + \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists} und \Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\Message + |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\ + |in the last figure or table.| +\Description + Sie scheinen den Befehl |\sub|\-|caption| (oder einen anderen, + der eine Unter"=Beschriftung setzt) ohne eine zugehörige, + mit |\caption| gesetzte, Beschriftung anzuwenden. + Dies wird nicht unterstützt. + +\Message + |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ + |with `format=hang'.| +\Or + |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ + |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).| +\Description + Ein Bezeichnungstrenner, der ein |\\| Kommando enthält (wie etwa + |labelsep=|\x|newline|), kann nicht mit einem Format kombiniert werden, + welches "`hängende"' Beschriftungen liefert (wie etwa |format=|\x|hang|). + Bitte wählen Sie entweder einen anderen Trenner (wie + z.B.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|), oder aber ein anderes Beschriftungsformat + (wie z.B.~|format=|\x|plain|) aus. + \par\See{\Ref{formats} bzw.~\Ref{KOMA}} + +\Message + |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\ + |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\ + |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.| +\Description + Sie haben die Option |caption=|\x|false| angegeben. Diese war früher mal eine + Krücke, um nicht das komplette \package{caption}"=Paket zu laden, sondern + nur den für das \package{subfig}"=Paket zwingend benötigten Teil. + Dieser Mechanismus ist veraltet und wird nicht mehr angeboten; stattdessen + sollten Sie diese Option dem \package{subfig}"=Paket übergeben und + \thispackage\ nicht mehr explizit laden. + \par\See{Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}} + +\Message + |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.| +\Description + Es wurde versucht, eine boolische Option (wie z.B.~|singlelinecheck=| oder + |hypcap=|) auf einen unbekannten Wert zu setzen. Nur die Werte |false|, |no|, + |off|, |0| bzw.~|true|, |yes|, |on| und |1| sind hier möglich. + +\Message + |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungsformat auszuwählen, welches nicht + definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + Es wurde versucht, ein Bezeichnungsformat auszuwählen, welches nicht + definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungstrenner auszuwählen, welcher nicht + definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + Es wurde versucht, ein Listenformat auszuwählen, welches nicht + definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? + \par\See{\Ref{lists}} + +\Message + |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + Es wurde versucht, den Positionshinweis auf einen unbekannten Wert zu + setzen. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? + \par\See{\Ref{skips}} + +\Message + |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungsstil auszuwählen, welcher nicht + definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? + \par\See{\Ref{style}} + +\Message + |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + Es wurde versucht, ein Textformat auszuwählen, welches nicht + definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\ + |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.| +\Description +% (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt) + Das angegebene Paket mischt sich ebenfalls in die Verwendung der + Abstände über- und unterhalb der Beschriftungen ein. + Sie müssen sich daher für \emph{einen} der Mechanismen entscheiden: + Entweder Sie verwenden das angegebene Paket für die Anpassung + der Abstände, oder aber die |position|"=Option des + \package{caption}"=Paketes, beides geht nicht. + \par\See{\Ref{skips}} + +\Message + |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\ + |the (current) caption package.| +\Description + Die Pakete \package{caption} und \package{caption2} können nicht + innerhalb eines Dokumentes gleichzeitig verwendet werden. + Verwenden Sie bitte nur das aktuelle \package{caption}"=Paket. + \par\See{\Ref{caption2}} + +\end{Warnings} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Versionshistorie} +\label{history} + +Die Version $1.0$ dieses Paketes wurde im Jahr 1994 veröffentlicht und bot +eine Handvoll Optionen, um das Design der Abbildungs- +bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungen anzupassen. +Ferner unterstützte diese Version bereits das \package{rotating} und +\package{subfigure}"=Paket. +Version $1.1$ führte die |center|\-|last| Option ein; +in Version $1.2$ kam die Unterstützung des \package{float}"=Paketes hinzu. +Die Version $1.3$ verfeinerte die Koorperation mit dem +\package{subfigure}"=Paket; die Version $1.4$ bot die Option |nooneline| +als Neuheit an. + +Die Version $2.0$ des sog.~\package{caption2}"=Paketes war ein +experimenteller Seitenzweig der regulären Version des +\package{caption}"=Paketes. Er wurde im Jahre 1995 als Beta"=Testversion +öffentlich gemacht, um die Nachfrage nach neuen Features und der +Anpassung an das \package{longtable}"=Paket kurzfristig zu befriedigen. +(Eine Version $2.1$ wurde 2002 als Fehlerbereinigung nachgereicht.) + +Im Jahr 2003 hatte ich dann endlich wieder etwas Zeit gefunden, und so +wurde im Dezember die neue reguläre Version $3.0$ in Zusammenarbeit mit +Frank Mittelbach und Steven Cochran aus der Taufe gehoben, die endlich +den arg vernachlässigten Seitenzweig namens \package{caption2} +überflüssig machte. +Weite Teile des Paketes wurden hierfür neu geschrieben, und auch das +Benutzerinterface wurde gründlich renoviert. +Außerdem kam die Unterstützung der Pakete \package{hyperref}, +\package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, \package{sidecap} und +\package{supertabular} hinzu. + +Während all die vorangegangenen Versionen dafür ausgelegt waren, mit +den \LaTeX"=Standarddokumentenklassen \class{article}, \class{report} und +\class{book} benutzt zu werden, unterstützt die im Jahre 2007 +veröffentlichte Version $3.1$ auch die \AmS, die \KOMAScript, \NTG{} und +\SmF{} Dokumentenklassen, ferner auch die \class{beamer}"=Klasse. +Weiterhin kamen die Unterstützung der französischen Babel"=Option +\package{frenchb} und des französischen Sprachpaketes \package{frenchle} +bzw.~\package{frenchpro} hinzu; +außerdem wurde die Anzahl der unterstützten Pakete um die Pakete +\package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar}, +\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable} +und \package{wrapfig} erhöht. +Neue Optionen und Befehle wurden ebenfalls eingeführt, unter anderem +|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|, +|list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|, +|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|. +Einen weiteren Gewinn stellt der neu integrierte Kompatibilitätscheck +\see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, das neue "`hypcap"' Feature +\see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, und die Unterstützung von Teil"=Beschriftungen +\see*{\package{subcaption}"=Paketdokumentation} dar. + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Kompatibilität zu älteren Versionen} + +\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}} +\label{caption1} + +Diese Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes ist weitgehend kompatibel zu den +älteren Versionen $1.0$ bis $1.4$ des Paketes; alte, vorhandene Dokumente +sollten sich also in der Regel ohne Probleme weiterhin übersetzen lassen. +Jedoch ist zu beachten, daß eine Mischung aus alten Befehlen und neueren +Optionen bzw.~Befehlen zu unerwünschten Nebeneffekten führen kann. + +Hier eine kurze Ãœbersicht über die alten, überholten Optionen und ihre +aktuellen Entsprechungen: + +\begin{center}\small +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ +\hline +%\endhead +|normal| & |format=plain|\\ +|hang| & |format=hang|\\ +|isu| & |format=hang|\\ +|center| & |justification=centering|\\ +|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\ +%|anne| & |justification=centerlast|\\ +|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\ +|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\ +|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\ +|small| & |font=small|\\ +|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\ +|large| & |font=large|\\ +|Large| & |font=Large|\\ +|up| & |labelfont=up|\\ +|it| & |labelfont=it|\\ +|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\ +|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\ +|md| & |labelfont=md|\\ +|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\ +|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\ +|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\ +|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +Neben den Optionen zum Einstellen des Zeichensatzes gab es auch die Befehle +|\caption|\-|size| bzw.~|\caption|\-|font| und |\caption|\-|label|\-|font|, +die direkt mit |\re|\-|new|\-|command| umdefiniert werden konnten. +Dieser Mechanismus wurde durch die Anweisungen +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad und\\ + |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}| +\end{quote} +ersetzt. \SeeUserDefined + +Das Setzen eines Randes geschah in \version{1.x} mit +\begin{quote} + |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad. +\end{quote} +Dies wurde durch +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| +\end{quote} +ersetzt. +\See{\Ref{margins}} + +Zum Beispiel wäre +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\ + |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\ + |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}| +\end{quote} +in aktueller Notation +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ + | margin=10pt]{caption}| +\end{quote} +bzw. +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{caption}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ + | margin=10pt}|\quad. +\end{quote} + +Die etwas exotische Option |ruled|, die eine partielle Anwendung der +eingestellten Parameter bei Umgebungen des Typs |ruled| aktivierte, +wird ebenfalls emuliert, hat aber keine direkte Entsprechung in +dieser Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes. +Möchte man das Aussehen der Abbildungen des Stils |ruled|, +der durch das \package{float}"=Paket zur Verfügung gestellt wird, +verändern, so ist dies nun durch +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}| +\end{quote} +bzw. +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}| +\end{quote} +möglich. +\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup} und \Ref{float}] + +\subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}} +\label{caption2} + +Das Paket \package{caption} und seine experimentelle, nun veraltete +Variante \package{caption2} sind vom internen Konzept +her zu unterschiedlich, um hier eine vollständige Kompatibilität +gewährleisten zu können. +Daher liegt diesem Paket weiterhin die Datei |caption2.sty| bei, so daß +ältere Dokumente, die das \package{caption2}"=Paket verwenden, weiterhin +übersetzt werden können. + +Neue Dokumente sollten jedoch auf dem aktuellen \package{caption}"=Paket +aufgesetzt werden. In den meisten Fällen ist es hierfür ausreichend, +einfach die Anweisung +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[...]{caption2}| +\end{quote} +durch +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[...]{caption}| +\end{quote} +zu ersetzen. Einige Optionen und Befehle werden jedoch nicht emuliert, +so daß Sie anschließend Fehlermeldungen erhalten können. +Die folgenden Absätze werden Ihnen jedoch bei der Umsetzung dieser +Optionen und Befehle helfen. Sollten darüberhinaus noch Fragen offen sein +oder Probleme auftreten, dann zögern Sie bitte nicht, mich diesbezüglich +per E-Mail zu kontaktieren. + +Zusätzlich zu den bereits im letzten Abschnitt vorgestellten Optionen +werden ebenfalls emuliert: + +\begin{center}\small +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ +\hline +%\endhead +|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\ +|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\ +|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +Das Setzen eines Randes geschah in \version{2.x} mit +\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% + |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| bzw. + |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad. +}\end{quote} +Dies wurde durch +\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% + |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| bzw. + |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}| +}\end{quote} +ersetzt. \See{\Ref{margins}} + +Das Setzen des Einzuges wurde in \version{2.x} mit +\begin{quote} + |\captionstyle{indent}|\\ + |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}| +\end{quote} +\pagebreak[3] +erledigt, dies geschieht nun stattdessen mit +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad. +\end{quote} + +Die Sonderbehandlung von einzeiligen Beschriftungen ließ sich in +\version{2.x} mit |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| aus- +bzw.~|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| wieder einschalten. +Dies wurde durch +|\caption|\-|setup{|\x|single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| +bzw. +|\caption|\-|setup{|\x|single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}| +ersetzt. \See{\Ref{justification}} + +Die Befehle +\begin{quote} + |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\ + |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle| und |\renewcaptionstyle| +\end{quote} +haben keine direkte Entsprechnung und werden daher durch diese +Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes auch nicht emuliert. +Sie führen also bei der Verwendung zu Fehlermeldungen und müssen daher +zwingend umgesetzt werden. Die Umsetzung ist von Fall zu Fall verschieden, +lesen Sie sich daher bitte diese Anleitung gründlich durch und suchen Sie +sich die Optionen bzw.~Befehle als Ersatz heraus, die Ihren Bedürfnissen +entsprechen. + +\iffalse +Als kleine Hilfestellung hier die Beispiele aus der alten Anleitung zum +\package{caption2}"=Paket und deren Umsetzung: + +\newenvironment{OldNew}% + {\begin{minipage}\linewidth + \def\Old{Alt:\begin{quote}}% + \def\New{\end{quote}Neu:\begin{quote}}% + \def\Or{\end{quote}\centerline{-- oder --}\begin{quote}}% + }% + {\end{quote}\end{minipage}} + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\captionstyle{center}| +\New + |\captionsetup{justification=centering}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\captionstyle{indent}|\\ + |\setlength{\captionindent}{1cm}| +\New + |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=1cm}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small}|\\ + |\renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\itshape}| +\New + |\captionsetup{font=small,labelfont=it}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\itshape}|\\ + |\renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\upshape}| +\New + |\captionsetup{font=small,textfont=it}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\setcaptionwidth{.5\textwidth}| +\New + |\captionsetup{width=.5\textwidth}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\setcaptionmargin{.25\textwidth}| +\New + |\captionsetup{margin=.25\textwidth}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\newcaptionstyle{absatz}{\captionlabel: \exampletext\par}|\\ + |\captionstyle{absatz}| +\New + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{absatz}{#1: #3\par}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=absatz,singlelinecheck=off}| +\Or + |\captionsetup{format=plain,singlelinecheck=off}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\newcaptionstyle{fancy}{\textsf{\captionlabel}\\\exampletext\par}|\\ + |\captionstyle{fancy}| +\New + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{\textsf{#1}\\#3\par}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=fancy,singlelinecheck=off}| +\Or + |\captionsetup{format=plain,labelfont=sf,labelsep=newline}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\newcaptionstyle{fancy2}{\exampletext\hfill\textit{(\captionlabel)}}|\\ + |\captionstyle{fancy2}| +\New + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy2}{#3\hfill\textit{(#1)}}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=fancy2,singlelinecheck=off}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\newcaptionstyle{mystyle}{%|\\ + | \normalcaptionparams|\\ + | \renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\bfseries}%|\\ + | \renewcommand\captionlabeldelim{.}%|\\ + | \onelinecaptionsfalse|\\ + | \usecaptionstyle{centerlast}}|\\ + |\captionstyle{mystyle}| +\New + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=period,justification=centerlast}|\\ + |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\newcaptionstyle{hangandleft}{%|\\ + | \let\oldcaptiontext\exampletext|\\ + | \def\exampletext{\raggedright\oldcaptiontext}%|\\ + | \usecaptionstyle{hang}}|\\ + |\captionstyle{hangandleft}| +\New + |\captionsetup{format=hang,justification=raggedright}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\newcaptionstyle{fancy}{%|\\ + | \usecaptionmargin\captionfont|\\ + | \onelinecaption|\\ + | {{\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\captionlabeldelim}%|\\ + | \captionlabelsep\exampletext}%|\\ + | {{\centering\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\par}%|\\ + | \centerlast\exampletext\par}}|\\ + |\captionstyle{fancy}| +\New + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{\centering#1\par\centerlast#3\par}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{fancy}|\\ + | [format=plain,justification=centering]|\\ + | {format=fancy}|\\ + |\captionsetup{style=fancy}| +\Or + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{#1\par#3\par}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{fancy}|\\ + | [format=plain,justification=centering]|\\ + | {format=fancy,justification=centerlast}|\\ + |\captionsetup{style=fancy}| +\end{OldNew} + +\hrule + +\begin{OldNew} +\Old + |\renewcaptionstyle{longtable}{\usecaptionstyle{normal}}| +\New + |\captionsetup[longtable]{format=plain}| +\end{OldNew} +\fi + +Ebenfalls keine Entsprechung hat die Option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| +der \version{2.x}. +Deren Verwendung kann in der Regel einfach entfallen, da \thispackage\ den +Wert von |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| sowieso nicht beachtet, solange er nicht +explizit auf einen anderen Wert als den Standardwert ($=$|4in|) gesetzt wird. +\See{\Ref{longtable}} + +\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}} +\label{caption3} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} hatte keine weiteren Dokumentenklassen +unterstützt als die drei Standard"=Klassen, die \LaTeX\ selber mitbringt: +\class{article}, \class{report} und \class{book}. +Daher waren die Vorbelegungen der Einstellungsmöglichkeiten fest durch +dieses Paket vorgegeben, sie repräsentierten das Aussehen bei Verwendung +einer dieser Klassen. +Nun aber unterstützt \thispackage\ mehr Dokumentenklassen aktiv, folglich +kann die Vorbelegung nun von der verwendeten Dokumentenklasse abhängen. + +Ein Beispiel: Während in \version{3.0} die Vorbelegung der Ausrichtung +immer |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=|\x|jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| war, +ist sie nun immer noch |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| wenn eine der drei Standardklassen +verwendet wird, aber |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=|\x|ragged|\-|right|, +wenn die \package{beamer}"=Klasse verwendet wird. + +Möchten Sie weiterhin die "`alten"' Vorbelegungen, so können Sie die Option +|style=base| beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes angeben oder später +mit |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| den alten Grundzustand wieder +herstellen. + +\medskip + +Weiterhin prüft das \package{caption}"=Paket nun automatisch auf +Inkompatibilitäten und gibt ggf.~eine Warnung aus. +Sollte eine ernsthafte Inkompatibilität festgestellt werden, werden außerdem +einige Features des \package{caption}"=Paketes abgeschaltet. +Lediglich diese Prüfung ist neu, wenn Sie also neuerdings eine +Kompatibilitätswarnung erhalten, so waren auch bereits vorangegangene Versionen +des \package{caption}"=Paketes inkompatibel, dies hatte sich aber früher "`nur"' +durch Seiteneffekte bzw.~nicht korrekt funktionierende Optionen oder Befehle +geäußert. +Die Kompatibilitätswarnungen sagen auch nicht aus, daß etwas schief gegangen ist, +sondern lediglich, daß etwas schief gehen könnte. Sie sollten aber auf jeden Fall, +wenn Sie \thispackage\ trotz einer solchen Warnung einsetzen, die Abbildungs- +und Tabellenbeschriftungen bzgl.~ihres Aussehens genau im Auge behalten. + +\bigskip + +\begin{Note*} +\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} hatte als Interimslösung die Option +|caption=|\x|false| bereitgestellt, um nicht das ganze \package{caption}"=Paket +zu laden, sondern nur denjenigen Teil, der für den Betrieb des +\package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig} notwendig war. +Dieser Mechanismus ist veraltet und wird nicht mehr angeboten; bitte +übergeben Sie stattdessen bei Bedarf diese Option an das \package{subfig}"=Paket +und laden Sie nicht mehr \thispackage. +%\par\See{\package{subfig}"=Paketdokumentation} +\end{Note*} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\iffalse +\TODO: subcaption-Anleitung +\fi + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\begin{thebibliography}{99} + + \bibitem{TLC2} + Frank Mittelbach und Michel Goossens:\\ + \newblock {\em Der {\LaTeX} Begleiter (2.\,Auflage)},\\ + \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. + + \bibitem{beamer} + Till Tantau:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}% + {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\ + March 11, 2007 + + \bibitem{KOMAScript} + Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf}% + {\emph{KOMA-Script -- ein wandelbares \LaTeXe-Paket}},\\ + 2007-03-02 + + \bibitem{NTG} + Victor Eijkhout:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf}% + {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ + 3 September 1989 + + \bibitem{algorithms} + Rog\'erio Brito:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/algorithms.pdf}% + {\emph{Algorithms}},\\ + June 2, 2006 + +\iffalse + \bibitem{algorithm2e} + Christophe Fiorio:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/algorithm2e.pdf}% + {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\ + March 11, 2007 +\fi + + \bibitem{float} + Anselm Lingnau:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf}% + {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ + 2001/11/08 + + \bibitem{floatflt} + Mats Dahlgren:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}% + {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ + 1998/06/05 + + \bibitem{floatrow} + Olga Lapko:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf}% + {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ + 2007/12/24 + + \bibitem{fltpage} + Sebastian Gross:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/fltpage.pdf}% + {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ + 1998/11/13 + + \bibitem{hyperref} + Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf}% + {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ + November 12, 2007 + + \bibitem{hypcap} + Heiko Oberdiek:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf}% + {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ + 2007/04/09 + + \bibitem{listings} + Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf}% + {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ + 2007/02/22 + + \bibitem{longtable} + David Carlisle:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.pdf}% + {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ + 2004/02/01 + + \bibitem{picinpar} + Friedhelm Sowa:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% + {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ + July 13, 1993 + + \bibitem{picins} + Joachim Bleser und Edmund Lang:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/mpic.dvi}% + {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ + September~1992 + + \bibitem{rotating} + Sebastian Rahtz und Leonor Barroca:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% + {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ + 1997/09/26 + + \bibitem{setspace} + Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% + {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\ + 1 December 2000 + + \bibitem{sidecap} + Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/sidecap.pdf}% + {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ + 2003/06/06 + + \bibitem{subfigure} + Steven D. Cochran:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf}% + {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ + 2002/07/02 + + \bibitem{subfig} + Steven D. Cochran:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}% + {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ + 2005/07/05 + + \bibitem{supertabular} + Johannes Braams und Theo Jurriens:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/supertabular.pdf}% + {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ + 2002/07/19 + + \bibitem{threeparttable} + Donald Arseneau:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/threeparttable.sty}% + {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ + 2003/06/13 + + \bibitem{wrapfig} + Donald Arseneau:\\ + \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}% +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty}% + {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ + 2003/01/31 + + \bibitem{xtab} + Peter Wilson:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}% + {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ + 2004/05/24 + +\end{thebibliography} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..45efb2896a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex @@ -0,0 +1,4273 @@ +% +% This is file `caption-eng.tex'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-eng.tex}[2011/11/02 v3.2 The caption package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 + +\documentclass[USenglish]{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{fixltx2e} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em +\makeatletter\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother + +\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]} +\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]} +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} + \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper + \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\} + \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage} + \fi +\fi + +\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc} +\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace} +\IfFileExists{test/tlc2/cat.eps}{\graphicspath{{test/tlc2/}}}{}% + +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +\hypersetup{breaklinks=true} + +\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01] + +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} + +\usepackage{marvosym} +\makeatletter +\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}} +\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}} +\makeatother + +\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}} +\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}} + +% \ContinuedFloat +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{Continued #1~#2} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}} +% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})} +% \DeclareCaptionStyle +\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]% + {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}} +% Example 1 +\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3} +\newlength\myindention +\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3} +\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}} +% Example 2 +\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill} +% Example 3 +\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par} +% Example 4 +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable} + +\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf + +\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$} +\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}} + +\newenvironment{Annotation}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% + \smallskip + \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} +\newenvironment{Annotation*}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% + \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} + +\newenvironment{Example}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% + \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}% + {\smallskip\endminipage\par} + +\makeatletter +\newcommand\example{\@ifstar + {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}% + {\@example{}}} +\def\@example#1{% + \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}} +\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{% + \begingroup + \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}% + \captionof{#2}[]{#4}% + \endgroup} +\makeatother + +\newenvironment{Expert}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% + \smallskip + \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} +\newenvironment{Expert*}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% + \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} + +\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi + \smallskip + \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par} +\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi + \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par} + +\newenvironment{Options}[1]% + {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}% + \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}% + \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}% + \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}% + \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}% + {\endlist} + +\makeatletter +\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}} +\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}} +\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}} +\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}} +\makeatother + +\begin{document} +\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname +\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname + +\def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package} +\def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package} + +\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Note} +\newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}} +\newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}} +\makeatletter +\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{See}}{\SEE[\small]{See}}} +\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{see}}{\SEE[\small]{see}}} +\makeatother + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\GetFileInfo{caption-eng.tex} +\let\docdate\filedate +\GetFileInfo{caption.sty} + +\title{Customizing captions of floating environments + using the caption package\texorpdfstring{\thanks{% + This package has version number \fileversion, + last revised \filedate.}}{}} +\author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ + \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}} +\date{\docdate} +\maketitle + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\begin{abstract} +\Thispackage\ offers customization of captions +in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with +many other packages. +\par\smallskip +\textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and +commands for customizing captions. +If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for +you to use the \package{caption} package at all. +And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of +the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient. +\end{abstract} + +\newcommand\exampletext{% + White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant + with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and + perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one + of the many championship courses.} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\section*{Introduction} + +Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the +attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no +remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here: + +\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} + +There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice +to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal +text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font +family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one: + +\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} + +You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use +caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too. + +\bigskip + +\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth} +\small +Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the +captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions. +(But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow} + package\cite{floatrow}.) +\end{minipage} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\tableofcontents + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Using this package} +\label{usage} + +\DescribeMacro{\usepackage} +Insert +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| +\end{quote} +into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document +between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|. +The options control how your captions will look like; e.g., +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\ + | labelsep=endash]{caption}|% + %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| +\end{quote} +would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction. + +\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} +For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +So +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}| +\end{quote} +and +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{caption}|\\ + |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}| +\end{quote} +are equal in their results. + +It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current +environment only. So if you want to change settings for the +current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command +inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command. +For example +\begin{quote} + |\begin{figure}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ + |\end{figure}| +\end{quote} +switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|, +so all the other captions remain untouched. + +\begin{Annotation} +For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}. +\end{Annotation} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Options} +\label{options} + +\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight} +\def\UserDefined{\ldots} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Formatting} +\label{formats} + +\DescribeMacro{format=} +A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label, +which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is +associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short +description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text +from the label. + +The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented; +it is specified with the option +\begin{quote} + |format=|\meta{format name}\quad, +\end{quote} +having the name of the caption format as its argument. + +There are two standard caption formats: +%\footnote{You have the option to +%define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}: +%\textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.} + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} + Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph. + + \item[hang] + Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text. + + \item[\UserDefined] + Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +\begin{Example} + An example: Specifying the option + \begin{quote} + |format=hang| + \end{quote} + yields captions like this: + \example{format=hang}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{indention=} +For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra +indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the +option +\begin{quote} + |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad. +\end{quote} + +Two examples: + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,indention=.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{labelformat=} +With the option +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |labelformat=|\meta{label format name} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +%\NEWdescription{v3.0e} +you specify how the caption label will be typeset. +There are five standard caption label formats: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[default] + The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class, + usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}). + (This is the default behaviour.) + + \item[empty] + The caption label will be empty. +\iffalse + (This option makes sense when used together with other options like + \texttt{labelsep=none}.) +\fi + + \item[simple] + The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number. + + \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f} + The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace. + + \item[parens] + The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses. + + \item[\UserDefined] + Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +\begin{Example} + An example: Using the options + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad| + \end{quote} + gives captions like this one: + \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\medskip + +\begin{Note*} +Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the +\package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the +caption label format. +\end{Note*} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{labelsep=} +With the option +\begin{quote} + |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name} +\end{quote} +you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{% + If the caption label or the caption text is empty, + no separator will be used.} +You can choose one of the following: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[none] + There is no caption separator. +\iffalse + (This option makes sense when used together with other options like + \texttt{labelformat=empty}.) +\fi + + \item[colon] + The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space. + + \item[period] + The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space. + + \item[space] + The caption label and text will be separated by a single space. + + \item[quad] + The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|. + + \item[newline] + The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|). + Please note that this separator does not work with all caption + formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message + trying such combination of options. + + \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h} + The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash, + surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |). + +%\showhyphens{separator} + \item[\UserDefined] + Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +Three examples: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=period| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=endash| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l} +With the option +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |textformat=|\meta{text format name} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +you specify how the caption text will be typeset. +There are two standard caption text formats: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[empty] + The caption text will be suppressed. + + \item[simple] + The caption text will be typeset as it is. + + \item[period] + The caption text will be followed by a period. + + \item[\UserDefined] + Own text formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\PageBreak +\subsection{Justification} +\label{justification} + +\DescribeMacro{justification=} +As addition to the caption format you could also specify a +\emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option +\begin{quote} + |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad. +\end{quote} + +You can choose one of the following: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[justified] + Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph. + + \item[centering] + Each line of the caption will be centered. + +% \item[Centering] + + \item[centerlast] + The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered. + + \item[centerfirst] + Only the first line of the caption will be centered. + + \item[raggedright] + Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin. + +\iffalse + \item[RaggedRight] + Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using + the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package. +\else + \item[RaggedRight] + Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too. + But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e} + package will be used to achieve this. + The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking + algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{% + The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at + run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this + option is used for the first time.} +\fi + + \item[raggedleft] + Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin. + +% \item[RaggedLeft] +% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using +% the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package. + +%\showhyphens{justification} + \item[\UserDefined] + Own justifications can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +Three examples: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,justification=centerlast| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,justification=raggedright| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\smallskip + +\PageBreak +\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=} +The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and +\class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line: + +\example*{}{A short caption.} + +\INFO +\Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the +justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \& +|indention=| in such case. +But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off +with the option +\begin{quote} + |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad. +\end{quote} +Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the +extra centering off: +\begin{quote} + |singlelinecheck=false| +\end{quote} +Doing so the above short caption would look like + +\begingroup + \captionsetup{type=figure} + \ContinuedFloat + \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.} +\endgroup + +You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1| +for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.) + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Fonts} +\label{fonts} + +\DescribeMacro{font=} +\DescribeMacro{labelfont=} +\DescribeMacro{textfont=} +There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption: +One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption +label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the +caption text (|text|\-|font|). +You set them up using the options +\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} + |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\ + |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , and\\ + |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\ +\end{tabular}\end{quote} +where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options. + +And these are the available font options: + +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Very small size} + \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize The size usually used for footnotes} + \item[small] {\small Small size} + \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normal size} + \item[large] {\large Large size} + \item[Large] {\Large Even larger size} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family} + + \item[up] {\upshape Upright shape} + \item[it] {\itshape Italic shape} + \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted shape} + \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps shape} + + \item[md] {\mdseries Medium series} + \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold series} + + \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman family} + \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif family} + \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter family} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} + \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} + \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} + \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor| + \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour} + {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded, + see \Ref{declare} for an example)} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|, + |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing| + + \item[\UserDefined] + Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces; +e.g., the options +%\begin{quote} + |font={small}| +%\end{quote} +and +%\begin{quote} + |font=small| +%\end{quote} +will give the same result. + +Three examples: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |font=it,labelfont=bf| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |labelfont=bf,textfont=it| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |font={small,stretch=0.80}| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{font+=} +\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=} +\DescribeMacro{textfont+=} +\NEWfeature{v3.1f} +You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup{font+=it}| +\end{quote} +is identical to +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}| +\end{quote} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Margins and further paragraph options} +\label{margins} + +\DescribeMacro{margin=} +\DescribeMacro{width=} +For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or} +a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are +looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the +figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} +or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.} +\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} + |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--or--}\\ + |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--or--}\\ + |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\ +\end{tabular}\end{quote} +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for +both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to +|margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|. +In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages. +\DescribeMacro{oneside} +\DescribeMacro{twoside} +To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally, +e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par +But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin, +will have the same amount. + +Three examples will illustrating this: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |margin=10pt| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |margin={1cm,0cm}| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |width=.75\textwidth| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Note} +When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure| +environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the +figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment +offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting +will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment. +But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can +do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by +specifying a margin for this particular environment, +e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|. +\end{Note} + +\begin{Expert} +\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only +changes the margin if no width was set. +\end{Expert} + +\begin{Expert} +\DescribeMacro{minmargin=} +\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for +limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s. +For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to +|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF}) +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{parskip=} +This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph. +It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them: +\begin{quote} + |parskip=|\meta{amount} +\end{quote} +One example: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{% + First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to + show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par + Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to + show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} +\end{Example} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{hangindent=} +The option +\begin{quote} + |hangindent=|\meta{amount} +\end{quote} +is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each +paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option +leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already +know about. +But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference: + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,indention=-.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{% + First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to + show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par + Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to + show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{% + First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to + show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par + Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to + show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Note} +If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have +to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the +optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will +get an error message. +\end{Note} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\PageBreak +\subsection{Styles} +\label{style} + +\DescribeMacro{style=} +A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}. +You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with +|\page|\-|style|; +the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout. + +You switch to an already defined caption style with the option +\begin{quote} + |style=|\meta{style name}\quad. +\end{quote} +\Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|. + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting +the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes +\class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}. +This means that specifying the option +\begin{quote} + |style=base| +\end{quote} +has the same effect as specifying all these options: +\begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\ + |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\ + |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ + |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true| +\end{quote} +\begin{Annotation*} +But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if +the caption fits into a single line. +\end{Annotation*} + +In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting +the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use. +This style is selected by default and represents these options: +\begin{quote} + |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\ + |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\ + |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ + |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true| +\end{quote} +\begin{Annotation*} +But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if +the caption fits into a single line. +\end{Annotation*} + +So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, +\class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|, +point to (nearly) the same settings. + +\begin{Note} +Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak +\SeeUserDefined +\end{Note} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Skips} +\label{skips} + +\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d} +The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is +controlled by the option +\begin{quote} + |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad. +\end{quote} +The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and +\class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may +use a different amount. + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{position=} +The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw: +The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or +table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space +separating the caption from the content of the figure or table. +While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption +in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in +|long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more +flexible: +By giving the option +\begin{quote} + |position=top|\quad or\quad |position=above| +\end{quote} +it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the +environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount} +is placed below the caption. +(Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the +caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table. +Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption| +command.) +But with +\begin{quote} + |position=bottom|\quad or\quad |position=below| +\end{quote} +it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the +environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption. +And finally with +\begin{quote} + |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)} +\end{quote} +\thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of +the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in +most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances. + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} +\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} +The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the +optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command. +\See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par +For example +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}| +\end{quote} +causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above} +the table (regarding spacing around it). +Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers +the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and +|table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g. +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}| +\end{quote} +is equivalent to +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\ + |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}| +\end{quote} + +\medskip + +\INFO +Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|, +and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect. +Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments +|figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could +decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom'' +caption. +For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=| +setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions, +and |table| captions are dependent on the global option +|table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|. +\See{\Ref{KOMA}} + +Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and +below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the +\package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package. + +\bigskip + +\begin{Expert*} +Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by +|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in +\LaTeX{}s implementation). +But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to +|0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation, +but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package. +So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips +when |position=|\x|top| is set. +Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick +(like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap} +package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not +supported if one of these packages will be used, too. +\end{Expert*} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Lists} +\label{lists} + +\DescribeMacro{list=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures +resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an +empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or +programmatically by saying +\begin{quote} + |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{% + Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting + this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for + this purpose instead.} +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +With the option +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |listformat=|\meta{list format name} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within +the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables. +There are five standard caption list formats: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[empty] + No number will be typeset. + + \item[simple] + The number will be typeset with label prefix. + + \item[parens] + The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix. + + \item[subsimple] + Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default) + + \item[subparens] + Same as |parens|, but without label prefix. + + \item[\UserDefined] + Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +The prefix ($=$|\p@figure| resp.~|\p@table|), which runs ahead of the +number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of +Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty, +so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results; +same with |parens| and |subparens|. +But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of +Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a +different purpose.\footnote{% + Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption} + or \package{subfig} package.} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Names} +\label{names} + +\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f} +The option +\begin{quote} + |name=|\meta{name} +\end{quote} +changes the name of the \emph{current} environment. +This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of +|\caption|\-|setup|, e.g. +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}| +\end{quote} +changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other +figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name). + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Types} +\label{types} + +\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d} +The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types, +e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside +these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what +kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set +the caption type manually with +\begin{quote} + |type=|\meta{float type} +\end{quote} +prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like +|\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the +\package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the +\package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}), +for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|: +\begin{quote} + |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\ + | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ + | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ + |\end{minipage}| +\end{quote} + +\begin{Expert} +There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type}, +which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the +\package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an +hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not. +(See also \Ref{hyperref}\,) +\end{Expert} +\begin{Expert} +\emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype| +for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use +|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead. +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +Own float types can be defined with + |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the \package{newfloat} package, + |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, or + |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{float}. + +\medskip + +\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} +Please note that you should use the option |type=| only +\emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|), +at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption. +Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings +regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment, +therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{% +You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Commands} + +\subsection{Typesetting captions} +\label{caption} +\label{captionlistentry} + +\DescribeMacro{\caption} +The command +\begin{quote} + |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading} +\end{quote} +typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|. +Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension: +If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of +figures or tables will be made. For example: +\begin{quote} + |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}| +\end{quote} + +\begin{Expert} +Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument, +if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given, +this argument is moving instead. +``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the +list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp. +``List of Tables'', too. +\emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands, +everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get +\emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run. +Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|, +own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of +|\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}. + +An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since +|\phantom| is \emph{fragile}. +So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry} +(e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|) +or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}: +|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|. + +But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called +single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine +the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too. +An example: +|\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}| +|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}| +|\right.| |\]}|. +Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still +leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'') +So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| +just in front of the |\caption| command additionally. + +For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \& +\emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit +\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}. +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\caption*} +The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which +typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables. +An example: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption*{A table}\\|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{longtable}| +\end{quote} +looks like +\DeleteShortVerb{\|} +\vskip\intextsep +\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=t} + \caption*{A table} + \centering + \begin{tabular}{r|rr} + & x & y \\\hline + a & 1 & 2 \\ + b & 3 & 4 \\ + \end{tabular} +\end{minipage} +\vskip\intextsep +\MakeShortVerb{\|} +\Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within +every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{table}|\\ + | \caption*{A table}|\\ +% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\ +% | |\ldots\\ +% | \end{tabular}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\captionof} +\DescribeMacro{\captionof*} +Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment, +putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance. +For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command +\begin{quote} + |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad. +\end{quote} +Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because +the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label +(e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry. +An example: +\begin{quote} +% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\ + |\captionof{table}{A table}| +\end{quote} +typesets captions like this: +\begin{Example} +% \begingroup +% \captionof{figure}{A figure} +% \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} +% \begingroup + \captionof{table}{A table} +% \endgroup +\end{Example} + +The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*| +command: +It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures +or tables. + +\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} +Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same +restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both +|\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or +environments, too. +\See{\Ref{types}} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure +(or table) entry on its own. +This could be achieved with +\begin{quote} + |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad. +\end{quote} + +One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the +contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\ + |\endfirsthead|\\ + | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ + |\endhead|\\ + | |\ldots +\end{quote} +But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an +|\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below} +the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of +the table. +Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ + |\endfoot|\\ + | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\ + | |\ldots +\end{quote} + +\begin{Annotation*} +Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}. +\end{Annotation*} + +\begin{Expert} +There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not +increment the \meta{float type} counter. +(Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| +never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.) +\end{Expert} + +\begin{Expert} +Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything +it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|) +\end{Expert} + +\subsection{Setting options} +\label{captionsetup} + +\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} +We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}), +but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument +\meta{float type}. + +Remember, the syntax of this command is +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't +change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use, +when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type +\meta{float type} gets typeset. +For example +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options} +\end{quote} +forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}. + +Here comes an example to illustrate this: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}| +\end{quote} +gives captions like this: +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{font=small} + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{A figure} + \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} + \begingroup + \captionof{table}{A table} + \endgroup +\end{Example} +As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes +the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones. + +As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only: +|figure| or |table|. +But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow}, +\package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also +this package offer additional environments with captions and these two +commands can also be used with them. +\See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}} + +\begin{Expert} +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options} +\end{quote} +While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the +\meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document +(e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the +starred variant will not. +\iffalse +This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent +of a specific document. +\fi +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup} +If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within +a particular environment you can use the command +\begin{quote} + |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad. +\end{quote} + +For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling +for figures in the example above: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{A figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{A figure}|\\ + \ldots +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{font=small} + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{A figure} + \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} + \clearcaptionsetup{figure} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{A figure} + \endgroup +\end{Example} + +\pagebreak[3] +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding +this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify +\emph{one} option here, not a list of options. +If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one +\cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.} +While the example above not only clears the options +|labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it| +for figures (but all options for figures instead), +this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other +settings for figures intact: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{A figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{A figure}|\\ + \ldots +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{font=small} + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{A figure} + \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} + \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{A figure} + \endgroup +\end{Example} +\begin{Expert} +Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form +|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given +\meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}. +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup} +For debugging purposes the command +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options +for the specified \meta{float type}. For example +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ + |\showcaptionsetup{figure}| +\end{quote} +gives the info: +\begin{quote}\small + |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\ + |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.| +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Continued floats} +\label{ContinuedFloat} + +\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat} +Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them +their own reference number. This is what the command +\begin{quote} + |\ContinuedFloat| +\end{quote} +is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment. +It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by +|\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside +gets the same reference number as the figure or table before. +An example: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{table}|\\ + | \caption{A table}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +gives the following result: +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \caption{A table} + \centerline{\ldots} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{A table (cont.)} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with +the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch +to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\ + |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{A table}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{A table}\label{continued1} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} +\smallskip +\See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of + \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.} + +\medskip + +There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be +used for own purposes. +For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first +continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on. +So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating +environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero. +An example: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ + |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{A table}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{A table}\label{continued2} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} +\medskip +A reference to this table would still result in the output +``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed. +If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references, +too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead, +which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in +continued floats and is preset to be empty. +\begin{quote} + |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{A table}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{A table}\label{continued3} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} +\medskip +A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''. + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*} +Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a +kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with +``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a''). +This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*| +which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the +type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter +|Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series +instead: +\begin{quote} + |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\ + |\end{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\ + |\end{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\ + |\end{figure}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt} + \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}} + \begingroup + \ContinuedFloat* + \centerline{\ldots} + \caption{First figure of a series} + \endgroup + \begingroup + \ContinuedFloat + \centerline{\ldots} + \caption{Second figure of a series} + \endgroup + \begingroup + \ContinuedFloat + \centerline{\ldots} + \caption{Third figure of a series} + \endgroup +\end{Example} +\smallskip +\Note{Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the + \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsubsection*{A note about longtables} +If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered +by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break, +this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|, +but instead you could write something like: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\ + |\endfirsthead|\\ + | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\ + | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\ + |\endhead|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{longtable}| +\end{quote} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Own enhancements} +\label{declare} + +A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats +etc. +This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to +be associated with a name and kept in one place. +(These commands need to appear in the document preamble, +this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.) + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format} +You can define your own caption formats using the command +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the +separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is +pre-defined by \thispackage\ as +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad. +\end{quote} +\begin{Expert} +There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, +which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of +horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. +\end{Expert} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat} +Likewise you can define your own caption label formats: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2} +\end{quote} +At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2 +gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12''). +An example: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\ + |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}| +\end{quote} +\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst} +\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond} +If you define your own caption label formats and use the +\package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package, +you should take care of empty caption label names. +For this purpose the commands +\begin{quote} + |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad and\\ + |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg} +\end{quote} +are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is +not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes, +both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them. + +\smallskip + +\pagebreak[3] +For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,} +\end{quote} +because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple| +is defined as +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\ + | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,} +\end{quote} +causing the space to appear only if the label name is present. + +\smallskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l} +Likewise you can define your own caption text formats: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1} +\end{quote} +At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text. + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator} +You can define your own caption label separators with +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }| +\end{quote} +\begin{Expert} +There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|, +which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting. +So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash| +are defined in this way. +\end{Expert} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification} +You can define your own caption justifications with +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption. +E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,} +\end{quote} +typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin. + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font} +You can define your own caption fonts with +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad. +\end{quote} +For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad and\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad. +\end{quote} +\iffalse +The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package, +for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{setspace}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{% + \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since + it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\ + |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}| +\end{quote} +\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} +\fi +An example which brings color into life: +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{color}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\ + |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}| +\end{quote} +\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} +But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}| +\end{quote} +you can get the same result simply with +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{color}|\\ + |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\ + | textfont={color=green}}|\quad. +\end{quote} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style} +You can define your own caption styles with +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved +under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the +option |style=|\meta{style name}. + +All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style} +for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different +to them. + +If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when +the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with +the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|. + +Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The +caption style |base| is pre-defined as +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\ + | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad. +\end{quote} + +Something more exciting: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\ + | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\ + | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\ + |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}| +\end{quote} +gives you caption like these ones: +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b} + \caption{A short caption.} + \caption{A long long long long long long long long long + long long long long long long long long long + long long long long long long long long long caption.} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1} +You can define your own caption list formats with +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2}\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p@figure|), +and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|). + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\subsection{Further examples} +\label{examples} + +\subsubsection*{Example 1} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text +you could define it this way: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}| +\end{quote} +If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| +you get captions like this: +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +You could even use an indention with this caption format: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}| +\end{quote} +This would look like this: +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of +the caption text? No problem, e.g. +\begin{quote} + |\newlength\myindention|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ + | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=myformat}| +\end{quote} +would give you captions like +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use +it for example with +|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|? +This could be done, too: +\begin{quote} + |\newlength\myindention|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\ + | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ + | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}| +\end{quote} +would give the same result as the example above. + +\subsubsection*{Example 2} + +You want captions to look like this: +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +\pagebreak[2] +You could do it this way: +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\ + | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\ + | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}| +\end{quote} + +\subsubsection*{Example 3} + +The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}| +\end{quote} +As a result you would get captions like this: +\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} + +\medskip + +If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination +of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\ + | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}| +\end{quote} +\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} + +\subsubsection*{Example 4} + +This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both. +This will be achieved by a combination of +|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\ + | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}|\\ + | \centering|\\ + | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\ + | \qquad|\\ + | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \end{tabular}|\\ + | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ + |\end{figure}| +\end{quote} +\DeleteShortVerb{\|}% +\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} + \captionsetup{type=figure} + \centering + \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}% + \qquad + \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr} + & x & y \\\hline + a & 1 & 2 \\ + b & 3 & 4 \\ + \end{tabular} + \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption} + \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable} + \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark} +\end{minipage} +\footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the + \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.} +\MakeShortVerb{\|} + +(Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure + resp.~table counter.) + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Document classes \& Babel support} +\label{classes} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +This section will give you an overview of the document classes the +\package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions, +what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with +them, and what are the `default' settings for them. + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent +how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example +setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used +with different document classes. + +\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em +\INFO +If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually +don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class) +are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article}, +\class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions. +\Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document +class used and will give you the clear warning +\begin{quote}\footnotesize + |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ + |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\ + |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| +\end{quote} +if such an incompatibility was detected. +If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the +usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported. +\endgroup + +\begin{Expert} +If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{} +anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the +look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{} +without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author +of the document class. +If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base| +via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or +|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined +state. +Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and +keep your fingers crossed. +\end{Expert} + +\newcommand*\Option{Option} +\newcommand*\defaultvalue{\texttt{default} value} +\newcommand*\uses{\textit{uses}} +\newcommand*\settings{\textit{settings}} +\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{none}} + +\subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & \nofont \\ +|labelfont=| & \nofont \\ +|textfont=| & \nofont \\ +\end{tabular} + +\begin{Annotation} +This also applies to document classes derived from them. +\end{Annotation} + +\subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook} +\label{AMS} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ +|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\ +|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\ +|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\ +\end{tabular} + +\begin{Annotation*} +|\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and +|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes. +\end{Annotation*} + +Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for +more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes), +the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead. +If you want to use a common margin for both, insert +|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}| +into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage. + +Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t| +will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for +|figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while +loading \thispackage. + +\subsection{beamer} +\label{beamer} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & \textit{not numbered} \\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |raggedright| \\ +|font=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption|'' \settings \\ +|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption name|'' \settings \\ +|textfont=| & \nofont \\ +\end{tabular} + +\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} +You can setup font and color settings with +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}. +This will still work, unless you set a different font with +|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or +|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par +Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates +which can be chosen with +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|. +Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism, +|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code} +and +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]| +will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used. +(Exception: Selecting the template |default|, |num|\-|bered|, or +|caption| |name| |own| |line| will be recognized by \thispackage and be mapped +to corresponding options.) + +\subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook} +\label{KOMA} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\ +|labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\ +|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\ +|labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\ +|textfont=| & \nofont \\ +\end{tabular} + +\subsubsection*{Build-in features} +The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and +feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a +look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'. + +\subsubsection*{Side effects} +The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and +will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package. +Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \& +|table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \& +|\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by +the \package{caption} package. + +\subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek} +\label{NTG} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & \nofont \\ +|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\ +|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\ +\end{tabular} + +\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} +|\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either +directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|. +Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options +|label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage. + +\subsection{\SmF: smfart and smfbook} +\label{SMF} + +Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes +the same default values are valid here. + +Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|. +If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option +|max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false| +(which both means the same). + +\subsection{thesis} +\label{thesis} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |hang| \\ +|labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & \nofont \\ +|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\ +|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\ +\end{tabular} + +\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} +The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|, +the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|. +Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options +|label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage. + +\subsection{frenchb babel option} +\label{frenchb} + +If you use the \package{frenchb} option of the \package{babel} package +with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them) +the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| +(offered by \package{frenchb}), overriding the default value set by the +document class. +So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you +don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. + +\INFO* +Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{babel} package. + +\subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages} +\label{frenchpro} + +If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package, +the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| +(offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default +value set by the document class. +So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you +don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. + +Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|, +since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the +\package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package. +%If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or +%\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost. +Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the +\package{caption} package internally for a different purpose, +so you should not change it (anymore). + +The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will +still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=| +than the default one. + +\INFO* +Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{frenchle} +or \package{frenchpro} package. + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Package support} +\label{packages} +\label{compatibility} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +\Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with +captions, too: +\begin{quote} + \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, + \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, + \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins}, + \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap}, + \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable}, + \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab} +\end{quote} + +Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the +\package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package +bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{} +and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface. + +\bigskip + +\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em +\INFO +If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines +the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred +over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and +avoiding conflicts. +If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this +warning message:~\footnote{% + You can suppress this warning by specifying the option + \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.} +\begin{quote}\footnotesize + |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ + |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ + |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\ + |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| +\end{quote} +\endgroup + +As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available: +\begin{itemize} + \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=| + \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label) + \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables) + \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator) + \item |\ContinuedFloat| + \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and + \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins + \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} + \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation} +\end{itemize} + +\DescribeMacro{compatibility=} +You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option +\begin{quote} + |compatibility=false| +\end{quote} +when loading \thispackage. +But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported +since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards. +(For that reason you will get a warning about this.) + +\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{% + \ifvmode\else\par\fi + \nopagebreak + \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par + \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak} + +\PageBreak +\subsection{algorithms} +\label{algorithms} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two +environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility +for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides +a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.} + +Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float| +provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}. + +\iffalse +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{algorithm2e} +\label{algorithm2e} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for +writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.} + +Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard +interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the +\package{float} package) and typesetting its caption, +the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage. + +So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage, +you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding +floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package), +and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code. + +As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic}, +for example: +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\ + |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\ + |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\ + |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\ + |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment + |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\ + | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\ + | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\ + | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\ + \ldots +\end{quote} +Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new +floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package +(or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package), +and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic} +in its body, just like you would do when you use the +\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem. + +You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example: +\begin{quote} + \ldots\\ + |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\ + |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\ + |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\ + |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |% Example usage:|\\ + |\begin{algorithm}|\\ + |\caption{An algorithm}|\\ + |\begin{algorithmic}|\\ + | \SetVline|\\ + | \eIf{cond1}{|\\ + | a line\;|\\ + | }{|\\ + | another line\;|\\ + | }|\\ + |\end{algorithmic}| +\end{quote} +Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every +other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float}, +please see \Ref{float}. + +\begin{Annotation} +An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package. +\end{Annotation} +\fi + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{float} +\label{float} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands +\cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel +and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments. +It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places +the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.} + +For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the +|po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its +placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead. + +A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be +executed additionally to the regular ones. +Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the +|ruled| captions: It defines the caption style +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\ + | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +So to change this you need either define your own caption style called +|ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional +options.%, +%e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|. + +Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption +is specified, overriding its global value: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}| +\end{quote} +For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}| +with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting +instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with +|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|. + +\begin{Note} +Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with +|\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments +are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|. +As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these. +Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations, +so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving +like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| +offered by the \package{newfloat} package instead. +And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I +recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the +\package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}. +\end{Note} + +\iffalse +Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using +the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are +wrong. +And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself +in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working +correctly afterwards. +\fi + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{floatflt} +\label{floatflt} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables +which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and +|float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ + |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|figure| resp.~|table|. + +\begin{Note} +The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables, +unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| +resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{fltpage} +\label{fltpage} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the +caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page +for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom +of the previous or next page.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|: +\begin{description} +\item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] +If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to +|figure|, it will link to the figure contents. +(The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.) +\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] +If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref} +will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents. +(The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.) +\end{description} + +If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable| +environments you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ + |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|figure| or |table|. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{hyperref} +\label{hyperref} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross +referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink +anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package +which they supersede.} +\begin{description} +\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount] +If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the +List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at +the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par +If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par +(The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.) +\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of +the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between +the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself, +e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par +(The default setting is |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.) +\end{description} + +Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the +\package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the +\package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the +\package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the +\package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink +anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and +|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set. + +\pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak +\begin{description} +\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} + vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}% +\\[\smallskipamount] +Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results. +But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested, +the hyperlink anchor will be placed different. +For example: +\begin{quote} +|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ +| |\ldots\\ +| \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\ +|\end{minipage}| +\end{quote} +will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption. +(And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.) +But +\begin{quote} +|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ +| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ +| |\ldots\\ +| \caption{A figure}|\\ +|\end{minipage}| +\end{quote} +will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|, +since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type +to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too. + +\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} + vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results. +But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances. +So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to +the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command. +So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument, +|\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result. +So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't +want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables. +\end{description} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{hypcap} +\label{hypcap} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem +that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption +rather than the beginning of the float. +Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself, +the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.} +%, at least when you use \thispackage.} + +If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the +\package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink +anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=| +and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|. + +So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors +|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore, +instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap} +package) for this. + +Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good +placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and +|table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also +offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for +|floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package), +|FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package), +|fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package), +|par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package), +|SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package), +|three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package), +and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).%---% +%so by loading the \package{hypcap} package additionally you will +%loose that. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{listings} +\label{listings} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.} + +If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment +you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} + +Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options +for controlling the position and the skips of the caption: +|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|. +\See{\package{listings} documentation for details.} +These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but +can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|, +e.g.%~ +\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{longtable} +\label{longtable} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment +which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table +itself can span multiple pages.} + +If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment +you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|table|. + +The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|, +so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and +|long|\-|table|s. +But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default +$=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that. +(But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by +|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|, +even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.) + +\begin{Note} +|\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s. +Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment +the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment +instead. +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter +please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the +\package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be +loaded automatically). +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{picinpar} +\label{picinpar} +\packagedescription{% +Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar} +package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full +width of a page and are float around by text. +For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages +please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and +|tab|\-|window| environments you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ + |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|figure| or |table|. + +\begin{Note} +The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, +unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or +|\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{picins} +\label{picins} +\packagedescription{% +Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the +\package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not +span the full width of a page and are float around by text. +For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages +please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|figure| or |table|. + +Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures, +and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption. + +\begin{Note} +The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables. +\iffalse +if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used. +The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if +|pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used. +\fi +But you can override this by setting it explicit with +|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please +do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins} +documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command +which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.: +\begin{quote} + |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\ + |\piccaption{An example table}|\\ + |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}| +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{rotating} +\label{rotating} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating +environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which +are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree. +Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.} + +\iffalse % No, we don't do that +If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and +|side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\ + |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|figure| or |table|. +\fi + +The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so +|\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to +|\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{setspace} +\label{setspace} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands +to change the spacing, +e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space} +causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.} + +If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage, +the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed +by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|, +|font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|. +\See{also \Ref{fonts}} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{sidecap} +\label{sidecap} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments +\texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures +and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.} + +If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable| +environments you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ + |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|figure| or |table|. + +\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Note} +The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification. +If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option +|jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents. +\end{Note} + +\begin{Note} +The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, +unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| +or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +\medskip + +\begin{Annotation*} +Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more +powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting +captions beside the contents. +\end{Annotation*} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsubsection*{Undocumented features} +The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package +options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions: + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{margincaption} +The package option +\begin{quote} + |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)} +\end{quote} +causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin. + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos} +The command +\begin{quote} + |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos} +\end{quote} +sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|' +(for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment). +The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones +defined with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| it's `|b|'. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{subfigure} +\label{subfigure} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or +`sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment. +This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.} + +Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in +a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during +development) should still compile as expected. + +Please use the \package{subfig} or \package{subcaption} package instead which both supports \thispackage\ +\version{3.x}. + +\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{supertabular and xtab} +\label{supertabular} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab} +packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite +similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the +\package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}. +For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful +packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} + +If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular| +resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{resp.}\\ + |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|table|. + +\begin{Note} +|\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s. +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{threeparttable} +\label{threeparttable} +\packagedescription{% +The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme +for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and +the caption. +This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in +tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and +|measured|\-|figure| environments you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ + |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|table| or |figure|. + +\begin{Note} +Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here, +the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, +at least unless you set it explicit with +|\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or +|\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +\medskip + +\begin{Annotation*} +Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can +also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose. +\end{Annotation*} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{wrapfig} +\label{wrapfig} +\packagedescription{% +Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the +\package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers +figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float +around by text. +For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages +please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and +|wrap|\-|table| environments you can use +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ + |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +|figure| or |table|. + +\begin{Note} +The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and +tables, unless you set it explicit with +|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| +or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Further reading} + +I recommend the following documents for further reading: + +\begin{itemize} +\item + The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX: + \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote} + +\item + A French FAQ can be found at + \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote} + +\item + ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz: + \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote} + +\item + \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around + including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents. + You will find this document in the directory + \begin{quote}\url{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/epslatex/}\end{quote} +\end{itemize} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\pagebreak[3] +\section{Thanks} + +I would like to thank Katja Melzner, +Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko, +David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm, +Heiko Oberdiek, and Herbert Vo\ss. +Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support! + +Also I would like to thank +Harald Harders, +Peter L\"offler, +Peng Yu, +Alexander Zimmermann, +Matthias Pospiech, +J\"urgen Wieferink, +Christoph Bartoschek, +Uwe St\"ohr, +Ralf Stubner, +Geoff Vallis, +Florian Keiler, +J\"urgen G\"obel, +Uwe Siart, +Sang-Heon Shim, +Henrik Lundell, +David Byers, +William Asquith, +Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann, +Frank Martini, +Danie Els, +Philipp Woock, +Fadi Semmo, and +Matthias Stevens +who all helped to make this package a better one. + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage\appendix +\section{Alphabetical Reference} + +%\newenvironment{Warnings}% +% {\begin{trivlist}% +% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}% +% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}% +% }% +% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}} +\makeatletter +\newenvironment{Warnings}{% + \newif\ifMessage + \def\Message{% + \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi + \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}% + \setlength\parindent{0pt}% + \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}% + \setlength\leftskip{0pt}% + \color{blue}% + \Messagetrue}% + \def\Description{% + \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}% + \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{or}}% + \def\@Or[##1]{% + \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}% +}{% + \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi +} +\makeatother + +\subsection{Options} +%\enlargethispage{10ex} +\newcommand\preambleoption{~% + \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% + \footnotemark[2]% + \endgroup} +\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{% + \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% + \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}% + \endgroup} + +\begin{longtable*}{lll} +Option & Short description & Section \\ +\hline +\endhead +|aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\ +|belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\ +|compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{compatibility} \\ +%|config| & & \ref{x} \\ +|figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\ +|font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\ +|format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\ +|FPlist| & To where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\ +|FPref| & To where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\ +|hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\ +|hypcap| & selects `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\ +|hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink and contents & \ref{hyperref} \\ +|indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\ +|justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\ +|labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\ +|labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\ +|labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\ +|labelseparator| & --same as |labelsep|-- & \ref{formats} \\ +|list| & switches the entries in the List on or off & \ref{lists} \\ +|listformat| & sets the `List of Figure/Table' entry format & \ref{lists} \\ +|margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\ +|margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\ +|maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\ +|minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\ +|name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\ +|oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\ +|options| & executes the given option list & \\ +|parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\ +|parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\ +|position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\ +|singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\ +%|size| & sets the size of font & \ref{x} \\ +|skip| & sets the skip between content and caption & \ref{skips} \\ +|strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\ +|style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\ +%|style*| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\ +|subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\ +|tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\ +|textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\ +|textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\ +|twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\ +|type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\ +|type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\ +|width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\ +\end{longtable*} +\preambleoptiontext +\footnotetext{The option \texttt{subtype} is explained in the + \package{subcaption} package documentation.} + +\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break +\begin{Note*} + Obsolete options are not listed here. See + \Ref{caption1} and + \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options. +\end{Note*}} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Commands} + +\begin{longtable*}{lll} +Command & & Section \\ +\hline +\endhead +|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ +%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ +%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ +|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ +|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\ +|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\ +|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\ +|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\ +|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +\end{longtable*} +\footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the + \package{subcaption} package documentation.} + +\clearpage +\subsection{Warnings} + +\begin{Warnings} + +\Message + |\caption outside box or environment.| +\Or + |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.| +\Or + |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\ + | or environment.| +\Description + You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or + |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group, + or environment. + You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects. + \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}} + +\Message + |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ + |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ + |unknown to the caption package.| +\Description + If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or + package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine + |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement. + As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|, + using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|, + or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par + If you don't care about the original enhancements but would + like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead + you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false| + a try and keep your fingers crossed. + (But you will get the next warning instead.) + \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\ + |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\ + |was given.| +\Description + Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false| + \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes. + But depending on the document class or other packages you use that + can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your + fingers crossed! + \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\ + |stopped early.| +\Description + If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading + (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of + \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get + \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures + or tables. + \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\Message + |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.| +\Description + \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding + captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the + \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use + this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning. + \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}} + +\Message + |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.| +\Description + You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines + |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug + in \thispackage. + Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue. + +\Message + |\label without proper \caption| +\Description + Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its + non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated + at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead. + So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or + \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|). + +\Message + |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.| +\Description +%\showhyphens{position} + If you try to remove a specific option of an option list, + for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|, + and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will + get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like + to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of + |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|. + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\Message + |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.| +\Description +%\showhyphens{format} + If you try to remove a specific option of an option list, + for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|, + and this option list is not defined (yet), you will + get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like + to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of + |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|. + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\iffalse +\Message + |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\ + |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\ + |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\ + |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.| +\Description + \TODO +\fi + +\Message + |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\ + |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.| +\Description + The caption option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| is only full functional + if you have the \package{ragged2e} package installed in your \TeX\ system. + If not, you will get this warning, and |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| + will be treated as |justification=|\x|raggedright|. + \par\See{\Ref{justification}} + +\Message + |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.| +\Description + The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be + emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it + away. + \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}} + +\Message + |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\ + |captions right.| +\Description + The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it + is actually needed. + At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could + get this warning. + Just compile your document again and this warning should go away. + \par\See{\Ref{justification}} + +\Message + |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.| +\Description + If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the + page numbers to get the margins right. + At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get + this warning. + Just compile your document again and this warning should go away. + \par\See{\Ref{margins}} + +\Message + |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.| +\Description + This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if + you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or + |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment, + this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption, + the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|) + and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|) + as well.\par + {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form + |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par} + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\Message + |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\ + |particular \caption.| +\Description + \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular + caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by + default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures, + or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure + or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par + This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment, + but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and + which is unknown to \thispackage.\par + If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a + |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or + |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning. + If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with + |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself. + \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\Message + |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ + |usage of the caption package is not recommended.| +\Description + Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you + have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption| + (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well. + This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an + unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all. + \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].| +\Description + You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are + not used later on. + This can be because of a typo in \meta{type}, + or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and + which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage + of the environment \meta{type} after this line. + (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*| + instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.) + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\Message + |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\ + |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\ + |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\ + |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.| +\Description + The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well. + Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the + other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption. + \par\See{\Ref{skips}} + +\end{Warnings} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Errors} + +\begin{Warnings} + +\Message + |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.| +\Or + |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.| +\Description + If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption, + you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| + for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't + use such list. + \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\Message + |\caption outside float.| +\Description + You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or + a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|. + If this is what you want to, please use either + |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or + |\caption|\-|of|. + \par\See{\Ref{caption}} + +\Message + |\ContinuedFloat outside float.| +\Description + You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating + environment. % or |long|\-|table|. + If this is what you want to, please use the combination + |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par + Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not + working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which + typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter, + if sufficient for you. + \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} and \Ref{longtable}} + +\Message + |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.| +\Description + Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating + environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type, + e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure. + \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}} + +\Message + |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\ + |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\ + |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.| +\Description + \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it + to a more recent version, at least to the one requested. + +\Message + |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.| +\Description + You should never see this error. + Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue. + +\Message + |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.| +\Description + The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|, + |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is + not defined. + \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or + any other floating environment defined with + |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the \package{newfloat} package, + |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, or + |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}. + +\Message + |Not allowed in longtable* environment.| +\Description + The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment. + Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular + |long|\-|table| environment instead. + +\Message + |Not available in compatibility mode.| +\Description + The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode. + `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an + incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also + extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact, + some features of \thispackage\ are not supported. + \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.| +\Description + Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap} + package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.) + +\Message + |Option clash for package caption.| +\Or[but sometimes also] + |Missing \begin{document}.| +\Description + \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package, + so you can't do that again specifying different options. + A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is + the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig} + package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the + \package{subfig} package. + \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation} + +\Message + |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.| +\Or + |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.| +\Description + If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an + optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of + Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list. + \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\Message + |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\ + |in the last figure or table.| +\Description + It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one + which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command. + This is not supported. + +\Message + |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ + |with `format=hang'.| +\Or + |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ + |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).| +\Description + A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like + |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format + (like |format=|\x|hang|). + Please select either another caption label separator + (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format + (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|). + \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}} + +\Message + |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\ + |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\ + |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.| +\Description + You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround + for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff + offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the + \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered + anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and + do not load \thispackage\ anymore. + \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation} + +\Message + |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.| +\Description + You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|) + with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|, + |on|, |1| is allowed here. + +\Message + |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + You tried to set a caption format which does not exists. + Maybe a typo!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists. + Maybe a typo!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists. + Maybe a typo!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists. + Maybe a typo!? + \par\See{\Ref{lists}} + +\Message + |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + You tried to set a caption position with an improper value. + Maybe a typo!? + \par\See{\Ref{skips}} + +\Message + |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + You tried to set a caption style which does not exists. + Maybe a typo!? + \par\See{\Ref{style}} + +\Message + |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\ + |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.| +\Description +% (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt) + The given package is dealing with caption skips as well. + Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option + of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way + would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore + not supported. + \par\See{\Ref{skips}} + +\Message + |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description + You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists. + Maybe a typo!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\ + |the (current) caption package.| +\Description + This error message says it all, you simply can't do that. + Please use only \thispackage. + \par\See{\Ref{caption2}} + +\end{Warnings} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Version history} +\label{history} + +The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options +to customize the look \& feel of the captions. +Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and +\package{subfigure} packages. +Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option; +version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package. +Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package, +while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|. + +The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of +the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version +without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new +features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable} +package. +Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package. +(An improved version $2.1$ was offered in 2002.) + +In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$ +of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with +Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran. +It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected +\package{caption2} package. +Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of +the user interface. +Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, +\package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages +additionally. + +While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard +\LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}, +the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS, +\KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class +as well. +Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{frenchb} Babel option, +the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages, +and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar}, +\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}, +and \package{wrapfig} packages. +New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things +|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|, +|list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|, +|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|. +Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, +the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption +feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}. + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Compatibility to older versions} + +\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}} +\label{caption1} + +This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options +and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package. +So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please +don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported +and can cause ugly side effects. + +Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how +they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage: + +\begin{center}\small +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ +\hline +%\endhead +|normal| & |format=plain|\\ +|hang| & |format=hang|\\ +|isu| & |format=hang|\\ +|center| & |justification=centering|\\ +|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\ +%|anne| & |justification=centerlast|\\ +|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\ +|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\ +|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\ +|small| & |font=small|\\ +|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\ +|large| & |font=large|\\ +|Large| & |font=Large|\\ +|up| & |labelfont=up|\\ +|it| & |labelfont=it|\\ +|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\ +|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\ +|md| & |labelfont=md|\\ +|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\ +|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\ +|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\ +|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also +the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and +|\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with +|\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to +change the font used for captions. +This mechanism was replaced by the commands +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad and\\ + |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad. +\end{quote} +\SeeUserDefined + +Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with +\begin{quote} + |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad. +\end{quote} +This was replaced by +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad. +\end{quote} +\See{\Ref{margins}} + +For example the old-style code +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\ + |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\ + |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}| +\end{quote} +will still work fine, but should be written today as +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ + | margin=10pt]{caption}| +\end{quote} +or +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{caption}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ + | margin=10pt}|\qquad. +\end{quote} + +The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of +the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the +\package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the +caption package, too. +But using this option is not recommended anymore since this +version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way +for changing the captions of these floating environments: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}| +\end{quote} +resp. +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad. +\end{quote} +\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, and \Ref{float}] + +\subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}} +\label{caption2} + +Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and +its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a +very different implementation design. +Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered. +For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in +this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2} +package will still compile fine. + +Newly created documents should use the actual version of +\thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[...]{caption2}| +\end{quote} +by +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad. +\end{quote} +But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get +error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing +these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2} +to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking +for help. + +In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section +these ones will be emulated, too: + +\begin{center}\small +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ +\hline +%\endhead +|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\ +|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\ +|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with +\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% + |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| resp. + |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad. +}\end{quote} +This was replaced by +\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% + |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| resp. + |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad. +}\end{quote} +\See{\Ref{margins}} + +Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with +\begin{quote} + |\captionstyle{indent}|\\ + |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad. +\end{quote} +\pagebreak[3] +This is now done with +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad. +\end{quote} + +The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands +|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and +|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on). +This was replaced by +|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| +resp. +|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|\quad. +\See{\Ref{justification}} + +The commands +\begin{quote} + |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\ + |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, and |\renewcaptionstyle| +\end{quote} +do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated +by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will +cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and +straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should +be able to find appropriate options and commands instead. + +\iffalse +... (some examples) +\fi + +The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a +replacement, too. +But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because +in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| +will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the +default one which is |4in|). +\See{\Ref{longtable}} + +\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}} +\label{caption3} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes +other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report}, +and \class{book}. +Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{} +supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the +document class used. + +For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption +|jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|, +it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document +classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used +with the \class{beamer} document class. + +%An easy way to select the `old' defaults---if desired---is using the option +An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option +|style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|). + +\medskip + +Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an +incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong +incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled. +Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get +such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible +as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having +side-effects or causing problems. +So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could +happen, but not that they actually will happen. +Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances, +you should use it with care. + +\bigskip + +\begin{Note*} +\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|, +which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package +(leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages +intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working. +This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option +to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore. +%\par\See{the \package{subfig} package documentation} +\end{Note*} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\begin{thebibliography}{99} + + \bibitem{TLC2} + Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\ + \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\ + \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. + + \bibitem{beamer} + Till Tantau:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}% + {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\ + March 11, 2007 + + \bibitem{KOMAScript} + Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf}% + {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\ + 2007-01-09 + + \bibitem{NTG} + Victor Eijkhout:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf}% + {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ + 3 September 1989 + + \bibitem{algorithms} + Rog\'erio Brito:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/algorithms.pdf}% + {\emph{Algorithms}},\\ + June 2, 2006 + +\iffalse + \bibitem{algorithm2e} + Christophe Fiorio:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/algorithm2e.pdf}% + {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\ + March 11, 2007 +\fi + + \bibitem{float} + Anselm Lingnau:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf}% + {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ + 2001/11/08 + + \bibitem{floatflt} + Mats Dahlgren:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}% + {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ + 1998/06/05 + + \bibitem{floatrow} + Olga Lapko:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf}% + {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ + 2007/12/24 + + \bibitem{fltpage} + Sebastian Gross:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/fltpage.pdf}% + {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ + 1998/11/13 + + \bibitem{hyperref} + Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf}% + {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ + November 12, 2007 + + \bibitem{hypcap} + Heiko Oberdiek:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf}% + {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ + 2007/04/09 + + \bibitem{listings} + Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf}% + {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ + 2007/02/22 + + \bibitem{longtable} + David Carlisle:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.pdf}% + {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ + 2004/02/01 + + \bibitem{picinpar} + Friedhelm Sowa:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% + {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ + July 13, 1993 + + \bibitem{picins} + Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/mpic.dvi}% + {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ + September~1992 + + \bibitem{rotating} + Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% + {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ + 1997/09/26 + + \bibitem{setspace} + Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% + {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\ + 1 December 2000 + + \bibitem{sidecap} + Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/sidecap.pdf}% + {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ + 2003/06/06 + + \bibitem{subfigure} + Steven D. Cochran:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf}% + {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ + 2002/07/02 + + \bibitem{subfig} + Steven D. Cochran:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}% + {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ + 2005/07/05 + + \bibitem{supertabular} + Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/supertabular.pdf}% + {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ + 2002/07/19 + + \bibitem{threeparttable} + Donald Arseneau:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/threeparttable.sty}% + {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ + 2003/06/13 + + \bibitem{wrapfig} + Donald Arseneau:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty}% + {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ + 2003/01/31 + + \bibitem{xtab} + Peter Wilson:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}% + {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ + 2004/05/24 + +\end{thebibliography} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a7fc44a3479 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex @@ -0,0 +1,6249 @@ +% +% This is file `caption-rus.tex'. +% Russian translation of `caption-eng.tex' +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2007 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, +% ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, the derived files caption.sty, +% caption2.sty, caption3.sty, ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the +% user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-rus.tex}[2008/04/06 v3.1h The caption package in Russian] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 + +\documentclass[USenglish,russian,a4paper]{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{fixltx2e} +\usepackage{mathtext} +\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc} +\usepackage[cp1251]{inputenc} +\usepackage{babel} +\usepackage{listpen,afterpage} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +\setlength\leftmargini{1.5em}% default = 2.5em +\makeatletter +\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor} +\@flushglue = 1em plus 1fil +\parfillskip = 1em plus 1fil +\makeatother + +\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]} +\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]} +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} + \IfFileExists{literat.sty}{\usepackage{literat}}{} +% \IfFileExists{t2aftx.fd}{\def\sfdefault{ftx}}{} +% \IfFileExists{t2apxtt.fd}{\def\ttdefault{pxtt}}{} + \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper + \advance\textheight.5in + \advance\topmargin-.35in + \emergencystretch1em + \tolerance7000 + \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\} + \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage} + \fi +\fi + +\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc} +\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace} +\IfFileExists{test/tlc2/cat.eps}{\graphicspath{{test/tlc2/}}}{}% + +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\hypersetup{unicode} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +\hypersetup{breaklinks=true} + +\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01] + +\def\itemautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}% +\def\figureautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyri\cyrs.}% +\def\tableautorefname {\cyr\cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl.}% +\def\partautorefname {\cyr\cyrch.}% +\def\appendixautorefname {\cyr\cyrp\cyrr\cyri\cyrl.}% +\def\chapterautorefname {\cyr\cyrg\cyrl.}% +\def\sectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}% +\def\subsectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}% +\def\subsubsectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}% +\def\paragraphautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}% +\def\subparagraphautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}% +\def\pageautorefname {\cyr\cyrs.}% + +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} + +\usepackage{marvosym} +\makeatletter +\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}} +\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\hspace*{-1em}\LARGE\Info\hspace*{1em}}}} +\makeatother + +\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}} +\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}} + +% \ContinuedFloat +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1e}{Continued #1~#2} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1r}{#1~#2 (\textit{ïðîäîëæåíèå})} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}} +% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})} +% \DeclareCaptionStyle +\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]% + {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}} +% Example 1 +\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3} +\newlength\myindention +\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3} +\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}} +% Example 2 +\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill} +% Example 3 +\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par} +% Example 4 +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable} + +\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf + +\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$} +\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}} + +\newenvironment{Annotation}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% + \smallskip + \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} +\newenvironment{Annotation*}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% + \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par} + +\newenvironment{Example}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]% + \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}% + {\smallskip\endminipage\par} + +\makeatletter +\newcommand\example{\@ifstar + {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}% + {\@example{}}} +\def\@example#1{% + \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}} +\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{% + \begingroup + \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}% + \captionof{#2}[]{#4}% + \endgroup} +\makeatother + +\newenvironment{Expert}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% + \smallskip + \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} +\newenvironment{Expert*}% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]% + \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par} + +\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi + \smallskip + \small\emph{#1}:~\ignorespaces}{\par} +\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]% + {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi + \small\emph{#1}:~\ignorespaces}{\par} + +\newenvironment{Options}[1]% + {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}% + \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}% + \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}% + \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}% + \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}% + {\endlist} + +\makeatletter +\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}} +\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}} +\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}} +\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}} +\makeatother + +\begin{document} +\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname +\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname + +\def\thispackage{ïàêåò \package{caption}} +\def\Thispackage{Ïàêåò \package{caption}} + +\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Çàìå÷àíèå} +% \newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}} +% \newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}} +\newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{Íîâàÿ âîçìîæíîñòü}} +\newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{Íîâîå îïèñàíèå}} +\makeatletter +\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{Ñì.}}{\SEE[\small]{Ñì.}}} +\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{ñì.}}{\SEE[\small]{ñì.}}} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\GetFileInfo{caption-rus.tex} +\let\docdate\filedate +\GetFileInfo{caption.sty} + +% \title{Customizing captions of floating environments +% using the caption package\texorpdfstring{\thanks{% +% This package has version number \fileversion, +% last revised \filedate. +\title{Íàñòðîéêà ïîäïèñåé ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ (ôëîòîâ) ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòà + \package{caption}\thanks{Äàííûé ïàêåò âåðñèè +%%% \fileversion, ïîñëåäíèé ðàç ìîäèôèöèðîâàí \filedate. + v3.1m, ïîñëåäíèé ðàç ìîäèôèöèðîâàí 2010/01/09. +%^^A% Translation of the version v3.1h, dated 2008/04/03. +%^^A% The questions and notes about translation please +%^^A% send to \texttt{Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru} (Olga Lapko). +%^^A% The version of translation could be obsolete. Please +%^^A% look English or German documentation for the new information +%^^A% (see margin labels).}} + Ïåðåâîä äîêóìåíòàöèè v3.1h, äàòèðîâàííîé 2008/04/03. + Âîïðîñû è~çàìå÷àíèÿ ïî ïåðåâîäó íàïðàâëÿéòå ïî àäðåñó \texttt{Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru}. + \emph{Âåðñèÿ ïåðåâîäà ìîæåò îòíîñèòüñÿ ê~îäíîé èç ïðåäûäóùèõ âåðñèé ïàêåòà è~ìîæåò + ñîäåðæàòü óñòàðåâøèå äàííûå. + Îáðàùàéòåñü ê~àíãëèéñêîé èëè íåìåöêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè çà áîëåå ñâåæåé èíôîðìàöèåé + (îáðàùàéòå âíèìàíèå íà ïîìåòêè íà ïîëÿõ). + }}{}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +\author{Àêñåëü Çîììåðôåëüäò (Axel Sommerfeldt)\\ + \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}} +\date{\docdate} +\maketitle + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ offers customization of captions +% in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with +% many other packages. +% \par\smallskip + \Thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò íàñòðîéêè ïå÷àòè + ïîäïèñåé äëÿ ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ (ôëîòîâ) + |figure| è~|table| è~ñîâìåñòèì (êîîïåðèðóåòñÿ) + ñî~ìíîãèìè ïàêåòàìè. +% \textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and +% commands for customizing captions. +% If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for +% you to use the \package{caption} package at all. +% And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of +% the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient. +\par\smallskip +\textit{Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå}: ìíîæåñòâî êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ óæå èìåþò âñòðîåííûå îïöèè +è~êîìàíäû äëÿ íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñåé. +Åñëè ýòè íàñòðîéêè âàñ óäîâëåòâîðÿþò, òî âîâñå íåò íåîáõîäèìîñòè â~èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà +\package{caption}. +Åñëè âàì íóæíà òîëüêî êîìàíäà \cs{captionof} \cdash--- çàãðóçêà íåáîëüøîãî ïàêåòà +\package{capt-of} áóäåò äîñòàòî÷íà. +\end{abstract} + +\newcommand\exampletext{% +% White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant +% with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and +% perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one +% of the many championship courses.} + Òèáåòñêàÿ ìàíäàëà ïðåäñòàâëÿåò ñîáîé ñâîåîáðàçíóþ êàðòó îñîáîãî õðàìà + è~Øàìáàëû. Âèäíû âîðîòà ïî ÷åòûð¸ì ñòîðîíàì ñâåòà, ïîñòðîéêà èä¸ò + óñòóïàìè ââåðõ. (Ìîçàèêà ïîëà ðûöàðñêîãî õðàìà íà î.\,Ðîäîñ âîñïðîèçâîäèò + óçîð ìàíäàëû.)} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +% \section*{Introduction} +\section*{Ââåäåíèå} + +% Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the +% attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no +% remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here: +Âíóòðè ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à~ïîäïèñè íå ïîëó÷èëè çàñëóæåííîãî +âíèìàíèÿ. Îíè íàáèðàþòñÿ êàê îáû÷íûé àáçàö è~âíåøíå íå îòëè÷àþòñÿ îò îñíîâíîãî +òåêñòà, êàê çäåñü: + +\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} + +% There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice +% to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal +% text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font +% family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one: +Äîëæíà áûòü âîçìîæíîñòü èçìåíèòü ýòî; íàïðèìåð, òåêñò ëó÷øå çàäàòü +ìåíüøèì êåãëåì, äîáàâèòü âòÿæêó (ñ~îáåèõ ñòîðîí), +ó~íóìåðàöèîííûõ çàãîëîâêîâ ïîäïèñåé çàäàòü òàêèå æå +íà÷åðòàíèå èëè íàñûùåííîñòü, êàê ó~çàãîëîâêîâ ðàçäåëîâ. Íàïðèìåð, êàê ñëåäóþùóþ ïîäïèñü: + +\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} + +% You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use +% caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too. +Ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì ýòî ñäåëàòü ïðîñòî, ïîñêîëüêó â~í¸ì óæå åñòü ìíîæåñòâî ãîòîâûõ +îïöèé êëþ÷åé íàñòðîéêè, è~âû ñâîáîäíû è~âûáðàòü ñâî¸ ñî÷åòàíèå îïöèé äëÿ +îôîðìëåíèÿ, è~ñîçäàòü ñâîè îïöèè. + +\bigskip + +\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth} +\small +% Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the +% captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions. +% (But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow} +% package\cite{floatrow}.) +Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî \thispackage\ êîíòðîëèðóåò òîëüêî îôîðìëåíèå +ïîäïèñåé. Îí \emph{íå} êîíòðîëèðóåò ðàçìåùåíèå ïîäïèñåé. +(Íî ýòî âîçìîæíî, åñëè èñïîëüçîâàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíî äðóãèå ïàêåòû, +íàïðèìåð \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.) +\end{minipage} + +\begingroup\small +%^^A% \vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{Frequently Appeared Design\footnote +%^^A% {Added in translated text.}}\nopagebreak} +\vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{\TeX íè÷åñêîå ðåäàêòèðîâàíèå\footnote + {Äîáàâëåíî ïðè ïåðåâîäå.}}\nopagebreak} +\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedright\advance\rightskip1em + \makeatletter\let\item\@idxitem\ignorespaces\makeatother +%^^A% \item Last line of caption centered +\item Âûêëþ÷êà ïîñëåäíåé ñòðîêè ïî öåíòðó + \pageref{TeXr:centerlast} +%^^A% \item Hanged caption label +\item Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê íà âåñó + \pageref{TeXr:hang:label} +% +%^^A \indexspace +% +%^^A% \item Spaces above and below captions +\item Îòáèâêè ó~ïîäïèñåé íàä è~ïîä ôëîòàìè + \pageref{TeXr:captionskips:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captionskips:z} +%^^A% \item Settings, for caption label +\item Îôîðìëåíèå +%^^A% \subitem for caption label +\subitem íóìåðàöèîííûõ çàãîëîâêîâ + \pageref{TeXr:caplabel:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:caplabel:z} +%^^A% \subitem for one-line captions +\subitem îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé + \pageref{TeXr:singleline:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:singleline:z} +%^^A% \subitem for multi-paragraph captions +\subitem ïîäïèñåé èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ + \pageref{TeXr:multipar:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:multipar:z} +% +%^^A \indexspace +% +%^^A% \item Captions +\item Ïîäïèñè\nopagebreak +%^^A% \subitem for continued floats +\subitem ê~ôëîòàì ñ~ïðîäîëæåíèåì + \pageref{TeXr:continued:a}\nopagebreak %^^A--\pageref{TeXr:continued:z} +%^^A% \subitem above tables +\subitem íàä òàáëèöàìè + \pageref{TeXr:captop:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captop:z} +%^^A% \subitem skipped entry in list +\subitem áåç çàïèñè â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ, +%^^A% \subsubitem trick with empty option + \subsubitem òðþê ñ~äîïîëíèòåëüíûì àðãóìåíòîì êîìàíäû + |\caption| \pageref{TeXr:nolistentry:I} +%^^A% \subsubitem key |listof=| + \subsubitem êëþ÷ ïàêåòà |list=| + \pageref{TeXr:nolistentry:II} +%^^A% \subitem unlabeled +\subitem áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà + \pageref{TeXr:starcaption:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:starcaption:z} +%^^A% \subitem outside float +\subitem âíå îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà + \pageref{TeXr:captionof:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captiononof:z} +% +\end{multicols}% +\endgroup +\clearpage +% +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\tableofcontents + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +% \section{Using this package} +\section{Èñïîëüçîâàíèå ïàêåòà} +\label{usage} + +\DescribeMacro{\usepackage} +% Insert +Äîáàâüòå +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| +\end{quote} +% into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document +% between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|. +% The options control how your captions will look like; e.g., +â~ïðåàìáóëó âàøåãî äîêóìåíòà, ò.\,å. â~÷àñòü ôàéëà ìåæäó êîìàíäàìè +|\document|\-|class| è~|\begin{document}|. +Îïöèè çàäàþò íàñòðîéêè îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé â~êíèãå; íàïðèìåð, îïöèè +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\ + | labelsep=endash]{caption}|% + %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| +\end{quote} +% would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction. +çàäàäóò ïîäïèñè, ïîõîæèå íà âòîðîé ïðèìåð âî ââåäåíèè. + +\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} +% For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command +Äëÿ ïîñëåäóþùèõ èçìåíåíèé \thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäó +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +% So +Ñëåäîâàòåëüíî, îïðåäåëåíèÿ +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}| +\end{quote} +% and +è +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{caption}|\\ + |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}| +\end{quote} +% are equal in their results. +ýêâèâàëåíòíû. + +% It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current +% environment only. So if you want to change settings for the +% current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command +% inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command. +% For example +Íóæíî îáðàòèòü âíèìàíèå, ÷òî óñòàíîâêè |\captionsetup| ìîãóò äåéñòâîâàòü è~íà îäíî +îêðóæåíèå. Òàê ÷òî, åñëè âû õîòèòå èçìåíèòü óñòàíîâêè òîëüêî +îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|, ïîìåñòèòå êîìàíäó |\captionsetup| +âíóòðè |figure| èëè |table| ïðÿìî ïåðåä êîìàíäîé |\caption|. +Íàïðèìåð +\begin{quote} + |\begin{figure}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ + |\end{figure}| +\end{quote} +% switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|, +% so all the other captions remain untouched. +îòêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè (ñì.~îá ýòîì íèæå), íî òîëüêî äëÿ ýòîãî +îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|, äðóãèå ïîäïèñè íå èçìåíÿòñÿ. + +\smallskip + +\begin{Annotation} +% For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}. +Ïîäðîáíîå îïèñàíèå êîìàíäû |\captionsetup| ñì.~â~\Ref{captionsetup}. +\end{Annotation} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +% \section{Options} +\section{Îïöèè} +\label{options} + +\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight} +\def\UserDefined{\ldots} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +% \subsection{Formatting} +\subsection{Îôîðìëåíèå} +\label{formats} + +\DescribeMacro{format=} +% A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label, +% which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is +% associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short +% description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text +% from the label. +Ïîäïèñü ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû îáû÷íî èìååò òðè ÷àñòè\nopagebreak: íóìåðàöèîííûé +çàãîëîâîê, êîòîðûé îáúÿâëÿåò, ÷òî ýòîò îáúåêò íàçûâàåòñÿ `Ðèñ'óíîê èëè `Òàáëèöà' è~èìååò +ñâîé íîìåð; ñîáñòâåííî òåêñò, êîòîðûé îáû÷íî äà¸ò êðàòêîå îïèñàíèå +ñîäåðæàíèÿ; ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì. + +% The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented; +% it is specified with the option +\textit{Ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè} îïðåäåëÿåò, êàê äàííàÿ èíôîðìàöèÿ áóäåò ïðåäñòàâëåíà; +ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷îì +\begin{quote} + |format=|\meta{format name}\quad +\end{quote} +% having the name of the caption format as its argument. +ñ~îïöèåé, îïðåäåëÿþùåé îôîðìëåíèå (ôîðìàò) ïîäïèñè. + +% There are two standard caption formats: +Äàëåå äâà ñòàíäàðòíûõ îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè: +%\footnote{You have the option to +%define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}: +%\textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.} + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} +% Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph. + Ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñè êàê îáû÷íûé àáçàö. + + \item[hang] +% Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text. + Äåëàåò âòÿæêó òàê, ÷òî ïåðâàÿ ñòðîêà [íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê] âûñòóïàåò âëåâî.% + \label{TeXr:hang:label} + + \item[\UserDefined] +% Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak +% \SeeUserDefined + Ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå ìîæåò áûòü îïðåäåëåíî, ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû + |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|. \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +\begin{Example} +% An example: Specifying the option + Ïðèìåð: çàäàíèå îïöèè + \begin{quote} + |format=hang| + \end{quote} +% yields captions like this: + ñîçäà¸ò ïîäïèñè êàê ýòà: + \example{format=hang}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{indention=} +% For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra +% indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the +% option +Äëÿ îáîèõ îôîðìëåíèé (\texttt{plain} è~\texttt{hang}) ìîæíî óñòàíîâèòü +äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âòÿæêó âòîðûõ ñòðîê ïîäïèñè. Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñ~êëþ÷îì +\begin{quote} + |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad. +\end{quote} +%^^A% [Please note, that indention of the keys \verb|format=hang| and +%^^A% |indention=|\meta{amount} are summarized.---\emph{Trans.}] +[Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âòÿæêà èç êëþ÷åé \verb|format=hang| è~|indention=|\meta{amount} +ñóììèðóþòñÿ. \cdash--- \emph{Ïðèì.\,ïåðåâ.}] + +% Two examples: +Ïàðà ïðèìåðîâ: + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,indention=.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{labelformat=} +% With the option +Ñ~êëþ÷îì\label{TeXr:caplabel:a}% +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |labelformat=|\meta{label format name} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +%\NEWdescription{v3.0e} +% you specify how the caption label will be typeset. +% There are five standard caption label formats: +âû çàäà¸òå, êàê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ íóìåðàöèîííàÿ ÷àñòü. +Ñóùåñòâóþò ÷åòûðå ñòàíäàðòíûõ îôîðìëåíèÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[default] +% The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class, +% usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}). +% (This is the default behaviour.) + íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ òàê æå êàê â~ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññàõ, + ýòî îáû÷íî íàçâàíèå ôëîòà è~íîìåð (êàê \texttt{simple}). + (Çàäà¸òñÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.) + + \item[empty] +% The caption label will be empty. + Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê îòñóòñòâóåò. +\iffalse +% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like +% \texttt{labelsep=none}.) + (Ýòà îïöèÿ èìååò ñìûñë âìåñòå ñ~îïöèÿìè òèïà \texttt{labelsep=none}.) +\fi + + \item[simple] +% The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number. + Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ êàê íàçâàíèå ôëîòà è~åãî íîìåð. + + \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f} +% The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace. + Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê (íîìåð ïîäôëîòà) îòäåë¸í ñïðàâà êðóãëîé ñêîáêîé. + + \item[parens] +% The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses. + Íîìåð â~íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè çàãîëîâêà ïå÷àòàåòñÿ â~ñêîáêàõ. + + \item[\UserDefined] +% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|. +% \SeeUserDefined + Ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå ìîæåò áûòü îïðåäåëåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ + êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|. +\end{Options} + +\begin{Example} +% An example: Using the options + Ïðèìåð: ñ~îïöèÿìè êëþ÷åé + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad,|\\ + | figurename=\CYRR\cyri\cyrs\cyru\cyrn\cyro\cyrk| + \end{quote} +% gives captions like this one: + ñîçäà¸òñÿ òàêàÿ ïîäïèñü: + \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad, + figurename=\CYRR\cyri\cyrs\cyru\cyrn\cyro\cyrk}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} +[Íàçâàíèå â~íóìåðàöèîííîì çàãîëîâêå äëÿ äàííîãî ïðèìåðà èçìåíåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ +îïöèè |figurename|. \See{\Ref{names}}] + +\medskip + +\begin{Note*} +% Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the +% \package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the +% caption label format. +Ó~íåêîòîðûõ îêðóæåíèé, íàïðèìåð ó~îêðóæåíèÿ |algorithm|, ïðåäëàãàåìîãî +ïàêåòîì \package{algorithm2e}, èçìåíåíèå ôîðìàòà íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà +ìîæåò âûçâàòü àëëåðãèþ. +\end{Note*} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{labelsep=} +% With the option +Ñ~êëþ÷îì +\begin{quote} + |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name} +\end{quote} +% you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{% +% If the caption label or the caption text is empty, +% no separator will be used.} +% You can choose one of the following: +âû îïðåäåëÿåòå êàêîé ðàçäåëèòåëü [ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì] +áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ\footnote{% + Åñëè íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê èëè òåêñò ïîäïèñè ïóñòûå, + ðàçäåëèòåëü íå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ.}. +Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè: + +\begin{Options}{newline} + \item[none] +% There is no caption separator. + Îòñóòñòâóåò ðàçäåëèòåëü íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè. +\iffalse +% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like +% \texttt{labelformat=empty}.) + (Ïðèìåíåíèå ýòîé îïöèè + èìååò ñìûñë âìåñòå ñ~îïöèÿìè òèïà \texttt{labelformat=empty}.) +\fi + + \item[colon] +% The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space. + Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû äâîåòî÷èåì è~ïðîáåëîì. + + \item[period] +% The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space. + Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû òî÷êîé è~ïðîáåëîì. + + \item[space] +% The caption label and text will be separated by a single space. + Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû ïðîáåëîì. + + \item[quad] +% The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|. + Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû êåãåëüíîé (|\quad|). + + \item[newline] +% The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|). +% Please note that this separator does not work with all caption +% formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message +% trying such combination of options. + Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû íîâîé ñòðîêîé~(|\\|). + Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ýòîò ðàçäåëèòåëü íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~íåêîòîðûìè + ôîðìàòàìè (íàïðèìåð, |format=|\x|hang|), è~âû ïîëó÷èòå ñîîáùåíèå + îá îøèáêå ïðè ïîïûòêå èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòó êîìáèíàöèþ. + + \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h} +% The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash, +% surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |). + Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëÿåòñÿ êðàòêèì òèðå, + îêðóæ¸ííûì ïðîáåëàìè (\verb*| -- |). + + \item[\UserDefined] +% Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|. +% \SeeUserDefined + Ñîáñòâåííûå ðàçäåëèòåëè ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü, èñïîëüçóÿ êîìàíäó + |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +% Three examples: +Òðè ïðèìåðà: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=period| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=endash| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}% +% With the option +Ñ~îïöèåé +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |textformat=|\meta{text format name} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +% you specify how the caption text will be typeset. +% There are two standard caption text formats: +âû îïðåäåëÿåòå êàê òåêñò ïîäïèñè áóäåò íàïå÷àòàí. +Ñóùåñòâóåò äâà ñòàíäàðòíûõ ôîðìàòà ïîäïèñè: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[simple] +% The caption text will be typeset as it is. + Òåêñò ïîäïèñè áóäåò íàïå÷àòàí êàê åñòü. + + \item[period] +% The caption text will be followed by a period. + Â~êîíöå ïîäïèñè ñòàâèòñÿ òî÷êà. + + \item[\UserDefined] +% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|. +% \SeeUserDefined + Ñîáñòâåííûå ôîðìàòû òåêñòà ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\PageBreak +% \subsection{Justification} +\subsection{Âûêëþ÷êà} +\label{justification} + +\DescribeMacro{justification=} +% As addition to the caption format you could also specify a +% \emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option +Ïðè îôîðìëåíèè ïîäïèñè âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü +\emph{âûêëþ÷êó ïîäïèñè}; îíà çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷îì +\begin{quote} + |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad. +\end{quote} + +% You can choose one of the following: +Âû ìîæåòå âûáðàòü ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[justified] +% Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph. + Ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü â~âèäå îáû÷íîãî àáçàöà. (Ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.) + + \item[centering] +% Each line of the caption will be centered. + Âñå ñòðîêè âûêëþ÷åíû ïî öåíòðó. + +% \item[Centering] + + \item[centerlast] +% The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered. + Àáçàö íàáèðàåòñÿ íà ïîëíûé ôîðìàò, ïîñëåäíÿÿ ñòðîêà âûêëþ÷åíà ïî öåíòðó. + + \item[centerfirst] +% Only the first line of the caption will be centered. + Öåíòðèðóåòñÿ òîëüêî ïåðâàÿ ñòðîêà [îñòàëüíûå, â~òîì ÷èñëå è~êîíöåâàÿ, + âûêëþ÷àþòñÿ íà ïîëíûé ôîðìàò]. + + \item[raggedright] +% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin. + Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî. + +\iffalse + \item[RaggedRight] +% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using +% the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package. + Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû + |\RaggedRight| èç ïàêåòà \package{ragged2e}. +\else + \item[RaggedRight] +% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too. +% But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e} +% package will be used to achieve this. +% The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking +% algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{% +% The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at +% run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this +% option is used for the first time.} + Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè òàêæå âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî. + Íî â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà |\RaggedRight| ïàêåòà + \package{ragged2e}. Îñíîâíîå îòëè÷èå îò îïöèè |raggedright| + çàêëþ÷àåòñÿ â~èñïîëüçîâàíèè àëãîðèòìà Plain \TeX'à äëÿ ðàçðûâà + ñëîâ âíóòðè ïîäïèñè.\footnote{ + Íåîáõîäèìîñòü â~ýòîì ïàêåòå îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ «íà ëåòó», + ïîýòîìó ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ýòîé îïöèè äîêóìåíò íóæíî äâàæäû îáðàáîòàòü \LaTeX'îì.}. +\fi + + \item[raggedleft] +% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin. + Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âïðàâî. + +% \item[RaggedLeft] +% % Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using +% % the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package. +% Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âïðàâî ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû +% |\RaggedRight| èç ïàêåòà \package{ragged2e}. + +%\showhyphens{justification} + \item[\UserDefined] +% Own justifications can be defined using +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|. +% \SeeUserDefined + Ñîáñòâåííûå îïðåäåëåíèÿ âûêëþ÷êè ìîæíî çàäàòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû + |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +% Three examples: +Òðè ïðèìåðà:\label{TeXr:centerlast}% +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,justification=centerlast| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,justification=raggedright| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\smallskip + +\PageBreak +\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}\label{TeXr:singleline:a}% +% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and +% \class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line: +Ñòàíäàðòíûå êëàññû \LaTeX'à (\class{article}, \class{report}, è~\class{book}) +àâòîìàòè÷åñêè öåíòðèðóþò ïîäïèñü åñëè îíà îäíîñòðî÷íàÿ: + +\example*{}{A short caption.} + +\INFO +% \Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the +% justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \& +% |indention=| in such case. +% But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off +% with the option +\Thispackage\ ñëåäóåò çà ýòèì àëãîðèòìîì è~ïîýòîìó +â~òàêèõ ñëó÷àÿõ èãíîðèðóåò âûêëþ÷êó, çàäàííóþ êëþ÷àìè |justification=| è~|indention=|. +Îïðåäåëèòü, ñëåäîâàòü ýòîìó àëãîðèòìó èëè íåò ìîæíî, +çàäàâ êëþ÷ +\begin{quote} + |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad. +\end{quote} +% Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the +% extra centering off: +Èñïîëüçóÿ |false|, |no|, |off| èëè |0| âìåñòî \meta{bool} âû îòêëþ÷èòå +öåíòðèðîâàíèå îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè: +\begin{quote} + |singlelinecheck=false| +\end{quote} +% Doing so the above short caption would look like +Ïîñëå ýòîãî îïðåäåëåíèÿ êîðîòêèå ïîäïèñè +[ïðè çàäàíèè âûêëþ÷êè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ, â~âèäå îáû÷íîãî àáçàöà] +áóäóò âûãëÿäåòü òàê + +\begingroup + \captionsetup{type=figure} + \ContinuedFloat + \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.} +\endgroup + +% You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1| +% for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.) +Èñïîëüçóÿ |true|, |yes|, |on| èëè |1| âìåñòî \meta{bool} âû âêëþ÷èòå ìåõàíèçì +öåíòðèðîâàíèÿ êîðîòêèõ ïîäïèñåé. (Çàäàíî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.)%^^A +\label{TeXr:singleline:z} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +% \subsection{Fonts} +\subsection{Øðèôòû} +\label{fonts} + +\DescribeMacro{font=} +\DescribeMacro{labelfont=} +\DescribeMacro{textfont=} +% There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption: +% One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption +% label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the +% caption text (|text|\-|font|). +% You set them up using the options +Çàäàíû òðè êëþ÷à êîòîðûå îïðåäåëÿþò øðèôò ðàçíûõ ýëåìåíòîâ ïîäïèñè: +Ïåðâûé çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ âñåé ïîäïèñè (|font|), âòîðîé çàäà¸ò øðèôò òîëüêî +äëÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~ðàçäåëèòåëÿ (|label|\-|font|), è~òðåòèé +\cdash--- øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà (|text|\-|font|). +Âû çàäà¸òå èõ, èñïîëüçóÿ êëþ÷è +\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} + |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\ + |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , è\\ + |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & .\\ +\end{tabular}\end{quote} +% where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options. +ãäå àðãóìåíòîì \meta{font options} ÿâëÿþòñÿ ïåðå÷èñëåííûå ÷åðåç çàïÿòóþ îïöèè. + +% And these are the available font options: +Äàëåå óæå ñîçäàííûå îïöèè äàííûõ êëþ÷åé: + +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} + \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Î÷åíü ìàëåíüêèé} + \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize Îáû÷íî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ â~ñíîñêàõ} + \item[small] {\small Ìàëåíüêèé} + \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Íîðìàëüíûé} + \item[large] {\large Áîëüøîé} + \item[Large] {\Large Åù¸ áîëüøå} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} +% \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family} + \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Èñõîäíûå ñåìåéñòâî, íàñûùåííîñòü è~íà÷åðòàíèå} + + \item[up] {\upshape Ïðÿìîé} + \item[it] {\itshape Êóðñèâ} + \item[sl] {\slshape Íàêëîííûé} + \item[sc] {\scshape Êàïèòåëü} + + \item[md] {\mdseries Íîðìàëüíàÿ íàñûùåííîñòü (ñâåòëûé)} + \item[bf] {\bfseries Ïîëóæèðíûé} + + \item[rm] {\rmfamily Øðèôò ñ~çàñå÷êàìè} + \item[sf] {\sffamily Ðóáëåíûé} + \item[tt] {\fontfamily{cmtt}\selectfont Øðèôò ïèøóùåé ìàøèíêè (ðàâíîøèðèííûé)} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} +% \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} +% \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} +% \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}} +% \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}} + \item[singlespacing] Îäèíàðíûé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}} + \item[onehalfspacing] Ïîëóòîðíûé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}} + \item[doublespacing] Äâîéíîé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}} + \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] ${} \equiv {}$|\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} +% \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor| +% \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour} +% {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded, +% see \Ref{declare} for an example)} + \item[normalcolor] ñîîòâåòñòâóåò êîìàíäå |\normalcolor| + \item[color=\meta{colour}] îïöèÿ êëþ÷à ýêâèâàëåíòíà àðãóìåíòó êîìàíäû |\color|\marg{colour} + {\small(Åñëè çàãðóæåí ïàêåò \package{color} èëè \package{xcolor}, + ñì., íàïðèìåð~\Ref{declare})} +\end{Options} +\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}} +% \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|, +% |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing| + \item[normal] Êîìáèíàöèÿ îïöèé |normal|\-|color|, + |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size| è~|single|\-|spacing| + + \item[\UserDefined] +% Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|. +% \SeeUserDefined + Ñîáñòâåííûå îïöèè ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû + |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +% If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces; +% e.g., the options +Åñëè èñïîëüçóåòñÿ îäíà îïöèÿ êëþ÷à, ôèãóðíûå ñêîáêè ìîæíî îïóñòèòü; +íàïðèìåð, îïöèè +%\begin{quote} + |font={small}| +%\end{quote} +% and +è +%\begin{quote} + |font=small| +%\end{quote} +% will give the same result. +äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò. + +% Three examples: +Òðè ïðèìåðà +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |font=it,labelfont=bf| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |labelfont=bf,textfont=it| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |font={small,stretch=0.80}| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{font+=} +\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=} +\DescribeMacro{textfont+=} +\NEWfeature{v3.1f}% +% You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example +Âû òàêæå ìîæåòå äîáàâèòü îïöèè øðèôòà ê~òåêóùèì, òàê íàïðèìåð çàïèñü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup{font+=it}| +\end{quote} +% is identical to +áóäåò èäåíòè÷íà +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}| +\end{quote} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +% \subsection{Margins and further paragraph options} +\subsection{Ïîëÿ è~äðóãèå îïöèè ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ àáçàöà} +\label{margins} + +\DescribeMacro{margin=} +\DescribeMacro{width=} +% For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or} +% a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are +% looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the +% figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} +% or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.} +Äëÿ âñåõ ïîäïèñåé ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü \emph{ëèáî} äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âòÿæêó +\emph{ëèáî} ôèêñèðîâàííóþ øèðèíó. Ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷àìè\footnote{Çäåñü ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ + òîëüêî ôèêñèðîâàííûå øèðèíû; åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü øèðèíó ïîäïèñè ïî øèðèíå + ãðàôèêè èëè òàáëè÷íîãî ìàòåðèàëà, îáðàòèòåñü ê~ïàêåòàì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} + èëè \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable}.} +\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} + |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--èëè--}\\ + |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--èëè--}\\ + |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\ +\end{tabular}\end{quote} +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for +% both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to +% |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|. +% In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages. +Åñëè âû îïðåäåëèòå òîëüêî îäíî çíà÷åíèå \meta{amount} äëÿ ïîëÿ, îíî áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàíî äëÿ îáîèõ ïîëåé, +ëåâîãî è~ïðàâîãî, íàïðèìåð,~|margin=|\x|10pt| ýêâèâàëåíòíî |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|. +Äëÿ äâóñòîðîííèõ äîêóìåíòîâ ëåâîå è~ïðàâîå ïîëÿ íà ÷¸òíûõ ïîëîñàõ çåðêàëüíî îòîáðàçÿòñÿ. +\DescribeMacro{oneside} +\DescribeMacro{twoside} +% To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally, +% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par +% But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin, +% will have the same amount. +Åñëè âàì ýòî íå íóæíî âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíî îïöèþ |oneside|, +íàïðèìåð,~|\caption|\-|setup|\x|{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par +Íî åñëè âû îïðåäåëÿåòå øèðèíó ïîäïèñè, òî îáà ïîëÿ áóäóò îäèíàêîâûìè. + +% Three examples will illustrating this: +Òðè ïðèìåðà äëÿ èëëþñòðàöèè: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |margin=10pt| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |margin={1cm,0cm}| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |width=.75\textwidth| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Note} +% When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure| +% environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the +% figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment +% offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting +% will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment. +% But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can +% do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by +% specifying a margin for this particular environment, +% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|. +Êîãäà ïîäïèñü ïîìåùåíà ðÿäîì ñ~ñîäåðæèìûì (íàïðèìåð âíóòðè +îêðóæåíèÿ |SCfigure|, ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) +èëè îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà îáòåêàåòñÿ òåêñòîì (ôëîò ïîìåù¸í â~îáîðêó, íàïðèìåð â~îêðóæåíèè |wrap|\-|figure| +ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì \package{wrapfig}\cite{wrapfig}), óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé +îáíóëÿþòñÿ â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ. Íî åñëè âàì äåéñòâèòåëüíî íóæíî çàäàòü +âòÿæêó äëÿ ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü íóæíûå ïîëÿ âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ, çàäàâ +óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé ñïåöèàëüíî äëÿ ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, íàïðèìåð, +|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]|\x|{margin=10pt}|. + \end{Note} + +\begin{Expert} +\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% +% There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only +% changes the margin if no width was set. +Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå «çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò êëþ÷à |margin=|, êëþ÷ |margin*=|, êîòîðûé +èçìåíÿåò ïîëÿ òîëüêî êîãäà íå çàäàíà øèðèíà. +\end{Expert} + +\begin{Expert} +\DescribeMacro{minmargin=} +\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% +% You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for +% limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s. +% For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to +% |maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF}) +Âû ìîæåòå òàêæå çàäàòü ìèíèìàëüíûé èëè ìàêñèìàëüíûé ðàçìåð ïîëåé. Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíî +äëÿ îãðàíè÷åíèÿ ðàçìåðà ïîëåé â~óìåíüøåííûõ ôîðìàòàõ, íàïðèìåð âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ~|minipage|. +Íàïðèìåð êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ \SmF\ îãðàíè÷èâàþò ïîëÿ +|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (Ñì.~\Ref{SMF}) +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{parskip=}\label{TeXr:multipar:a}% +% This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph. +% It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them: +Äàííûé êëþ÷ ïîíàäîáèòñÿ, åñëè ïîäïèñè ñîäåðæàò áîëåå îäíîãî àáçàöà. +Îí çàäà¸ò äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âåðòèêàëüíóþ îòáèâêó ìåæäó àáçàöàìè: +\begin{quote} + |parskip=|\meta{amount} +\end{quote} +% One example: +Ïðèìåð: +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{% +% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par +% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} + Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü + êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par + Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü + êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.} +\end{Example} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{hangindent=} +% The option +Êëþ÷ +\begin{quote} + |hangindent=|\meta{amount} +\end{quote} +% is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each +% paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option +% leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already +% know about. +% But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference: +çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó äëÿ âòîðûõ ñòðîê êàæäîãî àáçàöà ïîäïèñè. +Åñëè ïîäïèñü ñîñòîèò èç îäíîãî àáçàöà, ýòîò êëþ÷ äà¸ò òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò +÷òî è~èçâåñòíûé âàì êëþ÷ |indention=|\meta{amount}. +Íî â~ïîäïèñè èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ âû óâèäèòå ðàçíèöó: + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,indention=-.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{% +% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par +% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} + Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü + êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par + Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü + êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Example} + \begin{quote} + |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm| + \end{quote} + \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{% +% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par +% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} + Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü + êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par + Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü + êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Note} +% If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have +% to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the +% optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will +% get an error message. +Åñëè ïîäïèñü ñîäåðæèò áîëåå îäíîãî àáçàöà, âàì íóæíî +çàäàòü ñîêðàù¸ííûé âàðèàíò ïîäïèñè äëÿ ñïèñêîâ ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö, èñïîëüçóÿ +äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíä |\caption| èëè |\captionof|, èíà÷å âû ïîëó÷èòå +ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå. +\end{Note} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\PageBreak +% \subsection{Styles} +\subsection{Ñòèëè} +\label{style} + +\DescribeMacro{style=} +% A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}. +% You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with +% |\page|\-|style|; +% the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout. +Îïðåäåë¸ííàÿ êîìáèíàöèÿ íåñêîëüêèõ êëþ÷åé ñîçäà¸ò \emph{ñòèëü ïîäïèñè}. +Ýòî ìîæíî ñðàâíèòü ñî ñòèëÿìè êîëîíòèòóëà, çàäàâàåìîãî êîìàíäîé +|\pagestyle|: ñòèëü ïîäïèñè çàäà¸ò âñå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè. + +% You switch to an already defined caption style with the option +Ïðåäâàðèòåëüíî ñîçäàííûé ñòèëü ìîæíî âûçâàòü êëþ÷îì +\begin{quote} + |style=|\meta{style name}\quad. +\end{quote} +% \Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|. +\Thispackage\ îïðåäåëÿåò äâà ñòèëÿ: |base| è~|default|. + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting +% the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes +% \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}. +% This means that specifying the option +Ñòèëü |base| çàäà¸ò âñå èçâåñòíûå âàì êëþ÷è ñî çíà÷åíèÿìè, +ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèìè çàäàííûì â~áàçîâûõ êëàññàõ \LaTeX'à +\class{article}, \class{report} è~\class{book}. +Ýòî îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî çàäàíèå îïöèè +\begin{quote} + |style=base| +\end{quote} +% has the same effect as specifying all these options: +äàñò òîò æå ýôôåêò, ÷òî è çàäàíèå âñåõ ïåðå÷èñëåííûõ îïöèé: +\begin{quote} + |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\ + |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\ + |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ + |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true| +\end{quote} +\begin{Annotation*} +% But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if +% the caption fits into a single line. +À~äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè áóäóò çàäàíû íàñòðîéêè |justification=|\x|centering,|\x|indention=0pt|. +\end{Annotation*} + +% In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting +% the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use. +% This style is selected by default and represents these options: +Â~îòëè÷èå îò ïðåäûäóùåãî ñòèëü |default| çàäà¸ò çíà÷åíèÿ, îòâå÷àþùèå +âèäó ïîäïèñåé, ñîçäàâàåìûõ äàííûì êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà. +Ýòîò ñòèëü îïðåäåëÿåò ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè: +\begin{quote} + |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\ + |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\ + |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\ + |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true| +\end{quote} +\begin{Annotation*} +% But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if +% the caption fits into a single line. +Íî ïðè ýòîì ñíîâà äåéñòâóþò íàñòðîéêè +|justification=|\x|centering,|\x|indention=0pt| äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé. +\end{Annotation*} + +% So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, +% \class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|, +% point to (nearly) the same settings. +Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îäèí èç êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à \class{article}, +\class{report} èëè \class{book}, îáå îïöèè, |base| è~|default|, çàäàäóò ôàêòè÷åñêè +îäèíàêîâûå íàñòðîéêè. + +\begin{Note} +% Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak +% \SeeUserDefined +Ñîáñòâåííûå ñòèëè ïîäïèñè ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ +êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak\SeeUserDefined +\end{Note} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +% \subsection{Skips} +\subsection{Îòáèâêè} +\label{skips} + +\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}% +% The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is +% controlled by the option +Âåðòèêàëüíàÿ îòáèâêà ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû +îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ êëþ÷îì +\begin{quote} + |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad. +\end{quote} +% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and +% \class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may +% use a different amount. +Ñòàíäàðòíûå êëàññû \LaTeX'à |article|, |report| è~|book| îïðåäåëÿþò êëþ÷ êàê +|skip=|\x|10pt|, +íî äðóãèå êëàññû ìîãóò çàäàòü äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå. + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{position=}\label{TeXr:captionskips:a}% +% The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw: +% The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or +% table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space +% separating the caption from the content of the figure or table. +% While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption +% in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in +% |long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more +% flexible: +% By giving the option +Êîìàíäà |\caption|, ïðåäëàãàåìàÿ \LaTeX'îì èìååò íåäîñòàòîê â~îôîðìëåíèè: +êîìàíäà íå çíàåò, ñòîèò ëè îíà â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû, èëè â~êîíöå. +Ïîýòîìó îíà íå çíàåò, êàê ðàññòàâèòü îòáèâêè, îòäåëÿþùèå ïîäïèñü îò ñîäåðæèìîãî +ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû. Ïîêà ÷òî ñòàíäàðòíûå îïðåäåëåíèÿ çàäàþò îòáèâêó âñåãäà ñâåðõó +ïîäïèñè (è~ñíèçó òàáëè÷íîãî çàãîëîâêà â~îêðóæåíèè |long|\-|table|, ÷òî ïðîòèâîðå÷èò ñòàíäàðòíîìó), +ðåøåíèå, ïðåäëàãàåìîå äàííûì ïàêåòîì áîëåå ãèáêîå. +Çàäàíèå îïöèè +\begin{quote} + |position=top|\quad èëè\quad |position=above| +\end{quote} +% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the +% environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount} +% is placed below the caption. +% (Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the +% caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table. +% Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption| +% command.) +% But with +áóäåò îçíà÷àòü, ÷òî ïîäïèñü ðàçìåùàåòñÿ \emph{ñâåðõó} ñîäåðæèìîãî +îêðóæåíèÿ, è~ñëåäîâàòåëüíî îòáèâêà |skip=|\meta{amount} áóäåò +çàäàíà ñíèçó ïîäïèñè. +(Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî |position=|\x|top| \emph{ÍÅ} îçíà÷àåò, +÷òî ïîäïèñü äåéñòâèòåëüíî íàïå÷àòàåòñÿ ñâåðõó ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû. +Ïîäïèñü áóäåò ïå÷àòàòüñÿ òàì, ãäå âû çàäàëè êîìàíäó |\caption|.) +Íî çàäàíèå +\begin{quote} + |position=bottom|\quad èëè\quad |position=below| +\end{quote} +% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the +% environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption. +% And finally with +îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî ïîäïèñü ñòîèò \emph{ñíèçó} ñîäåðæèìîãî +îêðóæåíèÿ è~ñëåäîâàòåëüíî îòáèâêà ñòàâèòñÿ ñâåðõó ïîäïèñè. +È~íàêîíåö, çàäàâ +\begin{quote} +% |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)} + |position=auto|\quad {\small(÷òî ÿâëÿåòñÿ çíà÷åíèåì ïî óìîë÷àíèþ)} +\end{quote} +% \thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of +% the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in +% most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances. +\thispackage\ ïîñòàðàåòñÿ ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî îïðåäåëèòü ðåàëüíîå ïîëîæåíèå +ïîäïèñè. Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî, õîòÿ ýòî è~äàñò âåðíûé ðåçóëüòàò â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ, +â~íåêîòîðûõ ðåäêèõ ñèòóàöèÿõ ýòî ìîæåò äàòü íåâåðíûé ðåçóëüòàò. + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} +\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a} +% The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the +% optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command. +% \See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par +% For example +Îïöèÿ |position| îñîáåííî ïîëåçíà, êîãäà èñïîëüçóåòñÿ â~íàñòðîéêàõ +ñ~îïöèåé â~êîìàíäå |\captionsetup|. +\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}\par +Íàïðèìåð\label{TeXr:captop:a} +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}| +\end{quote} +% causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above} +% the table (regarding spacing around it). +% Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers +% the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and +% |table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g. +îïðåäåëÿåò, ÷òî âñå òàáëè÷íûå çàãîëîâêè ïîìåùåíû \emph{íàä} ñîäåðæèìûì +òàáëèöû (ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèìè îòáèâêàìè). +Ïîñêîëüêó ýòî äîñòàòî÷íî ÷àñòî èñïîëüçóåìûå íàñòðîéêè, \thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò +êëþ÷è-àááðåâèàòóðû |figure|\-|position=|\allowbreak\meta{pos} +è~|table|\-|position=|\allowbreak\meta{pos}, +íàïðèìåð +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}| +\end{quote} +% is equivalent to +ýêâèâàëåíòíî ñëåäóþùåìó +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\ + |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}| +\end{quote} + +\medskip + +\INFO +% Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|, +% and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect. +% Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments +% |figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could +% decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom'' +% caption. + Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî êëþ÷è |skip=|, |position=|, + |figure|\-|position=| è~|table|\-|position=| íå âñåãäà äàäóò ýôôåêò. + Ïîñêîëüêó îïðåäåëåíèå îêðóæåíèé |figure| è~|table| äàþò êëàññû äîêóìåíòà, + òî îíè è~îïðåäåëÿþò, áóäåò ëè ïîäïèñü ïîìåùåíà ñâåðõó èëè ñíèçó. +% For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=| +% setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions, +% and |table| captions are dependent on the global option +% |table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|. +% \See{\Ref{KOMA}} + Íàïðèìåð, êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ \KOMAScript\ ïîääåðæèâàþò íàñòðîéêó |skip=|, + íî îíà âñåãäà ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñè ê~ðèñóíêàì (|figure|) ñíèçó, + à~ðàçìåùåíèå òàáëè÷íûõ çàãîëîâêîâ (|table|) çàâèñèò îò ãëîáàëüíîé îïöèè + |table|\-|captions|\-|above| è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî, |table|\-|captions|\-|below|. + \See{\Ref{KOMA}} + +% Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and +% below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the +% \package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package. + Áîëåå òîãî íåêîòîðûå ïàêåòû ñàìè êîíòðîëèðóþò îòáèâêè ñâåðõó è~ñíèçó ïîäïèñè, + íàïðèìåð, ïàêåòû \package{float}, + \package{floatrow}, è~\package{supertabular}. + +\bigskip + +\begin{Expert*} +% Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by +% |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in +% \LaTeX{}s implementation). +% But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to +% |0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation, +% but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package. +% So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips +% when |position=|\x|top| is set. +% Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick +% (like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap} +% package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not +% supported if one of these packages will be used, too. +Ñîáñòâåííî ãîâîðÿ, îòáèâêà ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ çíà÷åíèåì +|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (êîòîðàÿ â~ñòàíäàðòíîì +\LaTeX'å âñåãäà çàäà¸òñÿ ñâåðõó ïîäïèñè). +Íî ñóùåñòâóåò è~âòîðàÿ êîìàíäà îòáèâêè |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (îáû÷íî +ðàâíàÿ |0pt|) êîòîðàÿ â~ñòàíäàðòíîì \LaTeX'å ïîìåùàåòñÿ ñíèçó ïîäïèñè, +èëè ñ~ïðîòèâîïîëîæíîé ñòîðîíû îò |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip|, â~äàííîì ïàêåòå. +Èíà÷å ãîâîðÿ, äàííûé ïàêåò ïåðåêëþ÷àåò çíà÷åíèÿ ýòèõ îòáèâîê ïðè çàäàíèè îïöèè + |position=|\x|top|. +Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ñóùåñòâóåò íåñêîëüêî ïàêåòîâ, êîòîðûå äåëàþò òîò æå òðþê +(ýòî ïàêåòû \package{ftcap}, \package{nonfloat} è~\package{topcap}); +ïîýòîìó, â~ñëó÷àå èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ îäíîãî èç ýòèõ ïàêåòîâ, èñïîëüçîâàíèå êëþ÷à +|position=| ïàêåòà \package{caption} íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ. +\end{Expert*} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +% \subsection{Lists} +\subsection{Ñïèñêè ôëîòîâ} +\label{lists} + +\DescribeMacro{list=}\label{TeXr:nolistentry:II}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% +% The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures +% resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an +% empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or +% programmatically by saying +Êîìàíäà |\caption| îáû÷íî ïîìåùàåò òåêñò â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñîê òàáëèö. +Âû ìîæåòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî, çàäàâ ïóñòîé äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò â~êîìàíäå +|\caption| {\small(ñì.~\Ref{caption})}, èëè çàäàòü îáùóþ óñòàíîâêó, çàïèñàâ +\begin{quote} +% |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{% +% Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting +% this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for +% this purpose instead.} + |list=no|\quad(èëè äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå áóëåâà ïàðàìåòðà âìåñòî |no|)\quad.~\footnote{% + Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïàêåò \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} íå ïîääåðæèâàåò ýòó îïöèþ, + îí èñïîëüçóåò äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ñ÷¸ò÷èêè \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth}.} +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% +% With the option +Ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |listformat=|\meta{list format name} +\end{quote} +\nopagebreak[3] +% you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within +% the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables. +% There are five standard caption list formats: +âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü êàê íîìåð ðèñóíêà (|figure|) èëè òàáëèöû (|table|) áóäóò íàïå÷àòàíû +â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñêå òàáëèö. +Ñóùåñòâóþò ïÿòü ñòàíäàðòíûõ ôîðìàòîâ âûâîäà ïîäïèñåé â~Ñïèñêàõ: + +\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} + \item[empty] +% No number will be typeset. + Íîìåð íå ïå÷àòàåòñÿ. + + \item[simple] +% The number will be typeset with label prefix. + Íîìåð ïå÷àòàåòñÿ ñ~ïðåôèêñîì ìåòêè. + + \item[parens] +% The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix. + Íîìåð ïå÷àòàåòñÿ â~ñêîáêàõ ñ~ïðåôèêñîì ìåòêè. + + \item[subsimple] +% Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default) + Òî æå, ÷òî |simple|, íî áåç ïðåôèêñà. (çàäàíî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ) + + \item[subparens] +% Same as |parens|, but without label prefix. + Òî æå, ÷òî |parens|, íî áåç ïðåôèêñà. + + \item[\UserDefined] +% Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|. +% \SeeUserDefined + Ñîáñòâåííûå ôîðìàòû ìåòêè â~Ñïèñêàõ ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|. + \SeeUserDefined +\end{Options} + +% The prefix ($=$|\p@figure| resp.~|\p@table|), which runs ahead of the +% number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of +% Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty, +% so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results; +% same with |parens| and |subparens|. +% But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of +% Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a +% different purpose.\footnote{% +% Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption} +% or \package{subfig} package.} +Ïðåôèêñû ìåòêè ($=$|\p@figure| èëè~|\p@table|), êîòîðûå ïîìåùàþòñÿ îáû÷íî +ïåðåä íîìåðàìè ($=$|\the|\-|figure| èëè~|\the|\-|table| ñîîòâåòñòâåííî) +â~Ñïèñêàõ (ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö) îáû÷íî ïóñòû, +ïîýòîìó ôîðìàòû |simple| è~|subsimple| äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò, +òî æå ñàìîå ïðîèçîéä¸ò ñ~|parens| +è~|subparens|. +Íî ýòî ìîæåò äàâàòü îòëè÷íûå ðåçóëüòàòû äëÿ ïîäðèñóíêîâ èëè ïîäòàáëèö +ïîìåù¸ííûõ â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñêå òàáëèö, èëè êîãäà ïðåôèêñ ìåòêè ïåðåîïðåäåë¸í +äëÿ äðóãèõ öåëåé.\footnote{% + Ïîäïèñè äëÿ ÷àñòåé ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö ìîãóò áûòü ñîçäàíû + ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòîâ \package{subcaption} + èëè \package{subfig}.} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +% \subsection{Names \& Numbering} +\subsection{Íàèìåíîâàíèÿ è~íóìåðàöèÿ} +\label{names}\label{numbering} + +\DescribeMacro{figurename=} +\DescribeMacro{tablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}% +% You can change the name of the figures and tables with the options +Âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü íàçâàíèå ðèñóíêà è~òàáëèöû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷åé +\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}l@{\quad}l@{}} + |figurename=| & \meta{name} & è\\ + |tablename=| & \meta{name} & .\\ +\end{tabular}\end{quote} +% The document class usually sets them to ``Figure'' and ``Table'', but for +% example with +Êëàññ äîêóìåíòà îïðåäåëÿåò èõ îáû÷íî êàê «Figure» è~«Table», íî åñëè +âû çàäàäèòå, íàïðèìåð +\begin{quote} + |figurename=Fig.| +\end{quote} +% you can change the figure name to ``Fig''. +âû èçìåíèòå èìÿ ðèñóíêà íà «Fig». + +\smallskip\INFO +% If you use the \package{babel} package, please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} +% the \package{babel} package. +Åñëè âû ïîëüçóåòåñü ïàêåòîì \package{babel}, çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå} +ïàêåòà \package{babel}. + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}% +% In contrast to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| the option +Â~îòëè÷èå îò îïöèé |figure|\-|name=| è~|table|\-|name=| îïöèÿ +\emph{äàííîãî} îêðóæåíèÿ ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à +\begin{quote} + |name=|\meta{name}\quad. +\end{quote} +% changes the name of the \emph{current} environment. +% This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of +% |\caption|\-|setup|, e.g. +èçìåíÿåò èìÿ òåêóùåé ìåòêè òåêóùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ. +Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíûì ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà â~êîìàíäå +|\caption|\-|setup|, íàïðèìåð çàäàíèå +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}| +\end{quote} +% changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other +% figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name). +èçìåíÿåò èìÿ ðèñóíêà íà «Fig.» äëÿ âñåõ îêðóæåíèé |wrap|\-|figure| (â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïîäïèñè +ó~äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé ðèñóíêîâ îñòàþòñÿ «Figure»). + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3]% +\DescribeMacro{listfigurename=} +\DescribeMacro{listtablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.1g}% +% Analogous to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| you can change +% the title of the lists here. So for example +Àíàëîãè÷íî îïöèÿì |figure|\-|name| è~|table|\-|name| âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü +çàãîëîâîê äëÿ ñïèñêîâ ôëîòîâ. Òàê íàïðèìåð +\begin{quote} + |listfigurename=List of Images| +\end{quote} +% changes the title ``List of Figures'' to ``List of images''. +Èçìåíèò çàãîëîâîê «List of Figures» íà «List of Images». + +[Èëè, åñëè äëÿ ðóññêîé ëèòåðàòóðû âû çàäàäèòå: +\begin{quote} + |listfigurename=\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyro\cyrk\ |\\ |\cyri\cyrl\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyri\cyrishrt| +\end{quote} +èëè +\begin{quote}\def\ttdefault{cmtt} + |listfigurename=Ñïèñîê èëëþñòðàöèé| +\end{quote} +ïðåâðàòèò çàãîëîâîê â~«Ñïèñîê èëëþñòðàöèé».] + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{figurewithin=} +\DescribeMacro{tablewithin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}% +% If a document class providing |\chapter| is used (e.g.~\class{report} or +% \class{book}), usually the |figure| and |table| caption counters +% are dependent on the |chapter| counter. Otherwise usually the |figure| and +% |table| counters are continuous throughout the document. +Åñëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà çàäà¸ò ãëàâû, è~èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà |\chapter| +(íàïðèìåð \package{report} èëè +\package{book}), òî íóìåðàöèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêîâ ïîäïèñåé |figure| è~|table| +ïîä÷èíåíà ñ÷¸ò÷èêó ãëàâû |chapter|. Â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íóìåðàöèÿ |figure| +è~|table| ïðîäîëæàåòñÿ ïî âñåìó äîêóìåíòó. + +% This can be changed with the options +Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü èçìåíåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ îïöèè +\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l} + |figurewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{èëè} \texttt{section} \emph{èëè} \texttt{none}\quad è\\ + |tablewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{èëè} \texttt{section} \emph{èëè} \texttt{none}\quad .\\ +\end{tabular}\end{quote} +% If ``|none|'' is given as value, the numbering of figures resp. tables will +% be continuous throughout the document. +% Otherwise the numbering will be dependent on the given counter, +% e.g.~|figure|\-|within=|\x|section| gives figures a section-dependent +% numbering scheme. +Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ «|none|», íóìåðàöèÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö áóäåò ñêâîçíîé âî +âñ¸ì äîêóìåíòå. +Â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íóìåðàöèÿ áóäåò ïîä÷èíåíà çàäàííîìó ñ÷¸ò÷èêó, +íàïðèìåð, |figurewithin=|\x|section| ñîçäàñò íóìåðàöèþ ðèñóíêîâ, +ïîä÷èí¸ííóþ çàãîëîâêàì ðàçäåëîâ +ïåðâîãî óðîâíÿ. + +\bigskip + +\begin{Expert*} +% The name and numbering is internally done by the commands +% |\|\meta{type}|name| \& |\the|\meta{type}, e.g.~|\figure|\-|name| \& +% |\the|\-|figure| for figures. +% While usually using the above options are sufficient, sometimes a direct +% re-definition of these two macros is necessary. For example: +Íàçâàíèå è~íóìåðàöèÿ îïðåäåëÿþòñÿ êîìàíäàìè |\|\meta{type}|name| +è~|\the|\meta{type}, íàïðèìåð |\figurename| è~|\thefigure| äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ. +Õîòÿ çàäàíèå êëþ÷åé, îïèñûâàåìûõ âûøå äîñòàòî÷íî, èíîãäà íåîáõîäèìî +ïðÿìîå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå ýòèõ äâóõ êîìàíä. Íàïðèìåð: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{figurewithin=section}|\\ + |\renewcommand\thefigure{\arabic{section}\alph{figure}}| +\end{quote} +% gives you a section-dependent numbering scheme \meta{section}\meta{figure} +% with a numerical section counter and a alphanumerical figure counter, +% e.g.~``|Figure 2b|''. +äàñò âàì ïîä÷èí¸ííóþ ðàçäåëó ñõåìó íóìåðàöèè \meta{section}\meta{figure} +ãäå íîìåð ðàçäåëà çàäàí â~âèäå àðàáñêîé öèôðû, à~íîìåð ðèñóíêà \cdash--- â~âèäå íóìåðàöèè áóêâàìè, +íàïðèìåð, «|Figure 2b|». +\end{Expert*} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +% \subsection{Types} +\subsection{Òèïû (ôëîòîâ)} +\label{types} + +\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}% +% The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types, +% e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside +% these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what +% kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set +% the caption type manually with +Êîìàíäà |\caption| ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñè ðàçëè÷íûõ òèïîâ, +íàïðèìåð, |figure| è~|table|. Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå çàäàòü êîìàíäó |\caption| çà ïðåäåëàìè +ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, òî ïîëó÷èòå ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå, ïîñêîëüêó ýòà êîìàíäà íå çíàåò +êàêîé òèï ïîäïèñè âû õîòèòå çäåñü ñîçäàòü. Íî â~ïîäîáíûõ ñèòóàöèÿõ +âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü òèï ïîäïèñè âðó÷íóþ, èñïîëüçóÿ +\begin{quote} + |type=|\meta{float type} +\end{quote} +% prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like +% |\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the +% \package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the +% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}), +% for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|: +ïåðåä èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\caption| (è~äðóãèõ êîìàíä òèïà +|\Continued|\-|Float|, èëè |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì + \package{subcaption} èëè |\subfloat| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}), +íàïðèìåð âíóòðè íåïëàâàþùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ âðîäå |minipage|: +\begin{quote} + |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\ + | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ + | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ + |\end{minipage}| +\end{quote} + +\begin{Expert} +% There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type}, +% which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the +% \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an +% hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not. +% (See also \Ref{hyperref}\,) +Ñóùåñòâóåò çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò ýòîãî êëþ÷à, |type*=|\x\meta{float type}, +êîòîðûé îòëè÷àåòñÿ îò |type=|\x\meta{float type} åñëè çàãðóæåí ïàêåò +\package{hyperref}\cite{hyperref}: â~òî âðåìÿ êàê êëþ÷ |type=| çàäà¸ò +ìåòêó ãèïåðññûëêè (hyperlink anchor, åñëè çàäàí êëþ÷ |hypcap=|\x|true|), êëþ÷ |type*=| ýòîãî íå äåëàåò. +(Ñì.~òàêæå \Ref{hyperref}) +\end{Expert} +\begin{Expert} +% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype| +% for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use +% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead. +\emph{\DefaultNoteText}: íå ïåðåîïðåäåëÿéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, âíóòðåííþþ ìàêðîêîìàíäó |\@captype|, +êàê ïðåäëàãàåòñÿ íåêîòîðûìè ðóêîâîäñòâàìè èëè äîêóìåíòàìè ïàêåòîâ, äëÿ +ýòîãî èñïîëüçóéòå âñåãäà +|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}|. +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +% Own float types can be defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| offered by +% this package, |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} +% package\cite{float}, or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the +% \package{floatrow} package\cite{float}. +Ñîáñòâåííûå òèïû ôëîòîâ ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| +ïðåäëàãàåìîé ýòèì ïàêåòîì, êîìàíäîé |\new|\-|float|, ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float}, +èëè |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì +\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}. + +\medskip + +\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} +% Please note that you should use the option |type=| only +% \emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|), +% at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption. +% Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings +% regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment, +% therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{% +% You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.} +Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ëó÷øå èñïîëüçîâàòü êëþ÷ |type=| òîëüêî +\emph{âíóòðè} áîêñîâ èëè òàêèõ îêðóæåíèé (òèïà |\parbox| èëè |minipage|), ò.\,å. +ãäå íå ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè ïåðåõîäà íà ñëåäóþùóþ ñòðàíèöó ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî âîçìîæíû íåêîòîðûå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû (íàïðèìåð, ñìåøåíèå íàñòðîåê äëÿ ïîäïèñåé +ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö) åñëè íå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ áîêñ èëè îêðóæåíèå, êðîìå ýòîãî +âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, åñëè ïîïðîáóåòå ýòî ñäåëàòü.\footnote{% +Âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå òîëüêî â~ñëó÷àå, êîãäà â~êà÷åñòâå êîìïèëÿòîðà \TeX'à èñïîëüçóåòñÿ +\eTeX.} + + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +% \section{Commands} +\section{Êîìàíäû} + +% \subsection{Typesetting captions} +\subsection{Ïå÷àòü ïîäðèñóíî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé} +\label{caption} +\label{captionlistentry} + +\DescribeMacro{\caption} +% The command +Êîìàíäà +\begin{quote} + |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading} +\end{quote} +% typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|. +% Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension: +% If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of +% figures or tables will be made. For example: +ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà, òèïà |figure| èëè |table|. +Òàê, ýòî íàì èçâåñòíî, íî íîâîñòü ñîñòîèò â~òîì, ÷òî åñëè +çàäàòü àðãóìåíò \meta{list entry} ïóñòûì, ïîäïèñü â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè +òàáëèö íå ïîÿâèòñÿ; íàïðèìåð, +\begin{quote} +% |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}| + |\caption[]{Ïîäïèñü áåç çàïèñè â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ.}| + \label{TeXr:nolistentry:I}% +\end{quote} + +\begin{Expert} +% Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument, +% if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given, +% this argument is moving instead. +% ``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the +% list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp. +% ``List of Tables'', too. +% \emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands, +% everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get +% \emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run. +% Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|, +% own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of +% |\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}. +Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî àðãóìåíò \meta{heading} áóäåò \emph{ïîäâèæíûì}, +åñëè íå çàäàí äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò \meta{list entry}. Åñëè æå çàäàí \meta{list entry}, +òî ñòàíîâèòñÿ ïîäâèæíûì ýòîò äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò. Òåðìèí «\emph{ïîäâèæíûé} àðãóìåíò» +â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî îí çàïèñûâàåòñÿ â~ôàéëå Ñïèñêà, ÷òîáû +çàòåì åãî âûâåñòè â~ðàçäåëàõ «Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ» èëè «Ñïèñîê òàáëèö». +Â~\emph{ïîäâèæíûå} àðãóìåíòû íåëüçÿ ïîìåùàòü \emph{õðóïêèå} êîìàíäû, +âñå ýëåìåíòû äîëæíû áûòü \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûìè} (íåõðóïêèìè), èíà÷å àðãóìåíò áóäåò +«\emph{ðàçáèò}» (ðàñêðûò), ñîçäàâàÿ ñòðàííûå îøèáêè â~ñëåäóþùèõ +îáðàáîòêàõ \LaTeX'îì. Íåêîòîðûå \emph{õðóïêèå} +êîìàíäû ìîãóò áûòü \emph{çàùèùåíû} çàäàíèåì ïåðåä íèìè êîìàíäû |\protect|. +×òîáû ñîáñòâåííûå +îïðåäåëåíèÿ áûëè \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûìè}, èõ íóæíî îïðåäåëÿòü ÷åðåç |\DeclareRobustCommand|, à~íå +÷åðåç |\newcommand|. + +% An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since +% |\phantom| is \emph{fragile}. +% So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry} +% (e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|) +% or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}: +% |\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|. +Ïðèìåð: çàïèñü |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| âûäàñò ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ, +ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\phantom| \emph{õðóïêàÿ}. Ïîýòîìó íóæíî ëèáî çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò +\meta{list entry} +(íàïðèìåð, +|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|) +èëè äîáàâèòü êîìàíäó |\protect|, äëÿ çàùèòû êîìàíäû |\phantom| îò òîãî, ÷òîáû îíà +\emph{ðàçáèëàñü}: +|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|. + +% But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called +% single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine +% the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too. +% An example: +% |\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}| +% |E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}| +% |\right.| |\]}|. +% Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still +% leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'') +% So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| +% just in front of the |\caption| command additionally. +Íî èíîãäà è~ýòî íå ïîìîãàåò. Ïðè÷èíà êðîåòñÿ â~òàê íàçûâàåìîé ïðîâåðêå +íà îäíîñòðî÷íóþ ïîäïèñü +(single-line-check): ìàêðîêîìàíäà ïîìåùàåò ñîäåðæèìîå àðãóìåíòà \meta{heading} +â~ãîðèçîíòàëüíûé áîêñ, +÷òîáû îïðåäåëèòü øèðèíó ïîäïèñè, è~ýòî òàêæå ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ. +Ïðèìåð: +|\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}| +|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}| +|\right.| |\]}|. +Èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| çäåñü íå ãîäèòñÿ, +ýòî òîæå ïðèâåä¸ò ê~îøèáêàì. +(«\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}») Ïîýòîìó ìû âûíóæäåíû äîïîëíèòåëüíî çàäàòü +|\captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}| ïåðåä êîìàíäîé |\caption|. + +% For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \& +% \emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit +% \url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}. +Áîëåå ïîëíóþ èíôîðìàöèþ î~\emph{ïîäâèæíûõ} àðãóìåíòàõ è~\emph{õðóïêèõ} +è~\emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûõ} êîìàíäàõ, ñìîòðèòå â~âàøåì ðóêîâîäñòâå ïî \LaTeX'ó èëè îáðàòèòåñü ê~% +\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}. +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\caption*}\label{TeXr:starcaption:a}% +% The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which +% typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables. +% An example: +Ïàêåò \package{longtable} îïðåäåëÿåò êîìàíäó |\caption*| êîòîðàÿ +ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü áåç ìåòêè è~çàíåñåíèÿ å¸ â~ñïèñîê òàáëèö. +Ïðèìåð: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption*{A table}\\|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{longtable}| +\end{quote} +% looks like +âûãëÿäèò ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì:\nopagebreak +\DeleteShortVerb{\|} +\vskip\intextsep +\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=t} + \caption*{A table} + \centering + \begin{tabular}{r|rr} + & x & y \\\hline + a & 1 & 2 \\ + b & 3 & 4 \\ + \end{tabular} +\end{minipage} +\vskip\intextsep +\MakeShortVerb{\|} +% \Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within +% every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like: +\Thispackage\ òîæå ïðåäëàãàåò òàêóþ âîçìîæíîñòü. È~òåïåðü âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòó êîìàíäó +ñ~ëþáûì îêðóæåíèåì ïëàâàþùåãî îáúåêòà, íàïðèìåð |figure| èëè |table|, êàê çäåñü: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{table}|\\ + | \caption*{A table}|\\ +% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\ +% | |\ldots\\ +% | \end{tabular}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\captionof}\label{TeXr:captionof:a}% +\DescribeMacro{\captionof*} +% Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment, +% putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance. +% For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command +Èíîãäà âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü \emph{âíå} îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà, +ïîìåñòèâ, ê~ïðèìåðó, ïîäïèñü âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |minipage|. Äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ïàêåò +\thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäó +\begin{quote} + |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad. +\end{quote} +% Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because +% the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label +% (e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry. +% An example: +Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïåðâûé àðãóìåíò, \meta{float type}, â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå ÿâëÿåòñÿ +îáÿçàòåëüíûì, ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\captionof| äîëæíà çíàòü, ê~êàêîìó ïëàâàþùåìó +îáúåêòó ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü (íàïðèìåð. «Ðèñ.» èëè «Òàáëèöà») è~â~êàêîé ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ ïîìåñòèòü +ïîäïèñü. Ïðèìåð +\begin{quote} +% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\ + |\captionof{table}{A table}| +\end{quote} +% typesets captions like this: +ñîçäà¸ò ïîäïèñè êàê çäåñü: +\begin{Example} +% \begingroup +% \captionof{figure}{A figure} +% \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} +% \begingroup + \captionof{table}{A table} +% \endgroup +\end{Example} + +% The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*| +% command: +% It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures +% or tables. +«Çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò |\captionof*| äà¸ò òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò, ÷òî è~|\caption*|: +ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~âûâîäà â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè +òàáëèö. + +\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1} +% Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same +% restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both +% |\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or +% environments, too. +Ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\captionof| èñïîëüçóåò âíóòðè ñåáÿ êëþ÷ |type|, òå æå îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, ÷òî è~äëÿ +êëþ÷à |type=| äåéñòâóþò çäåñü, ïîýòîìó âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü è~|\captionof| +è~|\captionof*| òîëüêî \emph{âíóòðè} áîêñîâ èëè îêðóæåíèé. +\See{\Ref{types}} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% +% Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure +% (or table) entry on its own. +% This could be achieved with +Â~íåêîòîðûõ ñëó÷àÿõ ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíûì ñîçäàíèå òåêñòà äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ (èëè òàáëèö) îòäåëüíî. +Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ +\begin{quote} + |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad. +\end{quote} + +% One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the +% contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table: +Îäèí ïðèìåð: î÷åíü ëåãêî ïîëó÷èòü òàáëèöó â~îêðóæåíèè |long|\-|table| +ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè ñâåðõó òàáëèöû +è~îäíèì âõîæäåíèåì â~Ñïèñêå êîòîðîå îòìå÷àåò ïåðâóþ ñòðàíèöó òàáëèöû: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\ + |\endfirsthead|\\ + | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ + |\endhead|\\ + | |\ldots +\end{quote} +% But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an +% |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below} +% the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of +% the table. +% Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used: +Íî, ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{longtable} íå ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäû |\endfirstfoot|, +âû íå ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü ïîäïèñè \emph{ñíèçó} òàáëèöû, äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ åäèíñòâåííîãî +âõîæäåíèÿ â~Ñïèñîê, êîòîðûé îòìå÷àåò ïåðâóþ ñòðàíèöó òàáëèöû. +Ýòî ñèòóàöèÿ, ãäå êîìàíäà |\captionlistentry| ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíà: +\begin{quote} + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\ + |\endfoot|\\ + | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\ + | |\ldots +\end{quote} +\begin{Annotation*} +% Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}. +Äðóãîé ïðèìåð ìîæíî íàéòè â~\Ref{examples}. +\end{Annotation*} + +\smallskip + +\begin{Expert} +% There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not +% increment the \meta{float type} counter. +% (Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| +% never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.) +Òàêæå ñóùåñòâóåò «çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, êîòîðûé +íå óâåëè÷èâàåò çíà÷åíèå ñ÷¸ò÷èêà ôëîòà. +(Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table| êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| +íèêîãäà íå óâåëè÷èâàåò çíà÷åíèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêà òàáëèöû. Ñì.~òàêæå îïèñàíèå \Ref{longtable}.) +\end{Expert} + +\begin{Expert} +% Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything +% it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|) +Îáðàòèòå òàêæå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî \meta{list entry} ÿâëÿåòñÿ \emph{ïîäâèæíûì} +àðãóìåíòîì, ïîýòîìó âñ¸ åãî +ñîäåðæèìîå äîëæíî áûòü \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûì}. (Ñì.~òàêæå îïèñàíèå êîìàíäû |\caption|) +\end{Expert} + + +% \subsection{Setting options} +\subsection{Çàäàíèå êëþ÷åé è~îïöèé} +\label{captionsetup} + +\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} +% We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}), +% but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument +% \meta{float type}. +Íàì óæå èçâåñòíà êîìàíäà |\captionsetup| (ñì.~\Ref{usage}), +íî ñåé÷àñ ìû ðàçáåð¸ì çíà÷åíèå äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà, \meta{float type}. + +% Remember, the syntax of this command is +Íàïîìíèì ñèíòàêñèñ ýòîé êîìàíäû +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} + +% If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't +% change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use, +% when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type +% \meta{float type} gets typeset. +% For example +Åñëè \meta{float type} çàäàí, âñå êëþ÷è è~îïöèè, \meta{options} íè÷åãî +íå èçìåíÿò â~ìåñòå çàäàíèÿ. Îíè òîëüêî îïðåäåëåíû äëÿ áóäóùåãî èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ +â~ìîìåíò, êîãäà ïîäïèñü îêàæåòñÿ âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà +\meta{float type}. +Íàïðèìåð +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options} +\end{quote} +% forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}. +îïðåäåëÿåò îôîðìëåíèå \meta{options} äëÿ ïîäïèñè âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|. + +% Here comes an example to illustrate this: +Äàëåå èä¸ò ïðèìåð èëëþñòðèðóþùèé ñêàçàííîå: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}| +\end{quote} +% gives captions like this: +ñîçäàñò ïîäïèñè âèäà: +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{font=small} + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{A figure} + \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} + \begingroup + \captionof{table}{A table} + \endgroup +\end{Example} +% As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes +% the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones. +Êàê âû âèäèòå óñòàíîâêà |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{labelfont=bf}| èçìåíÿåò +òîëüêî øðèôò íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè ïîäïèñè, âñ¸ îñòàëüíîå îñòà¸òñÿ. + +% As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only: +% |figure| or |table|. +% But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow}, +% \package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also +% this package offer additional environments with captions and these two +% commands can also be used with them. +% \See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}} +Â~êà÷åñòâå \meta{float type} âû îáû÷íî çàäà¸òå òîëüêî äâå îïöèè: +|figure| èëè |table|. +Íî êàê áóäåò âèäíî ïîçäíåå íåêîòîðûå ïàêåòû \LaTeX'à (íàïðèìåð \package{floatrow}, +\package{longtable} è~\package{sidecap}) à~òàêæå äàííûé ïàêåò +ïðåäëàãàþò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå îêðóæåíèÿ ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè è~ýòè äâå êîìàíäû +ìîãóò áûòü ñ~íèìè èñïîëüçîâàíû. +\See{\Ref{declare} è~\Ref{packages}} + +\smallskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +\begin{Expert} +% There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|: +Ñóùåñòâóåò è~çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò êîìàíäû |\captionsetup|: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options} +\end{quote} +% While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the +% \meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document +% (e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the +% starred variant will not. +% \iffalse +% This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent +% of a specific document. +% \fi +Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê íåçâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò äàñò âàì ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, åñëè \meta{options} íå +èñïîëüçîâàëèñü â~äîêóìåíòå (íàïðèìåð íàñòðîéêè |\captionsetup[table]{font=sf}| \cdash--- +è~íè îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |table|), çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò ýòîãî íå äåëàåò. +\iffalse +Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü î÷åíü ïîëåçíî äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ íàñòðîåê, íåçàâèñèìûõ îò êîíêðåòíîãî äîêóìåíòà. +\fi +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup} +% If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within +% a particular environment you can use the command +Åñëè âàì âíóòðè äàííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ íóæíî îòìåíèòü ïàðàìåòðû, çàäàííûå äëÿ +òåêóùåãî òèïà ôëîòà, èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó +\begin{quote} + |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad. +\end{quote} + +% For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling +% for figures in the example above: +Íàïðèìåð |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| îòìåíèò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå íàñòðîéêè +èç ïðèìåðà âûøå: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{A figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{A figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ +\end{quote} +\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{font=small} + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{A figure} + \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} + \clearcaptionsetup{figure} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{A figure} + \endgroup +\end{Example} + +\pagebreak[3] +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding +% this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify +% \emph{one} option here, not a list of options. +% If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one +% \cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.} +% While the example above not only clears the options +% |labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it| +% for figures (but all options for figures instead), +% this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other +% settings for figures intact: +Åñëè çàäàí äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò \meta{option}, îòìåíÿþòñÿ òîëüêî íàñòðîéêè +äàííîé îïöèè \meta{option}.\footnote{Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü òîëüêî +\emph{îäíó} îïöèþ, à~íå ñïèñîê îïöèé. +Åñëè âàì íóæíî îòìåíèòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ðÿäà îïöèé, âàì ïðèä¸òñÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü íåñêîëüêî êîìàíä +\cs{clearcaptionsetup}.} +Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïðèìåð âûøå íå òîëüêî îòìåíèë îïöèè êëþ÷åé |labelfont=bf,|\allowbreak +|textfont=it| +äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ (íî è~âñå îïöèè äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ), +ñëåäóþùèé ïðèìåð îòìåíèò òîëüêî íàñòðîéêó |labelfont=bf|, îñòàâèâ âñå îñòàëüíûå +íàñòðîéêè íåòðîíóòûìè: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{A figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + | \caption{A figure}|\\ + \ldots +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{font=small} + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{A figure} + \endgroup + \captionsetup{position=top} + \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure} + \begingroup + \captionof{figure}{A figure} + \endgroup +\end{Example} +\begin{Expert} +% Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form +% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given +% \meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}. +Àíàëîãè÷íî êîìàíäå |\captionsetup*| ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíàÿ ôîðìà +|\clearcaptionsetup*| êîòîðàÿ îòìåíÿåò ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ, åñëè \meta{option} +íå ÿâëÿåòñÿ íàñòðîéêîé äëÿ äàííîãî \meta{float type}. +\end{Expert} + +\medskip + +\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup} +% For debugging purposes the command\nopagebreak +Äëÿ âîçìîæíîñòåé íàñòðîéêè íàñòðîåê, ïðåäëîæåíà êîìàíäà\nopagebreak +\begin{quote} + |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type}\quad.\nopagebreak[3] +\end{quote} +% is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options +% for the specified \meta{float type}. For example +Îíà ñîçäà¸ò ñîîáùåíèå â~log-ôàéëå, ïîêàçûâàÿ çàäàííûå îïöèè +äëÿ âûáðàííîãî \meta{float type}. Íàïðèìåð +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\ + |\showcaptionsetup{figure}| +\end{quote} +% gives the info: +äàñò ñîîáùåíèå: +\begin{quote}\small + |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\ + |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.| +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{Continued floats} +\subsection{Ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ôëîòû} +\label{ContinuedFloat} + +\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}\label{TeXr:continued:a}% +% Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them +% their own reference number. This is what the command +Èíîãäà âîçíèêàåò íåîáõîäèìîñòü ðàçáèòü ðèñóíêè èëè òàáëèöû íà íåñêîëüêî +÷àñòåé, çàäàâ èì îáùèé íîìåð. Äëÿ ýòîãî ïðåäíàçíà÷åíà êîìàíäà +\begin{quote} + |\ContinuedFloat|\quad. +\end{quote} +% is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment. +% It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by +% |\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside +% gets the same reference number as the figure or table before. +% An example: +Ëó÷øå å¸ ïîñòàâèòü ïåðâîé âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà. +Êîìàíäà |\ContinuedFloat| îòìåíÿåò óâåëè÷åíèå ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåãî ñ÷¸ò÷èêà ôëîòà +(èñïîëüçóåìîãî êîìàíäîé |\caption|) +è~çàäà¸ò òîò æå íîìåð êàê è~ó~ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû âûøå. Ïðèìåð +\begin{quote} + |\begin{table}|\\ + | \caption{A table}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +% gives the following result: +äàñò ñëåäóþùèé ðåçóëüòàò: +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \caption{A table} + \centerline{\ldots} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{A table (cont.)} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with +% the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch +% to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here: +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| âêëþ÷àåò îïöèè, ñâÿçàííûå +ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé îïöèåé"=òèïîì «|Continued|\-|Float|». Íàïðèìåð, ýòî ìîæåò áûòü èñïîëüçîâàíî äëÿ +ñîçäàíèÿ àëüòåðíàòèâíûõ ôîðìàòîâ ìåòîê äëÿ òàáëèö è~ðèñóíêîâ, êàê ïîêàçàíî çäåñü: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\ + |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{A table}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example}\selectlanguage{USenglish} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1e} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{A table}\label{continued1e} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} +Â~ðóññêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè ýòî ìîæåò âûãëÿäåòü òàê: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (\textit{ïðîäîëæåíèå})}|\\ + |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{A table}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1r} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{A table}\label{continued1r} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} +\smallskip +% \See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of +% \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.} +\See{\Ref{declare} îïèñûâàþùèé + \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.} + +\medskip + +% There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be +% used for own purposes. +% For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first +% continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on. +% So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating +% environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero. +% An example: +Ñîçäàí òàêæå ñ÷¸ò÷èê \LaTeX'à, íàçâàííûé |Continued|\-|Float|, êîòîðûé ìîæåò áûòü +èñïîëüçîâàí ïðè íåîáõîäèìîñòè. +Â~îáû÷íûõ îêðóæåíèÿõ ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ îí ðàâåí íóëþ, â~ïåðâîì ïðîäîëæàþùåìñÿ +ôëîòå îí ðàâåí åäèíèöå, â~ñëåäóþùåì äëÿ âòîðîãî îêðóæåíèÿ è~ò.\,ä. +Òàê, êàæäàÿ êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| óâåëè÷èâàåò ýòîò ñ÷¸ò÷èê è~ïëàâàþùèé îáúåêò +áåç êîìàíäû |\Continued|\-|Float| âíîâü îáíóëÿåò ýòîò ñ÷¸ò÷èê. +Ïðèìåð: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ + |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{A table}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{A table}\label{continued2} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} +\medskip +% A reference to this table would still result in the output +% ``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed. +% If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references, +% too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead, +% which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in +% continued floats and is preset to be empty. +Ññûëêà íà ýòó òàáëèöó îñòàíåòñÿ â~âèäå +«\autoref{continued2}», ïîñêîëüêó èçìåíÿëñÿ òîëüêî ôîðìàò ìåòêè. +Åñëè âàì íóæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü òàêæå ñ÷¸ò÷èê |Continued|\-|Float| â~ññûëêàõ, +âû äîëæíû ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü êîìàíäó |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float|, +êîòîðàÿ, ïîäêëþ÷àåòñÿ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè â~ïðîäîëæàþùèõñÿ ôëîòàõ, +òîãäà êàê ïî óìîë÷àíèþ ýòà êîìàíäà ïóñòà. +\begin{quote} + |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | \caption{A table}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{table}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt} + \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}} + \ContinuedFloat + \caption{A table}\label{continued3} + \centerline{\ldots} +\end{Example} +\medskip +% A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''. +Ññûëêà íà ýòó òàáëèöó äàñò ñëåäóþùèé ðåçóëüòàò «\autoref{continued3}». + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*} +% Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a +% kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with +% ``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a''). +% This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*| +% which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the +% type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter +% |Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series +% instead: +Ïðåäïîëîæèì âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ðèñóíîê èëè òàáëèöó ñ~íóìåðàöèîííûì +çàãîëîâêîì âèäà «Figure 7a», à~íå «Figure 7» (à~çàòåì, êàê +«Figure 7b», âìåñòî «Figure 7a»). +Ýòî òàêæå âîçìîæíî, åñëè èñïîëüçîâàòü çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò êîìàíäû |\Continued|\-|Float*| +êîòîðàÿ \cdash--- êàê è~|\Continued|\-|Float| \cdash--- ïîäêëþ÷àåò îïöèè +ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû «|Continued|\-|Float|» è~óâåëè÷èâàåò ñ÷¸ò÷èê \LaTeX'à +|Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{íî} îòìå÷àåò è~ïåðâûé ôëîò èç ñåðèè +ïðîäîëæàþùèõñÿ ôëîòîâ: +\begin{quote} + |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\ + |\end{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\ + |\end{figure}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\ + |\end{figure}| +\end{quote} +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt} + \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}} + \begingroup + \ContinuedFloat* + \centerline{\ldots} + \caption{First figure of a series} + \endgroup + \begingroup + \ContinuedFloat + \centerline{\ldots} + \caption{Second figure of a series} + \endgroup + \begingroup + \ContinuedFloat + \centerline{\ldots} + \caption{Third figure of a series} + \endgroup +\end{Example} +\smallskip +% \Note{Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the +% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.} +\Note{Ê~ñîæàëåíèþ êîìàíäó \cs{ContinuedFloat*} íåëüçÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü ïðè çàãðóæåííîì ïàêåòå + \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}.} + +\pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection*{A note about longtables} +\subsubsection*{A note about longtables} +% If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered +% by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break, +% this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|, +% but instead you could write something like: +Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü îòëè÷àþùèéñÿ ôîðìàò ìåòêè äëÿ ïðîäîëæåíèÿ +îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table| +(ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{longtable}\cite{longtable}) +íà ñëåäóþùåé ñòðàíèöå, +èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\Continued|\-|Float| \emph{íå} äàñò ðåçóëüòàòîâ, +íî âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ÷òî-òî âðîäå: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\ + |\endfirsthead|\\ + | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\ + | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\ + |\endhead|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + |\end{longtable}| +\end{quote} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +% \section{Own enhancements} +\section{Ñîáñòâåííûå íàñòðîéêè} +\label{declare} + +% A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats +% etc. +% This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to +% be associated with a name and kept in one place. +% (These commands need to appear in the document preamble, +% this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.) +Èìååòñÿ ñåìåéñòâî êîìàíä, ïîçâîëÿþùèõ ïîëüçîâàòåëþ ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî +ñîçäàòü ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå. +Ýòî ïîçâîëÿåò èíôîðìàöèþ î~ðàçäåëèòåëÿõ, âûêëþ÷êå, øðèôòàõ, è~ñòèëÿõ +ïðèâÿçàòü ê~îïðåäåë¸ííîìó êëþ÷ó, è~ïîìåñòèòü âñ¸ ýòî â~îäíîì ìåñòå +(òàêèå êîìàíäû äîëæíû íàõîäèòüñÿ â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà \cdash--- +ýòî ÷àñòü ìåæäó ñòðîêàìè êîìàíä |\document|\-|class| è~|\begin{document}|). + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format} +% You can define your own caption formats using the command +Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâî¸ îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè, èñïîëüçóÿ êîìàíäó +\begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä, èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1, \#2 è~\#3}\mbox{\ .} +\end{quote} +% At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the +% separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is +% pre-defined by \thispackage\ as +Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïðîãðàììà çàìåíÿåò \#1 íà íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê, \#2 íà +ðàçäåëèòåëü è~\#3 íà òåêñò ïîäïèñè. Èòàê, ñòàíäàðòíûé ôîðìàò |plain| îïðåäåë¸í +âíóòðè ïàêåòà \thispackage\ êàê +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad. +\end{quote} +\begin{Expert} +% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, +% which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of +% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. +Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, êîòîðûé +ñîçäà¸ò êîä, ïå÷àòàþùèéñÿ â~âåðòèêàëüíîì ðåæèìå (ìîäå) \TeX'à (âìåñòî +îáû÷íîãî ãîðèçîíòàëüíîãî), +íî â~ýòîì ñëó÷àå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ êëþ÷ |indention=|. +\end{Expert} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat} +% Likewise you can define your own caption label formats: +Àíàëîãè÷íî âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ôîðìàò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1 è~\#2} +\end{quote} +% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2 +% gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12''). +% An example: +Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà èìÿ ôëîòà (íàïðèìåð. «Ðèñ.») è~\#2 +çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà ïîðÿäêîâûé íîìåð (íàïðèìåð «12»). Ïðèìåð: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\ + |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}| +\end{quote} +\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext} + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst} +\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond} +% If you define your own caption label formats and use the +% \package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package, +% you should take care of empty caption label names. +% For this purpose the commands +Êîãäà âû îïðåäåëÿåòå ñâî¸ îôîðìëåíèå íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~èñïîëüçóåòå +òàêæå ïàêåòû \package{subcaption} èëè \package{subfig}, +âû äîëæíû ïîìíèòü ÷òî â~ïîäôëîòàõ ýëåìåíò +«èìÿ ôëîòà» áóäåò ïóñòûì. Äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ñëåäóþùèå êîìàíäû +\begin{quote} + |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad è\\ + |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg} +\end{quote} +% are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is +% not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes, +% both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them. +ïðåäëîæåíû. Êîìàíäà |\bothIfFirst| òåñòèðóåò íàëè÷èå ïåðâîãî àðãóìåíòà (÷òî îí +íåïóñòîé), êîìàíäà |\bothIfSecond| òåñòèðóåò íàëè÷èå âòîðîãî. Åñëè òåñòèðóåìûé +àðãóìåíò åñòü, òî ïå÷àòàþòñÿ îáà àðãóìåíòà, â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íè îäíîãî. + +\smallskip + +\pagebreak[3] +% For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as +Íàïðèìåð, ñòàíäàðòíîå îôîðìëåíèå íóìåðàöèè |simple| îïðåäåëåíî íå òàê: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,} +\end{quote} +% because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple| +% is defined as +ïîñêîëüêó àðãóìåíò \#1 ìîæåò áûòü ïóñòûì. Âìåñòî ýòîãî |simple| +îïðåäåë¸í ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\ + | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,} +\end{quote} +% causing the space to appear only if the label name is present. +â~ðåçóëüòàòå ïðîáåë ïîÿâèòñÿ òîëüêî òîãäà, êîãäà åñòü èìÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî +çàãîëîâêà. + +\smallskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}% +% Likewise you can define your own caption text formats: +Àíàëîãè÷íî ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè: +\begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1} + |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä, èñïîëüçóþùèé àðãóìåíò \#1} +\end{quote} +% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text. +Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè. + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator} +% You can define your own caption label separators with +Ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ðàçäåëèòåëü íîìåðà è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè ñ~ïîìîùüþ + êîìàíäû +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +% Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself: +È~îïÿòü ïðîñòîé ïðèìåð èç òîãî, ÷òî ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }| + \end{quote} + \begin{Expert} +% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|, +% which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting. +% So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash| +% are defined in this way. +Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|, +êîòîðûé îïðåäåëÿåò êîä, áåç èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ íàñòðîåê èç êëþ÷à |label|\-|font=|. +Òàê, íàïðèìåð, ðàçäåëèòåëè |quad|, |newline| è |endash| +îïðåäåëåíû ýòîé êîìàíäîé. +\end{Expert} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification} +% You can define your own caption justifications with +Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñîáñòâåííóþ âûêëþ÷êó ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +% The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption. +% E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as +Àðãóìåíò \meta{code} çàäà¸ò âûêëþ÷êó äî íà÷àëà ïîäïèñè. +Íàïðèìåð èñïîëüçîâàíèå âûêëþ÷êè |raggedright|, êîòîðàÿ îïðåäåëåíà êàê +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,} +\end{quote} +% typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin. +âûêëþ÷àåò âñå ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè â~ëåâûé êðàé. + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font} +% You can define your own caption fonts with +Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñâîé øðèôò äëÿ ïîäïèñè ñ~ïîìîùüþ +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad. +\end{quote} +% For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as +Íàïðèìåð äàííûé ïàêåò îïðåäåëÿåò îïöèè |small| è~|bf| êàê +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad è\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad. +\end{quote} +\iffalse +% The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package, +% for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} +Èíòåðëèíüÿæ ìîæåò áûòü íàñòðîåí ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòà \package{setspace}, +íàïðèìåð:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h} +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{setspace}|\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{% +% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since +% it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|\quad\footnote{% + \emph{\DefaultNoteText}: Èñïîëüçîâàíèå \cs{singlespacing} â äàííîì ñëó÷àå + íå ðàáîòàåò ïîñêîëüêó ñîäåðæèò êîìàíäó \cs{vskip}.}\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\ + |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}| +\end{quote} +\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} +\fi +% An example which brings color into life: +Ïðèìåð èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ öâåòà: +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{color}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\ + |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}| +\end{quote} +\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext} +% But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition +Íî ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ óæå èñïîëüçóåò õèòðîóìíîå îïðåäåëåíèå +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}| +\end{quote} +% you can get the same result simply with +âû ìîæåòå ïîëó÷èòü òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò çàäàâ ïðîñòî +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{color}|\\ + |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\ + | textfont={color=green}}|\quad. +\end{quote} + +\medskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style} +% You can define your own caption styles with +Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâîè ñîáñòâåííûå ñòèëè ñ~ïîìîùüþ +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +% Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved +% under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the +% option |style=|\meta{style name}. +Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî ñòèëè ïîäïèñè ýòî êîëëåêöèÿ êëþ÷åé, ñîõðàí¸ííûõ +ïîä äàííûì èìåíåì. Âû ìîæåòå ïðèâåñòè èõ â~äåéñòâèå ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à +|style=|\meta{style name}. + +% All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style} +% for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different +% to them. +Âñå ñòèëè ïîäïèñåé áàçèðóþòñÿ íà óñòàíîâêàõ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. (Ñì. ïîëíûé ñïèñîê +â~\Ref{style}.) Ïîýòîìó äîñòàòî÷íî îïðåäåëèòü îïöèè, îòëè÷íûå +îò óæå çàäàííûõ. + +% If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when +% the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with +% the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|. +Åñëè âû îïðåäåëèòå \meta{additional options} îíè áóäóò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ êîãäà +ïîäïèñü áóäåò îäíîñòðî÷íîé, è~êîíòðîëü êîðîòêèõ ïîäïèñåé íå îòêëþ÷åí +çàäàíèåì îïöèè |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|. + +% Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The +% caption style |base| is pre-defined as +Îïÿòü æå î÷åíü ïðîñòîé ïðèìåð èç ñàìîãî ïàêåòà. Ñòèëü ïîäïèñåé |base| +îïðåäåë¸í êàê: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\ + | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad. +\end{quote} + +% Something more exciting: +×òî-òî ïîèíòåðåñíåå: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\ + | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\ + | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\ + |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}| +\end{quote} +% gives you caption like these ones: +äàñò âàì ïîäïèñè êàê â~ñëåäóþùåì ïðèìåðå: +\begin{Example} + \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b} + \caption{Êîðîòêàÿ ïîäïèñü.} + \caption{Äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, + äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, + äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, ïîäïèñü.} +\end{Example} + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}% +% You can define your own caption list formats with +Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ôîðìàò äëÿ Ñïèñêîâ, èñïîëüçóÿ +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1 è~\#2}\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p@figure|), +% and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|). +Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà ïðåôèêñ ìåòêè (íàïðèìåð |\p@figure|) +è~\#2 \cdash--- íà íîìåð (íàïðèìåð, |\thefigure|). + +\bigskip + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionType}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}% +% You can define your own floating environments and caption types with +Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñîáñòâåííûå îêðóæåíèÿ è~òèïû ïîäïèñåé, èñïîëüçóÿ +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{type}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name} +\end{quote} +% where \meta{options} are one or more of +ãäå \meta{options} îäíà èç +\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l@{\qquad}l} + |fileext=| & \meta{file extension} + & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|fileext=lod|)}\\ +% |listname=|\meta{list name}\\ +% |name=|\meta{prosa name}\\ + |placement=| & \meta{combination of \,\purett{htbp}} + & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|placement=tbp|)}\\ + |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad. + & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|within=section|)} +\end{tabular}\end{quote} +% If no \meta{options} are given, ``lo\meta{type}'' will be used as \meta{file +% extension} for the list, ``|tbp|'' as \meta{placement} specifier, +% and ``|chapter|'' resp. ``|none|'' as \meta{``within'' counter}, +% i.e., the counter which resets the numbering. +% (If ``|none|'' was specified as value, the numbering of the new +% type will be continuous throughout the document.) +Åñëè \meta{options} íå çàäàíû, «lo\meta{type}» áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàí êàê \meta{file +extension} äëÿ Ñïèñêà, «|tbp|» êàê îïöèÿ ðàçìåùåíèÿ \meta{placement} +è~«|chapter|» èëè «|none|» êàê ñ÷¸ò÷èê \meta{``within'' counter}, +ò.\,å. ñ÷¸ò÷èê, êîíòðîëèðóþùèé ïåðåíóìåðàöèþ. +(Åñëè çàäàí «|none|», íóìåðàöèÿ íîâîãî òèïà ôëîòà +áóäåò ñêâîçíàÿ.) + +% If no \meta{name} is given, the name of the newly created type will be set +% to \meta{type}, but with an uppercase first letter. +% If no \meta{list name} is given, the list name will be set to ``List of +% \meta{name}s''. +Åñëè íå çàäàí êëþ÷ \meta{name}, èìÿ âíîâü ñîçäàííîãî òèïà ôëîòîâ áóäåò âçÿòî +èç àðãóìåíòà \meta{type}, íî ñ~ïåðâîé ïðîïèñíîé áóêâîé. +Åñëè íåò àðãóìåíòà \meta{list name}, íàçâàíèå Ñïèñêà áóäåò çàäàíî êàê «List of +\meta{name}s». [Äëÿ îïöèè \meta{name} íåò ïîääåðæêè íà ðóññêîì ÿçûêå.] +% caption-deu.tex: +% (Diese Vorbelegungen sind also nur fur +% englischsprachige Dokumente geeignet, +% bei anderssprachigen Dokumenten sollte man also immer \meta{Name} und +% \meta{Listenname} mit angeben.) which means: +% +% (This presets are only appropriate for English documents, so for +% other languages you should use the optional arguments "name" and "list name".) +(Ýòè àâòîìàòè÷åñêèå óñòàíîâêè âîçìîæíû òîëüêî äëÿ +àíãëèéñêèõ äîêóìåíòîâ, ïîýòîìó äëÿ +äðóãèõ ÿçûêîâ îïöèè \meta{name} è~\meta{list name} +îáÿçàòåëüíû.) + +% The list will be typeset using the command |\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|s|, +% analogous to |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| and |\list|\-|of|\-|tables|. +% If the \package{fltpage} package is loaded, an environment called +% |FP|\meta{type} will be defined, same for |sideways|\meta{type} +% (\package{rotating} package), |SC|\meta{type} (\package{sidecap} package), +% and |wrap|\meta{type} (\package{wrapfig} package). +Ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ ìîæåò áûòü ñîçäàí ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\listof|\meta{type}|s|, +àíàëîãè÷íûé |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| è~|\list|\-|of|\-|tables|. +Åñëè èñïîëüçóåòñÿ ïàêåò \package{fltpage}, îêðóæåíèå +|FP|\meta{type} áóäåò îïðåäåëåíî, òî æå äëÿ |sideways|\meta{type} +(ïàêåò \package{rotating}), |SC|\meta{type} (ïàêåò \package{sidecap}), +è~|wrap|\meta{type} (ïàêåò \package{wrapfig}). + +\smallskip + +\pagebreak[3] +% So for example +Òàê, íàïðèìåð +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}| +\end{quote} +% will define a new caption type and floating environment called |diagram|, +% the list will be stored in a file with the extension |lodiagram|, the name +% (used for the caption) will be ``Diagram'' and the list name +% ``List of Diagrams''. +% The list could be typeset with |\listofdiagrams|. +% Dependent on which packages are loaded, the environments |FPdiagram|, +% |sidewaysdiagram|, |SCdiagram|, and |wrapdiagram| will be defined additionally. +îïðåäåëÿåò íîâûé òèï ïîäïèñè è~îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà, íàçâàííûé |diagram|, +Ñïèñîê áóäåò çàïèñûâàòüñÿ â~ôàéë ñ~ðàñøèðåíèåì |lodiagram|, èìÿ +(èñïîëüçóåìîå â~íóìåðàöèîííîì çàãîëîâêå ïîäïèñè) áóäåò «|Diagram|» è~çàãîëîâîê Ñïèñêà +«|List of Diagrams|». Ñïèñîê ìîæåò áûòü ðàñïå÷àòàí êîìàíäîé |\listofdiagrams|. +Â~çàâèñèìîñòè îò òîãî, êàêèå ïàêåòû çàãðóæåíû, îïðåäåëÿòñÿ äîïîëíèòåëüíî îêðóæåíèÿ +|FPdiagram|, +|sideways|\-|diagram|, |SCdiagram| è~|wrap|\-|diagram|. + +%caption-deu.tex +% So definiert zum Beispiel +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[Diagramm][Diagrammverzeichnis]| +% \end{quote} +% +Ïîäîáíîå æå îïðåäåëåíèå äëÿ ðóññêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè äîëæíî âûãëÿäåòü òàê: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[Äèàãðàììà][Ñïèñîê äèàãðàìì]| +\end{quote} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +% \subsection{Further examples} +\subsection{Åù¸ íåñêîëüêî ïðèìåðîâ} +\label{examples} + +\subsubsection*{Example 1} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +% If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text +% you could define it this way: +Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü íîâóþ ñòðîêó ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì, +âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ýòî ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}| +\end{quote} +% If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| +% you get captions like this: +Åñëè âû âûáåðåòå ýòîò ôîðìàò, çàäàâ |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| +âû ïîëó÷èòå òàêîé âèä ïîäïèñåé: +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +% You could even use an indention with this caption format: +Âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü âòÿæêó ñ~ýòèì ôîðìàòîì: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}| +\end{quote} +% This would look like this: +Ýòî áóäåò âûãëÿäåòü òàê: +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +% Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of +% the caption text? No problem, e.g. +À~÷òî åñëè, âìåñòî ýòîãî, çàäàòü âòÿæêó òîëüêî äëÿ ïåðâîé ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè? +Íåò ïðîáëåì, íàïðèìåð +\begin{quote} + |\newlength\myindention|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ + | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=myformat}| +\end{quote} +% would give you captions like +äàñò ïîäïèñü âèäà +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +% But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use +% it for example with +% |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|? +% This could be done, too: +Íî âû õîòèòå ñîçäàòü îïöèþ äëÿ ýòîé âòÿæêè, äëÿ òîãî, ÷òîáû +èñïîëüçîâàòü å¸ êàê |\captionsetup|\x|[figure]|\x|{myindention=|\ldots|}|? +Ýòî òîæå ìîæíî ñäåëàòü: +\begin{quote} + |\newlength\myindention|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\ + | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\ + | {#1#2\\\hspace\myindention #3}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}| +\end{quote} +% would give the same result as the example above. +÷òî äàñò ðåçóëüòàò àíàëîãè÷íûé ïðèâåä¸ííîìó âûøå. + +% \subsubsection*{Example 2} +\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 2} + +% You want captions to look like this: +Âû õîòèòå ïîëó÷èòü ïîäïèñè òàêîãî âèäà: +%\begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{skip=0pt} + \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext} +%\end{Example} +\pagebreak[2] +% You could do it this way: +Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì: +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\ + | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\ + |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\ + | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}| +\end{quote} + +% \subsubsection*{Example 3} +\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 3} + +% The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be: +Òåêñò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà ïîäïèñè äîëæåí áûòü âûâåäåí â~ëåâîå ïîëå? Âîçìîæíîå ðåøåíèå: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}| +\end{quote} +% As a result you would get captions like this: +Â~ðåçóëüòàòå âû ïîëó÷èòå òàêèå ïîäïèñè: +\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} + +\medskip + +% If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination +% of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example: +Åñëè ëåâûé êðàé ïîäïèñè ïðè âûõîäå ïîäïèñè íà ïîëÿ äîëæåí áûòü íà ôèêñèðîâàííîì ðàññòîÿíèè, +ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìáèíàöèþ êîìàíä +|\llap| è~|\makebox|, íàïðèìåð: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\ + | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}| +\end{quote} +\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext} + +% \subsubsection*{Example 4} +\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 4} + +% This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both. +% This will be achieved by a combination of +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|: +Ñëåäóþùèé ïðèìåð ïîìåùàåò ðèñóíîê ðÿäîì ñ~òàáëèöåé, íî èñïîëüçóåò îáùóþ äëÿ íèõ ïîäïèñü. +Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü êîìáèíàöèåé êîìàíä +|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| è~|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\ + | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\begin{figure}|\\ + | \centering|\\ + | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\ + | \qquad|\\ + | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\ + | |\ldots\\ + | \end{tabular}|\\ + | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\ + | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\ + | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ + |\end{figure}| +\end{quote} +\DeleteShortVerb{\|}% +\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth} + \captionsetup{type=figure} + \centering + \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}% + \qquad + \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr} + & x & y \\\hline + a & 1 & 2 \\ + b & 3 & 4 \\ + \end{tabular} +% \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption} +% \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable} +% \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark} + \captionlistentry[table]{Ðèñóíîê è~òàáëèöà ñ~îáùåé ïîäïèñüþ} + \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable} + \caption{Ðèñóíîê è~òàáëèöà ñ~îáùåé ïîäïèñüþ\footnotemark} +\end{minipage} +% \footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the +% \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.} +\IfFileExists{cat.eps}% +{\footnotetext{Ðèñóíîê ëþáåçíî ïðåäîñòàâëåí èç ïðèìåðîâ êíèãè + \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}}{} +\MakeShortVerb{\|} +% (Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure +% resp.~table counter.) +(Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, êàê è~|\caption|, óâåëè÷èâàåò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ôëîòà.) + + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +% \section{Document classes \& Babel support} +\section{Êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ è~ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{babel}} +\label{classes} + +% This section will give you an overview of the document classes the +% \package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions, +% what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with +% them, and what are the `default' settings for them. +Ýòîò ðàçäåë äàñò îáçîð êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, êîòîðûå ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ ïàêåòîì +\package{caption}, ÷òî îíè óæå ïðåäëàãàþò äëÿ ðàáîòû ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè, +êàêèå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû âîçíèêàþò ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~íèìè ïàêåòà \package{caption} +è~êàêîâû óñòàíîâêè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ äëÿ ýòèõ êëàññîâ. + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent +% how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example +% setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used +% with different document classes. +Óñòàíîâêè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ çàâèñÿò îò êëàññà äîêóìåíòà, èñïîëüçóåìîãî âàìè; îíè ïðåäñòàâëÿþò +îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñåé, ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåå çàìûñëàì àâòîðà äàííîãî êëàññà äîêóìåíòà. Íàïðèìåð, íàñòðîéêè +|format=|\x|default| äàäóò ðàçëè÷íûé ðåçóëüòàò ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~ðàçíûìè êëàññàìè. + +\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em +\INFO +% If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually +% don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class) +% are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article}, +% \class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions. +% \Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document +% class used and will give you the clear warning +Åñëè âû íå íàøëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà â~ýòîì ðàçäåëå, òî, îáû÷íî, ýòî íå ïîâîä äëÿ âîëíåíèÿ: +ìíîæåñòâî êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ (íàïðèìåð, êëàññ \class{octavo}) +ïîëó÷åíû èç ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ +\class{article}, \class{report} èëè \class{book}, è~èìåþò +àíàëîãè÷íûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ïîäïèñåé. +\Thispackage\ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè äåëàåò ïðîâåðêó ñîâìåñòèìîñòè êëàññà äîêóìåíòà +è~äà¸ò íåäâóñìûñëåííîå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå +\begin{quote}\footnotesize + |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ + |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\ + |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| +\end{quote} +% if such an incompatibility was detected. +% If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the +% usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported. +åñëè áûëà îïðåäåëåíà íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü. +Åñëè âû òàêîãî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ íå ïîëó÷èëè, òî âñ¸ â~ïîðÿäêå, íî åñëè âû ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå +âñ¸ æå ïîëó÷èëè, \thispackage\ íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ è~òåì áîëåå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ. + +\begin{Expert} +% If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{} +% anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the +% look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{} +% without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author +% of the document class. +% If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base| +% via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or +% |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined +% state. +% Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and +% keep your fingers crossed. +Åñëè âû, íåñìîòðÿ íà ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, ðåøèëè âñ¸ ðàâíî èñïîëüçîâàòü \thispackage{}, +âû äîëæíû ïðîâåðèòü, êàêîé ïîáî÷íûé ýôôåêò âîçíèêàåò. Îáû÷íî ïîäêëþ÷åííûé \thispackage{} +áåçî âñÿêèõ îïöèé â~òàêèõ ñëó÷àÿõ èçìåíÿåò âûâîä ïîäïèñåé, è~îíè âûãëÿäÿò íå òàê, êàê +ïðåäóñìîòðåíî àâòîðîì êëàññà äîêóìåíòà. +Åñëè ýòî âàñ óäîâëåòâîðÿåò, âû ìîæåòå äëÿ íà÷àëà çàäàòü êëþ÷ |style=|\x|base|, +çàäàâ åãî â~ñòðîêå |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| èëè â~êîìàíäå +|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}|, ÷òî âåðí¸ò õîðîøî íàñòðîåííûå ïàêåòîì óñòàíîâêè. +Ïîñëå ýòîãî âû ìîæåòå çàäàâàòü ñâîè îïöèè è~íàäåÿòüñÿ íà ëó÷øåå. +\end{Expert} +\endgroup + +\newcommand*\Option{Îïöèÿ} +\newcommand*\defaultvalue{çíà÷åíèå \texttt{ïî óìîë÷àíèþ}} +\newcommand*\uses{\textit{èñïîëüçóåò}} +\newcommand*\settings{\textit{íàñòðîéêè}} +\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{îòñóòñòâóåò}} + +% \subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book} +\subsection{Ñòàíäàðòíûé \LaTeX: article, report, è~book} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & \nofont \\ +|labelfont=| & \nofont \\ +|textfont=| & \nofont \\ +\end{tabular} + +\begin{Annotation} +% This also applies to document classes derived from them. +Ýòî îòíîñèòñÿ è~ê~ïðîèçâîäíûì îò íèõ êëàññàì. +\end{Annotation} + +% \subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook} +\subsection{Êëàññû \AmS: amsart, amsproc, è~amsbook} +\label{AMS} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ +|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\ +|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\ +|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\ +\end{tabular} + +\begin{Annotation*} +% |\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and +% |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes. +Êëàññû \AmS\ îïðåäåëÿþò êîìàíäó |\@caption|\-|font|, êîòîðàÿ çàäà¸òñÿ êàê +|\normal|\-|font|, à~|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| \cdash--- êàê |\scshape|. +\end{Annotation*} + +% Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for +% more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes), +% the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead. +% If you want to use a common margin for both, insert +% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}| +% into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage. +Êðîìå ýòîãî ïîëå ïðèíèìàåò çíà÷åíèå |\captionindent| â~ìíîãîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñÿõ +(êîòîðîå ðàâíî â~ýòèõ êëàññàõ~|3pc|), +ïîëå äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè óìåíüøàåòñÿ â~äâà ðàçà. +Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü îáùåå ïîëå äëÿ îáîèõ âàðèàíòîâ, äîáàâüòå â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà +|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}| +ïîñëå çàãðóçêè ïàêåòà. + +% Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t| +% will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for +% |figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while +% loading \thispackage. +Äîïîëíèòåëüíî çàäàþòñÿ îïöèè |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|. +Âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü ýòè óñòàíîâêè, çàäàâ äðóãèå çíà÷åíèÿ äëÿ êëþ÷åé +|figure|\-|position=| èëè |table|\-|position=| ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà. + +\subsection{Êëàññ beamer} +\label{beamer} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & \textit{íå íóìåðóåòñÿ} \\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |raggedright| \\ +|font=| & \class{beamer} «|caption|» \settings \\ +|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} «|caption name|» \settings \\ +|textfont=| & \nofont \\ +\end{tabular} + +% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} +% You can setup font and color settings with +% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and +% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}. +% This will still work, unless you set a different font with +% |\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or +% |\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par +% Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates +% which can be chosen with +% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|. +% Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism, +% |\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code} +% and +% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]| +% will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used. +\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû} +Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü øðèôò è~öâåò ñ~ïîìîùüþ +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} è~% +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}. +Ýòî áóäåò ðàáîòàòü, åñëè òîëüêî âû íå çàäàäèòå äðóãîé øðèôò ÷åðåç +|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| èëè +|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par +Êðîìå ýòîãî êëàññ \class{beamer} ïðåäëàãàåò ðàçëè÷íûå øàáëîíû +îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé, çàäàâàåìûå ÷åðåç +|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|. +Ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ çàìåíÿåò ýòîò ìåõàíèçì, êîìàíäû +|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code} +è~|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]| +íå èìåþò ñèëû ïðè åãî èñïîëüçîâàíèè. + +% \subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook} +\subsection{Êëàññû \KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, è~scrbook} +\label{KOMA} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +% |format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\ +|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| è~|\setcaphanging| \settings \\ +% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\ +|labelformat=| & \textit{òî æå, ÷òî \purett{simple}, íî ñ~ïîääåðæêîé ``autodot''}\\ +|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & \settings\ |\setkomafont{caption}| \\ +|labelfont=| & \settings\ |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \\ +|textfont=| & \nofont \\ +\end{tabular} + +% \subsubsection*{Build-in features} +% The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and +% feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a +% look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'. +\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå âîçìîæíîñòè} +Êëàññû \KOMAScript\ ïðåäëàãàþò ìíîãî âàðèàíòîâ äëÿ íàñòðîéêè âûâîäà +ïîäïèñåé. Ïîëíûé îáçîð âû ìîæåòå íàéòè â~[àíãëèéñêîé] äîêóìåíòàöèè +\KOMAScript, ðàçäåë `Tables and Figures'. + +% \subsubsection*{Side effects} +% The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and +% will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package. +% Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \& +% |table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \& +% |\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by +% the \package{caption} package. +\subsubsection*{Ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû} +Äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíäû |\setcapwidth| íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ (ïîêà) +è~áóäåò èãíîðèðîâàòüñÿ ïðè ñîâìåñòíîì èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~ïàêåòîì \package{caption}. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî, îïöèè \KOMAScript\ |tablecaptionabove| è~% +|table|\-|caption|\-|below| è~êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|above| è~|\caption|\-|below| +áóäóò ñèëüíåå ÷åì íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à |position=| ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{caption}. + +% \subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek} +\subsection{Êëàññû \NTG: artikel, rapport, è~boek} +\label{NTG} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |plain| \\ +|labelformat=| & |simple| \\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & \nofont \\ +|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\ +|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\ +\end{tabular} + +% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} +% |\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either +% directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|. +% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options +% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage. +\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû} +|\CaptionLabelFont| è~|\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| ìîãóò áûòü +çàäàíû ëèáî íåïîñðåäñòâåííî, ëèáî +ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Caption|\-|Fonts|. Îáà âàðèàíòà +ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ, òîëüêî åñëè íå áûë +çàäàí îäèí èç êëþ÷åé |labelfont=| èëè |textfont=| äàííîãî ïàêåòà. + +% \subsection{\SmF{}: smfart and smfbook} +\subsection{Êëàññû \SmF{}: smfart è~smfbook} +\label{SMF} + +% Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes +% the same default values are valid here. +Ïîñêîëüêó êëàññû \SmF\ ÿâëÿþòñÿ ïðîèçâîäíûìè êëàññîâ \AmS, òî òå æå îãðàíè÷åíèÿ +äåéñòâóþò è~çäåñü. + +% Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|. +% If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option +% |max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false| +% (which both means the same). +Êðîìå òîãî ðàçìåð ïîëÿ îãðàíè÷åí îäíîé äåñÿòîé îò çíà÷åíèÿ |\linewidth|. +Åñëè âàñ íå óñòðàèâàþò ýòè îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, èõ ìîæíî îòêëþ÷èòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ +|maxmargin=|\x|off| èëè |maxmargin=|\x|false| (îáà âàðèàíòà äàþò îäíî è~òî æå). + +\subsection{Êëàññ thesis} +\label{thesis} + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline +|format=| & |hang| \\ +% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\ +|labelformat=| & \textit{òî æå, ÷òî \purett{simple}, íî ñ~êðàòêèì èìåíåì}\\ +|labelsep=| & |colon| \\ +|justification=| & |justified| \\ +|font=| & \nofont \\ +|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\ +|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\ +\end{tabular} + +% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects} +\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû} +% The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|, +% the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|. +% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options +% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage. +Øðèôò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà ìîæåò áûòü çàäàí ÷åðåç êîìàíäó |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|, +øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà ïîäïèñè \cdash--- ÷åðåç |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|. +Îáå êîìàíäû ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ, òîëüêî åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçîâàëè îïöèè +|label|\-|font=| èëè |text|\-|font=|, êîòîðûå ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage. + +% \subsection{frenchb Babel option} +\subsection{Îïöèÿ frenchb ïàêåòà Babel} +\label{frenchb} + +% If you use the \package{frenchb} option of the \package{babel} package +% with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them) +% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| +% (offered by \package{frenchb}), overriding the default value set by the +% document class. +% So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you +% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. +Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îïöèþ \package{frenchb} ïàêåòà \package{babel} +ñ~îäíèì èç òð¸õ ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à (èëè èõ ïðîèçâîäíûìè) +çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ êëþ÷à |labelsep=| [îïöèÿ |labelsep=default|] áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòü +çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| (ïðåäëàãàåìîé +ïàêåòîì \package{frenchb}), çàìåíèâ çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ, çàäàííîå êëàññîì. +À~ïåðåîïðåäåë¸ííàÿ êîìàíäà |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| +áóäåò ðàáîòàòü äî òåõ ïîð, ïîêà âû +íå îïðåäåëèòå äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå |labelsep=|, îòëè÷àþùååñÿ îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. + +\INFO* +% Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{babel} package. +Ïîæàëóéñòà çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòà \package{babel}. + +% \subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages} +\subsection{Ïàêåòû frenchle è~frenchpro} +\label{frenchpro} + +% If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package, +% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| +% (offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default +% value set by the document class. +% So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you +% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. +Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåòû \package{frenchle} èëè \package{frenchpro}, +çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |label|\-|sep=| îïðåäåëèò çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû +|\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| (ïðåäëàãàåìîé +ïàêåòàìè \package{frenchle/pro}) ïëþñ \cs{space}, çàìåíèâ çíà÷åíèå, çàäàííîå êëàññîì +ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. +Ïîýòîìó ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| +ðàáîòàåò äî òåõ ïîð, ïîêà âû +íå îïðåäåëèòå äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå |labelsep=|, îòëè÷àþùååñÿ îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. + +% Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|, +% since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the +% \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package. +% %If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or +% %\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êëþ÷ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |text|\-|font=| áóäåò çàäàí êàê |text|\-|font=|\x|it|, +ïîñêîëüêó ýòî ýìóëèðóåò íàñòðîéêè êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|font| îïðåäåë¸ííîé ïàêåòàìè +\package{frenchle} èëè \package{frenchpro}. +% %Åñëè âû ïåðåîïðåäåëèòå êîìàíäó |\captionfont| ïîñëå çàãðóçêè \package{frenchle} èëè +% %\package{frenchpro}, ýòî ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå ïðîïàä¸ò. +% Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the +% \package{caption} package internally for a different purpose, +% so you should not change it (anymore). +Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|font| èñïîëüçóåòñÿ ïàêåòîì +\package{caption} äëÿ äðóãèõ öåëåé, ïîýòîìó ëó÷øå åþ áîëüøå íå ïîëüçîâàòüñÿ. + +% The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will +% still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=| +% than the default one. +Êîìàíäà |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{èëè} table} áóäåò ðàáîòàòü, +íî òîëüêî, åñëè âû íå îïðåäåëèëè êëþ÷ |label|\-|format=|, îòëè÷àþùèéñÿ +îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. + +\INFO* +% Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{frenchle} +% or \package{frenchpro} package. +Ïîæàëóéñòà, çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòîâ \package{frenchle} +èëè \package{frenchpro}. + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\pagebreak[4] +% \section{Package support} +\section{Ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòîâ} +\label{packages} +\label{compatibility} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +% \Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with +% captions, too: +\Thispackage\ àäàïòèðîâàí ñ~ïàêåòàìè, êîòîðûå òàêæå ðàáîòàþò ñ~ïîäðèñóíî÷íûìè ïîäïèñÿìè: +\begin{quote} + \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, + \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, + \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins}, + \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap}, + \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable}, + \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab} +\end{quote} + +% Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the +% \package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package +% bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{} +% and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ïàêåòû \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}, +ïàêåò \package{subcaption} (ÿâëÿåòñÿ ÷àñòüþ ãðóïïû ïàêåòîâ \package{caption}), +è~ïàêåò \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} +ïîääåðæèâàþò \thispackage\ è~èñïîëüçóþò èíòåðôåéñ |\caption|\-|setup|. + +\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em +\INFO +% If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines +% the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred +% over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and +% avoiding conflicts. +% If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this +% warning message:~\footnote{% +% You can suppress this warning by specifying the option +% \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.} +Åñëè ïàêåò (èëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà), íåèçâåñòíûé äàííîìó ïàêåòó, ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò +êîìàíäó |\caption|, ýòî ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå áóäåò áîëåå ïðåäïî÷òèòåëüíî ïî +ñðàâíåíèþ ñ~òåì ÷òî ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage, ÷òî ñîçäàñò ìàêñèìóì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè +è~äàñò âîçìîæíîñòü èçáåæàòü ïîñëåäñòâèé êîíôëèêòîâ. +Åñëè ïîòåíöèàëüíàÿ íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü áóäåò îáíàðóæåíà, âû óâèäèòå ñëåäóþùåå +ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå:\footnote{% + Âû ìîæåòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, çàäàâ îïöèþ \texttt{compatibility=true} + ïðè çàãðóçêå äàííîãî ïàêåòà.} +\begin{quote}\footnotesize + |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ + |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ + |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\ + |See the caption package documentation for explanation.| +\end{quote} +\endgroup + +% As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available: +Â~ðåçóëüòàòå, ñëåäóþùèå íàñòðîéêè, êîòîðûå ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage, +íå áóäóò ðàáîòàòü: +\begin{itemize} +% \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=| +% \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label) +% \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables) +% \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator) +% \item |\ContinuedFloat| +% \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and +% \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins +% \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} +% \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation} + \item îïöèè |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=| è~|listformat=| + \item |\caption*| (ñîçäàíèå ïîäïèñè áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà) + \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (îòêëþ÷åíèå âûâîäà â~Ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ) + \item |\caption{}| (ñîçäàíèå ïîäïèñè áåç ðàçäåëèòåëÿ ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì) + \item |\ContinuedFloat| + \item ïðàâèëüíàÿ âûêëþ÷êà ïîäïèñåé â~îêðóæåíèÿõ òèïà \texttt{wide} è~\texttt{addmargin}, + êîòîðûå äîáàâëÿþò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå ïîëÿ + \item îïöèÿ \textsf{hypcap} \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} + \item âîçìîæíîñòü ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïîäïèñè \See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}} +\end{itemize} + +\DescribeMacro{compatibility=} +% You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option +Âû ìîæåòå îòêëþ÷èòü òàêîé ðåæèì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè, çàäàâ +\begin{quote} + |compatibility=false| +\end{quote} +% when loading \thispackage. +% But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported +% since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards. +% (For that reason you will get a warning about this.) +ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà. +Íî îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîé îïöèè è~íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ, è~íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ +ïîñêîëüêó ìîãóò âîçíèêíóòü ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû è~äàæå îøèáêè. +(Ïî ýòîìó ïîâîäó âû êàê ðàç óæå ïîëó÷èëè ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.) + +\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{% + \ifvmode\else\par\fi + \nopagebreak + \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par + \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò algorithms} +\label{algorithms} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two +% environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility +% for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides +% a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.} +Ãðóïïà ïàêåòîâ \package{algorithms}\cite{algorithms} ïðåäëàãàåò äâà îêðóæåíèÿ: +Îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithmic} ïðåäëàãàåò âîçìîæíîñòü äëÿ çàïèñè àëãîðèòìîâ, +à~\texttt{algorithm} \cdash--- «ïëàâàþùèé» âàðèàíò àëãîðèòìîâ.} + +% Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float| +% provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}. +Ïîñêîëüêó îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithm} çàäà¸òñÿ ÷åðåç êîìàíäó |\new|\-|float|, +ïðåäëàãàåìóþ ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float}, îçíàêîìüòåñü ñ~\Ref{float}. + +\iffalse +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò algorithm2e} +\label{algorithm2e} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for +% writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.} +Ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e}\cite{algorithm2e} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèå äëÿ +çàïèñè àëãîðèòìîâ â~LaTeX2e.} + +% Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard +% interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the +% \package{float} package) and typesetting its caption, +% the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage. +Ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e} íå èñïîëüçóåò ñòàíäàðòíûé èíòåðôåéñ äëÿ +îïðåäåëåíèÿ ñîáñòâåííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà (íàïðèìåð, êîìàíäó~|\newfloat| èç ïàêåòà +\package{float}) è~ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñè, +ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e} \emph{íå} ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ äàííûì ïàêåòîì. +% +% So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage, +% you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding +% floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package), +% and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code. +Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âàì íóæíî íàñòðîèòü ïîäïèñè èñïîëüçóÿ \thispackage, +âû äîëæíû ñàìè ñîçäàòü íîâîå îêðóæåíèå, èñïîëüçóÿ ïîääåðæèâàåìûé èíòåðôåéñ ðàáîòû ñ~ôëîòàìè +(íàïðèìåð, èñïîëüçóÿ ïàêåòû \package{float} èëè \package{floatrow}), +è~ñêîìáèíèðîâàòü ýòî îêðóæåíèå ñ~êîäîì ïàêåòà \package{algorithm2e}. +% +% As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic}, +% for example: +Ñíà÷àëà âû äîëæíû îïðåäåëèòü íåïëàâàþùåå îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithmic}, +íàïðèìåð: +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\ + |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\ + |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\ + |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\ + |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment + |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\ + | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\ + | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\ + | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\ + \ldots +\end{quote} +% Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new +% floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package +% (or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package), +% and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic} +% in its body, just like you would do when you use the +% \package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem. +Îïðåäåëèâ òàêîå íåïëàâàþùåå îêðóæåíèå, +âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâî¸ ñîáñòâåííîå îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\newfloat| ïàêåòà +\package{float}, (èëè |\DeclareNewFloatType| ïàêåòà \package{floatrow}), +è~èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìáèíàöèþ ýòîãî îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà è~îêðóæåíèÿ +\texttt{algorithmic} âíóòðè íåãî, àíàëîãè÷íî òîìó, êàê ýòî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ +ïðè òàíäåìå ïàêåòîâ +\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic}. + +% You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example: +Âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü äëÿ ýòèõ öåëåé ïàêåò \package{algorithm}, íàïðèìåð: +\begin{quote} + \ldots\\ + |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\ + |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\ + |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\ + |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\ + \ldots\\ + |% Example usage:|\\ + |\begin{algorithm}|\\ + |\caption{An algorithm}|\\ + |\begin{algorithmic}|\\ + | \SetVline|\\ + | \eIf{cond1}{|\\ + | a line\;|\\ + | }{|\\ + | another line\;|\\ + | }|\\ + |\end{algorithmic}| +\end{quote} +% Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every +% other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float}, +% please see \Ref{float}. +Òåïåðü âû ìîæåòå ñîçäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ñîäåðæèìîãî ôëîòà è~åãî ïîäïèñè, àíàëîãè÷íî ëþáîìó äðóãîìó +îêðóæåíèþ ôëîòà, îïðåäåë¸ííîìó ïàêåòîì \package{float} package\cite{float}, +ñì.~\Ref{float}. + +% \begin{Annotation} +% An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package. +Â~êà÷åñòâå àëüòåðíàòèâû ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåò \package{algorithmicx}. +% \end{Annotation} +\fi + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò float} +\label{float} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands +% \cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel +% and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments. +% It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places +% the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.} +Ïàêåò \package{float}\cite{float} ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäû +\cs{restylefloat} äëÿ ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèÿ óæå ñóùåñòâóþùåãî ìàêåòà ôëîòà +è~\cs{newfloat} äëÿ îïðåäåëåíèÿ íîâûõ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ. +Òàêæå îí ïðåäëàãàåò ñïåöèàëüíóþ îïöèþ ðàçìåùåíèÿ ôëîòà \texttt{H}, êîòîðàÿ ïîìåùàåò +ôëîò «çäåñü», îòêëþ÷èâ ïëàâàíèå ôëîòà.} + +% For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the +% |po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its +% placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead. +Äëÿ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ, îïðåäåë¸ííûõ ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíä \cs{newfloat} èëè +\cs{restylefloat} îïöèÿ +|po|\-|si|\-|tion| íå èìååò ýôôåêòà, òàê êàê ìåõàíèçì ðàçìåùåíèÿ è~ðàññòàíîâîê +îòáèâîê êîíòðîëèðóåòñÿ ñòèëåì ôëîòà ïàêåòà \package{float}. + +% A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be +% executed additionally to the regular ones. +% Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the +% |ruled| captions: It defines the caption style +Ñòèëè ïîäïèñè è~êëþ÷è àññîöèèðîâàííûå ñ~íàçâàíèåì äàííîãî ñòèëÿ ôëîòà +âêëþ÷àþòñÿ ïðè çàïóñêå äàííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ. +Èñïîëüçóÿ ýòîò ìåõàíèçì \thispackage\ ýìóëèðóåò âûâîä ïîäïèñåé â~ñòèëå +|ruled|: îí îïðåäåëÿåò ñòèëü ïîäïèñè +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\ + | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.} +\end{quote} +% So to change this you need either define your own caption style called +% |ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional +% options.%, +%e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|. +Òàê, ÷òîáû èçìåíèòü ýòî âû ìîæåòå ëèáî îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ñòèëü ïîäïèñè, íàçâàííûé +|ruled| èëè èñïîëüçîâàòü |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\x\marg{options} è~îïðåäåëèòü +äîïîëíèòåëüíûå îïöèè.%, + +% Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption +% is specified, overriding its global value: +Òàêæå, èñïîëüçóÿ ýòîò ìåõàíèçì, îòáèâêà ìåæäó ôëîòîì â~ðàìêå (|boxed|) è~åãî +ïîäïèñüþ ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò çíà÷åíèå: +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}| +\end{quote} +% For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}| +% with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting +% instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with +% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|. +Äëÿ èçìåíåíèÿ ýòîãî, èñïîëüçóéòå |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}| +ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèì çíà÷åíèåì. Èëè, åñëè âàì íóæíî âìåñòî ýòîãî èñïîëüçîâàòü îáùèå +(ãëîáàëüíûå) óñòàíîâêè êëþ÷à |skip|, +âû ìîæåòå îòìåíèòü èñïîëüçîâàíèå ëîêàëüíîãî îïðåäåëåíèÿ, çàäàâ +|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|. + +\begin{Note} +% Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with +% |\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments +% are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|. +% As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these. +% Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations, +% so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving +% like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| +% instead. +% And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I +% recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the +% \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}. +Âíóòðè îêðóæåíèé îïðåäåë¸ííûõ êîìàíäàìè |\new|\-|float| èëè |\re|\-|style|\-|float| +ìîæíî çàäàòü òîëüêî îäíó ïîäðèñóíî÷íóþ ïîäïèñü, êðîìå òîãî +ýòè îêðóæåíèÿ ðàáîòàþò íå òàê, êàê +îïðåäåë¸ííûå â~ñòàíäàðòíîì \LaTeX'å |figure| è~|table|. +Â~ðåçóëüòàòå ìíîæåñòâî ïàêåòîâ íå ìîæåò áûòü êîîïåðèðîâàòüñÿ ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì. +Áîëåå òîãî ïàêåò \package{float} èìååò íåêîòîðûå íåäîñòàòêè è~îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, ïîýòîìó, åñëè +âàì íóæíî îïðåäåëèòü íîâîå îêðóæåíèå, ðàáîòàþùåå êàê +|figure| èëè |table| \cdash--- ÿ ðåêîìåíäîâàë áû äëÿ ýòîãî èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó +|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|. +À~äëÿ îïðåäåëåíèÿ äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ è~èõ íàñòðîéêè ìîæíî +èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| èç ïàêåòà +\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}. +\end{Note} + +\iffalse +% Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using +% the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are +% wrong. +% And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself +% in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working +% correctly afterwards. +Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âàì \emph{íå} íóæíî çàäàâàòü |\restyle|\-|float| äëÿ èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ +îïöèè ðàçìåùåíèÿ «|H|». Íåêîòîðûå ðóêîâîäñòâà ñîâåòóþò ýòî, íî ýòî íåâåðíî. +À~çàäàíèå |\restyle|\-|float{table}| õîðîøèé ñïîñîá ñáèòü ñåáÿ ñ~íîã, +ïîñêîëüêó ìíîãèå ïàêåòû, èñïîëüçóþùèå â~ñâîèõ ìàêðîêîìàíäàõ îêðóæåíèå |table| ïåðåñòàþò +ðàáîòàòü. +\fi + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò floatflt} +\label{floatflt} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables +% which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.} +Ïàêåò \package{floatflt}\cite{floatflt} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ +ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, +îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and +% |float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use +Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå îïöèè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |floating|\-|figure| +è~|floating|\-|table|, +ìîæíî çàäàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\ + |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +% |figure| resp.~|table|. +Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ñîîòâåòñòâåííî ê~îñíîâíûì äëÿ |figure| èëè |table|. + +\begin{Note} +% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables, +% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| +% resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. +Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| èëè |width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ òàêèõ ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö, +òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå èõ ñòðîãî, +âíóòðè |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| èëè +|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò fltpage} +\label{fltpage} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the +% caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page +% for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom +% of the previous or next page.} +Ïàêåò \package{fltpage}\cite{fltpage} ïðåäëàãàåò âíåøíþþ ïîäïèñü äëÿ ôëîòîâ +|figure| èëè |table|, ñîäåðæèìîå êîòîðûõ çàíèìàåò öåëóþ ñòðàíèöó. +Ïîäïèñü ïðè ýòîì ðàçìåùàåòñÿ íà ïðåäûäóùåé èëè ñëåäóþùåé ñòðàíèöå [íà ðàçâîðîòå].} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|: +Ñëåäóþùèå êëþ÷è êîíòðîëèðóþò ññûëêè íà îêðóæåíèÿ |FPfigure| è~|FPtable|: +\begin{description} +% \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] +% If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to +% |figure|, it will link to the figure contents. +% (The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.) +% \item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] +% If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref} +% will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents. +% (The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.) + \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} èëè \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Åñëè îïðåäåëåíà îïöèÿ |caption|, ññûëêà â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ áóäåò îòíîñèòüñÿ ê~ïîäïèñè; à~åñëè +|figure| \cdash--- òî ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ôëîòà. +(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |FPlist=|\x|caption|.) +\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} èëè \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Åñëè îïðåäåëåíà îïöèÿ |caption|, ññûëêè \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, èëè \cs{nameref} +áóäóò ïðèâÿçàíû ê~ïîäïèñè; à~åñëè |figure| \cdash--- òî ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ôëîòà. +(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |FPref=figure|.) +\end{description} + +% If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable| +% environments you can use +Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |FPfigure| è~|FPtable| +âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\ + |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +% |figure| or |table|. +Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò çàäàíû äîïîëíèòåëüíî ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì äëÿ +|figure| èëè |table|. + +% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define +% an environment called |FP|\meta{name} which behaves like |FP|\-|figure| and +% |FP|\-|table|. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionType}\marg{name} òàêæå îïðåäåëèò +îêðóæåíèå |FP|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå áóäåò àíàëîãè÷íî |FPfigure| è~|FPtable|. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò hyperref} +\label{hyperref} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross +% referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.} +Ïàêåò hyperref\cite{hyperref} èñïîëüçóåòñÿ äëÿ óïðàâëåíèÿ êîìàíäàìè ïåðåêð¸ñòíûõ ññûëîê +â~\LaTeX'å äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ ãèïåðòåêñòîâûõ ññûëîê âíóòðè äîêóìåíòà.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink +% anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package +% which they supersede.} +Ñóùåñòâóþò äâà êëþ÷à, êîíòðîëèðóþùèõ ðàçìåùåíèå ãèïåðññûëîê:\footnote{Ýòè +îïöèè íàçâàíû ïî ïàêåòó \package{hypcap}, êîòîðûé îíè çàìåíÿþò.} +\begin{description} +% \item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount] +% If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the +% List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at +% the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par +% If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par +% (The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.) +\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} èëè \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |true| âñå ãèïåðññûëêè \cdash--- çàïèñè â~Ñïèñêàõ ðèñóíêîâ (òàáëèö), +êîìàíäû |\ref| è~|\autoref| \cdash--- áóäóò ïðèâÿçàíû +ê~íà÷àëó îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà.\par +Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |false| ãèïåðññûëêè (îáû÷íî) ïðèâÿçûâàþòñÿ ê~ïîäïèñè.\par +(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |hypcap=true|.) +% \item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount] +% Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of +% the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between +% the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself, +% e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par +% (The default setting is |hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip|.) +\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount] +Ïîñêîëüêó ýòî âûãëÿäèò ïëîõî, åñëè ãèïåðññûëêà ïîïàäàåò òî÷íî ââåðõ ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû, +âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûé ïàðàìåòð ðàññòîÿíèÿ ìåæäó ïðèâÿçêîé ãèïåðññûëêè +è~îêðóæåíèåì ôëîòà, +íàïðèìåð, |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| óáèðàåò ýòî ðàññòîÿíèå.\par +(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip|.) +\end{description} + +% Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the +% \package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the +% \package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the +% \package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the +% \package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink +% anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and +% |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set. +Îáå íàñòðîéêè íå èìåþò ýôôåêòà â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |lstlisting| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì +\package{listings}), |longtable| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì +\package{longtable}), |super|\-|tabular| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì +\package{supertabular}) è |xtabular| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì \package{xtab}), +âíóòðè ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé ãèïåðññûëêè âñåãäà áóäóò çàäàíû òàê, +áóäòî çàäàíû îïöèè |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| è~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt|. + +%\pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak +\pagebreak[3]Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå:\nopagebreak +\begin{description} +% \item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} +% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}% +% \\[\smallskipamount] +% Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results. +% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested, +% the hyperlink anchor will be placed different. +% For example: +\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg\ldots\ è~% + \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg\ldots}\\[\smallskipamount] +Áåç ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, äàäóò âàì èäåíòè÷íûå ðåçóëüòàòû. +Íî ñ~çàãðóæåííûì ïàêåòîì \package{hyperref}, è~ñ~îïöèåé |hypcap=|\x|true|, +ãèïåðññûëêà áóäåò äðóãîé. Íàïðèìåð: +\begin{quote} +|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ +| |\ldots\\ +| \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\ +|\end{minipage}| +\end{quote} +% will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption. +% (And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.) +% But +Ïîìåñòèò ãèïåðññûëêó â~ïîäïèñü. +(À~åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true|, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.) +Íî +\begin{quote} +|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\ +| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\ +| |\ldots\\ +| \caption{A figure}|\\ +|\end{minipage}| +\end{quote} +% will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|, +% since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type +% to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too. +ïîìåñòèò ãèïåðññûëêó â~íà÷àëî îêðóæåíèÿ |mini|\-|page|, +ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|setup|\x|{type=|\x|figure}| íå òîëüêî çàäà¸ò íàñòðîéêè äëÿ +ôëîòà «figure», íî òàêæå ïîìåùàåò ãèïåðññûëêó. + +% \item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots} +% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount] +\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg\ldots\ è~% + \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg\ldots}\\[\smallskipamount] +% Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results. +% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances. +% So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to +% the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command. +% So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument, +% |\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result. +% So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't +% want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables. +Îïÿòü æå, áåç ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, îáà âàðèàíòà äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò. +À~ñ~çàãðóæåííûì ïàêåòîì \package{hyperref}, îòëè÷èå áóäåò â~íþàíñàõ. +Òàê, íàïðèìåð, äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíäû |\caption| òàêæå áóäåò çàïèñàí â~% +|aux|-ôàéë, è~òàêæå áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ êîìàíäà |\name|\-|ref|. +Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå êîìàíäó ïîäïèñè~|\caption| ñ~ïóñòûì äîïîëíèòåëüíûì àðãóìåíòîì, êîìàíäà +|\name|\-|ref| òàêæå äàñò âàì «ïóñòîé» ðåçóëüòàò. +Ïîýòîìó ëó÷øå èñïîëüçîâàòü \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}, åñëè âàì íå íóæíî +çàïèñûâàòü ðèñóíîê â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö. +\end{description} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò hypcap} +\label{hypcap} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem +% that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption +% rather than the beginning of the float. +% Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself, +% the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.} +% %, at least when you use \thispackage.} +Ïàêåò \package{hypcap}\cite{hypcap} ïðåäëàãàåò ðåøåíèå ïðîáëåì, ñâÿçàííûõ ñ~ôëîòàìè +ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, êîòîðûé ïîìåùàåò ãèïåðññûëêè â~ïîäïèñü, +à~íå â~íà÷àëî ôëîòà. +Ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ \version{3.1} óæå ðåøèë ýòó ïðîáëåìó ñâîèìè ñðåäñòâàìè, +ïàêåò \package{hypcap} îáû÷íî íå íóæåí.% +% , êîãäà âû èñïîëüçóåòå +% \thispackage. +} + +% If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the +% \package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink +% anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=| +% and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|. +Åñëè ïàêåò \package{hypcap} çàãðóæåí äîïîëíèòåëüíî ê~ïàêåòó \package{hyperref}, +òî êîíòðîëü çà ãèïåðññûëêàìè ïåðåõîäèò îò ïàêåòà \package{caption} ê~íåìó, +ïåðåêðûâàÿ îïöèè êëþ÷åé |hypcap=| è~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|. + +% So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors +% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore, +% instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap} +% package) for this. +Ïîýòîìó äëÿ ðó÷íîãî ðàçìåùåíèÿ ãèïåðññûëêè |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| +óæå íå ãîäèòñÿ, è~âìåñòî ýòîãî âû äîëæíû èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó |\capstart| +(ïðåäëàãàåìóþ ïàêåòîì \package{hypcap}). + +% Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good +% placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and +% |table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also +% offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for +% |floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package), +% |FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package), +% |fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package), +% |par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package), +% |SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package), +% |three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package), +% and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).%---% +% %so by loading the \package{hypcap} package additionally you will +% %loose that. +Ïðè àâòîìàòè÷åñêîì ðàçìåùåíèè ãèïåðññûëîê, ïàêåò \package{hypcap} çàäà¸ò âåðíîå +ðàçìåùåíèå òîëüêî äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |figure| è~% +|table|. Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê îïöèÿ êëþ÷à |hypcap=true| ïàêåòà \package{caption}, ïðåäëàãàåò òàêæå +êîððåêòíîå ðàçìåùåíèÿ ññûëîê äëÿ îêðóæåíèé +|floating|\-|figure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{floatflt}), +|FPfigure| è~|FPtable| (ïðåäëàãàåìûõ ïàêåòîì \package{fltpage}), +|figwindow| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{picinpar}), +|parpic| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{picins}), +|SCfigure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{sidecap}), +|three|\-|part|\-|table| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{threeparttable}), +è~|wrap|\-|figure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{wrapfig}).%---% +%ïîýòîìó, çàãðóæàÿ ïàêåò \package{hypcap}, âû òåðÿåòå ýòè âîçìîæíîñòè. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò listings} +\label{listings} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.} +Ïàêåò \package{listings}\cite{listings} ïîìîãàåò ðàñïå÷àòàòü ïðîãðàììíûé êîä.} + +% If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment +% you can use +Åñëè âû æåëàåòå ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå îïöèè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |lstlinsting| +âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} + +% Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options +% for controlling the position and the skips of the caption: +% |caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|. +% \See{\package{listings} documentation for details.} +% These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but +% can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|, +% e.g.%~ +Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïàêåò \package{listings} èìååò ñîáñòâåííûå îïöèè +äëÿ êîíòðîëÿ ðàñïîëîæåíèÿ îòáèâîê âîêðóã ïîäïèñè: +|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, è~|below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|. +\See{ïîäðîáíåå â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ïàêåòà \package{listings}.} +Îïöèè ïàêåòà \package{listings} ïåðåîïðåäåëÿþò îïöèè \package{caption}, íî +ìîãóò áûòü â~ñâîþ î÷åðåäü ïåðåïèñàíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ íàñòðîåê +|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|, +íàïðèìåð, +\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò longtable} +\label{longtable} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment +% which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table +% itself can span multiple pages.} +Ïàêåò \package{longtable}\cite{longtable} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèå, +êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî \texttt{tabular}, íî òàáëè÷íûé ìàòåðèàë ìîæåò çàíèìàòü +íåñêîëüêî ñòðàíèö.} + +% If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment +% you can use +Åñëè âû æåëàåòå ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table| +âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +% |table|. +Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì äëÿ +|table|. + +% The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|, +% so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and +% |long|\-|table|s. +% But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default +% $=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that. +% (But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by +% |\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|, +% even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.) +Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| îáû÷íî ïåðåêðûâàþò çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû +|\LTcapwidth|, ïîýòîìó +âû ìîæåòå ïîëó÷èòü èäåíòè÷íîå îôîðìëåíèå äëÿ ïîäïèñåé â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |table| è~% +|longtable|. +Íî åñëè âû çàäàäèòå çíà÷åíèå |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| îòëè÷íîå îò çàäàííîãî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ, +÷òî ðàâíî ${}={}$|4in|, \thispackage\ áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòî çíà÷åíèå. +(Íî |\LTcapwidth| áóäåò ïåðåïèñàíî ïîñëåäóþùåé íàñòðîéêîé +|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|, äàæå åñëè îíî çàäàíî +îòëè÷íûì îò~|4in|.) + +\begin{Note} +% |\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s. +% Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment +% the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment +% instead. +% \NEWfeature{v3.1} +% If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter +% please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the +% \package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be +% loaded automatically). +Êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|of| è~|\Continued|\-|Float| íå ðàáîòàþò â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |long|\-|table|. +Êðîìå òîãî íè |\caption| íè |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| íå óâåëè÷èâàþò çíà÷åíèå ñ÷¸ò÷èêà +òàáëèö |table|; åãî çíà÷åíèå óïðàâëÿåòñÿ îêðóæåíèåì |long|\-|table|. +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü îêðóæåíèå |longtable| áåç óâåëè÷åíèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêà òàáëèö, |table|, +èñïîëüçóéòå îêðóæåíèå |longtable*|, ïðåäëàãàåìîå ïàêåòîì \package{ltcaption}, +êîòîðûé ÿâëÿåòñÿ ÷àñòüþ ãðóïïû ïàêåòîâ ïàêåòà \package{caption} è~çàãðóæàåòñÿ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè. +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò picinpar} +\label{picinpar} +\packagedescription{% +% Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar} +% package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full +% width of a page and are float around by text. +% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages +% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} +Àíàëîãè÷íûé ïàêåòó \package{floatflt}, ïàêåò \package{picinpar}% +\cite{picinpar} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì. +Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü +ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and +% |tab|\-|window| environments you can use +Åñëè âàì íóæíû ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |figwindow| è~|tabwindow| +âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\ + |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +% |figure| or |table|. +Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì +|figure| èëè |table|. + +\begin{Note} +% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, +% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or +% |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. +Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, +òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figwindow]{|\ldots|}| èëè +|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figtable]{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò picins} +\label{picins} +\packagedescription{% +% Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the +% \package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not +% span the full width of a page and are float around by text. +% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages +% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} +Àíàëîãè÷åí ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt} è~\package{picinpar} +\package{picins}\cite{picins} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì. +Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü +ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use +Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |parpic| âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +% |figure| or |table|. +Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì +|figure| èëè |table|.\par + +% Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures, +% and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| íå ñîçäà¸ò çàïèñè â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ, +à~êîìàíäà |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| çàäà¸ò ïîäïèñü áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà. + +\begin{Note} +% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables. +% \iffalse +% if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used. +% The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if +% |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used. +% \fi +% But you can override this by setting it explicit with +% |\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|. +Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö. +\iffalse +åñëè çàäàíû êîìàíäû |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| èëè |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side|. +Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à |width| íå áóäóò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ (íî êëþ÷ |margin| áóäåò), åñëè +çàäàíû êîìàíäû |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| èëè |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side|. +\fi +Íî ýòî ìîæíî ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü íàñòðîéêàìè +|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +% If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please +% do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins} +% documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command +% which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.: +Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ïîäïèñü, |\piccaption|, íå äëÿ |figure|, à~äëÿ äðóãîãî òèïà ôëîòà, +\emph{íå} ïåðåîïðåäåëÿéòå êîìàíäó |\@captype|, êàê ïðåäëîæåíî â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ïàêåòà +\package{picins}. +Èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}, ïðåäëàãàåìóþ äàííûì ïàêåòîì, +íàïðèìåð: +\begin{quote} + |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\ + |\piccaption{An example table}|\\ + |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}| +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò rotating} +\label{rotating} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating +% environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which +% are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree. +% Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.} +Ïàêåò \package{rotating}\cite{rotating} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòîâ +\texttt{side\-ways\-figure} è~\texttt{side\-ways\-table} +êîòîðûå ÿâëÿþòñÿ òåìè æå ðèñóíêàìè è~òàáëèöàìè, íî ðàçâ¸ðíóòûìè íà 90~ãðàäóñîâ. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà \cs{rotcaption} äëÿ ïîâîðîòà òîëüêî ïîäïèñåé.} + +\iffalse % No, we don't do that +% If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and +% |side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use +Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |sidewaysfigure| è~|sidewaystable| +âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\ + |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì +|figure| èëè |table|.\par +\fi + +% The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so +% |\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to +% |\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|. +Êîìàíäà |\rot|\-|caption| áûëà ðàñøèðåíà äàííûì ïàêåòîì, ïîýòîìó +|\rot|\-|caption*| èëè |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| ìîãóò áûòü èñïîëüçîâàíû àíàëîãè÷íî +êîìàíäàì |\caption*| è~|\captionof|. + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define +% an environment called |side|\-|ways|\meta{name} which behaves like +% |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and |side|\-|ways|\-|table|. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} îïðåäåëèò +îêðóæåíèå, íàçûâàåìîå |side|\-|ways|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî +|side|\-|ways|\-|figure| è~|side|\-|ways|\-|table|. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò setspace} +\label{setspace} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands +% to change the spacing, +% e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space} +% causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.} +Ïàêåò \package{setspace}\cite{setspace} ïðåäëàãàåò îïöèè è~êîìàíäû äëÿ +èçìåíåíèÿ èíòåðëèíüÿæà, +íàïðèìåð \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space} +ñîçäàñò äîêóìåíò, ðàñïå÷àòàííûé ñ~ïîëóòîðíûì èíòåðëèíüÿæåì.} + +% If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage, +% the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed +% by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|, +% |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|. +% \See{also \Ref{fonts}} +Åñëè ïàêåò \package{setspace} èñïîëüçóåòñÿ âìåñòå ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì, +ïîäïèñü áóäåò íàïå÷àòàíà ñ~îäèíàðíûì èíòåðëèíüÿæåì. Ýòî ìîæíî ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü, +çàäàâ ëèáî |font=onehalfspacing|, |font=doublespacing|, ëèáî +|font={stretch=|\meta{amount}|}|. \See{òàêæå \Ref{fonts}} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò sidecap} +\label{sidecap} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments +% \texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures +% and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.} +Ïàêåò \package{sidecap}\cite{sidecap} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòîâ +|SCfigure| è~|SCtable|, êîòîðûå ÿâëÿþòñÿ òåìè æå ðèñóíêàìè è~òàáëèöàìè, +íî ïîäïèñè ïîìåùàþòñÿ \emph{ñáîêó} ñîäåðæèìîãî.} + +% If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable| +% environments you can use +Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |SCfigure| è~|SCtable| +âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\ + |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +% |figure| or |table|. +Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì +|figure| èëè |table|.\par + +\pagebreak[3] +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define +% an environment called |SC|\meta{name} which behaves like |SC|\-|figure| and +% |SC|\-|table|. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionType}\marg{name} ìîæåò îïðåäåëèòü +îêðóæåíèå |SC|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî |SCfigure| è~|SCtable|. + +\pagebreak[3] +\begin{Note} +% The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification. +% If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option +% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents. +Ïàêåò \package{sidecap} ïðåäëàãàåò îïöèè äëÿ âûêëþ÷êè ïîäïèñåé. +È~åñëè îíè çàäàíû, òî îíè ïåðåîïðåäåëÿò íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à +|justification=| äëÿ ïîäïèñåé ñòîÿùèõ ñáîêó. +\end{Note} + +\begin{Note} +% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, +% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| +% or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. +Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, +òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\captionsetup|\x|[SCfigure]|\x|{|\ldots|}| +èëè |\captionsetup|\x|[SCtable]|\x|{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +\medskip + +\begin{Annotation*} +% Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more +% powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting +% captions beside the contents. +Âìåñòî èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ ïàêåòà \package{sidecap} âû ìîæåòå âîñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ +ïàêåòîì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} äëÿ ðàçìåùåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé ñáîêó ôëîòîâ. +\end{Annotation*} + +\pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection*{Undocumented features} +% The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package +% options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions: +\subsubsection*{Íåäîêóìåíòèðîâàííûå îñîáåííîñòè} +Ïàêåò \package{sidecap} âåðñèè \version{1.6} èìååò íåêîòîðûå íåäîêóìåíòèðîâàííûå +îïöèè è~êîìàíäû êîòîðûå ïîçâîëÿþò çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûå íàñòðîéêè: + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{margincaption} +% The package option +Îïöèÿ ïàêåòà +\begin{quote} + |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)} +\end{quote} +% causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin. +ïîçâîëÿåò ïîìåñòèòü âñå ïîäïèñè ñáîêó íà ïîëå. + +\pagebreak[3] +\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos} +% The command +Êîìàíäà +\begin{quote} + |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos} +\end{quote} +% sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|' +% (for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment). +% The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones +% defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| it's `|b|'. +çàäà¸ò âåðòèêàëüíîå ïîëîæåíèå ïîäïèñè. Àðãóìåíò \meta{pos} ìîæåò áûòü ëèáî `|t|' +(äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî âåðõó), `|b|' (äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî íèçó), èëè `|c|' +(äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî öåíòðó). +Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ äëÿ òàáëèö, |table|, \cdash--- `|t|', +äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ, |figure|, è~âñåõ äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé, îïðåäåë¸ííûõ +ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| \cdash--- `|b|'. + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò subfigure} +\label{subfigure} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or +% `sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment. +% This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.} +Ïàêåò \package{subfigure}\cite{subfigure} ïðåäëàãàåò ïîääåðæêó äëÿ ÷àñòåé ôëîòîâ (ïîäôëîòîâ) +âíóòðè îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|. +Ýòîò ïàêåò ÿâëÿåòñÿ óñòàðåâøèì, íîâûå ïîëüçîâàòåëÿì ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ ïàêåò \package{subfig}.} + +% Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in +% a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during +% development) should still compile as expected. +Ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{subfigure} óñòàðåâøèé, îí ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ è~êîìïèëèðóåòñÿ òîëüêî â~ñòàðûõ äîêóìåíòàõ +(èñïîëüçóþùèõ \thispackage\ \version{1.x}). + +% Please use the \package{subfig} package instead with supports \thispackage\ +% \version{3.x}. +Âìåñòî ýòîãî èñïîëüçóéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, ïàêåò \package{subfig}; åãî ïîääåðæèâàåò \thispackage\ +\version{3.x}. + +% \See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.} +\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}.} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåòû supertabular è~xtab} +\label{supertabular} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab} +% packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite +% similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the +% \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}. +% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful +% packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} +Ïàêåòû \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} è~\package{xtab}\cite{xtab} +ïðåäëàãàþò îêðóæåíèå, +àíàëîãè÷íîå \texttt{long\-table}, (ïàêåò \package{longtable}\cite{longtable}), +êîòîðîå ìîæåò ðàçáèâàòüñÿ íà íåñêîëüêî ñòðàíèö. +Äåòàëüíûå îáúÿñíåíèÿ ðàçëè÷èé ýòèõ ìîùíûõ ïàêåòîâ +ñì.~â~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} + +% If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular| +% resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use +Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |super|\-|tabular| +èëè~|xtabular| âû ìîæåòå çàïèñàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî}\\ + |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +% |table|. +Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì +|figure| èëè |table|.\par + +\begin{Note} +% |\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s. +Êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~|super|\-|tabular| è~|xtabular|. +\end{Note} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò threeparttable} +\label{threeparttable} +\packagedescription{% +% The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme +% for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and +% the caption. +% This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in +% tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.} +Ïàêåò \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} +ïðåäëàãàåò ñõåìó äëÿ òàáëèö, èìåþùèõ ñòðóêòóðèðîâàííûé ðàçäåë çàìå÷àíèé ïîñëå òàáëè÷íîãî ìàòåðèàëà +è~ïîäïèñè. +Ýòà ñõåìà ïðåäëàãàåò îòâåò äëÿ ñòàðîé ïðîáëåìû ðàçìåùåíèÿ ñíîñîê â~òàáëèöàõ áåç íåîáõîäèìîñòè +ñîçäàíèÿ ñíîñîê.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and +% |measured|\-|figure| environments you can use +Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé +|three|\-|part|\-|table| è~|measured|\-|figure|, +âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\ + |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +% |table| or |figure|. +Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì +|figure| èëè |table|.\par + +\begin{Note} +% Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here, +% the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables, +% at least unless you set it explicit with +% |\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or +% |\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|. +Ïîñêîëüêó øèðèíà ïîäïèñè ðàâíà øèðèíå òàáëèöû, +êëþ÷è |margin| è~|width| çäåñü íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, +òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî +|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[threeparttable]|\x|{|\ldots|}| +èëè |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[measuredfigure]|\x|{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +\medskip + +\begin{Annotation*} +% Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can +% also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose. +Âìåñòî ïàêåòà \package{threeparttable} ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü +ïàêåò \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}. +\end{Annotation*} + +\pagebreak[3] +\subsection{Ïàêåò wrapfig} +\label{wrapfig} +\packagedescription{% +% Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the +% \package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers +% figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float +% around by text. +% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages +% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} +Àíàëîãè÷íî ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt}, \package{picinpar} è~% +\package{picins}, ïàêåò \package{wrapfig}\cite{wrapfig} ïðåäëàãàåò +îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì. +Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü +ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.} + +\NEWfeature{v3.1} +% If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and +% |wrap|\-|table| environments you can use +Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |wrap|\-|figure| +è~|wrap|\-|table| âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\\ + |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad. +\end{quote} +% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for +% |figure| or |table|. +Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì +|figure| èëè |table|.\par + +% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define +% an environment called |wrap|\meta{name} which behaves like |wrap|\-|figure| +% and |wrap|\-|table|. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} îïðåäåëèò +íîâîå îêðóæåíèå |wrap|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå àíàëîãè÷íî |wrap|\-|figure| è~|wrap|\-|table|. + +\begin{Note} +% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and +% tables, unless you set it explicit with +% |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| +% or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|. +Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, +òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[wrapfigure]{|\ldots|}| +èëè |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[wraptable]{|\ldots|}|. +\end{Note} + +\begin{Note} +% If the \package{wrapfig} package should be used in coorperation with the +% \package{float} package, it needs to be loaded \emph{after} the +% \package{float} package. Furthermore |\new|\-|float| and |\restyle|\-|float| +% commands \emph{should} be placed after \emph{both} packages have been loaded. +Åñëè ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} äîëæåí áûòü èñïîëüçîâàí ñîâìåñòíî ñ~ïàêåòîì +\package{float}, òî åãî íóæíî çàãðóçèòü \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòà +\package{float}. Êðîìå òîãî êîìàíäû |\new|\-|float| èëè |\restyle|\-|float| +\emph{äîëæíû} áûòü ïîìåùåíû ïîñëå çàãðóçêè \emph{îáîèõ} ïàêåòîâ. +\end{Note} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +% \section{Further reading} +\section{Ðåêîìåíäóåìàÿ ëèòåðàòóðà} + +% I recommend the following documents for further reading: +ß ðåêîìåíäóþ ñëåäóþùèå äîêóìåíòû äëÿ äàëüíåéøåãî ÷òåíèÿ: + +\begin{itemize} +\item +% The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX: + The \TeX\ FAQ -- ×àÂî ïî \TeX'ó è~\LaTeX'ó: + \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote} + +\item + A French FAQ can be found at + \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote} + +\item + ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz: + \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote} + +\item +%^^A \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around +%^^A including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents. +%^^A You will find this document in the directory + \textsf{epslatex} (Keith Reckdahl) ñîäåðæèò ìíîæåñòâî ïîäñêàçîê + êàê ðàçìåñòèòü èëëþñòðàöèîííûé ìàòåðèàë â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ñîçäàííîé â~\LaTeXe. + Âû íàéäåòå ýòîò ôàéë â~äèðåêòîðèè + \begin{quote}\url{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/epslatex/}\end{quote} +\end{itemize} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\pagebreak[3] +% \section{Thanks} +\section{Áëàãîäàðíîñòè} + +{\fontencoding{T1}%\fontfamily{ptm} +\selectfont +I would like to thank Katja Melzner, +Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko, +David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, and Keith Reckdahl. +Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support! + +Also I would like to thank +Harald Harders, +Peter L\"offler, +Peng Yu, +Alexander Zimmermann, +Matthias Pospiech, +J\"urgen Wieferink, +Christoph Bartoschek, +Uwe St\"ohr, +Ralf Stubner, +Geoff Vallis, +Florian Keiler, +J\"urgen G\"obel, +Uwe Siart, +Sang-Heon Shim, +Henrik Lundell, +David Byers, +William Asquith, +Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann, +Frank Martini, +Danie Els, +and +Markus Kohm, +who all helped to make this package a better one.} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage\appendix +% \section{Alphabetical Reference} +\section{Àëôàâèòíûé óêàçàòåëü} + +%\newenvironment{Warnings}% +% {\begin{trivlist}% +% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}% +% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}% +% }% +% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}} +\makeatletter +\newenvironment{Warnings}{% + \newif\ifMessage + \def\Message{% + \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi + \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}% + \setlength\parindent{0pt}% + \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}% + \setlength\leftskip{0pt}% + \color{blue}% + \Messagetrue}% + \def\Description{% + \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}% + \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{èëè}}% + \def\@Or[##1]{% + \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}% +}{% + \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi +} +\makeatother + +% \subsection{Options} +\subsection{Êëþ÷è (îïöèè)} +\newcommand\preambleoption{\,% + \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% + \footnotemark[2]% + \endgroup} +\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{% + \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}% +% \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}% + \footnotetext[2]{Ýòè îïöèè ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü òîëüêî â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà.}% + \endgroup} + +\newcommand\cell[1]{\tabular[t]{@{}l@{}}#1\endtabular} + +\begin{longtable*}{@{}l@{\ }ll@{}} +% Option & Short description & Section \\ +Êëþ÷ & Êðàòêîå îïèñàíèå & Ðàçäåë \\ +\hline\noalign{\vskip2pt} +\endhead +% |aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\ +|aboveskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó íàä ïîäïèñüþ & \ref{skips} \\ +% |belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\ +|belowskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ïîä ïîäïèñüþ & \ref{skips} \\ +% |compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{classes} \\ +|compatibility|\preambleoption & ôîðñèðîâàòü (íå)ñîâìåñòèìîñòü & \ref{compatibility} \\ +%|config| & & \ref{x} \\ +% |figurename|\preambleoption & sets the figure name & \ref{names} \\ +|figurename|\preambleoption & çàäàíèå èìåíè ðèñóíêà â~ìåòêå & \ref{names} \\ +% |figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\ +|figureposition|\preambleoption & äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ðàçìåùåíèè ïîçèöèè ïîäïèñè ðèñóíêà & \ref{skips} \\ +% |figurewithin|\preambleoption & sets the figure ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\ +|figurewithin|\preambleoption & \cell{çàäà¸ò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ðàçäåëà, êîòîðîìó ïîä÷èíÿåòñÿ\\ íóìåðàöèÿ ðèñóíêîâ} + & \ref{numbering} \\ +% |font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\ +|font|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò & \ref{fonts} \\ +% |format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\ +|format| & çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò & \ref{formats} \\ +% |FPlist| & to where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\ +|FPlist| & ê~÷åìó ïðèâÿçûâàòü FPfigure â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ? & \ref{fltpage} \\ +% |FPref| & to where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\ +|FPref| & ê~÷åìó ïðèâÿçûâàòü |\ref| äëÿ FPfigure? & \ref{fltpage} \\ +% |hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\ +|hangindent| & \cell{çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó [íà âåñó;\\ ñîîòâåòñòâóåò êîìàíäå \cs{hangindent}]} & \ref{margins} \\ +% |hypcap| & select `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\ +|hypcap| & îïðåäåëÿåò ðàáîòó ïàêåòà `hypcap' & \ref{hyperref} \\ +% |hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink \& contents & \ref{hyperref} \\ +|hypcapspace| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàññòîÿíèå ìåæäó ãèïåðññûëêîé\\ è~ñîäåðæèìûì +îáúåêòà} & \ref{hyperref} \\ +% |indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\ +|indention| & çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó & \ref{margins} \\ +% |justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\ +|justification| & çàäà¸ò âûêëþ÷êó & \ref{justification} \\ +% |labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\ +|labelfont|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ ìåòêè ôëîòà & \ref{fonts} \\ +% |labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\ +|labelformat| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò [îôîðìëåíèå] íóìåðàöèîííîãî\\ çàãîëîâêà} & \ref{formats} \\ +% |labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\ +|labelsep| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì\\ çàãîëîâêîì +è~òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè} & \ref{formats} \\ +% |labelseparator| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\ +|labelseparator| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì\\ çàãîëîâêîì +è~òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè} & \ref{formats} \\ +% |list| & switches the entries in the `List of' on or off & \ref{lists} \\ +|list| & \cell{îïðåäåëÿåò (âêëþ÷àåò/îòêëþ÷àåò) âûâîä ïîäïèñåé\\ â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ} & \ref{lists} \\ +% |listformat| & sets the `List of' entry format & \ref{lists} \\ +% |listfigurename| & sets the `List of Figure' name & \ref{names} \\ +|listfigurename| & çàäà¸ò çàãîëîâîê äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ & \ref{names} \\ +|listformat| & îïðåäåëÿåò ôîðìàò äëÿ âûâîäà â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ & \ref{lists} \\ +% |listtablename| & sets the `List of Tables' name & \ref{names} \\ +|listtablename| & çàäà¸ò çàãîëîâîê äëÿ Ñïèñêà òàáëèö & \ref{names} \\ +% |margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\ +|margin| & çàäà¸ò ïîëÿ âîêðóã ïîäïèñè & \ref{margins} \\ +% |margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\ +|margin*| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ïîëÿ, â~ñëó÷àå, åñëè øèðèíà ïîäïèñè\\ íå çàäàíà} & \ref{margins} \\ +% |maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\ +|maxmargin| & çàäà¸ò ìàêñèìàëüíóþ âåëè÷èíó ïîëÿ & \ref{margins} \\ +% |minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\ +|minmargin| & çàäà¸ò ìèíèìàëüíóþ âåëè÷èíó ïîëÿ & \ref{margins} \\ +%| name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\ +|name| & çàäà¸ò èìÿ íîâîãî îêðóæåíèÿ & \ref{names} \\ +% |oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\ +|oneside| & çàäà¸ò îäíîñòîðîííþþ ïå÷àòü äîêóìåíòà & \ref{margins} \\ +% |options| & executes the given option list & \ref{x} \\ +|options| & âêëþ÷àåò äàííûé ñïèñîê îïöèé & \\ +% |parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\ +|parindent| & çàäà¸ò àáçàöíûé îòñòóï & \ref{margins} \\ +% |parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\ +|parskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ìåæäó àáçàöàìè & \ref{margins} \\ +% |position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\ +|position| & äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ðàçìåùåíèè ïîäïèñè & \ref{skips} \\ +% |singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\ +|singlelinecheck| & âêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü [îôîðìëåíèÿ] îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé & \ref{justification} \\ +%|size| & sets the size of font & \ref{x} \\ +% |skip| & sets the skip between content \& caption & \ref{skips} \\ +|skip| & \cell{çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ìåæäó ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà è~ïîäïèñè} & \ref{skips} \\ +% |strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\ +|strut| & âêëþ÷àåò èñïîëüçîâàíèå êîìàíäû ðàñïîðêè |\strut| & \ref{formats} \\ +% |style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\ +|style| & çàäà¸ò ñòèëü îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè & \ref{style} \\ +%|style*| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\ +% |subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\ +|subtype| & çàäà¸ò âûâîä ïîäïèñè ÷àñòè ôëîòà & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\ +% |tablename|\preambleoption & sets the table name & \ref{names} \\ +|tablename|\preambleoption & çàäà¸ò èìÿ òàáëèöû & \ref{names} \\ +% |tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\ +|tableposition|\preambleoption & \cell{äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ïîëîæåíèè ïîäïèñè òàáëèöû + \\(òàáëè÷íîãî çàãîëîâêà)} & \ref{skips} \\ +% |tablewithin|\preambleoption & sets the table ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\ +|tablewithin|\preambleoption & \cell{çàäà¸ò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ðàçäåëà, êîòîðîìó ïîä÷èíÿåòñÿ\\ íóìåðàöèÿ òàáëèö} + & \ref{numbering} \\ +% |textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\ +|textfont|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà ïîäïèñè & \ref{fonts} \\ +% |textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\ +|textformat| & çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè & \ref{formats} \\ +% |twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\ +|twoside| & çàäà¸ò äâóñòîðîííþþ ïå÷àòü äîêóìåíòà & \ref{margins} \\ +% |type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\ +|type| & çàäà¸ò òèï ïîäïèñè è~ïîìåùàåò íà÷àëî ãèïåðññûëêè & \ref{types} \\ +% |type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\ +|type*| & çàäà¸ò òîëüêî òèï ïîäïèñè & \ref{types} \\ +% |width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\ +|width| & çàäà¸ò ôèêñèðîâàííóþ øèðèíó ïîäïèñè & \ref{margins} \\ +\end{longtable*} +\preambleoptiontext +% \footnotetext{The option \opt{subtype} is explained in the +% \package{subcaption} package documentation.} +\footnotetext{Çíà÷åíèå îïöèè \texttt{subtype} îáúÿñíÿåòñÿ â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ê~ïàêåòó + \package{subcaption}.} + +\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% +\begin{Note*} +% Obsolete options are not listed here. See +% \Ref{caption1} and +% \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options.} + Óñòàðåâøèå îïöèè çäåñü íå ïåðå÷èñëÿþòñÿ. Çà ñïèñêîì ýòèõ îïöèé îáðàòèòåñü ê~äîêóìåíòàöèè + \Ref{caption1} è~\Ref{caption2}. +\end{Note*}} + +% \subsection{Commands} +\subsection{Êîìàíäû} + +\begin{longtable*}{lll} +Êîìàíäà & & Ðàçäåë \\ +\hline +\endhead +|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ +%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ +%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\ +|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\ +|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\ +|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\ +|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\ +|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\ +|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\ +|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\DeclareCaptionType| & & \ref{declare} \\ +|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\ +\end{longtable*} +% \footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the +% \package{subcaption} package documentation.} +\footnotetext{Êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} îïèñàíà + â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}.} + +\clearpage +% \subsection{Warnings} +\subsection{Ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ} + +\begin{Warnings} + +\Message + |\caption outside box or environment.| +\Or + |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.| +\Or + |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\ + | or environment.| +\Description +% You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or +% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group, +% or environment. +% You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects. +% \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}} + Âû ïîìåñòèëè |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, èëè + |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| âíå áîêñà, ãðóïïû + èëè îêðóæåíèÿ. + Ýòî ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû. + \par\See{\Ref{types} è~\Ref{caption}} + +\Message + |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\ + |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\ + |unknown to the caption package.| +\Description +% If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or +% package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine +% |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement. +% As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|, +% using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|, +% or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par +% If you don't care about the original enhancements but would +% like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead +% you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false| +% a try and keep your fingers crossed. +% (But you will get the next warning instead.) +% \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}} + \Thispackage\ îáíàðóæèë, ÷òî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êàêîé-ëèáî (íåèçâåñòíûé) êëàññ äîêóìåíòà èëè + ïàêåò, ðàñøèðèâøèé îïðåäåëåíèå |\caption|, ïîýòîìó äàëüíåéøåå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå + |\caption| ìîæåò óíè÷òîæèòü èñïîëüçóåìûå íàñòðîéêè. + Â~ðåçóëüòàòå íåêîòîðûå îñîáåííîñòè, òàêèå êàê |\caption*|, |\ContinuedFloat|, + èñïîëüçîâàíèå äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà |\captionsetup|, + èëè îïöèé |list=| è~|hypcap=| íåâîçìîæíî.\par + Åñëè âàì íå íóæíû îðèãèíàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè è~âàæíåå èñïîëüçîâàòü + ïîëíûé ñïåêòð âîçìîæíîñòåé äàííîãî ïàêåòà, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü + íåïîääåðæèâàåìóþ(!) îïöèþ |compatibility=false| + è~íàäåÿòüñÿ íà ëó÷øåå. + (Íî â~ýòîì ñëó÷àå âû ïîëó÷èòå ñëåäóþùåå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.) + \par\See{\Ref{classes}} + +\Message + |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\ + |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\ + |was given.| +\Description +% Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false| +% \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes. +% But depending on the document class or other packages you use that +% can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your +% fingers crossed! + Åñëè âû áûëè ñòîëü îòâàæíû, çàäàâ îïöèþ |compatibility=|\x|false|, + \thispackage\ ïîñòàðàåòñÿ ñäåëàòü âñ¸, ÷òî âû ïîòðåáóåòå. + Íî òàêîå èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîãî ïàêåòà ñîâìåñòíî ñ~òàêèì ïàêåòîì èëè êëàññîì + ìîæåò îòêëþ÷èòü íåêîòîðûå îñîáåííîñòè èëè ïîðîäèòü îøèáêè. + Èòàê, íàäåéòåñü íà ëó÷øåå! + \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\ + |stopped early.| +\Description +% If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading +% (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of +% \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get +% \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures +% or tables. + Åñëè çàãðóçêà ïàêåòà \package{hyperref} çàâåðøèëàñü ðàíüøå ïîëîæåííîãî + (ïî êàêîé-ëèáî ïðè÷èíå), ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{hyperref} ïàêåòîì + \package{caption} áóäåò îòêëþ÷åíà. Â~ðåçóëüòàòå âû ïîëó÷èòå + \package{hyperref} ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ è~íåôóíêöèîíèðóþùèå ãèïåðññûëêè íà ðèñóíêè + èëè òàáëèöû. + \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\Message + |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.| +\Description +% \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding +% captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the +% \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use +% this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning. + \Thispackage\ ñòàðàåòñÿ êîððåêòíî ýìóëèðîâàòü êîìàíäû \KOMAScript, îòíîñÿùèåñÿ ê~ïîäïèñÿì. + Íî îïöèÿ êîìàíäû |\setcapwidth| èç + \KOMAScript\ åù¸ íå ðàáîòàåò âìåñòå ñ~ýòèì ïàêåòîì, + ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû ðåøèòå å¸ èñïîëüçîâàòü, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. + \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}} + +\Message + |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.| +\Description +% You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines +% |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug +% in \thispackage. +% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue. + Íàäåþñü âû íå óâèäèòå òàêîãî ñîîáùåíèÿ, îíî ïîÿâèòñÿ â~ñëó÷àå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèé îêðóæåíèé + |figure| èëè |table|, íåèçâåñòíûõ äàííîìó ïàêåòó, èëè ýòî îøèáêà ñàìîãî ïàêåòà + \package{caption}. + Ïîæàëóéñòà, ïðèøëèòå e-mail ñ~îáðàçöîì, äàþùèì ýòî ñîîáùåíèå. + +\Message + |\label before \caption ignored| +\Description +% Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its +% non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated +% at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead. +% So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or +% \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|). + Ìåòêè, |\label|, ê~ïëàâàþùèì îáúåêòàì ðàáîòàþò íå òàê, êàê íåïëàâàþùèå îêðóæåíèÿ: + èíôîðìàöèÿ äëÿ ìåòêè ãåíåðèðóåòñÿ íå â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ, + à~ïîñëå êîìàíäû |\caption|. + Ïîýòîìó âû äîëæíû ïîìåñòèòü êîìàíäó |\label| ëèáî \emph{ïîñëå} òåêñòà + |\caption| ëèáî âíóòðè òåêñòà ïîäïèñè. + +\Message + |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.| +\Description +% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list, +% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|, +% and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will +% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like +% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of +% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|. + Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå óäàëèòü îïöèþ èç ñïèñêà îïöèé, + íàïðèìåð, |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|, + à~ýòà îïöèÿ íå áûëà îáíàðóæåíà â~ñïèñêå, âû ïîëó÷èòå + ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. Åñëè ýòî ïðîèñõîäèò íå èç-çà îïå÷àòêè è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî + ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóéòå |\clearcaptionsetup*| âìåñòî + |\clearcaptionsetup|. + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\Message + |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.| +\Description +% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list, +% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|, +% and this option list is not defined (yet), you will +% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like +% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of +% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|. + Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå óäàëèòü îïöèþ èç ñïèñêà îïöèé, + íàïðèìåð, |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|, + à~ýòà îïöèÿ íå áûëà îáíàðóæåíà â~ñïèñêå, âû ïîëó÷èòå + ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. Åñëè ýòî ïðîèñõîäèò íå èç-çà îïå÷àòêè è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî + ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóéòå |\clearcaptionsetup*| âìåñòî + |\clearcaptionsetup|. + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\iffalse +\Message + |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\ + |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\ + |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\ + |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.| +\Description + \TODO +\fi + +\Message + |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\ + |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.| +\Description +% The caption option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| is only full functional +% if you have the \package{ragged2e} package installed in your \TeX\ system. +% If not, you will get this warning, and |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| +% will be treated as |justification=|\x|raggedright|. + Îïöèÿ |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| áóäåò ôóíêöèîíèðîâàòü + åñëè ïàêåò \package{ragged2e} èíñòàëëèðîâàí â~âàøåé ñèñòåìå \TeX{}. + Åñëè ïàêåòà íåò, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, è~|justification=|\x|RaggedRight| + áóäåò ðàáîòàòü êàê |justification=|\x|raggedright|. + \par\See{\Ref{justification}} + +\Message + |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.| +\Description +% The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be +% emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it +% away. + Îïöèÿ ïàêåòà \package{caption2}, |ignoreLTcapwidth|, íå áóäåò ýìóëèðîâàòüñÿ + äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà, îáû÷íî ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå ìîæíî èãíîðèðîâàòü. + \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}} + +\Message + |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\ + |captions right.| +\Description +% The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it +% is actually needed. +% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could +% get this warning. +% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away. + Ïàêåò \package{ragged2e} ìîæåò áûòü çàãðóæåí ïàêåòîì \package{caption} åñëè ýòî + äåéñòâèòåëüíî íåîáõîäèìî. + Ïî êðàéíåé ìåðå äëÿ ýòîãî íóæíû äâå îáðàáîòêè \LaTeX'à, è~ïðè ïåðâîé îáðàáîòêå + âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî ñîîáùåíèå. + Ñêîìïèëèðóéòå äîêóìåíò âòîðîé ðàç è ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èñ÷åçíåò. + \par\See{\Ref{justification}} + +\Message + |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.| +\Description +% If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the +% page numbers to get the margins right. +% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get +% this warning. +% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away. + Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îïöèþ äîêóìåíòà |twoside|, ïàêåòó íóæíî êîíòðîëèðîâàòü íóìåðàöèþ ñòðàíèö, + ÷òîáû ïîëó÷èòü âåðíî ðàçìåù¸ííûå ïîëÿ. + Äëÿ ýòîãî íóæíû äâå îáðàáîòêè \LaTeX'îì, à~ïðè ïåðâîé îáðàáîòêå âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî + ñîîáùåíèå. + Ñêîìïèëèðóéòå äîêóìåíò âòîðîé ðàç è ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èñ÷åçíåò. + \par\See{\Ref{margins}} + +\Message + |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.| +\Description +% This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if +% you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or +% |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment, +% this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption, +% the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|) +% and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|) +% as well.\par +% {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form +% |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par} + Ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èíôîðìèðóåò î~ñìåøåíèè îïöèé. Íàïðèìåð, + âû èñïîëüçóåòå |\captionof{table}{|\ldots|}| âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|, + ýòî ÿâëÿåòñÿ ðåçóëüòàòîì èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ îáåèõ îïöèé äëÿ ýòîé ñïåöèôè÷åñêîé ïîäïèñè: + äëÿ |figure| (çàäàííîé ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\captionsetup[figure]{|\ldots|}|) + è~äëÿ |table| (çàäàííîé ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\captionsetup[table]{|\ldots|}|).\par + {\small(Âû ìîæåòå îòêëþ÷èòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóÿ çâ¸çäíóþ ôîðìó êîìàíäû + |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par} + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\Message + |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\ + |particular \caption.| +\Description +% \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular +% caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by +% default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures, +% or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure +% or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par + \Thispackage\ íå íàø¸ë ïîäõîäÿùåå ìåñòî äëÿ ãèïåðññûëêè äëÿ äàííîé + ïîäïèñè, ïîýòîìó ïàêåò ðåøàåò èãíîðèðîâàòü íàñòðîéêè |hypcap=|\x|true| (çàäàííûå + ïî óìîë÷àíèþ). Â~ðåçóëüòàòå ññûëêà íà ýòó ïîäïèñü (íàïðèìåð, â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ, + èëè â~êîìàíäàõ |\ref| èëè |\autoref|) áóäåò ïðèâÿçàíà ê~ïîäïèñè ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû, + à~íå ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû.\par +% This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment, +% but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and +% which is unknown to \thispackage.\par + Ýòî ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå êîìàíäó |\captionof| â~íåïëàâàþùåì îêðóæåíèè, + à~òàêæå ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà, ïåðåîïðåäåëÿþùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|, + íåèçâåñòíîãî äàííîìó ïàêåòó.\par +% If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a +% |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or +% |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning. + Åñëè âàì ýòî ïîäõîäèò è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, çàäàéòå êîä + |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| ïåðåä |\caption| èëè + |\captionof|, êîòîðûå ïîðîæäàþò ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. +% If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with +% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself. + Åñëè æå ýòî âàñ íå óñòðàèâàåò, âû ìîæåòå ïîïðîáîâàòü çàäàòü ãèïåðññûëêó, ñ~ïîìîùüþ + |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}|. + \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}} + +\Message + |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\ + |usage of the caption package is not recommended.| +\Description +% Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you +% have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption| +% (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well. +% This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an +% unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all. + Ëèáî êëàññ äîêóìåíòà íåèçâåñòåí äàííîìó ïàêåòó, ëèáî âû + ïîäêëþ÷èëè ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò êîìàíäó |\@makecaption| + (âíóòðåííÿÿ êîìàíäà, ñîçäàþùàÿ ïîäïèñè). + Ýòî îçíà÷àåò ÷òî \thispackage\ èçìåíèò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñåé â~íåæåëàòåëüíûì ñïîñîáîì, + èëè âîîáùå îòêàæåòñÿ ðàáîòàòü. + \par\See{\Ref{classes} è~\Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].| +\Description +% You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are +% not used later on. +% This can be because of a typo in \meta{type}, +% or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and +% which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage +% of the environment \meta{type} after this line. +% (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*| +% instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.) + Âû îïðåäåëèëè îïöèè |\captionsetup[|\meta{type}|]| êîòîðûå + ïîçäíåå íå èñïîëüçîâàëèñü. + Ýòî ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè èç-çà îïå÷àòêè â~àðãóìåíòå \meta{type}, + èëè ïîòîìó, ÷òî âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|, + íåèçâåñòíûé äàííîìó ïàêåòó, èëè ïðîñòî âû íå èñïîëüçîâàëè îêðóæåíèÿ + \meta{type} ïîñëå çàäàííûõ íàñòðîåê.\par + (Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü |\captionsetup*| âìåñòî + |\captionsetup|.)\enlargethispage{\baselineskip} + \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}} + +\Message + |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\ + |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\ + |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\ + |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.| +\Description +% The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well. +% Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the +% other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption. + Ïàêåò \meta{package} èçìåíÿåò îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè. + Ðåøèòå, ÷åé èíòåðôåéñ âû ïðåäïî÷ò¸òå: \thispackage\ èëè + äðóãîé ïàêåò, èñïîëüçîâàíèå îáîèõ ìîæåò çàäàòü íåâåðíûå îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè. + \par\See{\Ref{skips}} + +\end{Warnings} + +\pagebreak[3] +%^^A\subsection{Errors} +\subsection{Ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ} + +\begin{Warnings} + +\Message + |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.| +\Or + |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.| +\Description +% If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption, +% you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| +% for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't +% use such list. + Åñëè âû õîòèòå ñîçäàòü ÷òî-òî íåîáû÷íîå (íàïðèìåð òàáëèöó) âíóòðè ïîäïèñè, + âû äîëæíû çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò äëÿ êîìàíäû |\caption| èëè |\captionof|, + ÷òîáû ïîìåñòèòü òåêñò â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö, äàæå åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçóåòå + òàêîé ñïèñîê. + \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, è~\Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\Message + |\caption outside float.| +\Description +% You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or +% a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|. +% If this is what you want to, please use either +% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or +% |\caption|\-|of|. + Âû ïîìåñòèëè êîìàíäó |\caption| çà ïðåäåëàìè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà èëè + |longtable|. Åñëè âû äåëàåòå ýòî ñîçíàòåëüíî, çàäàéòå + |\captionsetup{|\x|type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| èëè |\captionof|. + \par\See{\Ref{caption}} + +\Message + |\ContinuedFloat outside float.| +\Description +% You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating +% environment. % or |long|\-|table|. + Âû ïîìåñòèëè êîìàíäó |\ContinuedFloat| âíå îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà. +% If this is what you want to, please use the combination +% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par + Åñëè âû ýòî ñäåëàëè ñîçíàòåëüíî, èñïîëüçóéòå êîìáèíàöèþ + |\captionsetup{|\x|type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\ContinuedFloat|.\par +% Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not +% working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which +% typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter, +% if sufficient for you. + Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\ContinuedFloat| âíóòðè |longtable| (ïîêà) íå ðàáîòàåò, + íî, âîçìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàíèå îêðóæåíèÿ |longtable*|, êîòîðîå ñîçäà¸ò |longtable| + áåç óâåëè÷åíèÿ íóìåðàöèè |table|, ðåøèò âàøè ïðîáëåìû. + \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} è~\Ref{longtable}} + +\Message + |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.| +\Description +% Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating +% environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type, +% e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure. + Ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ðèñóíêè èëè òàáëèöû íå äîëæíû ïðåðûâàòüñÿ + îêðóæåíèåì äðóãîãî òèïà (èëè îêðóæåíèåì |long|\-|table|), + íàïðèìåð òàáëèöà ìåæäó ðèñóíêîì è~åãî ïðîäîëæåíèåì. + \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}} + +\Message + |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\ + |with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'|\\ + |package *(right) after* the `float' package.| +\Description +% Please take care of the load order of packages +% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the +% \package{float} package. + Áóäüòå âíèìàòåëüíû ñ~ïîðÿäêîì çàãðóçêè ïàêåòîâ, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå + ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} ñîâìåñòíî ñ~ïàêåòîì + \package{float}. + \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}} + +\Message + |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\ + |with the `float' package you should use at least|\\ + |`wrapfig' version 3.6.| +\Description +% Please take care of the version of the \package{wrapfig} package +% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the +% \package{float} package. + Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå íà âåðñèþ ïàêåòà \package{wrapfig}, êîòîðóþ âû èñïîëüçóåòå, + åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ýòîò ïàêåò âìåñòå ñ~ïàêåòîì + \package{float}. + \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}} + +\Message + |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\ + |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\ + |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.| +\Description +% \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it +% to a more recent version, at least to the one requested. + \Thispackage\ íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà, îáíîâèòå åãî, + êàê ìèíèìóì äî òðåáóåìîé âåðñèè. + +\Message + |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.| +\Description +% You should never see this error. +% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue. + Âû íå äîëæíû ïîëó÷àòü òàêîå ñîîáùåíèå. + Ïîæàëóéñòà, ïðèøëèòå e-mail ñ~îáðàçöîì, äàþùèì ýòî ñîîáùåíèå. + +\Message + |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.| +\Description +% The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|, +% |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is +% not defined. +% \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or +% any other floating environment defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|, +% |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, +% or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} +% package\cite{floatrow}. + Òèï ôëîòà \meta{type}, êîòîðûé âû âûáðàëè â~êîìàíäàõ |\captionsetup|\x|{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|, + |\captionof|\x\marg{type} èëè |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|SubType| íå îïðåäåë¸í. + Ôëîò \meta{type} äîëæåí áûòü ëèáî `\texttt{figure}' èëè `\texttt{table}', èëè + ëþáîå äðóãîå îêðóæåíèå îïðåäåë¸ííîå ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|, + |\newfloat|, ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float}, + èëè |\Declare|\-|NewFloat|\-|Type| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}. + +\Message + |Not allowed in longtable* environment.| +\Description +% The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment. +% Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular +% |long|\-|table| environment instead. + Èñïîëüçîâàíèå êîìàíäû |\caption| íåâîçìîæíî âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table*|. + Ëèáî èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó |\caption*| äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñè, ëèáî çàìåíèòå îêðóæåíèå íà + |longtable|. + +\Message + |Not available in compatibility mode.| +\Description +% The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode. +% `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an +% incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also +% extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact, +% some features of \thispackage\ are not supported. + Òðåáóåìàÿ íàñòðîéêà íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ â~ðåæèìå ñîâìåñòèìîñòè. + Òåðìèí `compatibility mode' («ðåæèì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè») îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî \thispackage\ îáíàðóæèë + íåñîâìåñòèìûé êëàññ äîêóìåíòà èëè ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ìîäèôèöèðóåò + êîìàíäó |\caption|. Îñòàâèâ îðèãèíàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè íåòðîíóòûìè, + \thispackage\ îòìåíÿåò íåêîòîðûå ñâîè íàñòðîéêè. + \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}} + +\Message + |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.| +\Description +% Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap} +% package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.) + Âíóòðè îêðóæåíèé, ïðåäëàãàåìûõ ïàêåòàìè \package{fltpage} è~\package{sidecap} + ìîæíî ïîìåñòèòü òîëüêî îäíó ïîäïèñü. (Ýòî òðåáîâàíèÿ îôîðìëåíèÿ.) + +\Message + |Option clash for package caption.| +%\Or[but sometimes also] +\Or[íî èíîãäà òàêæå] + |Missing \begin{document}.| +\Description +% \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package, +% so you can't do that again specifying different options. +% A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is +% the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig} +% package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the +% \package{subfig} package. +% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation} + \Thispackage\ óæå çàãðóæåí äðóãèì ïàêåòîì \LaTeX'à, + è~íåëüçÿ çàãðóæàòü ïàêåò ïîâòîðíî, çàäàâ äðóãèå îïöèè. + Ïåðâîé ïðè÷èíîé âûçâàâøåé òàêîå ñîîáùåíèå ìîæåò áûòü ïàêåò \package{subfig}; + è~åñëè ýòî òàê, + çàãðóçèòå \thispackage\ \emph{äî} ïàêåòà \package{subfig} + èëè îïðåäåëèòå |caption=|\x|false| ïðè çàãðóçêå + \package{subfig}. + \par\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}} + +\Message + |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.| +\Or + |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.| +\Description +% If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an +% optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of +% Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list. +% \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,} + Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ, âû äîëæíû ñîçäàòü + äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò â~êîìàíäàõ |\caption| èëè~|\captionof| äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ èëè + Ñïèñêà òàáëèöû, äàæå åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçóåòå ýòè ñïèñêè. + \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, è~\Ref{hyperref}\,} + +\iffalse % was removed in v3.1b +\Message + |Something is going wrong here...|\\ + |For a removal of this problem please consult the|\\ + |caption package documentation, especially the sections|\\ + |about the `float' and the `wrapfig' package.| +\Description +% Please take care of the load order of packages +% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the +% \package{float} package. But maybe a different package tried to extent +% the \package{float} package in a manner which is incompatible to +% \thispackage!? +% \par\See{\Ref{float} and \Ref{wrapfig}} + Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå íà ïîðÿäîê çàãðóæåííûõ ïàêåòîâ, + åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} âìåñòå ñ~ïàêåòîì + \package{float}. Íî âîçìîæíî êàêîé"=òî äðóãîé ïàêåò ïûòàåòñÿ ðàñøèðèòü íàñòðîéêè ïàêåòà + \package{float} íåèçâåñòíûì ïàêåòó \package{caption} ñïîñîáîì!? + \par\See{\Ref{float} è~\Ref{wrapfig}} +\fi + +\Message + |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\ + |in the last figure or table.| +\Description +% It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one +% which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command. +% This is not supported. + Âîçìîæíî âû èñïîëüçîâàëè êîìàíäó |\sub|\-|caption| (èëè äðóãóþ êîìàíäó, ñîçäàþùóþ + ïîäïèñü ÷àñòè ðèñóíêà) áåç ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé êîìàíäû |\caption|. + Ýòî íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ. + +\Message + |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ + |with `format=hang'.| +\Or + |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\ + |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).| +\Description +% A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like +% |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format +% (like |format=|\x|hang|). +% Please select either another caption label separator +% (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format +% (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|). +% \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}} + Ðàçäåëèòåëü íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè, çàäàííûé êàê êîìàíäà |\\| (ò.\,å. + |labelsep=|\x|newline|) íå ìîæåò áûòü ñêîìáèíèðîâàí ñ~ôîðìàòîì ñîçäàþùèì ñòðîêó íà âåñó + (like |format=|\x|hang|). + Çàäàéòå ëèáî äðóãîé ðàçäåëèòåëü + (íàïðèìåð~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) ëèáî äðóãîé ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè + (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|). + \par\See{\Ref{formats} èëè~\Ref{KOMA}} + +\Message + |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\ + |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\ + |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.| +\Description +% You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround +% for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff +% offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the +% \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered +% anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and +% do not load \thispackage\ anymore. +% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation} + Âû çàäàëè îïöèþ |caption=|\x|false|. Ýòî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ äëÿ òîãî, + ÷òîáû íå èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåò \package{caption} öåëèêîì (îñòàâèâ èçìåíåíèÿ êîìàíä + ïîäïèñåé, ñäåëàííûå êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà èëè äðóãèì ïàêåòîì íåòðîíóòûìè), íî ïîçâîëÿåò ðàáîòàòü + ïàêåòó \package{subfig}. Ýòîò ìåõàíèçì óñòàðåâøèé è~áîëåå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ, + ïîýòîìó èñïîëüçóéòå ýòó îïöèþ ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà \package{subfig} è~íå çàãðóæàéòå + \thispackage\ âîâñå. + \par\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}} + +\Message + |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.| +\Description +% You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|) +% with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|, +% |on|, |1| is allowed here. + Âû ïûòàëèñü çàäàòü áóëåâ êëþ÷ (íàïðèìåð, |singlelinecheck=| èëè |hypcap=|) + ñ~íåâåðíîé îïöèåé. Òîëüêî |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| èëè |true|, |yes|, + |on|, |1| äîïóñêàþòñÿ â~îïöèÿõ ýòèõ êëþ÷åé. + +\Message + |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description +% You tried to set a caption format which does not exists. +% Maybe a typo!? + Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. + Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description +% You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists. +% Maybe a typo!? + Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàãðóçèòü ôîðìàò ìåòêè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. + Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description +% You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists. +% Maybe a typo!? + Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ðàçäåëèòåëü, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. + Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description +% You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists. +% Maybe a typo!? + Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò âûâîäà äëÿ Ñïèñêà ôëîòîâ, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. + Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? + \par\See{\Ref{lists}} + +\Message + |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description +% You tried to set a caption position with an improper value. +% Maybe a typo!? + Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü îïöèþ ðàñïîëîæåíèÿ ïîäïèñè, êîòîðàÿ íå ñóùåñòâóåò. + Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? + \par\See{\Ref{skips}} + +\Message + |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description +% You tried to set a caption style which does not exists. +% Maybe a typo!? + Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ñòèëü ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. + Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? + \par\See{\Ref{style}} + +\Message + |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\ + |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.| +\Description +% % (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt) +% The given package is dealing with caption skips as well. +% Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option +% of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way +% would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore +% not supported. + Äàííûé ïàêåò èçìåíÿåò îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè. + Ðåøèòå, êàêèì ïàêåòîì ÷òî âû ñîáèðàåòåñü èñïîëüçîâàòü: êëþ÷ |position=| + ïàêåòà \package{caption} èëè ìåõàíèçì äðóãîãî ïàêåòà; èñïîëüçîâàíèå îáîèõ ïàêåòîâ + ìîæåò ïîðîäèòü íåâåðíûå îòáèâêè ñâåðõó èëè ñíèçó ïîäïèñè è~ñîîòâåòñòâåííî íå ïîääåæðèâàåòñÿ. + \par\See{\Ref{skips}} + +\Message + |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.| +\Description +% You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists. +% Maybe a typo!? + Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò. + Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!? + \par\See{\Ref{formats}} + +\Message + |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\ + |the (current) caption package.| +\Description +% This error message says it all, you simply can't do that. +% Please use only \thispackage. + Ýòî ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå ñêàçàëî óæå âñ¸, è~âàì ïðîñòî íåëüçÿ ýòî äåëàòü + [èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåòû \package{caption} è~\package{caption}2]. + Èñïîëüçóéòå òîëüêî \thispackage. + \par\See{\Ref{caption2}} + + +\end{Warnings} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +% \section{Version history} +\section{Èñòîðèÿ ñîçäàíèÿ âåðñèé} +\label{history} + +% The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options +% to customize the look \& feel of the captions. +% Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and +% \package{subfigure} packages. +% Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option; +% version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package. +% Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package, +% while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|. +Âåðñèÿ $1.0$ áûëà íàïèñàíà â~1994~ãîäó è~ïðåäëàãàëà ìíîæåñòâî îïöèé +äëÿ íàñòðîéêè âûâîäà ïîäïèñåé. Êðîìå òîãî ýòà âåðñèÿ óæå ïîääåðæèâàëà ïàêåòû +\package{rotating} è~\package{subfigure}. +Âåðñèÿ $1.1$ ïðåäëîæèëà îïöèþ |center|\-|last|; +âåðñèÿ $1.2$ äîáàâèëà +ïîääåðæêó ïàêåòà \package{float}. +Âåðñèÿ $1.3$ ïðåäëîæèëà óëó÷øåííóþ ïîääåðæêó ïàêåòà \package{subfigure}, +òîãäà êàê âåðñèÿ $1.4$ âûøëà ñ~ïîääåðæêîé îïöèè |nooneline|. + +% The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of +% the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version +% without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new +% features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable} +% package. +% Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package. +% (A version $2.1$ was offered as bugfix-release in 2002.) +Ïàêåò \package{caption2} âåðñèè $2.0$ áûë ýêñïåðèìåíòàëüíîé ïîáî÷íîé âåðñèåé +îñíîâíîãî ïàêåòà \package{caption}. Îí áûë îïóáëèêîâàí êàê áåòà-òåñò-âåðñèÿ +áåç ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé äîêóìåíòàöèè â~1995~ãîäó, òàê êàê óæå íàçðåëà íåîáõîäèìîñòü +â~íîâûõ íàñòðîéêàõ äëÿ äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ, íàïðèìåð äëÿ \package{longtable}. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî áûëà ïðåäëîæåíà ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{subfigure}. +(Â~âåðñèè $2.1$, íàïèñàííîé â~2002~ãîäó áûëè èñïðàâëåíèÿ îøèáîê.) + +% In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$ +% of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with +% Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran. +% It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected +% \package{caption2} package. +% Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of +% the user interface. +% Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, +% \package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages +% additionally. +Â~2003~ãîäó ÿ âñ¸-òàêè íàø¸ë íåìíîãî âðåìåíè, äëÿ íîâîãî ðåëèçà $3.0$ +ïàêåòà \package{caption}, ñîçäàííîãî ñîâìåñòíî +ñ~Ôðàíêîì Ìèòòåëüáàõîì (Frank Mittelbach) è~Ñòèâåíîì Êîêðåéíîì (Steven Cochran). +Ýòà âåðñèÿ áûëà îïóáëèêîâàíà â~äåêàáðå 2003~ãîäà è~ñòàëà çàìåíîé +ïàêåòà \package{caption2}. +Îñíîâíûå ÷àñòè áûëè ïåðåïèñàíû, è~áûë ïðåäëîæåí íîâûé ïîëüçîâàòåëüñêèé èíòåðôåéñ. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ïîÿâèëàñü ïîääåðæêà äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, +\package{listings}, \package{sidecap} è~\package{supertabular}. + +% While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard +% \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}, +% the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS, +% \KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class +% as well. +Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïðåäûäóùèå âåðñèè áûëè ñîçäàíû äëÿ ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ +\LaTeX'à: \class{article}, \class{report} è~\class{book}, +òåêóùàÿ âåðñèÿ $3.1$, îïóáëèêîâàííàÿ â~2007~ãîäó ïðåäëàãàåò òàêæå ïîääåðæêó äëÿ ïàêåòîâ \AmS, +\KOMAScript, {\NTG} è~\SmF, à~òàêæå êëàññà \class{beamer}. +% Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{frenchb} Babel option, +% the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages, +% and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar}, +% \package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}, +% and \package{wrapfig} packages. +Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ñîçäàíà ïîääåðæêà ê~îïöèè \package{frenchb} ïàêåòà \package{babel}, +ïàêåòàì \package{frenchle} è~\package{frenchpro}, +à~òàêæå ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar}, +\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable} +è~\package{wrapfig}. +% New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things +% |font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|, +% |list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|, +% |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|, and +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|. +Áûëè ïðåäëîæåíû íîâûå êîìàíäû è~êëþ÷è, íàïðèìåð ïîìèìî ïðî÷åãî +|font+|, |figure|\-|within| è~|table|\-|within|, +|list| è~|list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| è~|min|\-|margin|, +|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format| è~% +|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|. +% Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, +% the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption +% feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}. +Â~äàëüíåéøåì áûëè äîáàâëåíû êîíòðîëü ñîâìåñòèìîñòè ñ~êëàññàìè è~ïàêåòàìè +\see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, +ïîääåðæêà îïöèè |hypcap| \see*{\Ref{hyperref}} +è~âîçìîæíîñòè ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñåé ÷àñòåé ôëîòîâ +\see*{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}}. + +\clearpage +% \section{Compatibility to older versions} +\section{Ñîâìåñòèìîñòü ñî ñòàðûìè âåðñèÿìè} + +\subsection{Ïàêåò \package{caption} v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}} +\label{caption1} + +% This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options +% and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package. +% So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please +% don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported +% and can cause ugly side effects. +Äàííàÿ âåðñèÿ ïàêåòà ïîääåðæèâàåò ñòàðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû +ñîçäàííûå â~âåðñèÿõ $1.0$--$1.4$ ýòîãî ïàêåòà. Ïîýòîìó íå äîëæíî âîçíèêàòü +ïðîáëåì â~êîìïèëÿöèè ñòàðûõ äîêóìåíòîâ, íî, ïîæàëóéñòà, íå ñìåøèâàéòå +ñòàðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû ñ~íîâûìè. Ýòî íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ +è~ìîæåò äàòü íåïðèÿòíûå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû. + +% Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how +% they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage: +Çäåñü äàí êðàòêèé îáçîð óñòàðåâøèõ îïöèé è~êîìàíä è~÷åì +îíè çàìåíåíû â~ñîâðåìåííîé âåðñèè ïàêåòà \package{caption}: + +\begin{center}\small +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ +\hline +%\endhead +|normal| & |format=plain|\\ +|hang| & |format=hang|\\ +|isu| & |format=hang|\\ +|center| & |justification=centering|\\ +|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\ +%|anne| & |justification=centerlast|\\ +|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\ +|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\ +|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\ +|small| & |font=small|\\ +|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\ +|large| & |font=large|\\ +|Large| & |font=Large|\\ +|up| & |labelfont=up|\\ +|it| & |labelfont=it|\\ +|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\ +|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\ +|md| & |labelfont=md|\\ +|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\ +|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\ +|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\ +|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +% Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also +% the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and +% |\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with +% |\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to +% change the font used for captions. +% This mechanism was replaced by the commands +Ïîìèìî îïöèé äëÿ íàñòðîåê íóæíîãî øðèôòà áûëè òàêæå êîìàíäû +|\caption|\-|size|, à~òàêæå |\caption|\-|font| è~|\caption|\-|label|\-|font| +êîòîðûå ìîãëè áûòü ïåðåîïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\renewcommand| è~ïîçâîëÿëè +àëüòåðíàòèâíûé è~áîëåå ãèáêèé ñïîñîá èçìåíèòü øðèôò ïîäïèñåé. +Äàííûé ìåõàíèçì çàìåí¸í íà êîìàíäû +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad è\\ + |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad. +\end{quote} +\SeeUserDefined + +% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with +Óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé â~âåðñèè \version{1.x} çàäàâàëèñü ñ~ïîìîùüþ +\begin{quote} + |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad. +\end{quote} +% This was replaced by +Ýòî çàìåíåíî íà +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad. +\end{quote} +\See{\Ref{margins}} + +% For example the old-style code +Íàïðèìåð, ñòàðûé êîä +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\ + |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\ + |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}| +\end{quote} +% will still work fine, but should be written today as +äî ñèõ ïîð ðàáîòàåò, íî ëó÷øå ïåðåïèñàòü åãî êàê +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ + | margin=10pt]{caption}| +\end{quote} +% or +èëè +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage{caption}|\\ + |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ + | margin=10pt}|\qquad. +\end{quote} + +% The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of +% the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the +% \package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the +% caption package, too. +% But using this option is not recommended anymore since this +% version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way +% for changing the captions of these floating environments: +Òàêàÿ ýêçîòè÷åñêàÿ îïöèÿ |ruled|, êîòîðàÿ ïîçâîëÿëà ÷àñòè÷íî èñïîëüçîâàòü +íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñè äëÿ ôëîòîâ ñ~îôîðìëåíèåì |ruled| èç ïàêåòà +\package{float}, ýìóëèðóåòñÿ è~äàííûì ïàêåòîì òîæå. +Íî èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîé îïöèè íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ, ïîñêîëüêó äàííàÿ âåðñèÿ ïàêåòà +ïðåäëàãàåò áîëåå ãèáêèé ñïîñîá äëÿ èçìåíåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé +òàêèõ îêðóæåíèé ïëàâàþùèõ ôëîòîâ: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}| +\end{quote} +% resp. +è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad. +\end{quote} +\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, è~\Ref{float}] + +\subsection{Ïàêåò caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}} +\label{caption2} + +% Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and +% its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a +% very different implementation design. +% Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered. +% For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in +% this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2} +% package will still compile fine. +Õîòÿ èñïîëüçóþòñÿ îäíè è~òå æå íàñòðîéêè è~â~ïàêåòå \package{caption} +è~â~ýêñïåðèìåíòàëüíîé, íî ñåé÷àñ óñòàðåâøåé âåðñèè"=ïàêåòå +\package{caption2}, ó~ýòèõ ïàêåòîâ ñîâåðøåííî ðàçíûé ìåõàíèçì èõ çàäàíèÿ. +Ïîýòîìó ïîëíàÿ ñîâìåñòèìîñòü íåâîçìîæíà. +Ïî ýòîé ïðè÷èíå äî ñèõ ïîð ñóùåñòâóåò ïàêåò |caption2.sty| â~äàííîì +äèñòðèáóòèâå, è~ñòàðûå äîêóìåíòû, èñïîëüçóþùèå ïàêåò \package{caption2} +áóäóò êîìïèëèðîâàòüñÿ. + +% Newly created documents should use the actual version of +% \thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command +Íîâûå äîêóìåíòû äîëæíû èñïîëüçîâàòü ñîâðåìåííûå âåðñèè ïàêåòà +\package{caption}. Â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ ìîæíî çàìåíèòü ñòðîêó +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[...]{caption2}| +\end{quote} +% by +íà +\begin{quote} + |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad. +\end{quote} +% But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get +% error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing +% these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2} +% to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking +% for help. +Íî íåêîòîðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû íå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ, è~âû ìîæåòå +ïîëó÷èòü ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ. Äàííûé ðàçäåë ïîìîæåò âàì ëèêâèäèðîâàòü +òàêèå îøèáêè. Åñëè ó~âàñ ïðîáëåìû ïî çàìåíå ïàêåòà \package{caption2} +íà \package{caption} íå ðàçäóìûâàéòå è~îòïðàâëÿéòå ìíå e-mail. + +% In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section +% these ones will be emulated, too: +Ïîìèìî óñòàðåâøèõ îïöèé èç ïðåäûäóùåãî ðàçäåëà +ñëåäóþùèå òàêæå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ: + +\begin{center}\small +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\ +\hline +%\endhead +|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\ +|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\ +|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with +Çàäàíèå âòÿæåê (ïîëåé) äëÿ ïîäïèñåé, ñîçäàííûõ â~\version{2.x} +\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% + |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| èëè, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî + |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad. +}\end{quote} +% This was replaced by +Îíè ìîãóò áûòü çàìåíåíû íà +\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% + |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| èëè, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî + |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad. +}\end{quote} +\See{\Ref{margins}} + +% Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with +Âòÿæêà â~âåðñèè \version{2.x} çàäàâàëàñü êàê +\begin{quote} + |\captionstyle{indent}|\\ + |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad. +\end{quote} +\pagebreak[3] +% This is now done with +Ñåé÷àñ ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êàê +\nopagebreak[3] +\begin{quote} + |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad. +\end{quote} + +% The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands +% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and +% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on). +% This was replaced by +Êîíòðîëü êîðîòêîé ïîäïèñè êîíòðîëèðóåòñÿ êîìàíäàìè +|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (îòêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü) +è~|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (äëÿ âêëþ÷åíèÿ êîíòðîëÿ). +Ýòî çàìåíåíî íà +|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| +% resp. +è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî +|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|. +\See{\Ref{justification}} + +% The commands +Êîìàíäû +\begin{quote} + |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\ + |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, è~|\renewcaptionstyle| +\end{quote} +% do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated +% by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will +% cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and +% straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should +% be able to find appropriate options and commands instead. +íå èìåþò ïðîñòîé çàìåíû ïîýòîìó íå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ +äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà. (Èõ èñïîëüçîâàíèå âûçîâåò +ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå.) Çàìåíà ýòîãî êîäà íå âñåãäà ïðîñòà, +íî äîáðîñîâåñòíî ïðî÷èòàâ äàííîå ðóêîâîäñòâî, âû ñìîæåòå íàéòè +ïîäõîäÿùèå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû çàìåíû. + +\iffalse +... (some examples) +\fi + +% The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a +% replacement, too. +% But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because +% in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| +% will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the +% default one which is |4in|). +Îïöèÿ |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| âåðñèè \version{2.x} òîæå íå èìååò çàìåíû. +Íî â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ ýòó îïöèþ ìîæíî îïóñòèòü, ïîòîìó ÷òî â~äàííîé +âåðñèè ïàêåòà çíà÷åíèå |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| +áóäåò èãíîðèðîâàòüñÿ â~ëþáîì ñëó÷àå (åñëè òîëüêî âû íå çàäàäèòå çíà÷åíèå, +îòëè÷íîå îò çàäàííîãî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |4in|). +\See{\Ref{longtable}} + +\subsection{Ïàêåò caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}} +\label{caption3} + +%\NEWdescription{v3.1} +% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes +% other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report}, +% and \class{book}. +% Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{} +% supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the +% document class used. +\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} íå ïîääåðæèâàë íèêàêèõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, êðîìå +ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à: \class{article}, \class{report}, +and \class{book}. +Â~ñòàðûõ íàñòðîéêàõ âåä¸òñÿ ðàáîòà íàä îøèáêàìè, íî~òåïåðü \thispackage{} +ïîääåðæèâàåò áîëüøå êëàññîâ, ïîýòîìó íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñåé çàâèñÿò îò èñïîëüçóåìîãî +êëàññà äîêóìåíòà. + +% For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption +% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|, +% it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document +% classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used +% with the \class{beamer} document class. +Íàïðèìåð, â~òî âðåìÿ êàê â~âåðñèè $3.0$ çíà÷åíèåì êëþ÷à |justification| +ïî óìîë÷àíèþ ÿâëÿåòñÿ |justi|\-|fied|, îíî îñòàíåòñÿ |justi|\-|fied| ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè +ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, íî çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà |ragged|\-|right| ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè +êëàññà äîêóìåíòà \class{beamer}. + +% %An easy way to select the `old' defaults---if desired---is using the option +% An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option +% |style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|). +Ïðîñòîé ïóòü çàäàòü «ñòàðûå» çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ \cdash--- èñïîëüçîâàòü îïöèþ +|style=base| ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà (èëè ïîçäíåå, â~êîìàíäå |\caption|\-|setup|). + +% Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an +% incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong +% incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled. +Åù¸ îäíîé îñîáåííîñòüþ ñòàëà àâòîìàòè÷åñêàÿ ïðîâåðêà íà ñîâìåñòèìîñòü [êëàññà è~ïàêåòà]; åñëè +îáíàðóæèâàåòñÿ íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü, âûäà¸òñÿ ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå î~íåñîâìåñòèìîñòè íåêîòîðûõ âîçìîæíîñòåé +äàííîãî ïàêåòà ñ~êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà. +% Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get +% such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible +% as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having +% side-effects or causing problems. +Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî òàêîå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå ïîÿâèëîñü òîëüêî â~òåêóùåé âåðñèè ïàêåòà, ïîýòîìó åñëè +âû ïîëó÷èëè ýòî ñîîáùåíèå ýòî îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî è~ïðåäûäóùèå âåðñèè áûëè òàêæå íåñîâìåñòèìû, +è~îíè óæå èìåëè ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû è~ìîãëè ñîçäàâàòü ïðîáëåìû. +% So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could +% happen, but not that they actually will happen. +% Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances, +% you should use it with care. +Ýòè ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ ãîâîðÿò, ÷òî \emph{ìîãóò} ïîÿâèòüñÿ ïðîáëåìû, íî ýòî íå çíà÷èò, ÷òî îíè +íåïðåìåííî ïîÿâÿòñÿ. +Â~ëþáîì ñëó÷àå åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå \thispackage\ èãíîðèðóÿ ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, +áóäüòå îñòîðîæíû. + +\bigskip + +\begin{Note*} +% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|, +% which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package +% (leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages +% intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working. +% This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option +% to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore. +% %\par\See{the \package{subfig} package documentation} +Ïàêåò âåðñèè \version{3.0} ïðåäëàãàë îïöèþ |caption=false|, êîòîðàÿ âêëþ÷àëà ëèøü +÷àñòè÷íîå èñïîëüçîâàíèå âîçìîæíîñòåé ïàêåòà \package{caption} (ñîõðàíÿÿ +íàñòðîéêè êëàññà äîêóìåíòà èëè äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ íåòðîíóòûìè), íî îñòàâëÿëà +âîçìîæíîñòü ðàáîòû ïàêåòà \package{subfig}. +Ýòîò ìåõàíèçì òåïåðü óñòàðåâøèé è~áîëüøå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ, +ïîýòîìó çàäàâàéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, ýòó îïöèþ ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà \package{subfig}, +è~íå çàãðóæàéòå äàííûé ïàêåò âîâñå. +%\par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation} +\end{Note*} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\begin{thebibliography}{99} +\fontencoding{T1}%\fontfamily{ptm} +\selectfont + \bibitem{TLC2} + Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\ + \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\ + \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. + + \bibitem{beamer} + Till Tantau:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}% + {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\ + March 11, 2007 + + \bibitem{KOMAScript} + Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf}% + {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\ + 2007-01-09 + + \bibitem{NTG} + Victor Eijkhout:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf}% + {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ + 3 September 1989 + + \bibitem{algorithms} + Rog\'erio Brito:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/algorithms.pdf}% + {\emph{Algorithms}},\\ + June 2, 2006 +% +\iffalse + \bibitem{algorithm2e} + Christophe Fiorio:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/algorithm2e.pdf}% + {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\ + March 11, 2007 +\fi +% + \bibitem{float} + Anselm Lingnau:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf}% + {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ + 2001/11/08 + + \bibitem{floatflt} + Mats Dahlgren:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}% + {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ + 1998/06/05 + + \bibitem{floatrow} + Olga Lapko:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf}% + {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ + 2008/03/28 + + \bibitem{fltpage} + Sebastian Gross:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/fltpage.pdf}% + {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ + 1998/11/13 + + \bibitem{hyperref} + Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf}% + {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ + November 12, 2007 + + \bibitem{hypcap} + Heiko Oberdiek:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf}% + {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ + 2007/04/09 + + \bibitem{listings} + Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf}% + {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ + 2007/02/22 + + \bibitem{longtable} + David Carlisle:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.pdf}% + {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ + 2004/02/01 + + \bibitem{picinpar} + Friedhelm Sowa:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% + {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ + July 13, 1993 + + \bibitem{picins} + Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/mpic.dvi}% + {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ + September~1992 + + \bibitem{rotating} + Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% + {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ + 1997/09/26 + + \bibitem{setspace} + Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}% + {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\ + 1 December 2000 + + \bibitem{sidecap} + Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/sidecap.pdf}% + {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ + 2003/06/06 + + \bibitem{subfigure} + Steven D. Cochran:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf}% + {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ + 2002/07/02 + + \bibitem{subfig} + Steven D. Cochran:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}% + {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ + 2005/07/05 + + \bibitem{supertabular} + Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/supertabular.pdf}% + {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ + 2002/07/19 + + \bibitem{threeparttable} + Donald Arseneau:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/threeparttable.sty}% + {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ + 2003/06/13 + + \bibitem{wrapfig} + Donald Arseneau:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}% +% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty}% + {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ + 2003/01/31 + + \bibitem{xtab} + Peter Wilson:\\ + \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}% + {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ + 2004/05/24 + +\end{thebibliography} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx index f29890615e5..de809f491a5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx @@ -19,13 +19,13 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. % % \fi -% \CheckSum{3663} +% \CheckSum{3534} % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2011/09/30 v3.2c Customizing captions (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2011/11/02 v3.2d Customizing captions (AR)] %\@ifundefined{PackageRedefines}{}{\PackageRedefines{caption}{caption}} % \end{macrocode} % @@ -323,16 +323,12 @@ % \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{After-preamble variant added} % \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Renamed from \cs{caption@SetFloatName} to \cs{caption@SetName}} % \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix: Works now without \cs{addto}, too} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} % |\caption@SetName|\marg{cmd}\marg{value} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@SetName[2]{% - \caption@setname{#1}{#2}% - \begingroup - \caption@ifundefined\languagename{}{% - \@ifundefined{captions\languagename}{}{% - \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname captions\languagename\endcsname - {\caption@setname{#1}{#2}}}}% - \endgroup} +\newcommand*\caption@SetName{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloat@setname} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{\@namedef{#1name}{#2}} @@ -354,6 +350,7 @@ \newcommand*\caption@DeclareWithinOption[1]{% \DeclareCaptionOption{#1within}{\caption@Within{#1}{##1}}% \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{#1without}{\caption@Within{#1}{none}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareWithinOption % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -362,16 +359,19 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionOption{within}{% - \caption@ifundefined\c@figure{}{\caption@Within{figure}{#1}}% - \caption@ifundefined\c@table{}{\caption@Within{table}{#1}}% - \caption@For{typelist}{\caption@Within{##1}{#1}}% - \def\caption@within@default{#1}} -\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{\KV@caption@within{none}} + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloatsetup{within=#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloatsetup{without}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\caption@Within} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@Within[1]{\def\caption@type{#1}\KV@caption@DCT@within} +\newcommand*\caption@Within{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloat@setwithin} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ % \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed} % \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} -% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/04}{Support of \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/04}{Support of \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} % Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|. % Beside the support of the starred variant this code was adapted to the % various packages we support. @@ -795,6 +795,7 @@ % \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Bugfix: Handling of \texttt{@minipage} flag added} % \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Support of option \opt{@minipage} added} % \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@prepareanchor} now} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/21}{Adapted to the \textsf{memoir} document class} % As above, our version has been adapted to the packages we support. % Additionally our code is nested by |\caption@beginex| \& % |\caption@end| instead of |\begingroup| \& |\endgroup|. @@ -810,6 +811,8 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \ifcaption@star \else \caption@prepareanchor{#1}{#2}% + \M@gettitle{#2}% + \memcaptioninfo{#1}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#2}{#3}% \fi % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -829,6 +832,11 @@ \caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}% \caption@end} % \end{macrocode} +% \textsf{memoir} document class stuff: +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\M@gettitle[1]{} +\providecommand\memcaptioninfo[4]{} +% \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareanchor} @@ -2608,23 +2616,6 @@ }{% % \end{macrocode} % -% \iffalse -% \begin{macro}{\caption@of} -% If the float is defined by the float package (which means |\fst@|\meta{type} -% is defined) we `execute' this float style, so |\@fs@iftopcapt| is set to its -% proper value. -% Furthermore we undo the re-definition of |\caption@setfloatcapt| which was -% done by |\float@dostyle|. -% \begin{macrocode} -% \renewcommand*\caption@of[2]{% -% \float@ifstyle{#2}{% -% \float@dostyle{#2}% -% \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone}{}% -% \caption@settype*{#2}#1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \fi -% % \begin{macro}{\@float@setevery} % \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-12-05: \cs{color@begin/endgroup} added % to redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt}} @@ -2722,21 +2713,6 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\float@ifstyle} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} -% |\float@ifstyle|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par -% Checks if the given \meta{type} (e.g.~|figure|) is associated with a -% float style (e.g.~|boxed|). -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% % \begin{macro}{\float@getstyle} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} % |\float@getstyle|\marg{cmd}\marg{type}\par @@ -2767,26 +2743,6 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\float@setstyle} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} -% |\float@setstyle|\marg{type}\marg{style}\par -% Sets or changes the float style associated with \meta{type}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand*\float@setstyle[2]{% - \expandafter\edef\csname fst@#1\endcsname{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname fs@#2\endcsname}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\float@dostyle} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/23}{This macro added} -% |\float@dostyle|\marg{type} -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand*\float@dostyle[1]{% - \@nameuse{fst@#1}\@float@setevery{#1}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% % \begin{macro}{\float@ifcaption} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/23}{This macro added} % |\float@ifcaption|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par @@ -2809,7 +2765,6 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} }}{% - \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{\@secondoftwo}% \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{\@secondoftwo}% % \clearcaptionsetup{boxed}% used by the floatrow package? } @@ -3054,14 +3009,6 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines FP-variant, too} -% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/09/28}{Bugfix regarding newly defined \package{fltpage} environments} -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@For{typelist}{% - \newcounter{FP@#1C}% - \newenvironment{FP#1}{\FP@floatBegin{#1}}{\FP@floatEnd}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% % \begin{macrocode} }{% \let\caption@ifFPlistcap\@undefined @@ -3477,7 +3424,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro added} -% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting|, +% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting| % but we needed it when |\captionof{lstlisting}| will be done by the end user, % we define it here. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3992,13 +3939,6 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines sideways-variant, too} -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@For{typelist}{% - \newenvironment{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}{\end@rotfloat}% - \newenvironment{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}{\end@rotdblfloat}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% % \begin{macrocode} }{} % \end{macrocode} @@ -4105,20 +4045,6 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines SC-variant, too} -% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/23}{Bugfix in definition of SC-variant} -% \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand*\caption@For@SC[2]{% - \def#1{b}% = \sidecaptionvpos{#2}{b} (v1.6) - \newenvironment{SC#2}% - {\SC@float[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@float}% - \newenvironment{SC#2*}% - {\SC@dblfloat[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@dblfloat}}% - \@onlypreamble\caption@For@SC - \caption@For{typelist}{% - \expandafter\caption@For@SC\csname SC@#1@vpos\endcsname{#1}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% % \begin{macrocode} }{} % \end{macrocode} @@ -4372,129 +4298,28 @@ % % \subsubsection{The wrapfig package} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package added} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package rewritten} % % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}{% ver 3.3 (Oct 12, 1999) -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\float@ifstyle} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} -% |\float@ifstyle|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par -% (see \package{float} package support for details) -% \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@restylewrapfloat} -% This one redefines the |wrap#1| environment, e.g.~|wrapfigure|. -% Our code uses |\caption@setoptions{wrapfigure}| so -% |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{|\ldots|}| will work.\par -% But first we check if our redefinition was already done, this could -% happen inside |\float@restyle| when the \package{wrapfig} support of -% the \package{float} package was not installed successfully, so it has -% not redefined |\wrap#1| there. -% \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand*\caption@restylewrapfloat[1]{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@OUR@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname wrap#1\endcsname - \caption@Error{% - For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak - with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'\MessageBreak - package *after* the `float' package}% - \else - \expandafter\let\csname caption@ORI@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname wrap#1\endcsname - \@namedef{wrap#1}{\caption@wrapfloat{#1}}% - \expandafter\let\csname caption@OUR@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname wrap#1\endcsname - \fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@wrapfloat} -% \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand*\caption@wrapfloat[1]{% - \caption@settype*{#1}% - \float@ifstyle{#1}{% - \ifx\WF@floatstyhook\@undefined - \caption@Error{% - For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak - with the `float' package you should use at least\MessageBreak - `wrapfig' version 3.6}% - \else - \float@dostyle{#1}% - \fi}{}% - \caption@clearmargin -%%% \caption@setoptions{wrapfloat}% - \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}% - \@nameuse{caption@ORI@wrap#1}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% Now we redefine the \package{wrapfig} environments we know about.\par -% If someone has placed a |\newfloat| right between |\usepackage{wrapfig}| -% and |\usepackage{caption}| (or loads \thispackage\ first, so all these -% patches will be done with |\AtBeginDocument|) we have bad luck since the -% \package{float} package do not offer a list of (re)styled floats. -% (This would finally lead to an error in |\caption@setfloatcapt|.) -% -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@restylewrapfloat{figure}% - \caption@restylewrapfloat{table}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines wrap-variant, too} -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@For{typelist}{% - \newenvironment{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}{\endwrapfloat}% - \caption@restylewrapfloat{#1}}% +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}[2003/01/31 v3.6]{% % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\WF@floatstyhook\@undefined \else % wrapfig v3.6 -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\float@restyle} -% If the \package{wrapfig} package \version{3.6} is used, we patch -% |\float@restyle| (if defined), too, so new or restyled floats will be -% handled correctly, too. -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ifundefined\float@restyle{}{% - \toks@=\expandafter{\float@restyle{#1}% (env may or may not be defined) - \caption@restylewrapfloat{#1}}% - \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\float@restyle##1{\the\toks@}}% - \@tempa}% perform redefinitions -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% % \begin{macro}{\wrapfloat} -% An additional check of the package load order: -% If both, neither the \package{wrapfig} package nor \thispackage\ haven't -% catch |\float@restyle|, we finally splash down at |\wrapfloat|. +% First of all we make the \package{wrapfig} package independent from the package +% load order regarding the \package{float} package. +% (|\wrap|\x|float| will usually not be used when used with re-styled floats.) % \begin{macrocode} - \let\caption@ORI@wrapfloat\wrapfloat - \def\wrapfloat#1{% - \float@ifstyle{#1}{% - \caption@Error{% - For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak - with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'\MessageBreak - package *right after* the `float' package}}{}% - \caption@ORI@wrapfloat{#1}}% + \renewcommand*\wrapfloat[1]{% + \def\@captype{#1}% + \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{% + \@nameuse{fst@#1}% + \def\WF@floatstyhook{\let\@currbox\WF@box + \global\setbox\WF@box\float@makebox{\wd\WF@box}}}% + \@ifnextchar[\WF@wr{\WF@wr[]}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macrocode} - \fi % wrapfig v3.6 -% \end{macrocode} -% % \begin{macro}{\WF@rapt} -% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here.\par % Original code: % \begin{verbatim} % \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, @@ -4504,18 +4329,31 @@ % \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption % \ignorespaces \fi} % \end{verbatim}%^^A -% Our code: +% Our code has |\WF@captionstyhook| in addition: % \begin{macrocode} \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% - \caption@start + \expandafter\WF@captionstyhook\expandafter{\@captype}% <= new \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption \ignorespaces \fi}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\WF@captionstyhook} +% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here, apply the `wrap' options etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\WF@captionstyhook#1{% + \let\@captype\@undefined + \caption@ifundefined\@float@setevery{}{\@float@setevery{#1}}% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin +%%% \caption@setoptions{wrapfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macrocode} }{} % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins index c68496061ae..e3edbef61d7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. \endpreamble @@ -36,12 +36,14 @@ caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. \generate{\file{bicaption.sty}{\from{bicaption.dtx}{package}}} \generate{\file{ltcaption.sty}{\from{ltcaption.dtx}{package}}} \generate{\file{subcaption.sty}{\from{subcaption.dtx}{package}}} +\generate{\file{newfloat.sty}{\from{newfloat.dtx}{package}}} \Msg{***********************************************************} \Msg{*} \Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the files} \Msg{* `caption.sty', `caption2.sty', 'caption3.sty',} -\Msg{* `bicaption.sty', `ltcaption.sty', and `subcaption.sty'} +\Msg{* `bicaption.sty', `ltcaption.sty', `subcaption.sty', and} +\Msg{* `newfloat.sty'} \Msg{* into a directory searched by TeX.} \Msg{*} \Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx index 946a41e7969..88b7f1fc906 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. % % \fi % \CheckSum{853} @@ -80,7 +80,6 @@ % % \changes{v2.0}{1995/10/09}{New experimental version: Many new commands and features} % \changes{v2.0}{1995/10/09}{Support of the longtable package added} -% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/20}{Revised: New commands and options} % \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/26}{Adapted to version 2.1 of the subfigure package} % \changes{v2.1a}{2003/11/12}{Some minor bug fixes and improved compatibility to v2.0} % \changes{v2.1b}{2004/04/16}{Some minor bug fixes and improved compatibility to v2.0} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx index 84fe9ad6ca6..51699c2e1df 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx @@ -19,13 +19,13 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. % % \fi -% \CheckSum{4248} +% \CheckSum{3390} % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2011/10/09 v1.4 caption3 kernel (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2011/11/01 v1.4a caption3 kernel (AR)] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Generic helpers} @@ -3146,27 +3146,31 @@ % \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} added} % |\caption@prepareslc|\par % \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{Bugfix 11-07-06: Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} added, redefinition of \cs{stepcounter} and \cs{refstepcounter} dropped} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/21}{Redefinition of \cs{pagenote} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/22}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} revised} % Re-define anything which would disturb the single-line-check. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@prepareslc{% \let\label\caption@gobble % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} - \let\caption@footnote@ORI\footnote - \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}% \let\caption@footnotemark@ORI\footnotemark + \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}% \def\footnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnotemark}% - \let\@footnotetext\@gobble + \let\@footnotetext\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@endnotetext\caption@gobble % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} - \let\@endnotetext\@gobble} + \let\pagenote\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\caption@footnote[2]{% - \begingroup - \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter - \caption@footnote@ORI#1{#2}% - \endgroup} + \caption@footnotemark{#1}} \newcommand\caption@footnotemark[1]{% \begingroup \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter @@ -3344,559 +3348,38 @@ % \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Support of \cs{float@exts} and \cs{float@addtolists} added} % \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@DeclareWithinOption} added} % \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Definition of \cs{listofXXXes} added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced as \package{newfloat} package} % |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{% - \@testopt\@DeclareCaptionType{}} + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \DeclareFloatingEnvironment} \@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType % \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@DeclareCaptionType[#1]#2{% - \def\caption@type{#2}% - \caption@Debug{New type `#2'}% - \newcounter{#2}\@namedef{theH#2}{}% - \KV@caption@DCT@within\caption@within@default - \caption@DeclareWithinOption{#2}% - \KV@caption@DCT@placement{tbp}% - \caption@ifundefined\c@float@type - {\newcounter{float@type}% - \setcounter{float@type}{\caption@ifundefined\c@figure14}}% - {}% - \caption@Debug{float type `#2'=\the\value{float@type}}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\value{float@type}}% - \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}% - \KV@caption@DCT@fileext{lo#2}% - \@namedef{fnum@#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}\nobreakspace\@nameuse{the#2}}% - \newenvironment{#2}{\@float{#2}}{\end@float}% - \newenvironment{#2*}{\@dblfloat{#2}}{\end@dblfloat}% - \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2s\endcsname{\caption@listof{#2}}% - \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2es\endcsname{\caption@listof{#2}}% - \caption@ifundefined\l@figure - {\@namedef{l@#2}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}}% - {\expandafter\let\csname l@#2\endcsname\l@figure}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\newcommand\csname #2name\endcsname{}% - \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}}% - \uppercase\expandafter{\@tempa}% - \edef\@tempb{\noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\@tempa{\@cdr#2\@nil}}% - \@tempb - \expandafter\let\csname #2name\endcsname\@tempa - \expandafter\newcommand\csname list#2name\endcsname{}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname list#2name\endcsname{List of \@tempa s}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@cons\caption@typelist{{#2}}% - \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@DCT}{#1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\caption@DeclareTypeExt\expandafter{\@nameuse{ext@#2}}{#2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifnextchar[\@@DeclareCaptionType\relax} -\@onlypreamble\@DeclareCaptionType -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@@DeclareCaptionType[#1]{% - \KV@caption@DCT@name{#1}% - \@ifnextchar[\@@@DeclareCaptionType\relax} -\@onlypreamble\@@DeclareCaptionType -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@@@DeclareCaptionType[#1]{% - \KV@caption@DCT@listname{#1}} -\@onlypreamble\@@@DeclareCaptionType -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\DeclareFloatingEnvironment\DeclareCaptionType % alternative command name -\@onlypreamble\DeclareFloatingEnvironment -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareTypeExt} -% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/02}{Support of the tocbasic package added} -% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/02}{Support of the titletoc package added} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@DeclareTypeExt[2]{% - \caption@ifundefined\@chapter\relax\caption@PatchChapter - \let\caption@PatchChapter\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{caption@ext@#1}{% - \@namedef{caption@ext@#1}{#2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Support of \package{float} package\par -% TODO: Needs revision -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ifundefined\float@exts{\newtoks\float@exts}{}% - \let\float@do=\relax - \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts\float@do{#1}}}% - \@tempa - \caption@ifundefined\caption@addtolists{% - \newcommand\caption@addtolists[1]{% - \def\float@do####1{\addtocontents{####1}{##1}}\the\float@exts}}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Support of \package{tocbasic} package -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ifundefined\addtotoclist{}{% - \addtotoclist[float]{#1}% - \setuptoc{#1}{chapteratlist}% - \@namedef{listof#1name}{\list#2name}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - }{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Support of \package{titletoc} package -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ifundefined\contentsuse{}{% - \contentsuse{#2}{#1}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -} -\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareTypeExt -% \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@within@default} -% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/04/13}{This macro added} -% The default `within' value. +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ForEachType} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ForEachType|\marg{code} +% will execute the given code for all (known) floating environments. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@within@default{% - \caption@ifundefined\c@chapter{none}{chapter}} -\@onlypreamble\caption@within@default +\newcommand\caption@ForEachType[1]{% + \caption@ifundefined\ForEachFloatingEnvironment + {\def\@elt##1{#1}% + \caption@ifundefined\c@figure\@gobble\@elt{figure}% + \caption@ifundefined\c@table\@gobble\@elt{table}% + \let\@elt\relax + \newfloat@addtohook{#1}}% + {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{#1}}} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@listof} -% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} -% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/02}{Support of \cs{listoftoc} added} -% |\caption@listof|\marg{float type} % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifundefined\listoftoc{% - \newcommand*\caption@listof[1]{% - \begingroup - \expandafter\let\expandafter\listfigurename\csname list#1name\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\ext@figure\csname ext@#1\endcsname - \let\caption@ORI@starttoc\@starttoc - \renewcommand*\@starttoc[1]{% - \expandafter\caption@ORI@starttoc\expandafter{\ext@figure}}% - \listoffigures - \endgroup}% -}{% - \newcommand*\caption@listof[1]{% - \expandafter\listoftoc\expandafter{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@typelist} -% An \cs{@elt}-list containing the caption types defined -% with |\Declare|\x|Caption|\x|Type|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@typelist{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% The available \meta{options} are: -% |fileext=|\meta{file extension}, -% |listname=|\meta{list name}, -% |name=|\meta{prosa name}, -% |placement=|\meta{htbp}, -% |within=|\meta{none,chapter,section}, and -% |without|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{fileext}{\@namedef{ext@\caption@type}{#1}} -\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{fileext} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{listname}{\@namedef{list\caption@type name}{#1}} -\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{listname} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{name}{\@namedef{\caption@type name}{#1}} -\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{name} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{placement}{\@namedef{fps@\caption@type}{#1}} -\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{placement} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{within}{% - \caption@ifundefined\c@chapter{}{\@removefromreset\caption@type{chapter}}% - \@removefromreset\caption@type{section}% - \begingroup - \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@within}{#1}% - \endgroup} -%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{within} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{without}{\KV@caption@DCT@within{none}} -%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{without} -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{Bugfix 08-09-25: \texttt{within=section} fixed} -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key{caption@within}{none}[]{% - \caption@within{}{}} -%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{none} -\define@key{caption@within}{section}[]{% - \@addtoreset\caption@type{section}% - \caption@within{\ifnum\c@section>\z@ \thesection.\fi}{\theHsection.}} -%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{section} -\caption@ifundefined\c@chapter{}{% - \define@key{caption@within}{chapter}[]{% - \@addtoreset\caption@type{chapter}% - \caption@within{\ifnum\c@chapter>\z@ \thechapter.\fi}{\theHchapter.}} -}% \@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{chapter}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\caption@within} -% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} -% |\caption@within|\marg{thecode}\marg{theHcode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@within{% - \expandafter\caption@within@\expandafter{\caption@type}} -%\@onlypreamble\caption@within -\newcommand*\caption@within@[3]{% - \global\@namedef{the#1}{#2\arabic{#1}}% - \@ifundefined{theH#1}\caption@AtBeginDocument\@firstofone - {\global\@namedef{theH#1}{#3\arabic{#1}}}} -%\@onlypreamble\caption@within@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@removefromreset} -% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} -% This code was taken from the \package{remreset} package -% which is part of the `carlisle' package bundle. -% (Copyright 1997 David Carlisle) -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\@removefromreset[2]{{% - \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset - \def\@elt##1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset - \else - \noexpand\@elt{##1}% - \fi}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{% - \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@PatchChapter} -% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{This macro added} -% We try to patch \cs{@chapter} so \cs{caption@addtolists} will be supported. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@PatchChapter{% - \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap{10\p@}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - % report.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] - \caption@patch@chapter{report}{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi - }{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - % book.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] - \caption@patch@chapter{book}{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi - }{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - % amsbook.cls [2004/08/06 v2.20] - % smfbook.cls [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les monographies editees par la SMF] - \caption@patch@chapter{ams/smfbook}{% - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty - \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi - \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}% - \def\@toclevel{0}% - \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{##2}% - \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{##2}\fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \@makechapterhead{##2}\@afterheading - }{% - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty - \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi - \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}% - \def\@toclevel{0}% - \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{##2}% - \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{##2}\fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \@makechapterhead{##2}\@afterheading}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - % scrreprt/scrbook.cls - \caption@ifundefined\KOMAClassName{}{% - \caption@Debug{document class `\KOMAClassName' detected}% - \let\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - % rapport1/3.cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] - \caption@patch@chapter{rapport}{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi - }{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - % boek(3).cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] - \caption@patch@chapter{boek}{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi - }{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - % thesis.cls [1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm).] - \caption@patch@chapter{thesis}{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.} - \if@thema - \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}% - \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip ##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1} - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1} - \fi - \chaptermark{##1} - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}] - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2} - \@afterheading - \fi - }{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}% - \if@thema - \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}% - \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip ##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree \else - \caption@Debug{% - Unsupported document class detected,\MessageBreak - or \noexpand\@chapter was redefined by another package}% - \fi - \let\caption@PatchChapter\@undefined} -%\@onlypreamble\caption@PatchChapter -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\caption@patch@chapter[3]{% - \begingroup -% \let\if@twocolumn\iffalse - \let\if@mainmatter\iffalse - \let\if@thema\iffalse - \def\@tempa[##1]##2{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@chapter - \caption@Debug{document class `#1' detected}% - \gdef\@chapter[##1]##2{#3}% - \global\let\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree - \fi - \endgroup} -%\@onlypreamble\caption@patch@chapter +\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def \@gobblethree #1#2#3{} +\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -3929,7 +3412,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtoreset} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromreset} % \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{This macro added} % Like \cs{@removefromreset} from |remreset.sty| % \begin{macrocode} @@ -4093,13 +3576,18 @@ % \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Patch for better hyperref support added to \package{subfig} package adaptions} % \changes{v1.2f}{2010/01/14}{Latest patch didn't worked without hyperref; fixed} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/12/20}{subfig package bugfixes dropped} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/11/01}{Bugfix 11-11-01: Test for the subfig package revised} % -% We have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here. +% Since the \package{subfig} package is not maintained anymore, +% we have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here. +% Please note that we only support the version $1.3$ of the \package{subfig} package here. +% So older versions do not work with this version of \thispackage, and never +% versions are expected to be adapted. % \begin{macrocode} \caption@AtBeginDocument{% - \def\@tempa{\@ifstar\sf@@subref\sf@subref}% - \ifx\subref\@tempa - \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package 1.2 or 1.3 is loaded}% + \def\@tempa{2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@subfig.sty\endcsname\@tempa + \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package v1.3 is loaded}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/cat.eps b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/cat.eps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0042ea088fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/cat.eps @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0 +%%BoundingBox: 44 527 80 559 +%%Creator: COREL DRAW +%%Title: CAT.TMP +%%CreationDate: Sat Jan 18 17:29:05 1992 + +%%DocumentFonts: +%%EndComments +%%BeginProlog +% -------------- POSTSCRIPT PROLOG FOR CORELDRAW 2.X ------ +% Copyright Corel Systems Corporation 1990 +/AutoFlatness 0 def/wCorelDict 300 dict def +wCorelDict begin/bd{bind def}bind def/ld{load def}bd +/xd{exch def}bd/_ null def/$c 0 def/$m 0 def +/$y 0 def/$k 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$o 0 def +/$fil 0 def/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$K 0 def +/$T 1 def/$N _ def/$O 0 def/$PF false def +/$pan 0 def/$h false def/$al 0 def/$tr 0 def +/$le 0 def/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def +/$ptm matrix def/$ttm matrix def/$stm matrix def +/$skm matrix def/$fst 128 def/$pad 0 def/$rox 0 def +/$roy 0 def currentscreen/@dsp xd/$dsp/@dsp def +/$dsa xd/$dsf xd/$sdf false def/$SDF false def +/$Scra 0.0 def statusdict/pageparams known{statusdict begin +pageparams end 1 ne{/$Scra -90.0 def}if pop pop pop}if +/$sv 0 def/@cp/closepath ld/@gs/gsave ld/@gr/grestore ld +/@np/newpath ld/@sv{/$sv save def}bd/@rs{$sv restore}bd +/@ss{load setscreen}bd AutoFlatness 1 eq{/$cpx ([Error: PathTooComplex; OffendingCommand: AnyPaintingOperator;\n) def +/@err1{$cpx print flush newpath}bd/@ifl{currentflat dup 10 gt{pop @err1 exit}if 2 add setflat}bd +/@fill/fill ld/fill{currentflat{{@fill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@eofill/eofill ld/eofill{currentflat{{@eofill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@clip/clip ld/clip{currentflat{{@clip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@eoclip/eoclip ld/eoclip{currentflat{{@eoclip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +/@stroke/stroke ld/stroke{currentflat{{@stroke}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd +}if/InRange{3 -1 roll 2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse +2 copy ge{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd/wDstChck{2 1 roll dup 3 -1 roll +eq{1 add}if}bd/@dot{dup mul exch dup mul add 1 exch sub 2 div}bd +/@lin{exch pop abs 1 exch sub}bd/@MN{2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd +/setcmykcolor where{pop}{/setcmykcolor{4 1 roll +3{3 index add 1 @MN 1 exch sub 3 1 roll}repeat +setrgbcolor pop}bd}ifelse/colorimage where{pop}{/colorimage{/$ncl xd +pop pop pop pop{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}repeat +pop}bd}ifelse/@tc{dup 1 ge{pop}{4{dup 6 -1 roll +mul exch}repeat pop}ifelse}bd/@spc{7 2 roll +ColorSeparationMode 1 eq{6 index @tc 0 4 $ink sub index +exch pop}{5 index dup _ eq{pop 0 4 $ink sub index +exch pop}{CurrentInkName eq{6 index}{0}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse +5 1 roll 8 -2 roll 6{pop}repeat 1 exch sub dup setgray +1 eq exch 1 eq and not}bd/@scc{$ink -1 eq +{$c $m $y $k $t @tc setcmykcolor true}{$o $c $m $y $k $t $n @spc +}ifelse}bd/@SCC{$ink -1 eq{$C $M $Y $K $T @tc setcmykcolor true}{ +$O $C $M $Y $K $T $N @spc}ifelse}bd/@sft{ +/$tx $tllx $pxf add dup $tllx gt{$pwid sub}if def +/$ty $tury $pyf sub dup $tury lt{$phei add}if def}bd +/@stb{pathbbox/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd}bd +/@ep{{cvx exec}forall}bd/@tp{@sv/$in true def +2 copy dup $lly le{/$in false def}if $phei sub $ury ge{/$in false def}if +dup $urx ge{/$in false def}if $pwid add $llx le{/$in false def}if +$in{@np 2 copy moveto $pwid 0 rlineto 0 $phei neg rlineto +$pwid neg 0 rlineto 0 $phei rlineto clip @np +$pn cvlit load aload pop 7 -1 roll 5 index sub +7 -1 roll 3 index sub translate/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def +@ep pop pop pop pop}{pop pop}ifelse @rs}bd/@th{@sft +0 1 $tly 1 sub{dup $psx mul $tx add{dup $llx gt{$pwid sub}{exit}ifelse +}loop exch $phei mul $ty exch sub 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{$pwid mul +3 copy 3 -1 roll add exch @tp pop}for pop pop}for}bd +/@tv{@sft 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{dup $pwid mul $tx add +exch $psy mul $ty exch sub{dup $ury lt{$phei add}{exit}ifelse}loop +0 1 $tly 1 sub{$phei mul 3 copy sub @tp pop}for +pop pop}for}bd/@pf{@gs $ctm setmatrix $pm concat +@stb @gs ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{1 setgray eofill}{ +$o 0 0 0 0 0 (Black) @spc{eofill}if}ifelse +@gr eoclip Bburx Bbury $pm itransform/$tury xd/$turx xd +Bbllx Bblly $pm itransform/$tlly xd/$tllx xd +/$wid $turx $tllx sub def/$hei $tury $tlly sub def +$wid 0 gt $hei 0 gt and{$pn cvlit load aload pop +/$pd xd 3 -1 roll sub/$phei xd exch sub/$pwid xd +/$tlx $wid $pwid div ceiling 1 add def/$tly $hei $phei div ceiling 1 add def +$psx 0 eq{@tv}{@th}ifelse}if @gr @np}bd/@dlt{ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{ +/$dc $toc $tot mul $frc $frt mul dup/$c xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +/$dm $tom $tot mul $frm $frt mul dup/$m xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +/$dy $toy $tot mul $fry $frt mul dup/$y xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +/$dk $tok $tot mul $frk $frt mul dup/$k xd sub $fst 1 sub div def +true}{$o $frc $frm $fry $frk $frt $frn @spc +dup{/$frk 1 currentgray sub def}{/$frk 0 def}ifelse +$o $toc $tom $toy $tok $tot $ton @spc dup{/$tok 1 currentgray sub def} +{/$tok 0 def}ifelse or dup{/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$k $frk def +/$dc 0 def/$dm 0 def/$dy 0 def/$dk $tok $frk sub $fst 1 sub div def}if +}ifelse}bd/@ftl{1 index 4 index sub dup $pad mul dup/$pdw xd +2 mul sub $fst div/$wid xd 2 index sub/$hei xd +pop translate $c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne +{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse +0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill +$pdw 0 translate $fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne +{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse +0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $wid $hei lineto $wid 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill +$wid 0 translate $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll +$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat $dk sub 4 1 roll +$dy sub 4 1 roll $dm sub 4 1 roll $dc sub 4 1 roll +ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop} +{setcmykcolor}ifelse 0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill +}bd/@ftr{1 index 4 index sub dup $rox mul/$row xd +2 div 1 index 4 index sub dup $roy mul/$roh xd +2 div 2 copy dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt +$row dup mul $roh dup mul add sqrt add dup/$hei xd $fst div/$wid xd +4 index add $roh add exch 5 index add $row add +exch translate pop pop pop pop currentflat 5 mul setflat +$c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne +{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse +$wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill 1.0 $pad 2 mul sub dup scale +$fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop} +{setcmykcolor}ifelse $wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill +/$hei $hei $wid sub def $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll +$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat pop pop pop pop}bd +/@ff{@gs @dlt{$ctm setmatrix eoclip newpath Bbllx Bblly moveto +Bbllx Bbury lineto Bburx Bbury lineto Bburx Bblly lineto +$fan rotate pathbbox newpath $fty 1 eq{@ftr}{@ftl}ifelse}if +@gr @np}bd/@Pf{@sv ColorSeparationMode 0 eq $ink 3 eq or{$ctm setmatrix +72 1000 div dup matrix scale dup concat dup Bburx exch Bbury exch itransform +ceiling cvi/Bbury xd ceiling cvi/Bburx xd Bbllx exch Bblly exch itransform +floor cvi/Bblly xd floor cvi/Bbllx xd $Prm aload pop +$Psn load exec}{1 setgray eofill}ifelse @rs +@np}bd/@ftx{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put +@gs true charpath currentpoint $ctm setmatrix +@@txt @gr @np moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall pop}bd +/@sm{/$ctm $ctm currentmatrix def}bd/@lorg{$lx $ly moveto +/$ly $ly $le sub def}bd/@ft{matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll +$sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if $fil 1 eq{/@@txt/@pf ld @ftx}{$fil 2 eq +{/@@txt/@ff ld @ftx}{$fil 3 eq{/@@txt/@Pf ld @ftx}{@scc +{dup $tr exch 0 exch ashow}if pop pop}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse +$sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if setmatrix}bd/@st{ +matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if +@SCC{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put @gs true charpath currentpoint +$ctm setmatrix $ptm concat stroke @gr moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall +pop}{pop pop}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if +setmatrix}bd/@pt{dup length exch}bd/@te{@pt +@lorg @ft cleartomark [}bd/@tr{@pt @lorg @st cleartomark [}bd +/@ta{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @ft @gr @st cleartomark [}bd +/@t@a{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @st @gr @ft cleartomark [}bd +/g{1 exch sub/$k xd/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def +}bd/G{1 exch sub/$K xd/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd +/k{/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def}bd +/K{/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd +/x{1 exch sub/$t xd/$n xd/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$fil 0 def}bd +/X{1 exch sub/$T xd/$N xd/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd}bd +/d/setdash ld/i{dup 0 ne{setflat}{pop}ifelse}bd +/j/setlinejoin ld/J/setlinecap ld/M/setmiterlimit ld +/w/setlinewidth ld/O{/$o xd}bd/R{/$O xd}bd +/c/curveto ld/C/c ld/v{4 -2 roll 2 copy 6 -2 roll curveto}bd +/V/v ld/y{2 copy curveto}bd/Y/y ld/l/lineto ld +/L/l ld/m/moveto ld/n/newpath ld/N/newpath ld +/F{matrix currentmatrix $sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if +$fil 1 eq{@pf}{$fil 2 eq{@ff}{$fil 3 eq{@Pf}{@scc{eofill}{@np}ifelse +}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse $sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if +setmatrix}bd/f{@cp F}bd/S{matrix currentmatrix +$ctm setmatrix $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if @SCC{$skm currentmatrix +$ptm concat stroke setmatrix}{@np}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if +setmatrix}bd/s{@cp S}bd/B{@gs F @gr S}bd/b{@cp B}bd +/W{eoclip}bd/p{/$pm xd 7{pop}repeat/$pyf xd/$pxf xd +/$pn xd/$fil 1 def}bd/P{11{pop}repeat}bd/z{/$al xd +/$tr xd/$le xd exch findfont exch scalefont setfont}bd +/Z{dup type 0 type eq{/$bDir xd}if findfont +dup maxlength 1 add dict exch dup{1 index/FID ne{3 index +3 1 roll put}{pop pop}ifelse}forall pop dup dup/Encoding get +256 array copy dup/$fe xd/Encoding exch put +dup/Fontname 3 index put 3 -1 roll dup length 0 ne{0 exch{ +dup type 0 type eq{exch pop}{$fe exch 2 index exch put +1 add}ifelse}forall pop}if definefont pop}bd +/e{@sm concat [/t{@te}def}bd/r{@sm concat [/t{@tr}def}bd +/o{@sm concat [/t{pop}def}bd/a{@sm concat [/t{@ta}def}bd +/t{@te}def/T{cleartomark @np/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def +$ctm setmatrix/$ttm matrix def}bd/u{}bd/U{}bd +/A{pop}bd/H{/$h true def}bd/h{@cp H}bd/q/@gs ld +/Q/@gr ld/E{5 array astore exch cvlit exch def}bd +/`{}bd/~{}bd/@{}bd/&{}bd/CorelDrawRencodeVect [ +16#80/grave/circumflex/tilde/dotlessi/florin/quotedblleft/quotedblright/guilsinglleft +16#88/guilsinglright/fi/fl/dagger/daggerdbl/endash/periodcentered/breve +16#90/quotedblbase/ellipsis/perthousand/trademark/Pt/fractionbar +16#98/divide 16#a1/exclamdown/cent/sterling/currency/yen/bar/section +16#a8/dieresis/copyright/ordfeminine/guillemotleft/logicalnot/emdash/registered/overbar +16#b0/ring/plusminus/twosuperior/threesuperior/acute/mu/paragraph/bullet +16#b8/cedilla/onesuperior/ordmasculine/guillemotright/onequarter/onehalf/threequarters/questiondown +16#c0/Agrave/Aacute/Acircumflex/Atilde/Adieresis/Aring/AE/Ccedilla +16#c8/Egrave/Eacute/Ecircumflex/Edieresis/Igrave/Iacute/Icircumflex/Idieresis +16#d0/Eth/Ntilde/Ograve/Oacute/Ocircumflex/Otilde/Odieresis/OE +16#d8/Oslash/Ugrave/Uacute/Ucircumflex/Udieresis/Yacute/Thorn/germandbls +16#e0/agrave/aacute/acircumflex/atilde/adieresis/aring/ae/ccedilla +16#e8/egrave/eacute/ecircumflex/edieresis/igrave/iacute/icircumflex/idieresis +16#f0/eth/ntilde/ograve/oacute/ocircumflex/otilde/odieresis/oe +16#f8/oslash/ugrave/uacute/ucircumflex/udieresis/yacute/thorn/ydieresis +] def/@cc{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}bd +/@ii{concat 3 index 3 index m 3 index 1 index l +2 copy l 1 index 3 index l 3 index 3 index l +clip pop pop pop pop}bd/@E{/Bbury xd/Bburx xd +/Bblly xd/Bbllx xd}bd/@c{@cp}bd/@p{/$fil 1 def +/$pm xd/$psy xd/$psx xd/$pyf xd/$pxf xd/$pn xd}bd +/@P{/$fil 3 def/$Psn xd array astore/$Prm xd}bd +/@k{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd/$fty xd/$fan xd +$fty 1 eq{/$fan 0 def}if/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd +/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd/$frn _ def/$frt 1 def/$ton _ def/$tot 1 def +}bd/@x{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd +/$fty xd/$fan xd 1 exch sub/$tot xd/$ton xd/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd +1 exch sub/$frt xd/$frn xd/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd}bd +/@i{@sm @gs @ii 5 index 1 ne{@gs 1 g F @gr}if +1 eq 5 index 1 eq and{@gs $ctm setmatrix F @gr}if +@np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$bts xd +/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def +$bts 1 eq{@SCC/$frg xd}{1 G @SCC/$frg xd}ifelse +$frg{$SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if $llx $lly translate +$urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale $wid $hei abs +$bts 1 eq{false}{$bts}ifelse [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 +$hei 0 gt{$hei}{0}ifelse]/@cc load $bts 1 eq{imagemask}{image}ifelse +$SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if}{$hei{@cc pop}repeat}ifelse +@gr $ctm setmatrix}def/@M {@sv}bd/@N{/@cc{}def +12 -1 roll neg 12 1 roll @i @rs}bd/@I{@sm @gs +@ii @np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$ncl xd +/$bts xd/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul $ncl mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def +$llx $lly translate $urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale +$wid $hei $bts [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 $hei]/@cc load +false $ncl colorimage @gr $ctm setmatrix}bd +/@t{/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$stm $stm currentmatrix def +3 1 roll translate $ttm concat 1 exch t $stm setmatrix}def +/@n{/$ttm exch matrix rotate def}bd/@z{ exch findfont exch scalefont setfont +}bd/@s{}bd/@l{}bd/@B{@gs S @gr F}bd/@b{@cp @B}bd +/@a{@sm concat [/t{@t@a}def}bd/@w{5 2 roll dup/$pan xd +matrix rotate/$ptm xd matrix scale $ptm dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd +1 eq{$ptm exch dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd}{pop}ifelse +1 w}bd/@g{1 eq dup/$sdf xd{/$scp xd/$sca xd +/$scf xd}if}bd/@G{1 eq dup/$SDF xd{/$SCP xd +/$SCA xd/$SCF xd}if}bd/@D{3 copy @ss/$dsp xd +/$dsa xd/$dsf xd}bd/@j{@sv @np}bind def/@J{@rs}bind def +/@sep{/ColorSeparationMode where{pop}{/ColorSeparationMode 0 def +/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse ColorSeparationMode 0 eq +{/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}if/CurrentInkName where{pop}{ +/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse CurrentInkName (Composite) eq{/$ink -1 def} +{CurrentInkName (Cyan) eq{/$ink 0 def} {CurrentInkName (Magenta) eq{/$ink 1 def} +{CurrentInkName (Yellow) eq{/$ink 2 def} {CurrentInkName (Black) eq{/$ink 3 def} +{/$ink 4 def}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}bd +@sep/@whi{@gs -72000 dup moveto -72000 72000 lineto +72000 dup lineto 72000 -72000 lineto closepath 1 setgray fill +@gr}bd/@neg{ [{1 exch sub}/exec cvx currenttransfer/exec cvx] cvx settransfer +@whi}bd/@reg{[] 0 d 0 setgray .3 setlinewidth +2 copy 5.4 0 360 arc closepath 2 copy moveto 9 0 rlineto +2 copy moveto -9 0 rlineto 2 copy moveto 0 9 rlineto +moveto 0 -9 rlineto stroke}bd/leftbracket{(\050)}def +/rightbracket{(\051)}def + +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +11.4737 setmiterlimit +1.00 setflat +/$fst 128 def + +%%EndSetup +@sv +/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def +u +%%Note: Object +45.22 528.19 78.98 558.14 @E +0 J 0 j [] 0 d 0 R 0 @G +0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 K +1.01 1.01 0.00 [1.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.00000 0.00000 0.00000] 0 @w +%%CURV 106 +73.30 539.78 m +73.08 538.42 72.22 537.26 71.78 536.33 C +72.79 534.67 73.73 531.43 74.81 530.64 C +74.59 530.64 77.04 528.84 73.87 529.06 C +73.08 529.34 73.08 530.93 70.20 533.81 C +69.70 533.74 70.56 530.57 71.50 529.63 c +73.15 528.19 70.27 528.55 70.13 528.62 C +68.98 529.34 68.62 534.60 67.03 536.26 c +66.24 537.19 65.16 536.98 64.30 536.90 C +63.22 536.62 60.62 537.19 60.55 534.02 C +60.62 532.66 62.14 530.21 62.86 529.78 c +65.30 528.41 62.06 528.34 61.70 528.77 C +61.13 529.34 60.19 530.64 59.26 531.65 C +57.74 532.44 56.38 533.66 56.02 534.96 C +54.94 534.74 53.86 534.17 53.64 533.23 C +53.42 532.22 53.86 531.58 54.86 530.14 C +56.02 529.85 56.38 529.27 56.02 528.98 c +55.87 528.84 53.71 528.62 53.57 528.91 C +52.70 529.49 51.70 531.86 51.19 533.16 c +50.90 533.88 49.97 535.82 51.55 537.77 C +51.98 538.49 51.91 539.86 51.77 540.65 c +51.55 541.94 51.55 542.74 52.42 544.46 C +49.75 546.77 45.22 551.23 49.61 557.14 C +50.11 557.64 51.55 558.14 50.76 556.27 C +49.82 553.68 46.66 551.45 53.42 546.19 C +54.50 546.91 58.97 546.48 60.48 546.19 c +64.66 545.33 65.52 545.33 68.40 546.05 C +68.76 546.19 68.83 547.99 70.34 549.22 C +70.06 550.15 72.00 551.45 72.22 552.53 C +72.65 553.39 73.66 550.73 73.66 550.66 C +73.58 551.23 74.66 552.31 74.81 552.96 C +75.74 553.25 75.10 550.94 75.89 549.50 c +76.32 548.93 76.68 549.07 77.11 547.70 C +77.47 546.34 78.98 545.18 76.54 543.89 c +75.17 543.17 74.59 543.31 73.58 542.88 C +73.58 542.23 73.51 540.79 73.30 539.78 c +@c +S +U +@rs +%%Trailer + end diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/elephant.eps b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/elephant.eps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a38bfcb75df --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/elephant.eps @@ -0,0 +1,639 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2 +%%Creator:Adobe Illustrator(TM) 1.1 0000000000 +%%For: +%%Title:elephant.ps +%%CreationDate:25/4/88 7:57 pm +%%DocumentProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 +%%DocumentSuppliedProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 +%%DocumentFonts:Courier +%%BoundingBox: 40 -505 507 -87 +%%TemplateBox:0 -720 576 0 +%%EndComments +%%BeginProcSet:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0 +% Copyright (C) 1987 Adobe Systems Incorporated. +% All Rights Reserved. +% Adobe Illustrator is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. +/Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 dup 100 dict def load begin +/Version 0 def +/Revision 0 def +% definition operators +/bdef {bind def} bind def +/ldef {load def} bdef +/xdef {exch def} bdef +% graphic state operators +/_K {3 index add neg dup 0 lt {pop 0} if 3 1 roll} bdef +/_k /setcmybcolor where +{/setcmybcolor get} {{1 sub 4 1 roll _K _K _K setrgbcolor pop} bind} ifelse def +/g {/_b xdef /p {_b setgray} def} bdef +/G {/_B xdef /P {_B setgray} def} bdef +/k {/_b xdef /_y xdef /_m xdef /_c xdef /p {_c _m _y _b _k} def} bdef +/K {/_B xdef /_Y xdef /_M xdef /_C xdef /P {_C _M _Y _B _k} def} bdef +/d /setdash ldef +/_i currentflat def +/i {dup 0 eq {pop _i} if setflat} bdef +/j /setlinejoin ldef +/J /setlinecap ldef +/M /setmiterlimit ldef +/w /setlinewidth ldef +% path construction operators +/_R {.25 sub round .25 add} bdef +/_r {transform _R exch _R exch itransform} bdef +/c {_r curveto} bdef +/C /c ldef +/v {currentpoint 6 2 roll _r curveto} bdef +/V /v ldef +/y {_r 2 copy curveto} bdef +/Y /y ldef +/l {_r lineto} bdef +/L /l ldef +/m {_r moveto} bdef +% error operators +/_e [] def +/_E {_e length 0 ne {gsave 0 g 0 G 0 i 0 J 0 j 1 w 10 M [] 0 d +/Courier 20 0 0 1 z [0.966 0.259 -0.259 0.966 +_e 0 get _e 2 get add 2 div _e 1 get _e 3 get add 2 div] e _f t T grestore} if} bdef +/_fill {{fill} stopped +{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't fill, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef +/_stroke {{stroke} stopped +{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't stroke, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef +% path painting operators +/n /newpath ldef +/N /n ldef +/F {p _fill} bdef +/f {closepath F} bdef +/S {P _stroke} bdef +/s {closepath S} bdef +/B {gsave F grestore S} bdef +/b {closepath B} bdef +% text block construction and painting operators +/_s /ashow ldef +/_S {(?) exch {2 copy 0 exch put pop dup false charpath currentpoint _g setmatrix +_stroke _G setmatrix moveto 3 copy pop rmoveto} forall pop pop pop n} bdef +/_A {_a moveto _t exch 0 exch} bdef +/_L {0 _l neg translate _G currentmatrix pop} bdef +/_w {dup stringwidth exch 3 -1 roll length 1 sub _t mul add exch} bdef +/_z [{0 0} bind {dup _w exch neg 2 div exch neg 2 div} bind {dup _w exch neg exch neg} bind] def +/z {_z exch get /_a xdef /_t xdef /_l xdef exch findfont exch scalefont setfont} bdef +/_g matrix def +/_G matrix def +/_D {_g currentmatrix pop gsave concat _G currentmatrix pop} bdef +/e {_D p /t {_A _s _L} def} bdef +/r {_D P /t {_A _S _L} def} bdef +/a {_D /t {dup p _A _s P _A _S _L} def} bdef +/o {_D /t {pop _L} def} bdef +/T {grestore} bdef +% group construction operators +/u {} bdef +/U {} bdef +% font construction operators +/Z {findfont begin currentdict dup length dict begin +{1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall /FontName exch def dup length 0 ne +{/Encoding Encoding 256 array copy def 0 exch {dup type /nametype eq +{Encoding 2 index 2 index put pop 1 add} {exch pop} ifelse} forall} if pop +currentdict dup end end /FontName get exch definefont pop} bdef +end +%%EndProcSet +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 begin +n +%%EndSetup +0 g +0 G +1 i +0 J +0 j +0.7 w +10 M +[]0 d +%%Note: +90.632 -245.419 m +86.134 -229.425 95.131 -228.926 96.63 -221.429 c +98.129 -213.932 107.126 -212.932 109.125 -202.936 c +111.124 -192.94 119.121 -183.944 125.618 -176.947 c +132.116 -169.949 146.61 -163.952 156.106 -168.45 c +165.602 -172.948 169.102 -174.947 178.598 -176.447 c +188.094 -177.946 195.591 -179.945 208.086 -176.947 c +220.581 -173.948 226.578 -171.949 237.074 -172.948 c +247.569 -173.948 277.557 -172.948 290.052 -171.949 c +302.547 -170.949 335.034 -171.449 345.53 -171.449 c +356.026 -171.449 374.019 -177.446 388.012 -182.444 c +402.006 -187.442 426.996 -197.438 439.491 -204.435 c +451.986 -211.433 469.979 -230.425 479.476 -238.422 c +488.972 -246.418 497.969 -243.42 499.968 -278.905 c +501.967 -314.39 499.968 -334.882 498.968 -346.377 c +497.969 -357.872 492.971 -371.367 491.971 -382.862 c +490.971 -394.358 490.971 -399.356 490.971 -410.851 c +490.971 -422.346 490.971 -433.342 492.471 -442.338 c +493.97 -451.336 494.47 -457.333 494.97 -461.332 c +495.47 -465.33 491.971 -464.83 489.472 -465.83 c +486.973 -466.829 483.474 -462.331 481.975 -458.333 c +480.476 -454.334 481.475 -444.837 481.475 -441.339 c +481.475 -437.84 483.474 -434.841 483.974 -427.844 c +484.474 -420.847 485.474 -386.861 482.975 -378.364 c +480.476 -369.868 484.974 -364.37 485.973 -354.374 c +486.973 -344.378 491.971 -311.391 489.972 -308.392 c +487.973 -305.394 484.474 -327.885 478.475 -333.882 c +472.478 -339.88 471.478 -346.377 471.478 -351.875 c +471.478 -357.373 467.48 -363.37 464.981 -365.869 c +462.482 -368.368 461.982 -374.366 457.984 -380.863 c +453.985 -387.36 450.987 -394.857 450.487 -402.854 c +449.987 -410.851 451.486 -436.341 450.487 -440.839 c +449.487 -445.337 447.988 -447.836 446.988 -448.836 c +445.989 -449.835 451.486 -448.336 451.486 -453.835 c +451.486 -459.332 449.987 -459.832 449.487 -468.329 c +448.987 -476.825 447.488 -479.324 447.488 -484.322 c +447.488 -489.32 447.488 -495.318 445.489 -495.818 c +443.49 -496.317 437.492 -498.317 433.494 -498.816 c +429.495 -499.316 420.999 -499.816 419.999 -499.316 c +419 -498.816 419.499 -495.318 420.999 -494.318 c +422.498 -493.319 424.746 -490.011 y +417.5 -495.818 415.501 -496.817 v +413.502 -497.817 410.003 -499.816 407.004 -499.316 c +404.006 -498.816 402.506 -498.317 401.507 -496.817 c +400.507 -495.318 397.508 -496.817 394.509 -494.818 c +391.511 -492.819 392.01 -490.82 393.01 -489.32 c +394.01 -487.821 399.507 -482.323 y +394.01 -483.323 392.51 -483.323 v +391.011 -483.323 377.017 -484.322 374.019 -484.322 c +371.02 -484.322 364.023 -485.322 363.023 -484.822 c +362.024 -484.322 361.024 -483.323 361.024 -482.823 c +361.024 -482.323 356.526 -482.823 356.026 -482.823 c +355.526 -482.823 353.027 -480.324 353.527 -479.324 c +354.027 -478.325 357.525 -473.327 359.525 -471.827 c +361.524 -470.328 365.022 -466.329 368.021 -465.33 c +371.02 -464.33 371.52 -459.832 373.019 -457.333 c +374.518 -454.834 375.018 -451.336 375.518 -447.836 c +376.018 -444.337 377.017 -433.342 377.017 -427.844 c +377.017 -422.346 379.516 -406.353 382.015 -399.356 c +384.514 -392.358 386.514 -386.861 385.514 -381.363 c +384.514 -375.865 381.016 -368.368 381.016 -366.369 c +381.016 -364.37 381.016 -358.872 y +377.517 -358.872 371.02 -361.371 v +364.523 -363.87 348.529 -368.368 342.531 -367.369 c +336.534 -366.369 308.044 -365.369 306.545 -362.371 c +305.046 -359.372 289.552 -353.374 289.052 -352.874 c +288.552 -352.375 288.052 -359.872 289.552 -367.369 c +291.051 -374.866 292.551 -382.362 294.55 -389.36 c +296.549 -396.357 298.548 -425.345 300.048 -433.842 c +301.547 -442.338 307.545 -449.335 310.044 -453.335 c +312.542 -457.333 313.542 -460.332 313.042 -464.83 c +312.542 -469.328 311.043 -475.326 310.543 -477.825 c +310.044 -480.324 306.045 -484.322 303.046 -483.822 c +300.048 -483.323 291.051 -480.824 289.552 -481.323 c +288.052 -481.823 285.054 -485.322 284.054 -485.822 c +283.055 -486.321 277.557 -486.321 274.558 -487.321 c +271.559 -488.321 263.063 -489.82 261.563 -488.321 c +260.064 -486.821 262.063 -493.319 249.568 -491.319 c +246.078 -490.761 239.072 -491.819 235.075 -492.819 c +231.077 -493.818 224.579 -492.319 224.079 -492.319 c +223.58 -492.319 215.583 -491.819 214.083 -490.82 c +212.584 -489.82 204.087 -489.82 204.087 -487.321 c +204.087 -484.822 208.586 -482.823 211.085 -480.324 c +213.584 -477.825 220.581 -472.827 221.081 -470.328 c +221.58 -467.829 221.081 -461.332 221.081 -458.333 c +221.081 -455.334 219.081 -449.335 217.082 -445.337 c +215.083 -441.339 213.584 -427.344 213.084 -424.845 c +212.584 -422.346 214.583 -415.349 213.584 -413.35 c +212.584 -411.351 210.085 -398.356 209.085 -395.357 c +208.086 -392.358 206.087 -385.361 205.587 -379.364 c +205.087 -373.366 202.088 -354.874 201.089 -351.875 c +200.089 -348.876 198.59 -335.881 199.089 -331.883 c +199.589 -327.885 192.092 -314.89 191.592 -312.391 c +191.093 -309.892 188.594 -305.394 188.594 -300.895 c +188.594 -296.397 184.096 -294.898 181.597 -294.898 c +179.098 -294.898 170.101 -291.899 169.102 -290.899 c +168.102 -289.9 159.105 -293.398 155.606 -293.898 c +152.107 -294.398 140.112 -296.897 139.613 -296.397 c +139.113 -295.897 135.114 -303.894 134.615 -306.393 c +134.115 -308.892 132.615 -313.39 131.116 -313.89 c +129.617 -314.39 126.118 -318.888 126.118 -320.388 c +126.118 -321.887 122.12 -317.889 y +122.12 -312.391 121.62 -308.392 v +121.12 -304.394 124.619 -300.895 125.118 -298.396 c +125.618 -295.897 131.116 -287.901 130.616 -286.401 c +130.116 -284.902 128.131 -286.36 125.118 -288.4 c +121.244 -291.026 118.121 -310.392 115.622 -313.39 c +113.123 -316.389 106.626 -331.383 105.126 -333.882 c +103.627 -336.381 103.127 -363.87 102.128 -372.866 c +101.128 -381.863 103.127 -397.356 104.627 -401.355 c +106.126 -405.353 107.625 -409.352 106.626 -409.851 c +105.626 -410.351 112.623 -403.354 118.121 -403.854 c +123.619 -404.354 130.616 -408.352 131.616 -413.85 c +132.615 -419.348 131.116 -428.844 127.617 -431.343 c +124.119 -433.842 110.624 -436.341 108.125 -433.842 c +105.626 -431.343 94.631 -427.844 90.632 -418.848 c +89.333 -415.924 80.137 -391.859 79.637 -384.861 c +79.202 -378.776 76.514 -369.619 76.638 -367.868 c +76.673 -367.37 64.143 -379.364 61.644 -380.863 c +59.145 -382.362 50.149 -389.859 48.15 -387.86 c +46.15 -385.861 50.649 -383.362 52.148 -381.363 c +53.647 -379.364 61.144 -372.866 63.143 -371.367 c +65.143 -369.868 55.147 -374.866 51.148 -375.365 c +47.15 -375.865 45.151 -373.866 46.15 -373.366 c +47.15 -372.866 57.146 -368.368 62.144 -364.87 c +67.142 -361.371 74.139 -355.873 74.639 -353.374 c +75.139 -350.875 74.139 -326.885 73.139 -319.888 c +72.14 -312.891 77.138 -296.397 77.638 -287.401 c +78.137 -278.405 82.136 -267.91 84.135 -262.412 c +86.134 -256.914 90.824 -246.099 90.632 -245.419 c +s +262.063 -478.325 m +263.562 -474.326 271.059 -469.828 272.559 -467.829 c +274.058 -465.83 274.558 -460.332 272.559 -457.833 c +270.56 -455.334 267.561 -446.836 266.561 -444.837 c +265.562 -442.838 264.562 -437.34 263.562 -433.842 c +262.563 -430.343 262.063 -423.846 261.063 -421.347 c +260.064 -418.848 257.065 -412.35 256.565 -411.351 c +256.065 -410.351 254.066 -418.848 254.066 -422.346 c +254.066 -425.845 257.565 -430.343 257.565 -433.842 c +257.565 -437.34 258.065 -439.839 257.065 -443.338 c +256.065 -446.836 254.566 -450.836 255.066 -455.334 c +255.566 -459.832 256.565 -465.33 258.065 -468.828 c +259.564 -472.327 261.814 -478.986 262.063 -478.325 c +s +114.374 -421.846 m +114.123 -422.846 117.122 -422.597 118.621 -421.846 c +120.12 -421.098 121.371 -418.848 119.871 -417.348 c +118.372 -415.849 117.405 -416.194 116.122 -416.6 c +113.748 -417.348 114.509 -421.305 114.374 -421.846 c +s +121.871 -294.148 m +119.372 -291.65 119.121 -289.4 y +108.789 -290.299 108.625 -293.898 v +107.625 -315.889 64.143 -370.867 63.143 -371.367 c +S +76.638 -367.868 m +83.635 -362.371 105.126 -333.382 105.126 -333.882 c +S +164.602 -189.442 m +172.1 -193.44 172.6 -194.939 178.098 -194.939 c +183.596 -194.939 186.595 -191.441 191.592 -197.438 c +196.59 -203.436 198.59 -210.433 199.589 -217.43 c +200.589 -224.427 198.59 -229.425 194.591 -232.924 c +190.593 -236.422 194.091 -240.921 192.592 -242.42 c +191.093 -243.919 190.593 -248.418 190.593 -250.417 c +190.593 -252.416 182.845 -253.666 181.346 -254.665 c +179.846 -255.665 174.635 -263.779 173.849 -263.162 c +166.852 -257.664 168.351 -252.416 165.853 -250.417 c +163.354 -248.418 158.605 -239.921 157.105 -238.921 c +155.606 -237.922 148.021 -233.866 148.021 -231.367 c +148.021 -228.868 149.109 -219.166 148.609 -216.667 c +148.109 -214.168 152.107 -209.433 152.107 -208.434 c +S +159.781 -179.035 m +164.485 -180.211 169.189 -181.975 172.717 -182.563 c +176.245 -183.151 185.653 -186.091 188.593 -187.267 c +191.533 -188.443 198.001 -193.735 199.765 -197.263 c +201.529 -200.791 202.117 -206.671 202.705 -209.023 c +203.293 -211.375 203.293 -219.607 202.117 -221.371 c +200.941 -223.135 197.413 -231.955 196.237 -232.543 c +S +108.097 -233.86 m +112.167 -236.446 116.296 -237.525 120.179 -236.971 c +125.831 -236.166 128.942 -227.524 129.27 -225.841 c +S +109.73 -237.489 m +111.163 -238.845 115.233 -241.43 117.92 -241.079 c +120.607 -240.727 123.178 -240.834 125.479 -238.64 c +127.339 -236.869 130.379 -228.116 130.528 -226.81 c +S +108.46 -230.129 m +110.117 -226.085 113.633 -223.711 115.101 -223.019 c +120.739 -220.367 127.21 -223.619 127.234 -224.548 c +S +108.8 -230.633 m +111.01 -231.549 112.29 -232.49 113.598 -232.64 c +116.814 -233.01 120.042 -233.379 122.149 -230.779 c +123.23 -229.447 123.643 -229.297 125.175 -227.488 c +126.707 -225.678 126.557 -225.264 127.234 -224.548 c +S +u +117.144 -223.904 m +118.708 -223.335 120.422 -224.096 120.972 -225.607 c +121.522 -227.117 120.699 -228.804 119.135 -229.373 c +117.57 -229.943 115.856 -229.179 115.307 -227.669 c +114.757 -226.159 115.58 -224.472 117.144 -223.904 c +f +118.14 -226.638 m +F +U +129.952 -224.71 m +130.389 -223.353 131.426 -223.641 129.289 -222.158 c +128.199 -221.4 122.082 -217.838 119.797 -218.137 c +117.44 -218.445 114.876 -219.824 113.16 -222.044 c +S +109.974 -231.066 m +110.638 -229.885 111.271 -230.044 110.638 -229.885 c +110.188 -229.77 109.038 -229.138 y +S +125.118 -288.4 m +132.615 -282.903 135.114 -282.903 138.113 -276.906 c +141.112 -270.909 139.613 -259.413 137.613 -255.915 c +135.614 -252.416 133.615 -244.919 y +S +128.971 -242.98 m +126.971 -247.478 124.472 -253.975 120.973 -255.475 c +117.474 -256.974 111.477 -257.974 109.478 -258.473 c +S +129.823 -220.573 m +126.834 -218.203 123.007 -214.64 121.267 -214.609 c +119.528 -214.578 116.234 -213.677 113.623 -215.785 c +111.96 -217.128 108.602 -222.181 107.962 -223.343 c +S +73.139 -317.889 m +82.136 -309.392 94.631 -316.389 y +S +74.139 -305.394 m +77.638 -301.395 78.137 -298.396 85.135 -299.396 c +92.132 -300.396 97.13 -303.894 97.63 -303.894 c +S +74.139 -331.883 m +77.138 -329.384 83.635 -327.385 85.135 -327.885 c +86.634 -328.384 92.632 -329.884 y +S +74.639 -345.877 m +76.638 -343.878 83.635 -343.878 y +S +77.138 -371.367 m +80.137 -369.368 86.01 -366.119 90.008 -366.869 c +92.204 -367.28 99.629 -370.867 y +S +79.512 -382.114 m +82.011 -380.614 89.633 -374.866 96.63 -380.863 c +S +83.635 -399.356 m +92.383 -389.611 99.129 -397.356 y +S +86.885 -408.603 m +93.131 -400.355 101.628 -407.352 y +S +89.384 -414.6 m +94.631 -407.852 104.127 -413.35 y +S +93.631 -423.597 m +94.631 -420.598 104.378 -417.848 104.627 -417.848 c +S +106.877 -420.347 m +103.127 -423.097 102.128 -429.594 y +S +117.872 -422.097 m +116.873 -431.343 124.869 -432.093 y +S +112.375 -420.847 m +106.877 -427.844 114.374 -434.841 y +S +120.371 -419.348 m +125.118 -425.596 131.616 -419.099 y +S +119.871 -417.348 m +127.118 -416.6 124.619 -406.104 y +S +118.372 -416.349 m +123.119 -408.603 114.374 -404.354 y +S +116.122 -416.6 m +114.874 -409.103 106.126 -410.351 106.626 -409.851 c +106.877 -409.602 103.878 -416.849 105.377 -420.347 c +108.125 -413.85 114.374 -421.846 v +114.528 -422.044 109.876 -419.598 105.377 -420.347 c +S +114.623 -418.848 m +111.875 -411.851 104.878 -415.1 105.126 -415.1 c +S +74.639 -356.373 m +74.763 -354.498 74.639 -353.374 v +S +81.012 -390.235 m +83.511 -388.735 91.132 -382.987 98.129 -388.984 c +S +95.506 -346.127 m +95.881 -346.127 99.629 -347.377 y +S +77.388 -352.75 m +76.388 -352.125 74.639 -352.874 74.639 -352.75 c +S +89.384 -353.998 m +91.507 -353.75 97.88 -356.249 y +S +78.137 -279.904 m +84.135 -277.405 89.133 -276.406 94.131 -277.905 c +99.129 -279.405 107.126 -285.402 y +S +83.635 -265.411 m +88.133 -262.412 95.131 -262.912 99.629 -263.412 c +104.127 -263.911 113.623 -270.909 y +121.62 -276.406 l +S +77.388 -352.75 m +S +74.639 -352.75 m +S +256.565 -411.351 m +262.563 -398.856 259.564 -384.362 261.563 -374.866 c +263.562 -365.369 263.063 -354.374 267.561 -348.376 c +272.059 -342.379 281.555 -321.387 283.554 -314.89 c +285.553 -308.392 276.057 -271.908 273.059 -264.911 c +270.06 -257.914 265.562 -248.917 264.562 -244.419 c +263.562 -239.921 261.563 -225.927 263.562 -221.928 c +S +1 w +291.198 -93.775 m +S +0.7 w +289.052 -352.874 m +284.554 -343.878 266.561 -350.875 y +S +242.394 -491.555 m +242.394 -488.056 239.469 -483.145 238.221 -482.896 c +236.972 -482.645 231.474 -483.645 231.474 -483.896 c +231.474 -484.145 228.225 -480.897 226.976 -479.898 c +225.726 -478.898 221.727 -480.146 220.728 -480.646 c +219.728 -481.146 217.229 -479.398 216.729 -478.898 c +216.23 -478.398 212.951 -478.957 212.701 -479.207 c +S +219.728 -480.397 m +220.479 -483.896 212.701 -490.085 y +S +231.474 -483.896 m +231.723 -486.395 224.079 -492.319 y +S +261.872 -477.736 m +264.621 -485.233 260.622 -487.483 y +S +284.054 -485.822 m +280.556 -485.572 268.369 -482.734 267.869 -481.485 c +267.37 -480.235 262.622 -480.486 y +S +288.552 -482.073 m +285.054 -478.075 279.806 -473.826 278.057 -473.826 c +276.307 -473.826 268.854 -481.809 268.854 -481.559 c +S +269.06 -470.828 m +272.559 -470.328 275.807 -475.076 y +S +358.525 -473.327 m +362.272 -472.577 366.271 -474.326 367.27 -475.576 c +368.27 -476.825 361.524 -482.823 361.024 -482.823 c +S +367.374 -474.988 m +369.623 -474.237 372.622 -474.988 374.371 -476.236 c +376.121 -477.487 379.869 -483.484 y +S +390.275 -261.943 m +380.278 -279.436 357.347 -332.502 384.015 -355.373 c +398.54 -367.832 399.507 -387.86 404.505 -393.358 c +409.503 -398.856 405.005 -410.351 406.005 -416.849 c +407.004 -423.346 410.003 -429.843 410.003 -439.839 c +410.003 -449.835 408.004 -460.832 408.504 -465.33 c +409.004 -469.828 405.005 -475.826 404.006 -477.825 c +403.006 -479.824 398.008 -483.323 y +403.506 -482.823 407.504 -486.821 407.755 -487.071 c +408.004 -487.321 401.007 -496.067 y +S +407.269 -487.071 m +415.017 -483.821 423.513 -490.319 y +432.259 -485.321 441.006 -497.067 y +S +381.016 -358.872 m +382.337 -358.961 385.277 -357.197 y +S +489.972 -308.392 m +491.998 -302.514 496.114 -294.87 496.114 -293.106 c +S +490.234 -445.397 m +490.234 -453.629 493.762 -464.213 y +S +487.882 -446.573 m +487.882 -450.101 489.299 -465.683 489.472 -465.83 c +S +484.942 -443.045 m +483.178 -447.749 484.354 -461.273 y +S +421.439 -452.453 m +431.435 -455.981 446.668 -448.747 446.988 -448.836 c +S +376.163 -444.221 m +383.219 -451.277 401.447 -451.277 y +S +377.927 -423.641 m +382.043 -426.581 397.331 -425.993 y +S +406.739 -407.765 m +417.323 -418.349 438.491 -410.117 y +S +370.871 -461.861 m +376.163 -468.917 397.331 -471.857 y +S +409.679 -434.225 m +416.735 -440.693 439.079 -431.285 y +S +406.739 -396.593 m +414.383 -398.945 433.787 -391.301 y +S +448.487 -477.737 m +430.847 -486.557 412.031 -479.501 y +S +312.072 -455.981 m +306.78 -462.449 281.496 -464.213 y +S +300.048 -433.842 m +295.608 -439.517 276.792 -439.517 y +S +295.608 -395.417 m +290.904 -392.477 263.856 -397.769 y +S +297.96 -413.057 m +293.844 -417.173 268.56 -420.113 y +S +291.492 -374.249 m +287.376 -372.485 261.623 -374.307 261.563 -374.866 c +S +250.92 -424.229 m +247.392 -444.221 217.993 -435.401 y +S +253.272 -430.109 m +250.92 -448.337 223.285 -454.217 y +S +256.8 -461.861 m +245.04 -473.033 225.637 -468.329 y +S +213.584 -413.35 m +220.933 -420.701 239.16 -413.645 y +S +236.809 -380.129 m +232.693 -386.597 205.645 -383.657 y +S +238.572 -389.537 m +245.04 -387.185 260.328 -394.829 y +S +237.985 -371.897 m +240.924 -370.133 261.504 -378.365 y +S +237.985 -358.961 m +235.045 -362.489 202.705 -361.901 y +S +199.177 -335.442 m +215.641 -344.262 248.568 -327.21 y +S +192.709 -314.274 m +201.529 -306.63 238.572 -311.334 y +S +149.785 -246.655 m +158.605 -263.707 138.025 -287.814 y +S +160.957 -258.415 m +166.837 -267.823 146.257 -288.402 y +S +174.481 -270.763 m +178.597 -277.818 167.425 -290.166 y +S +191.533 -259.591 m +200.353 -270.175 183.889 -294.87 y +S +206.233 -247.243 m +212.113 -269.587 187.418 -299.865 188.594 -300.895 c +S +159.193 -201.379 m +162.133 -207.259 161.545 -215.491 161.545 -217.255 c +161.545 -219.019 153.313 -227.251 153.901 -230.779 c +S +237.985 -176.095 m +244.452 -180.799 251.508 -187.855 254.448 -192.559 c +257.388 -197.263 253.861 -213.37 253.566 -214.431 c +251.359 -222.372 242.571 -252.416 244.57 -262.412 c +246.569 -272.408 251.567 -282.403 252.567 -295.398 c +253.566 -308.392 253.566 -320.388 246.569 -331.383 c +239.572 -342.379 236.574 -357.373 237.574 -368.368 c +238.572 -379.364 235.575 -404.354 245.57 -422.346 c +S +457.895 -360.725 m +464.951 -348.378 464.363 -327.798 469.067 -315.45 c +473.77 -303.102 477.886 -295.458 477.298 -278.994 c +476.71 -262.531 473.77 -263.119 y +S +410.267 -370.133 m +402.035 -357.197 396.155 -340.734 394.979 -328.974 c +394.151 -320.699 409.091 -287.814 y +S +u +116.786 -223.328 m +119.079 -222.493 121.637 -223.74 122.502 -226.115 c +123.365 -228.487 122.208 -231.089 119.915 -231.922 c +117.621 -232.757 115.064 -231.51 114.199 -229.135 c +113.335 -226.763 114.493 -224.163 116.786 -223.328 c +s +118.351 -227.626 m +S +U +118.294 -232.651 m +116.002 -233.016 113.653 -232.151 112.636 -230.643 c +111.618 -229.137 111.9 -227.548 112.377 -226.28 c +112.854 -225.01 114.424 -223.735 114.926 -223.396 c +115.428 -223.057 118.062 -222.269 119.178 -222.397 c +122.279 -222.753 123.831 -224.223 124.232 -225.328 c +124.635 -226.433 124.862 -227.915 124.723 -227.965 c +S +%%Trailer +_E end + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx index 10a1deb075b..d38526a7adc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. % % \fi % \CheckSum{347} @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\CaptionTextFont} +% \begin{macro}{\CaptionLabelSeparator} % \changes{v1.3}{2011/09/12}{This macro added} % Additionally, we define |\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator| which is predefined as colon. % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/newfloat.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/newfloat.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..297145ab348 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/newfloat.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,1548 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `newfloat.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{1199} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{newfloat.drv}% + [2011/11/06 v1.0 This package offers a command for defining new floating environments] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=48pt % Make TeX shut up. +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} +% \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc} +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, newfloat},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage{newfloat} +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{newfloat.dtx} +\end{document} +% +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +% \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{newfloat} package} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{newfloat} package} +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% \newcommand*\x{\discretionary{-}{}{}} +% \newcommand*\xx{\discretionary{}{}{}} +% +% \setlength\leftmargini{1.5em} +% +% \GetFileInfo{newfloat.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \GetFileInfo{newfloat.sty} +% +% \title{\texorpdfstring{\Thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A +% {The newfloat package}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \centering +% This package offers the command +% |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment| for defining new floating environments +% which behave like |figure| and |table|. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \tableofcontents +% +% \clearpage +% \section{Loading the package} +% +% First of all you need to include this package into your document with +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{newfloat}| +% \end{quote} +% where \meta{options} are one or more of +% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{\,}l} +% |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad\\ +% |chapterlistsgap=| & \meta{value} +% \end{tabular}\end{quote} +% +% The ``within'' counter specifies the counter which will be used to reset +% the counter of the floating environments |figure| and |table| . +% (Furthermore this setting will be used as default setting for +% |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|.) +% +% So for example |within=chapter| will give you a numbering scheme +% \meta{chapter}.\meta{x} for floating environments, +% while |within=section| will give you a numbering scheme +% \meta{chapter}.\meta{section}.\meta{x}, or \meta{section}.\meta{x} +% if the document class does not offer |\chapter|. +% |within=none| will result in a continuous numbering throughout the document, +% i.e.~the numbering scheme will be simply \meta{x}. +% +% The option |chapterlistsgap=|\meta{value} sets the amount of the +% vertical gap inserted into the ``List of Figure'', ``List of Tables'', +% and all lists created with |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment| +% when a new chapter will be started. +% The default value is |10pt|. +% (This option will only be available if the document class used offer +% the usage of chapters, e.g.~the |book| or |report| document class.) +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% Both options can be changed later on, too, by using the command +% \begin{quote} +% |\newfloatsetup|\meta{options}\quad, +% \end{quote} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \section{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment}} +% +% After loading \thispackage\ you can define your own floating environments with +% \begin{quote} +% \iffalse +% \setlength{\leftmargin}{6cm} +% \fi +% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\oarg{options}\marg{type}% +% \iffalse +% \oarg{name}\oarg{list name} +% \fi +% \end{quote} +% where \meta{options} are one or more of +% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{\,}l} +% |fileext=| & \meta{file extension}\\ +% |listname=| & \meta{list name}\\ +% |name=| & \meta{prosa name}\\ +% |placement=| & \meta{combination of \,\purett{htbp}}\\ +% |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\\ +% |chapterlistsgaps=| & \texttt{on} \emph{or} \texttt{off} +% \end{tabular}\end{quote} +% +% If no \meta{options} are given, +% ``lo\meta{type}'' will be used as \meta{file extension} for the list, +% ``List of \meta{name}s'' as \meta{list name}. +% ``\meta{name}'' as \meta{name} (but with the first letter capitalized), +% ``|tbp|'' as \meta{placement} specifier, +% and ``|chapter|'' resp. ``|none|'' as \meta{``within'' counter}, +% i.e., the counter which resets the numbering. +% +% The default value of the |chapterlistsgaps=| option depends on the +% ``within'' setting, it is set to |on| if |chapter| or |section| is selected, +% otherwise it is set to |off|. +% (This option will only be available if the document class used offer +% the usage of chapters, e.g.~the |book| or |report| document class.) +% +% The list will be typeset using the command |\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|s| +% resp.~|\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|es|, +% analogous to |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| and |\list|\-|of|\-|tables|. +% +% If the \package{fltpage} package is loaded, an environment called +% |FP|\meta{type} will be defined additionally, same for |sideways|\meta{type} +% (\package{rotating} package), |SC|\meta{type} (\package{sidecap} package), +% and |wrap|\meta{type} (\package{wrapfig} package). +% +% \bigskip +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% So for example +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment{diagram}| +% \end{quote} +% will define a new floating environment called |diagram|, +% the list will be stored in a file with the extension |lodiagram|, the name +% (used for the caption) will be ``Diagram'' and the list name +% ``List of Diagrams''. +% The list could be typeset with |\list|\x|of|\x|diagrams|. +% Dependent on which packages are loaded, the environments |FP|\x|diagram|, +% |sideways|\x|diagram|, |SC|\x|diagram|, and |wrap|\x|diagram| will be defined additionally. +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% Another example: +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[|\\ +% | fileext=lox,|\\ +% | listname={List of Matrixes},|\\ +% | name=Matrix,|\\ +% | placement=p,|\\ +% | within=section,|\\ +% | chapterlistsgaps=off,|\\ +% | ]{matrix}| +% \end{quote} +% will define a new floating environment called |matrix| with the given settings. +% Please note that names which contain spaces needs to be enclosed in curly braces. +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \section{\cs{SetupFloatingEnvironment}} +% +% While |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment| will create new floating environments, +% \begin{quote} +% |\SetupFloatingEnvironment|\marg{floating environment}\marg{options} +% \end{quote} +% will change the settings of existing ones, i.e. either |figure| or |table|, +% or a one created with |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|, +% or a one created with |\new|\x|float| offered by the \package{float} package, +% or a one created with |\new|\x|float| offered by the \package{memoir} document class, +% or a one created with |\Declare|\x|New|\x|Float|\x|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package, +% or \ldots +% +% The \meta{options} are the same as the options for +% |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|, +% but one should avoid changing the file extension +% of existing floating environments, +% i.e.~using the |fileext=| option within |\Setup|\x|Floating|\x|Environment| +% is usually a very bad idea. +% +% \bigskip +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% An example: +% \begin{quote} +% |\SetupFloatingEnvironment{lstlisting}{chapterlistsgaps=off}| +% \end{quote} +% will switch off the chapter lists gaps for |lstlisting| environments +% offered by the \package{listings} package. +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \section{\cs{ForEachFloatingEnvironment}} +% +% \begin{quote} +% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment|\meta{code with \#1} +% \end{quote} +% will execute the given \meta{code} for all known floating environments, +% and for ones defined with |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment| later on. +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% So for example the \package{subcaption} packages uses +% \begin{quote} +% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}}| +% \end{quote} +% for initializing itself for all floating environments which are +% known to \thispackage. +% +% \medskip +% +% There is also a starred variant |\For|\x|Each|\x|Floating|\x|Environment*| +% which will execute the given code for already existing floating environments +% only, i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|. +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% An example: +% \begin{quote} +% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment*{\typeout{#1}}| +% \end{quote} +% will typeout the names of all already known floating environments to the terminal +% and log file. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \StopEventually{%^^A +% \pagebreak[3] +% \begin{thebibliography}{9} +% +% \bibitem{memoir} +% Peter Wilson:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/memoir}% +% {\emph{The Memoir Class for Configurable Typesetting}},\\ +% 2011/03/06 +% +% \bibitem{NTGclasses} +% Victor Eijkhout:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}% +% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ +% \mbox{3~September~1989} +% +% \bibitem{KOMAScript} +% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}% +% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\ +% 2007-01-09 +% +% \bibitem{float} +% Anselm Lingnau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}% +% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ +% 2001/11/08 +% +% \bibitem{fltpage} +% Sebastian Gross:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ +% 1998/11/13 +% +% \bibitem{rotating} +% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}% +% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ +% 1997/09/26 +% +% \bibitem{sidecap} +% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}% +% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ +% 2003/06/06 +% +% \bibitem{wrapfig} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}% +% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ +% 2003/01/31 +% +% \end{thebibliography} +% } +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/30}{First release as \package{newfloat} package, +% outsourced from the \package{caption3} package and revised} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \section{The Implementation} +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{newfloat}[2011/10/30 v1.0 Defining new floating environments (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@Info} +% |\newfloat@Info|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@Info[1]{% + \PackageInfo{newfloat}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@Error} +% |\newfloat@Error|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@Error[1]{% + \PackageError{newfloat}{#1}\newfloat@eh} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@eh{% + If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak + at the documentation of the `newfloat' package.\MessageBreak\@ehc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{Using the keyval package} +% +% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareFloatingEnvironment} +% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareFloatingEnvironment{% + \@testopt\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment{}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareFloatingEnvironment +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment[#1]#2{% +% \end{macrocode} +% First of all, we set |\newfloat@Type| to the type name\par +% \begin{macrocode} + \newfloat@Info{New float `#2' with options `#1'}% + \edef\newfloat@Type{\def\noexpand\newfloat@Type{\@car#2\@nil}}% + \uppercase\expandafter{\newfloat@Type}% + \edef\@tempa{% + \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\newfloat@Type{\@cdr#2\@nil}}% + \@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% Define a counter with the same name as the floating environment +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcounter{#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set |\ftype@|\meta{type} which contains the type number for floats of type \meta{type}\par +% (See also \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/32359/2574}) +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdefined\c@float@type % from float package + \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\value{float@type}}% + \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}% + \else\ifdefined\c@newflo@tctr % from memoir document class + \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\c@newflo@tctr}% + \advance\c@newflo@tctr \c@newflo@tctr + \else + \ifdefined\newfloat@ftype \else + \newcount\newfloat@ftype + \newfloat@ftype=8\relax + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\newfloat@ftype}% + \advance\newfloat@ftype\newfloat@ftype + \fi\fi + \newfloat@Info{float type `#2'=\@nameuse{ftype@#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Define |\fnum@|\meta{type}, a macro to generate the figure number for a caption +% \begin{macrocode} + \@namedef{fnum@#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}\nobreakspace\@nameuse{the#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Define |\|\meta{type}|name| used by |\fnum@|\meta{type} as \meta{type}, +% but with first letter capitalized +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\newcommand\csname #2name\endcsname{}% + \expandafter\let\csname #2name\endcsname\newfloat@Type + \@namedef{fleg#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}}% legend naming (memoir) +% \end{macrocode} +% Legend name in ToC (memoir document class) +% \begin{macrocode} + \@namedef{flegtoc#2}##1{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Define the floating environment +% \begin{macrocode} + \newenvironment{#2}{\@float{#2}}{\end@float}% + \newenvironment{#2*}{\@dblfloat{#2}}{\end@dblfloat}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Define the listing command |\listof|\meta{type}(|e|)|s| +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2s\endcsname{\newfloat@listof{#2}}% + \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2es\endcsname{\newfloat@listof{#2}}% + \ifdefined\l@figure + \expandafter\let\csname l@#2\endcsname\l@figure + \else + \@namedef{l@#2}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}% + \fi + \expandafter\newcommand\csname list#2name\endcsname{}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname list#2name\endcsname{List of \newfloat@Type s}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set default parameters +% \begin{macrocode} + \newfloat@setplacement{#2}{tbp}% + \newfloat@setfileext{#2}{lo#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Apply given options +% \begin{macrocode} + \newfloat@setoptions*{#2}{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Announce the new floating environment to other packages +% \begin{macrocode} + \@expandtwoargs\newfloat@announce{#2}{\@nameuse{ext@#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Apply the last two optional arguments for setting names +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifnextchar[\newfloat@DFE@setname\relax} +\@onlypreamble\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newfloat@DFE@setname[#1]{% + \KV@@newfloat@name{#1}% + \@ifnextchar[\newfloat@DFE@setlistname\relax} +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@DFE@setname +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newfloat@DFE@setlistname[#1]{% + \KV@@newfloat@listname{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@DFE@setlistname +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@listof} +% |\newfloat@listof|\marg{float type} typesets the list +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@listof[1]{% + \ifcsname listoftoc\endcsname + \expandafter\listoftoc\expandafter{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}% + \else + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\expandafter\listfigurename\csname list#1name\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\ext@figure\csname ext@#1\endcsname + \let\newfloat@ORI@starttoc\@starttoc + \renewcommand*\@starttoc[1]{% + \expandafter\newfloat@ORI@starttoc\expandafter{\ext@figure}}% + \listoffigures + \endgroup + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setoptions} +% |\newfloat@setoptions*|\marg{environment}\marg{options} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setoptions{% + \@ifstar + {\newfloat@@setoptions\@firstofone}% + {\newfloat@@setoptions\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@@setoptions[3]{% + \let\newfloat@within@value\@undefined + \let\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value\@undefined + #1{\KV@@newfloat@within\newfloat@within@default}% set default value + \def\newfloat@type{#2}% + \setkeys{@newfloat}{#3}% + \ifx\newfloat@within@value\@undefined \else + \newfloat@setoption{within}\newfloat@within@value + \fi + \ifx\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value\@undefined \else + \newfloat@setoption{chapterlistsgaps}\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@within@default} +% The default `within' value. +% This one will be used if no option |within=|\meta{counter} is given. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@within@default{% + \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname chapter\else none\fi} +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@within@default +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setoption} +% |\newfloat@setoption|\marg{option name}{options} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setoption[1]{% + \expandafter\@expandtwoargs\csname newfloat@set#1\endcsname\newfloat@type} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% The available \meta{options} are: +% |fileext=|\meta{file extension}, +% |listname=|\meta{list name}, +% |name=|\meta{prosa name}, +% |placement=|\meta{htbp}, +% |within=|\meta{none,chapter,section}, and +% |without|. +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setfileext} +% |\newfloat@setfileext|\marg{environment}\marg{file extension} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setfileext[2]{% + \@namedef{ext@#1}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{@newfloat}{fileext}{% + \newfloat@setoption{fileext}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setlistname} +% |\newfloat@setlistname|\marg{environment}\marg{list name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setlistname[2]{% + \@namedef{list#1name}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{@newfloat}{listname}{% + \newfloat@setoption{listname}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setname} +% |\newfloat@setname|\marg{environment}\marg{name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setname[2]{% + \newfloat@@setname{#1}{#2}% + \begingroup + \ifcsname languagename\endcsname + \ifcsname captions\languagename\endcsname + \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname captions\languagename\endcsname + {\newfloat@@setname{#1}{#2}}% + \fi + \fi + \endgroup} +%\AtBeginDocument{\let\newfloat@setname\newfloat@@setname} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@@setname[2]{% + \@namedef{#1name}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{@newfloat}{name}{% + \newfloat@setoption{name}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setplacement} +% |\newfloat@setplacement|\marg{environment}\marg{float placement} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setplacement[2]{% + \@namedef{fps@#1}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{@newfloat}{placement}{% + \newfloat@setoption{placement}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setwithin} +% |\newfloat@setwithin|\marg{environment}\marg{counter}\par +% setup the counter for working ``within'' a given counter. +% Furthermore the chapters lists gap will be switched on +% (if counter $=$ |chapter|) or off (otherwise). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setwithin[2]{% + \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname + \@removefromreset{#1}{chapter}% + \fi + \@removefromreset{#1}{section}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \def\@tempa{none}% + \fi + \def\@tempb{none}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname + \@chapterlistsgap@off{#1}% + \fi + \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{}{}% + \else + \def\@tempb{chapter}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}% + \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}% + \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\ifnum\c@chapter>\z@ \thechapter.\fi}{\theHchapter.}% + \else + \def\@tempb{section}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \@addtoreset{#1}{section}% + \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname + \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}% + \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}% + \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\thesection.}{\theHsection.}% + \else + \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\ifnum\c@section>\z@ \thesection.\fi}{\theHsection.}% + \fi + \else + \newfloat@Error{Invalid value `#2' for option `within'}% + \fi + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@@setwithin[3]{% + \global\@namedef{the#1}{#2\arabic{#1}}% + \global\@namedef{theH#1}{#3\arabic{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{@newfloat}{within}{% + \def\newfloat@within@value{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setwithout} +% |\newfloat@setwithout|\marg{environment} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setwithout[1]{% + \newfloat@setwithin{#1}{none}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{@newfloat}{without}[]{% + \def\newfloat@within@value{none}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setchapterlistsgaps} +% |\newfloat@setchapterlistsgaps|\marg{environment}\marg{on/off} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setchapterlistsgaps[2]{% + \edef\@tempa{#2}% + \def\@tempb{off}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \@chapterlistsgap@off{#1}% + \else + \def\@tempb{on}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}% + \else + \newfloat@Error{Invalid value `#2' for option `chapterlistsgaps'}% + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{@newfloat}{chapterlistsgaps}{% + \def\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@removefromreset} +% This code was taken from the \package{remreset} package +% which is part of the `carlisle' package bundle. +% (Copyright 1997 David Carlisle) +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@removefromreset[2]{{% + \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset + \def\@elt##1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset + \else + \noexpand\@elt{##1}% + \fi}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{% + \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@announce} +% |\newfloat@announce|\marg{environment name}\marg{list file extension} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@announce[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@cons\newfloat@list{{#1}}% + \@cons\newfloat@@list{{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{newfloat@ext@#2}{% + \@namedef{newfloat@ext@#2}{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Support of \package{memoir} document class +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcsname c@lofdepth\endcsname + \@ifundefined{c@#2depth}{% + \newcounter{#2depth}% + \setcounter{#2depth}{1}% + }{}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Support of \package{tocbasic} package +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcsname addtotoclist\endcsname + \addtotoclist[float]{#2}% + \@namedef{listof#2name}{\@nameuse{list#1name}}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Support of \package{titletoc} package +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcsname contentsuse\endcsname + \contentsuse{#1}{#2}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newfloat@hook{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@announce +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@@list} +% |\newfloat@@list| is an \cs{@elt}-list containing the floating environments defined +% with |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@@list{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{\cs{SetupFloatingEnvironment}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SetupFloatingEnvironment} +% |\SetupFloatingEnvironment|\marg{environment}\marg{options} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\SetupFloatingEnvironment[1]{% + \newfloat@addtolist{#1}% + \newfloat@setoptions{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{\cs{ForEachFloatingEnvironment}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ForEachFloatingEnvironment} +% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment|\marg{code} +% will execute the given code for each floating environment. +% The starred variant will only work for already existing environment, +% i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{% + \@ifstar + {\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment\@gobble}% + {\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment\@iden}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment[2]{% + \def\@elt##1{#2}% + \newfloat@list + \let\@elt\relax + #1{\newfloat@addtohook{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{The list of floating environments} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@list} +% |\newfloat@list| is an \cs{@elt}-list containing the already existising floating +% environments as well the ones defined with |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@list{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@addtolist} +% |\newfloat@addtolist|\marg{environment} +% adds an environment to the list of floating environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@addtolist[1]{% + \newfloat@ifinlist{#1}{}{% + \ifcsname ext@#1\endcsname + \@cons\newfloat@list{{#1}}% + \@namedef{newfloat@ext@\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{#1}% + \else + \newfloat@Error{`#1' does not seem to be a floating environment}% + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@ifinlist} +% |\newfloat@ifinlist|\marg{environment}\marg{yes code}\marg{no code} +% tests if an environment is an element of the list of floating environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@ifinlist[1]{% + \let\next\@secondoftwo + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\newfloat@ifinlist + \def\@elt##1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\newfloat@ifinlist + \global\let\next\@firstoftwo + \fi}% + \newfloat@list + \endgroup + \next} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Add |figure| and |table| to the list of floating environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifcsname ext@figure\endcsname + \newfloat@addtolist{figure} +\fi +\ifcsname ext@table\endcsname + \newfloat@addtolist{table} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{Chapter lists gaps} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifcsname @chapter\endcsname +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@chapterlistsgap} +% The amount of the chapter lists gap, the default one is |10pt|. +% (This command is already defined in \KOMAScript.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap{10\p@}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@addchapterlistsgap} +% |\@addchapterlistsgap|\marg{float type}\marg{file extension}\par +% will add the chapter lists gap for the given float type. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\@addchapterlistsgap[2]{% + \@nameuse{@ifchapterlistsgap@#1}{% if switched on + \@@addchapterlistsgap{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\@@addchapterlistsgap[2]{% + \@ifundefined{@addchapterlistsgap@#2}{% only once per extension + \@namedef{@addchapterlistsgap@#2}{}% + \@@@addchapterlistsgap{#2}}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\@@@addchapterlistsgap[1]{% + \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ + \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@addchapterlistsgaps} +% |\@addchapterlistsgaps|\par +% will add the chapter lists gaps for all floating environments in |\newfloat@list|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\@addchapterlistsgaps{% + \def\@elt##1{% + \@expandtwoargs\@addchapterlistsgap{##1}{\@nameuse{ext@##1}}}% + \newfloat@list + \let\@elt\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@chapterlistsgap@off} +% |\@chapterlistsgap@off|\marg{float type}\par +% switches the chapter lists gap off for the given float type. +% Since \KOMAScript{} (still) supports |\float@exts| we need to handle +% this locally, too, even if |\unsettoc| is offered by the \package{tocbasic} package. +% (Otherwise our handling could be moved into the |\else| branch.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap@off[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname @ifchapterlistsgap@#1\endcsname\@gobble + \ifcsname unsettoc\endcsname + \@expandtwoargs\unsettoc{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{chapteratlist}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@chapterlistsgap@on} +% |\@chapterlistsgap@off|\marg{float type}\par +% switches the chapter lists gap on for the given float type. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap@on[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname @ifchapterlistsgap@#1\endcsname\@iden + \ifcsname setuptoc\endcsname + \@expandtwoargs\setuptoc{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{chapteratlist}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{Global options} +% +% \begin{macro}{chapterlistsgap=} +% The |chapterlistsgap=| option sets the vertical skip added to each list when +% starting a new chapter. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{newfloat}{chapterlistsgap}{% + \renewcommand*\@chapterlistsgap{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{within=} +% The |within=| option redefines the default value and modifies all +% existing floating environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{newfloat}{within}{% + \def\newfloat@within@default{#1}% set new default value + \def\@elt##1{\newfloat@setwithin{##1}{#1}}% + \newfloat@list + \let\@elt\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{newfloat}{without}[]{% + \KV@newfloat@within{none}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{figurename=} +% \begin{macro}{listfigurename=} +% \begin{macro}{figurewithin=} +% We define these options not only for |figure| but for all existing floating environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@elt#1{% + \define@key{newfloat}{#1name}{% + \newfloat@setname{#1}{##1}}% + \define@key{newfloat}{list#1name}{% + \newfloat@setname{list#1}{##1}}% + \define@key{newfloat}{#1within}{% + \newfloat@setwithin{#1}{##1}}% + \define@key{newfloat}{#1without}[]{% + \newfloat@setwithout{#1}}% +}% +\newfloat@list +\let\@elt\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% Process the package options: +% We use |\setkeys| here instead of |\ProcessOptions|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@tempc\relax +\@expandtwoargs\setkeys{newfloat}{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}% +\AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloatsetup} +% |\newfloatsetup|\marg{options} +% sets global options after loading the package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloatsetup{\setkeys{newfloat}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{Patching \cs{chapter}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@replace@chapter} +% |\newfloat@replace@chapter|\marg{original code}\marg{replacement code}\par +% tries to patch |\@chapter| so |\@add|\x|chapter|\x|lists|\x|gaps| will be supported. +% It checks for |\Hy@org@chapter|, too, since the original code will be stored here +% if the \package{hyperref} package was loaded. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\newfloat@replace@chapter[2]{% + \begingroup + \let\if@twocolumn\iffalse + \let\if@mainmatter\iffalse + \let\if@thema\iffalse + \def\@tempa[##1]##2{#1}% + \ifx\@tempa\@chapter + \gdef\@chapter[##1]##2{#2}% + \global\let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo + \else\ifx\@tempa\Hy@org@chapter + \gdef\Hy@org@chapter[##1]##2{#2}% + \global\let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo + \fi\fi + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifcsname @chapter\endcsname \else + \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{Standard \LaTeX{} document classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% report.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi +}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% book.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi +}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{\AmS{} \& \SmF{} document classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% amsbook.cls [2004/08/06 v2.20] +% smfbook.cls [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les monographies editees par la SMF] +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty + \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi + \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}% + \def\@toclevel{0}% + \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{#2}% + \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{#2}\fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \@makechapterhead{#2}\@afterheading +}{% + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty + \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi + \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}% + \def\@toclevel{0}% + \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{#2}% + \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{#2}\fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \@makechapterhead{#2}\@afterheading} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{\KOMAScript{} document classes} +% +% If a \KOMAScript{} document class or the \package{tocbasic} package is used +% we don't need to patch anything. +% Instead we use |\setup|\x|toc| and |\un|\x|set|\x|toc| to setup the +% chapters gap in |\@chapter|\x|lists|\x|gap@on| and |\@chapter|\x|lists|\x|gap@off|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{tocbasic}{% + \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{memoir document classes} +% +% If the \package{memoir} document class is used, +% replacing |\insert|\x|chapter|\x|space| by |\@add|\x|chapter|\x|lists|\x|gaps| is sufficient. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifcsname insertchapterspace\endcsname + \renewcommand*\insertchapterspace{\@addchapterlistsgaps} + \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{NTG document classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% rapport1/3.cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi +}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + % boek(3).cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi +}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{The thesis document class} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% thesis.cls [1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm).] +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.} + \if@thema + \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}% + \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip #1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1} + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1} + \fi + \chaptermark{#1} + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}] + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2} + \@afterheading + \fi +}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}% + \if@thema + \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}% + \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip #1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{Compatibility warning} +% +% If we were not able to patch |\@chapter| a warning message is issued +% since we are not able to support chapter lists gaps then. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo \else + \PackageWarningNoLine{newfloat}{% + Unsupported document class, or\MessageBreak + \noexpand\@chapter was already redefined by another package} + \newfloat@Info{\string\@chapter\space=\space\meaning\@chapter} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{Support of other packages} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@ForEachNew} +% |\newfloat@ForEachNew|\oarg{command}\marg{code} +% will execute the given code for every floating environment defined with +% |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|. +% This will be done |\At|\x|Begin|\x|Document| so the affected package could be loaded +% after \thispackage. +% (If a \meta{command} is given this will only be done if \meta{command} is +% defined.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\newfloat@ForEachNew[2][newfloat@@list]{% + \AtBeginDocument{% + \ifcsname#1\endcsname + \def\@elt##1{#2}% + \newfloat@@list + \let\@elt\relax + \fi}}% +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@ForEachNew +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{\package{float}} +% +% If the \package{float} package is used we fill up |\float@exts| with our file +% extensions, too. Since this list will be used for inserting chapters gaps +% we only add the ones which are configured for chapters gaps on. +%% \begin{macrocode} +\newfloat@ForEachNew[float@exts]{% + \@nameuse{@ifchapterlistsgap@#1}{% if switched on + \let\float@do=\relax + \edef\@tempa{% + \noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts\float@do{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}}}% + \@tempa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{\package{fltpage}} +% +% We define a FP-variant of new floating environments here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newfloat@ForEachNew[FPfigure]{% + \newcounter{FP@#1C}% + \newenvironment{FP#1}{\FP@floatBegin{#1}}{\FP@floatEnd}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{\package{listings}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting} +% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lst|\x|listing| +% but we needed it when |Setup|\x|Floating|\x|Environment{lst|\x|listing}{|\ldots|}| +% will be done by the end user, we define it here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{\package{rotating}} +% +% We define a sideways-variant of new floating environments here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newfloat@ForEachNew[sidewaysfigure]{% + \newenvironment{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}{\end@rotfloat}% + \newenvironment{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}{\end@rotdblfloat}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{\package{sidecap}} +% +% We define a SC-variant of new floating environments here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\newfloat@For@SC[2]{% + \def#1{b}% = \sidecaptionvpos{#2}{b} (v1.6) + \newenvironment{SC#2}% + {\SC@float[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@float}% + \newenvironment{SC#2*}% + {\SC@dblfloat[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@dblfloat}} +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@For@SC +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newfloat@ForEachNew[SCfigure]{% + \expandafter\newfloat@For@SC\csname SC@#1@vpos\endcsname{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \subsubsection{\package{wrapfig}} +% +% We define a wrap-variant of new floating environments here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newfloat@ForEachNew[wrapfigure]{% + \newenvironment{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}{\endwrapfloat}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +% +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx index 9727cbd4b57..4ca7b6c55f5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx @@ -19,13 +19,13 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. % % \fi -% \CheckSum{149} +% \CheckSum{143} % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ % |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type} % \end{quote} % For the environments |figure| \& |table| (and all the ones -% defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|) this will be done automatically +% defined with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|) this will be done automatically % by this package, but for others (e.g.~defined with |\newfloat| offered by the % \package{float} package or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the % \package{floatrow} package) this has to be done manually. @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ % \subsection{Identification} % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{subcaption}[2011/09/12 v1.1b Sub-captions (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{subcaption}[2011/10/30 v1.1c Sub-captions (AR)] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Initial code} @@ -935,12 +935,11 @@ % % \subsection{Main code} % +% \changes{v1.1c}{2011/10/30}{Adapted to the newfloat package} % We call |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| for |figure|, |table|, -% and every caption type declared with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| here. +% and each caption type declared with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| here. % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifundefined\c@figure{}{\DeclareCaptionSubType{figure}} -\caption@ifundefined\c@table{}{\DeclareCaptionSubType{table}} -\caption@For{typelist}{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}} +\caption@ForEachType{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % % \pagebreak[3] @@ -993,7 +992,7 @@ % |\setcaptionsubtype| as first contents line. % It will be defined using the helper macro |\caption@For{sub|\-|type|\-|list}| % offered by the \package{caption} kernel, so for every caption type -% declared with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| a corresponding `sub' environment +% declared with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| a corresponding `sub' environment % will be defined automatically. % \begin{macrocode} \caption@For{subtypelist}{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/bicaption.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/bicaption.sty index 626974a46bc..b1a0c37f5e0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/bicaption.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/bicaption.sty @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ %% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. %% %% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -%% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -%% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +%% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +%% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2011/09/03 v1.0 Bilingual Captions (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2011/10/30 v1.0a Bilingual Captions (AR)] \RequirePackage{caption}[2011/08/28] % needs v3.2c or newer \caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{% \caption@Error{% @@ -77,12 +77,15 @@ \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{% \let\bicaption@language\@undefined} \caption@ExecuteOptions{caption}{bi-lang=0,bi-slc=1,bi-swap=0} -\ifx\bbl@main@language\@undefined - \bicaption@WarningNoLine{Please load this package after the babel package} -\else +\ifcsname bbl@main@language\endcsname \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=\bbl@main@language}} \@tempa -\fi +\else\ifcsname xpg@main@language\endcsname + \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=\xpg@main@language}} + \@tempa +\else + \bicaption@WarningNoLine{Please load this package after the babel package} +\fi\fi \caption@SetupOptions{bicaption}{\captionsetup[bi-second]{#2}}% \caption@ProcessOptions*{bicaption} \let\caption@kernel@addcontentsline@ORI\caption@kernel@addcontentsline @@ -213,12 +216,11 @@ \l@addto@macro\caption@warmup{% \let\bicaption\caption@frozen@bicaption}}% \fi} -\def\bicaption@declarelist#1{\@namedef{listof#1}{\bicaption@listof#1}} +\newcommand*\bicaption@declarelist[1]{% + \@namedef{listof#1}{\bicaption@listof#1}} \@onlypreamble\bicaption@declarelist \def\bicaption@listof#1 {\@nameuse{listof#1}} -\caption@ifundefined\c@figure{}{\bicaption@declarelist{figure}} -\caption@ifundefined\c@table{}{\bicaption@declarelist{table}} -\caption@For{typelist}{\bicaption@declarelist{#1}} +\caption@ForEachType{\bicaption@declarelist{#1}} \endinput %% %% End of file `bicaption.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty index 182fff51a05..61d6435ff03 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ %% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. %% %% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -%% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -%% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +%% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +%% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2011/09/30 v3.2c Customizing captions (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2011/11/02 v3.2d Customizing captions (AR)] \RequirePackage{caption3}[2011/08/30] % needs v1.4 or newer \caption@ifbool{documentclass}{}{% \caption@WarningNoLine{% @@ -66,28 +66,26 @@ \DeclareCaptionOption{name}{\caption@setname\@captype{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{listfigurename}{\caption@SetName{listfigure}{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{listtablename}{\caption@SetName{listtable}{#1}} -\newcommand*\caption@SetName[2]{% - \caption@setname{#1}{#2}% - \begingroup - \caption@ifundefined\languagename{}{% - \@ifundefined{captions\languagename}{}{% - \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname captions\languagename\endcsname - {\caption@setname{#1}{#2}}}}% - \endgroup} +\newcommand*\caption@SetName{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloat@setname} \newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{\@namedef{#1name}{#2}} \caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@SetName\caption@setname} \newcommand*\caption@DeclareWithinOption[1]{% \DeclareCaptionOption{#1within}{\caption@Within{#1}{##1}}% \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{#1without}{\caption@Within{#1}{none}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareWithinOption \caption@DeclareWithinOption{figure} \caption@DeclareWithinOption{table} \DeclareCaptionOption{within}{% - \caption@ifundefined\c@figure{}{\caption@Within{figure}{#1}}% - \caption@ifundefined\c@table{}{\caption@Within{table}{#1}}% - \caption@For{typelist}{\caption@Within{##1}{#1}}% - \def\caption@within@default{#1}} -\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{\KV@caption@within{none}} -\newcommand*\caption@Within[1]{\def\caption@type{#1}\KV@caption@DCT@within} + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloatsetup{within=#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloatsetup{without}} +\newcommand*\caption@Within{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloat@setwithin} \DeclareCaptionOption*{config}[caption]{% \InputIfFileExists{#1.cfg}% {\typeout{*** Local configuration file #1.cfg used ***}}% @@ -272,6 +270,8 @@ \long\def\caption@@caption#1[#2]#3{% \ifcaption@star \else \caption@prepareanchor{#1}{#2}% + \M@gettitle{#2}% + \memcaptioninfo{#1}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#2}{#3}% \fi \par \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% @@ -288,6 +288,8 @@ {\ignorespaces\caption@makeanchor{#3}}\par \caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}% \caption@end} +\providecommand\M@gettitle[1]{} +\providecommand\memcaptioninfo[4]{} \newcommand*\caption@prepareanchor[2]{% \caption@makecurrent{#1}{#2}% \caption@ifhypcap\caption@@start{}} @@ -1170,12 +1172,6 @@ \fi}% \g@addto@macro\fs@plaintop{\def\@fs@mid{\vspace\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% \g@addto@macro\fs@boxed{\def\@fs@mid{\kern\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% - \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \fi}% \providecommand*\float@getstyle[2]{% \edef#1{% \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gobblefour\noexpand\string @@ -1183,11 +1179,6 @@ \csname fst@#2\endcsname}% \edef#1{#1}% \caption@Debug{floatstyle{#2} = `#1'}}% - \providecommand*\float@setstyle[2]{% - \expandafter\edef\csname fst@#1\endcsname{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname fs@#2\endcsname}}% - \providecommand*\float@dostyle[1]{% - \@nameuse{fst@#1}\@float@setevery{#1}}% \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{% \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\float@caption \expandafter\@firstoftwo @@ -1195,7 +1186,6 @@ \expandafter\@secondoftwo \fi}% }}{% - \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{\@secondoftwo}% \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{\@secondoftwo}% } \captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt} % do not issue a warning when not used @@ -1286,9 +1276,6 @@ \caption@defrost \end\FP@captype}% }% - \caption@For{typelist}{% - \newcounter{FP@#1C}% - \newenvironment{FP#1}{\FP@floatBegin{#1}}{\FP@floatEnd}}% }{% \let\caption@ifFPlistcap\@undefined \let\caption@ifFPrefcap\@undefined @@ -1570,9 +1557,6 @@ \nobreak\hspace{12pt}}% \newcommand\caption@makerot[2]{% \begin{minipage}\captionwidth\caption@@make{#1}{#2}\end{minipage}}% - \caption@For{typelist}{% - \newenvironment{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}{\end@rotfloat}% - \newenvironment{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}{\end@rotdblfloat}}% }{} \caption@IfPackageLoaded{sidecap}[2003/06/06 v1.6f]{% \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% @@ -1604,15 +1588,6 @@ \def\SC@orig@caption[##1]##2{\caption@defrost}% \caption@setSC@justify % for compatibility mode \caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT}% - \newcommand*\caption@For@SC[2]{% - \def#1{b}% = \sidecaptionvpos{#2}{b} (v1.6) - \newenvironment{SC#2}% - {\SC@float[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@float}% - \newenvironment{SC#2*}% - {\SC@dblfloat[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@dblfloat}}% - \@onlypreamble\caption@For@SC - \caption@For{typelist}{% - \expandafter\caption@For@SC\csname SC@#1@vpos\endcsname{#1}}% }{} \caption@IfPackageLoaded{subfigure}[2002/01/23 v2.1]{% \def\sf@ifpositiontop{% @@ -1707,69 +1682,28 @@ %\newcommand*\caption@TPT@eatvskip{\vskip-.2\baselineskip}% \def\caption@TPT@eatvskip#1\vskip{#1\@tempdima=}% }{} -\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}{% ver 3.3 (Oct 12, 1999) - \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \fi}% - \newcommand*\caption@restylewrapfloat[1]{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@OUR@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname wrap#1\endcsname - \caption@Error{% - For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak - with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'\MessageBreak - package *after* the `float' package}% - \else - \expandafter\let\csname caption@ORI@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname wrap#1\endcsname - \@namedef{wrap#1}{\caption@wrapfloat{#1}}% - \expandafter\let\csname caption@OUR@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname wrap#1\endcsname - \fi}% - \newcommand*\caption@wrapfloat[1]{% - \caption@settype*{#1}% - \float@ifstyle{#1}{% - \ifx\WF@floatstyhook\@undefined - \caption@Error{% - For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak - with the `float' package you should use at least\MessageBreak - `wrapfig' version 3.6}% - \else - \float@dostyle{#1}% - \fi}{}% - \caption@clearmargin -%%% \caption@setoptions{wrapfloat}% - \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}% - \@nameuse{caption@ORI@wrap#1}}% - \caption@restylewrapfloat{figure}% - \caption@restylewrapfloat{table}% - \caption@For{typelist}{% - \newenvironment{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}{\endwrapfloat}% - \caption@restylewrapfloat{#1}}% - \ifx\WF@floatstyhook\@undefined \else % wrapfig v3.6 - \caption@ifundefined\float@restyle{}{% - \toks@=\expandafter{\float@restyle{#1}% (env may or may not be defined) - \caption@restylewrapfloat{#1}}% - \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\float@restyle##1{\the\toks@}}% - \@tempa}% perform redefinitions - \let\caption@ORI@wrapfloat\wrapfloat - \def\wrapfloat#1{% - \float@ifstyle{#1}{% - \caption@Error{% - For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak - with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'\MessageBreak - package *right after* the `float' package}}{}% - \caption@ORI@wrapfloat{#1}}% - \fi % wrapfig v3.6 +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}[2003/01/31 v3.6]{% + \renewcommand*\wrapfloat[1]{% + \def\@captype{#1}% + \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{% + \@nameuse{fst@#1}% + \def\WF@floatstyhook{\let\@currbox\WF@box + \global\setbox\WF@box\float@makebox{\wd\WF@box}}}% + \@ifnextchar[\WF@wr{\WF@wr[]}} \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% - \caption@start + \expandafter\WF@captionstyhook\expandafter{\@captype}% <= new \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption \ignorespaces \fi}% + \def\WF@captionstyhook#1{% + \let\@captype\@undefined + \caption@ifundefined\@float@setevery{}{\@float@setevery{#1}}% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin +%%% \caption@setoptions{wrapfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}} }{} \endinput %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption2.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption2.sty index 53525f205fd..377f1c1f548 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption2.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption2.sty @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ %% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. %% %% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -%% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -%% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +%% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +%% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{caption2}[2011/08/12 v2.2d Customising captions (AR)] diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty index 6945a8c6ac4..6bfa4f541a9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ %% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. %% %% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -%% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -%% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +%% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +%% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2011/10/09 v1.4 caption3 kernel (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2011/11/01 v1.4a caption3 kernel (AR)] \providecommand*\@nameundef[1]{% \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\@undefined} \providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% @@ -1317,17 +1317,15 @@ \let\caption@fmt\caption@slfmt} \newcommand*\caption@prepareslc{% \let\label\caption@gobble - \let\caption@footnote@ORI\footnote - \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}% \let\caption@footnotemark@ORI\footnotemark + \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}% \def\footnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnotemark}% - \let\@footnotetext\@gobble - \let\@endnotetext\@gobble} + \let\@footnotetext\caption@gobble + \let\@endnotetext\caption@gobble + \let\pagenote\caption@gobble +} \newcommand\caption@footnote[2]{% - \begingroup - \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter - \caption@footnote@ORI#1{#2}% - \endgroup} + \caption@footnotemark{#1}} \newcommand\caption@footnotemark[1]{% \begingroup \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter @@ -1399,431 +1397,22 @@ \newcommand*\caption@@par{% \parindent\caption@parindent\hangindent\caption@hangindent}% \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{% - \@testopt\@DeclareCaptionType{}} + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \DeclareFloatingEnvironment} \@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType -\def\@DeclareCaptionType[#1]#2{% - \def\caption@type{#2}% - \caption@Debug{New type `#2'}% - \newcounter{#2}\@namedef{theH#2}{}% - \KV@caption@DCT@within\caption@within@default - \caption@DeclareWithinOption{#2}% - \KV@caption@DCT@placement{tbp}% - \caption@ifundefined\c@float@type - {\newcounter{float@type}% - \setcounter{float@type}{\caption@ifundefined\c@figure14}}% - {}% - \caption@Debug{float type `#2'=\the\value{float@type}}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\value{float@type}}% - \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}% - \KV@caption@DCT@fileext{lo#2}% - \@namedef{fnum@#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}\nobreakspace\@nameuse{the#2}}% - \newenvironment{#2}{\@float{#2}}{\end@float}% - \newenvironment{#2*}{\@dblfloat{#2}}{\end@dblfloat}% - \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2s\endcsname{\caption@listof{#2}}% - \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2es\endcsname{\caption@listof{#2}}% - \caption@ifundefined\l@figure - {\@namedef{l@#2}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}}% - {\expandafter\let\csname l@#2\endcsname\l@figure}% - \expandafter\newcommand\csname #2name\endcsname{}% - \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}}% - \uppercase\expandafter{\@tempa}% - \edef\@tempb{\noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\@tempa{\@cdr#2\@nil}}% - \@tempb - \expandafter\let\csname #2name\endcsname\@tempa - \expandafter\newcommand\csname list#2name\endcsname{}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname list#2name\endcsname{List of \@tempa s}% - \@cons\caption@typelist{{#2}}% - \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@DCT}{#1}% - \expandafter\caption@DeclareTypeExt\expandafter{\@nameuse{ext@#2}}{#2}% - \@ifnextchar[\@@DeclareCaptionType\relax} -\@onlypreamble\@DeclareCaptionType -\def\@@DeclareCaptionType[#1]{% - \KV@caption@DCT@name{#1}% - \@ifnextchar[\@@@DeclareCaptionType\relax} -\@onlypreamble\@@DeclareCaptionType -\def\@@@DeclareCaptionType[#1]{% - \KV@caption@DCT@listname{#1}} -\@onlypreamble\@@@DeclareCaptionType -\let\DeclareFloatingEnvironment\DeclareCaptionType % alternative command name -\@onlypreamble\DeclareFloatingEnvironment -\newcommand*\caption@DeclareTypeExt[2]{% - \caption@ifundefined\@chapter\relax\caption@PatchChapter - \let\caption@PatchChapter\relax - \@ifundefined{caption@ext@#1}{% - \@namedef{caption@ext@#1}{#2}% - \caption@ifundefined\float@exts{\newtoks\float@exts}{}% - \let\float@do=\relax - \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts\float@do{#1}}}% - \@tempa - \caption@ifundefined\caption@addtolists{% - \newcommand\caption@addtolists[1]{% - \def\float@do####1{\addtocontents{####1}{##1}}\the\float@exts}}{}% - \caption@ifundefined\addtotoclist{}{% - \addtotoclist[float]{#1}% - \setuptoc{#1}{chapteratlist}% - \@namedef{listof#1name}{\list#2name}}% - }{}% - \caption@ifundefined\contentsuse{}{% - \contentsuse{#2}{#1}}% -} -\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareTypeExt -\newcommand*\caption@within@default{% - \caption@ifundefined\c@chapter{none}{chapter}} -\@onlypreamble\caption@within@default -\caption@ifundefined\listoftoc{% - \newcommand*\caption@listof[1]{% - \begingroup - \expandafter\let\expandafter\listfigurename\csname list#1name\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\ext@figure\csname ext@#1\endcsname - \let\caption@ORI@starttoc\@starttoc - \renewcommand*\@starttoc[1]{% - \expandafter\caption@ORI@starttoc\expandafter{\ext@figure}}% - \listoffigures - \endgroup}% -}{% - \newcommand*\caption@listof[1]{% - \expandafter\listoftoc\expandafter{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}}% -} -\newcommand*\caption@typelist{} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{fileext}{\@namedef{ext@\caption@type}{#1}} -\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{fileext} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{listname}{\@namedef{list\caption@type name}{#1}} -\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{listname} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{name}{\@namedef{\caption@type name}{#1}} -\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{name} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{placement}{\@namedef{fps@\caption@type}{#1}} -\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{placement} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{within}{% - \caption@ifundefined\c@chapter{}{\@removefromreset\caption@type{chapter}}% - \@removefromreset\caption@type{section}% - \begingroup - \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@within}{#1}% - \endgroup} -\define@key{caption@DCT}{without}{\KV@caption@DCT@within{none}} -\define@key{caption@within}{none}[]{% - \caption@within{}{}} -\define@key{caption@within}{section}[]{% - \@addtoreset\caption@type{section}% - \caption@within{\ifnum\c@section>\z@ \thesection.\fi}{\theHsection.}} -\caption@ifundefined\c@chapter{}{% - \define@key{caption@within}{chapter}[]{% - \@addtoreset\caption@type{chapter}% - \caption@within{\ifnum\c@chapter>\z@ \thechapter.\fi}{\theHchapter.}} -}% \@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{chapter}} -\newcommand*\caption@within{% - \expandafter\caption@within@\expandafter{\caption@type}} -\newcommand*\caption@within@[3]{% - \global\@namedef{the#1}{#2\arabic{#1}}% - \@ifundefined{theH#1}\caption@AtBeginDocument\@firstofone - {\global\@namedef{theH#1}{#3\arabic{#1}}}} -\providecommand*\@removefromreset[2]{{% - \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset - \def\@elt##1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset - \else - \noexpand\@elt{##1}% - \fi}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{% - \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}} -\newcommand*\caption@PatchChapter{% - \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap{10\p@}% - % report.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] - \caption@patch@chapter{report}{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi - }{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi}% - % book.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] - \caption@patch@chapter{book}{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi - }{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi}% - % amsbook.cls [2004/08/06 v2.20] - % smfbook.cls [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les monographies editees par la SMF] - \caption@patch@chapter{ams/smfbook}{% - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty - \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi - \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}% - \def\@toclevel{0}% - \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{##2}% - \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{##2}\fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \@makechapterhead{##2}\@afterheading - }{% - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty - \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi - \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}% - \def\@toclevel{0}% - \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{##2}% - \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{##2}\fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \@makechapterhead{##2}\@afterheading}% - % scrreprt/scrbook.cls - \caption@ifundefined\KOMAClassName{}{% - \caption@Debug{document class `\KOMAClassName' detected}% - \let\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree}% - % rapport1/3.cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] - \caption@patch@chapter{rapport}{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi - }{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi}% - % boek(3).cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] - \caption@patch@chapter{boek}{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi - }{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi}% - % thesis.cls [1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm).] - \caption@patch@chapter{thesis}{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.} - \if@thema - \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}% - \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip ##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1} - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1} - \fi - \chaptermark{##1} - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}] - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2} - \@afterheading - \fi - }{% - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne - \if@mainmatter - \refstepcounter{chapter}% - \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}% - \if@thema - \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}% - \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip ##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% - \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \else - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% - \fi - \chaptermark{##1}% - \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% - \fi - \if@twocolumn - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% - \else - \@makechapterhead{##2}% - \@afterheading - \fi}% - \ifx\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree \else - \caption@Debug{% - Unsupported document class detected,\MessageBreak - or \noexpand\@chapter was redefined by another package}% - \fi - \let\caption@PatchChapter\@undefined} -\newcommand\caption@patch@chapter[3]{% - \begingroup - \let\if@mainmatter\iffalse - \let\if@thema\iffalse - \def\@tempa[##1]##2{#2}% - \ifx\@tempa\@chapter - \caption@Debug{document class `#1' detected}% - \gdef\@chapter[##1]##2{#3}% - \global\let\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree - \fi - \endgroup} -\long\def \@gobblethree #1#2#3{} +\newcommand\caption@ForEachType[1]{% + \caption@ifundefined\ForEachFloatingEnvironment + {\def\@elt##1{#1}% + \caption@ifundefined\c@figure\@gobble\@elt{figure}% + \caption@ifundefined\c@table\@gobble\@elt{table}% + \let\@elt\relax + \newfloat@addtohook{#1}}% + {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{#1}}} +\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{} \newcommand*\caption@patch@stpelt{% \let\caption@stpelt\@stpelt \def\@stpelt##1{% @@ -1927,9 +1516,9 @@ \@nameuse{caption@#2}% \let\@elt\relax}}% \caption@AtBeginDocument{% - \def\@tempa{\@ifstar\sf@@subref\sf@subref}% - \ifx\subref\@tempa - \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package 1.2 or 1.3 is loaded}% + \def\@tempa{2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@subfig.sty\endcsname\@tempa + \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package v1.3 is loaded}% \let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble \let\@dottedxxxline\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline \let\sf@subfloat\sf@NEW@subfloat diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/ltcaption.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/ltcaption.sty index a93c38c07b0..3619423a779 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/ltcaption.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/ltcaption.sty @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ %% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. %% %% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -%% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -%% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +%% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +%% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{ltcaption}[2011/09/12 v1.3 longtable captions (AR)] diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/newfloat.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/newfloat.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcee36a3233 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/newfloat.sty @@ -0,0 +1,654 @@ +%% +%% This is file `newfloat.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% newfloat.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% Copyright (C) 1994-2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +%% +%% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% The latest version of this license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% version 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +%% +%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +%% +%% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, +%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +%% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +%% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{newfloat}[2011/10/30 v1.0 Defining new floating environments (AR)] +\newcommand*\newfloat@Info[1]{% + \PackageInfo{newfloat}{#1}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@Error[1]{% + \PackageError{newfloat}{#1}\newfloat@eh} +\newcommand*\newfloat@eh{% + If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak + at the documentation of the `newfloat' package.\MessageBreak\@ehc} +\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10] +\newcommand*\DeclareFloatingEnvironment{% + \@testopt\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment{}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareFloatingEnvironment +\def\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment[#1]#2{% + \newfloat@Info{New float `#2' with options `#1'}% + \edef\newfloat@Type{\def\noexpand\newfloat@Type{\@car#2\@nil}}% + \uppercase\expandafter{\newfloat@Type}% + \edef\@tempa{% + \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\newfloat@Type{\@cdr#2\@nil}}% + \@tempa + \newcounter{#2}% + \ifdefined\c@float@type % from float package + \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\value{float@type}}% + \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}% + \else\ifdefined\c@newflo@tctr % from memoir document class + \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\c@newflo@tctr}% + \advance\c@newflo@tctr \c@newflo@tctr + \else + \ifdefined\newfloat@ftype \else + \newcount\newfloat@ftype + \newfloat@ftype=8\relax + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\newfloat@ftype}% + \advance\newfloat@ftype\newfloat@ftype + \fi\fi + \newfloat@Info{float type `#2'=\@nameuse{ftype@#2}}% + \@namedef{fnum@#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}\nobreakspace\@nameuse{the#2}}% + \expandafter\newcommand\csname #2name\endcsname{}% + \expandafter\let\csname #2name\endcsname\newfloat@Type + \@namedef{fleg#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}}% legend naming (memoir) + \@namedef{flegtoc#2}##1{}% + \newenvironment{#2}{\@float{#2}}{\end@float}% + \newenvironment{#2*}{\@dblfloat{#2}}{\end@dblfloat}% + \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2s\endcsname{\newfloat@listof{#2}}% + \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2es\endcsname{\newfloat@listof{#2}}% + \ifdefined\l@figure + \expandafter\let\csname l@#2\endcsname\l@figure + \else + \@namedef{l@#2}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}% + \fi + \expandafter\newcommand\csname list#2name\endcsname{}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname list#2name\endcsname{List of \newfloat@Type s}% + \newfloat@setplacement{#2}{tbp}% + \newfloat@setfileext{#2}{lo#2}% + \newfloat@setoptions*{#2}{#1}% + \@expandtwoargs\newfloat@announce{#2}{\@nameuse{ext@#2}}% + \@ifnextchar[\newfloat@DFE@setname\relax} +\@onlypreamble\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment +\def\newfloat@DFE@setname[#1]{% + \KV@@newfloat@name{#1}% + \@ifnextchar[\newfloat@DFE@setlistname\relax} +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@DFE@setname +\def\newfloat@DFE@setlistname[#1]{% + \KV@@newfloat@listname{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@DFE@setlistname +\newcommand*\newfloat@listof[1]{% + \ifcsname listoftoc\endcsname + \expandafter\listoftoc\expandafter{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}% + \else + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\expandafter\listfigurename\csname list#1name\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\ext@figure\csname ext@#1\endcsname + \let\newfloat@ORI@starttoc\@starttoc + \renewcommand*\@starttoc[1]{% + \expandafter\newfloat@ORI@starttoc\expandafter{\ext@figure}}% + \listoffigures + \endgroup + \fi} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setoptions{% + \@ifstar + {\newfloat@@setoptions\@firstofone}% + {\newfloat@@setoptions\@gobble}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@@setoptions[3]{% + \let\newfloat@within@value\@undefined + \let\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value\@undefined + #1{\KV@@newfloat@within\newfloat@within@default}% set default value + \def\newfloat@type{#2}% + \setkeys{@newfloat}{#3}% + \ifx\newfloat@within@value\@undefined \else + \newfloat@setoption{within}\newfloat@within@value + \fi + \ifx\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value\@undefined \else + \newfloat@setoption{chapterlistsgaps}\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value + \fi} +\newcommand*\newfloat@within@default{% + \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname chapter\else none\fi} +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@within@default +\newcommand*\newfloat@setoption[1]{% + \expandafter\@expandtwoargs\csname newfloat@set#1\endcsname\newfloat@type} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setfileext[2]{% + \@namedef{ext@#1}{#2}} +\define@key{@newfloat}{fileext}{% + \newfloat@setoption{fileext}{#1}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setlistname[2]{% + \@namedef{list#1name}{#2}} +\define@key{@newfloat}{listname}{% + \newfloat@setoption{listname}{#1}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setname[2]{% + \newfloat@@setname{#1}{#2}% + \begingroup + \ifcsname languagename\endcsname + \ifcsname captions\languagename\endcsname + \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname captions\languagename\endcsname + {\newfloat@@setname{#1}{#2}}% + \fi + \fi + \endgroup} +\newcommand*\newfloat@@setname[2]{% + \@namedef{#1name}{#2}} +\define@key{@newfloat}{name}{% + \newfloat@setoption{name}{#1}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setplacement[2]{% + \@namedef{fps@#1}{#2}} +\define@key{@newfloat}{placement}{% + \newfloat@setoption{placement}{#1}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setwithin[2]{% + \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname + \@removefromreset{#1}{chapter}% + \fi + \@removefromreset{#1}{section}% + \edef\@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \def\@tempa{none}% + \fi + \def\@tempb{none}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname + \@chapterlistsgap@off{#1}% + \fi + \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{}{}% + \else + \def\@tempb{chapter}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}% + \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}% + \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\ifnum\c@chapter>\z@ \thechapter.\fi}{\theHchapter.}% + \else + \def\@tempb{section}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \@addtoreset{#1}{section}% + \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname + \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}% + \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}% + \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\thesection.}{\theHsection.}% + \else + \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\ifnum\c@section>\z@ \thesection.\fi}{\theHsection.}% + \fi + \else + \newfloat@Error{Invalid value `#2' for option `within'}% + \fi + \fi + \fi} +\newcommand*\newfloat@@setwithin[3]{% + \global\@namedef{the#1}{#2\arabic{#1}}% + \global\@namedef{theH#1}{#3\arabic{#1}}} +\define@key{@newfloat}{within}{% + \def\newfloat@within@value{#1}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setwithout[1]{% + \newfloat@setwithin{#1}{none}} +\define@key{@newfloat}{without}[]{% + \def\newfloat@within@value{none}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@setchapterlistsgaps[2]{% + \edef\@tempa{#2}% + \def\@tempb{off}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \@chapterlistsgap@off{#1}% + \else + \def\@tempb{on}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}% + \else + \newfloat@Error{Invalid value `#2' for option `chapterlistsgaps'}% + \fi + \fi} +\define@key{@newfloat}{chapterlistsgaps}{% + \def\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value{#1}} +\providecommand*\@removefromreset[2]{{% + \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset + \def\@elt##1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset + \else + \noexpand\@elt{##1}% + \fi}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{% + \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@announce[2]{% + \@cons\newfloat@list{{#1}}% + \@cons\newfloat@@list{{#1}}% + \@ifundefined{newfloat@ext@#2}{% + \@namedef{newfloat@ext@#2}{#1}% + \ifcsname c@lofdepth\endcsname + \@ifundefined{c@#2depth}{% + \newcounter{#2depth}% + \setcounter{#2depth}{1}% + }{}% + \fi + \ifcsname addtotoclist\endcsname + \addtotoclist[float]{#2}% + \@namedef{listof#2name}{\@nameuse{list#1name}}% + \fi + }{}% + \ifcsname contentsuse\endcsname + \contentsuse{#1}{#2}% + \fi + \newfloat@hook{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@announce +\newcommand*\newfloat@@list{} +\newcommand*\SetupFloatingEnvironment[1]{% + \newfloat@addtolist{#1}% + \newfloat@setoptions{#1}} +\newcommand\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{% + \@ifstar + {\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment\@gobble}% + {\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment\@iden}} +\newcommand\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment[2]{% + \def\@elt##1{#2}% + \newfloat@list + \let\@elt\relax + #1{\newfloat@addtohook{#2}}} +\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{} +\newcommand*\newfloat@list{} +\newcommand*\newfloat@addtolist[1]{% + \newfloat@ifinlist{#1}{}{% + \ifcsname ext@#1\endcsname + \@cons\newfloat@list{{#1}}% + \@namedef{newfloat@ext@\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{#1}% + \else + \newfloat@Error{`#1' does not seem to be a floating environment}% + \fi}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@ifinlist[1]{% + \let\next\@secondoftwo + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\newfloat@ifinlist + \def\@elt##1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\newfloat@ifinlist + \global\let\next\@firstoftwo + \fi}% + \newfloat@list + \endgroup + \next} +\ifcsname ext@figure\endcsname + \newfloat@addtolist{figure} +\fi +\ifcsname ext@table\endcsname + \newfloat@addtolist{table} +\fi +\ifcsname @chapter\endcsname + \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap{10\p@}% + \providecommand*\@addchapterlistsgap[2]{% + \@nameuse{@ifchapterlistsgap@#1}{% if switched on + \@@addchapterlistsgap{#1}{#2}}} + \providecommand*\@@addchapterlistsgap[2]{% + \@ifundefined{@addchapterlistsgap@#2}{% only once per extension + \@namedef{@addchapterlistsgap@#2}{}% + \@@@addchapterlistsgap{#2}}{}} + \providecommand*\@@@addchapterlistsgap[1]{% + \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ + \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \fi} + \providecommand*\@addchapterlistsgaps{% + \def\@elt##1{% + \@expandtwoargs\@addchapterlistsgap{##1}{\@nameuse{ext@##1}}}% + \newfloat@list + \let\@elt\relax} + \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap@off[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname @ifchapterlistsgap@#1\endcsname\@gobble + \ifcsname unsettoc\endcsname + \@expandtwoargs\unsettoc{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{chapteratlist}% + \fi} + \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap@on[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname @ifchapterlistsgap@#1\endcsname\@iden + \ifcsname setuptoc\endcsname + \@expandtwoargs\setuptoc{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{chapteratlist}% + \fi} +\fi +\define@key{newfloat}{chapterlistsgap}{% + \renewcommand*\@chapterlistsgap{#1}} +\define@key{newfloat}{within}{% + \def\newfloat@within@default{#1}% set new default value + \def\@elt##1{\newfloat@setwithin{##1}{#1}}% + \newfloat@list + \let\@elt\relax} +\define@key{newfloat}{without}[]{% + \KV@newfloat@within{none}} +\def\@elt#1{% + \define@key{newfloat}{#1name}{% + \newfloat@setname{#1}{##1}}% + \define@key{newfloat}{list#1name}{% + \newfloat@setname{list#1}{##1}}% + \define@key{newfloat}{#1within}{% + \newfloat@setwithin{#1}{##1}}% + \define@key{newfloat}{#1without}[]{% + \newfloat@setwithout{#1}}% +}% +\newfloat@list +\let\@elt\relax +\let\@tempc\relax +\@expandtwoargs\setkeys{newfloat}{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}% +\AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax} +\newcommand*\newfloatsetup{\setkeys{newfloat}} +\newcommand\newfloat@replace@chapter[2]{% + \begingroup + \let\if@twocolumn\iffalse + \let\if@mainmatter\iffalse + \let\if@thema\iffalse + \def\@tempa[##1]##2{#1}% + \ifx\@tempa\@chapter + \gdef\@chapter[##1]##2{#2}% + \global\let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo + \else\ifx\@tempa\Hy@org@chapter + \gdef\Hy@org@chapter[##1]##2{#2}% + \global\let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo + \fi\fi + \endgroup} +\ifcsname @chapter\endcsname \else + \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo +\fi +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi +}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi +}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty + \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi + \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}% + \def\@toclevel{0}% + \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{#2}% + \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{#2}\fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \@makechapterhead{#2}\@afterheading +}{% + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty + \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi + \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}% + \def\@toclevel{0}% + \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{#2}% + \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{#2}\fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \@makechapterhead{#2}\@afterheading} +\@ifpackageloaded{tocbasic}{% + \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo}{} +\ifcsname insertchapterspace\endcsname + \renewcommand*\insertchapterspace{\@addchapterlistsgaps} + \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo +\fi +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi +}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} + % boek(3).cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi +}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} +\newfloat@replace@chapter{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.} + \if@thema + \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}% + \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip #1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1} + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1} + \fi + \chaptermark{#1} + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}] + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2} + \@afterheading + \fi +}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}% + \if@thema + \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}% + \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip #1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \@addchapterlistsgaps + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} +\ifx\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo \else + \PackageWarningNoLine{newfloat}{% + Unsupported document class, or\MessageBreak + \noexpand\@chapter was already redefined by another package} + \newfloat@Info{\string\@chapter\space=\space\meaning\@chapter} +\fi +\newcommand\newfloat@ForEachNew[2][newfloat@@list]{% + \AtBeginDocument{% + \ifcsname#1\endcsname + \def\@elt##1{#2}% + \newfloat@@list + \let\@elt\relax + \fi}}% +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@ForEachNew +%% \begin{macrocode} +\newfloat@ForEachNew[float@exts]{% + \@nameuse{@ifchapterlistsgap@#1}{% if switched on + \let\float@do=\relax + \edef\@tempa{% + \noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts\float@do{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}}}% + \@tempa}} +\newfloat@ForEachNew[FPfigure]{% + \newcounter{FP@#1C}% + \newenvironment{FP#1}{\FP@floatBegin{#1}}{\FP@floatEnd}} +\providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}% +\newfloat@ForEachNew[sidewaysfigure]{% + \newenvironment{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}{\end@rotfloat}% + \newenvironment{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}{\end@rotdblfloat}} +\newcommand*\newfloat@For@SC[2]{% + \def#1{b}% = \sidecaptionvpos{#2}{b} (v1.6) + \newenvironment{SC#2}% + {\SC@float[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@float}% + \newenvironment{SC#2*}% + {\SC@dblfloat[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@dblfloat}} +\@onlypreamble\newfloat@For@SC +\newfloat@ForEachNew[SCfigure]{% + \expandafter\newfloat@For@SC\csname SC@#1@vpos\endcsname{#1}} +\newfloat@ForEachNew[wrapfigure]{% + \newenvironment{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}{\endwrapfloat}} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `newfloat.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/subcaption.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/subcaption.sty index 7f5627adeb3..66dae89eef4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/subcaption.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/subcaption.sty @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ %% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. %% %% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, -%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty, -%% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, -%% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +%% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +%% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +%% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +%% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{subcaption}[2011/09/12 v1.1b Sub-captions (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{subcaption}[2011/10/30 v1.1c Sub-captions (AR)] \RequirePackage{caption}[2011/08/18] % needs v3.2b or newer \caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{% \caption@Error{% @@ -49,9 +49,7 @@ \caption@ExecuteOptions{subcaption}{% font+=small,labelformat=parens,labelsep=space,skip=6pt,list=0,hypcap=0} \caption@ProcessOptions*{subcaption} -\caption@ifundefined\c@figure{}{\DeclareCaptionSubType{figure}} -\caption@ifundefined\c@table{}{\DeclareCaptionSubType{table}} -\caption@For{typelist}{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}} +\caption@ForEachType{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}} \newcommand*\subcaption{% \caption@iftype {\setcaptionsubtype*\caption}% -- cgit v1.2.3